initial commit

1 files changed, 23491 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/elpa/org-9.5.2/doc/org.texi b/elpa/org-9.5.2/doc/org.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a196989
--- /dev/null
+++ b/elpa/org-9.5.2/doc/org.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,23491 @@
+\input texinfo    @c -*- texinfo -*-
+@c %**start of header
+@setfilename org.info
+@settitle The Org Manual
+@documentencoding UTF-8
+@documentlanguage en
+@set txicodequoteundirected
+@set txicodequotebacktick
+@set MAINTAINERSITE @uref{https://orgmode.org,maintainers webpage}
+@set MAINTAINER Bastien Guerry
+@set MAINTAINEREMAIL @email{bzg@gnu.org}
+@set MAINTAINERCONTACT @uref{mailto:bzg@gnu.org,contact the maintainer}
+@c %**end of header
+
+@copying
+This manual is for Org version 9.5.
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 2004--2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+@quotation
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
+any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
+and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.  A copy of the license
+is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
+
+(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and
+modify this GNU manual.''
+
+@end quotation
+@end copying
+
+@dircategory Emacs editing modes
+@direntry
+* Org Mode: (org).      Outline-based notes management and organizer.
+@end direntry
+
+@finalout
+@titlepage
+@title The Org Manual
+@subtitle Release 9.5
+@author The Org Mode Developers
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+@insertcopying
+@end titlepage
+
+@contents
+
+@ifnottex
+@node Top
+@top The Org Manual
+
+@insertcopying
+@end ifnottex
+
+@menu
+* Introduction::                 Getting started.
+* Document Structure::           A tree works like your brain.
+* Tables::                       Pure magic for quick formatting.
+* Hyperlinks::                   Notes in context.
+* TODO Items::                   Every tree branch can be a TODO item.
+* Tags::                         Tagging headlines and matching sets of tags.
+* Properties and Columns::       Storing information about an entry.
+* Dates and Times::              Making items useful for planning.
+* Refiling and Archiving::       Moving and copying information with ease.
+* Capture and Attachments::      Dealing with external data.
+* Agenda Views::                 Collecting information into views.
+* Markup for Rich Contents::     Compose beautiful documents.
+* Exporting::                    Sharing and publishing notes.
+* Publishing::                   Create a web site of linked Org files.
+* Citation handling::            create, follow and export citations.
+* Working with Source Code::     Export, evaluate, and tangle code blocks.
+* Miscellaneous::                All the rest which did not fit elsewhere.
+* Hacking::                      How to hack your way around.
+* History and Acknowledgments::  How Org came into being.
+* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation.
+* Main Index::                   An index of Org's concepts and features.
+* Key Index::                    Key bindings and where they are described.
+* Command and Function Index::   Command names and some internal functions.
+* Variable Index::               Variables mentioned in the manual.
+
+@detailmenu
+--- The Detailed Node Listing ---
+
+Introduction
+
+* Summary::                      Brief summary of what Org does.
+* Installation::                 Installing Org.
+* Activation::                   How to activate Org for certain buffers.
+* Feedback::                     Bug reports, ideas, patches, etc.
+* Conventions::                  Typesetting conventions used in this manual.
+
+Document Structure
+
+* Headlines::                    How to typeset Org tree headlines.
+* Visibility Cycling::           Show and hide, much simplified.
+* Motion::                       Jumping to other headlines.
+* Structure Editing::            Changing sequence and level of headlines.
+* Sparse Trees::                 Matches embedded in context.
+* Plain Lists::                  Additional structure within an entry.
+* Drawers::                      Tucking stuff away.
+* Blocks::                       Folding blocks.
+
+Visibility Cycling
+
+* Global and local cycling::     Cycling through various visibility states.
+* Initial visibility::           Setting the initial visibility state.
+* Catching invisible edits::     Preventing mistakes when editing invisible parts.
+
+Tables
+
+* Built-in Table Editor::        Simple tables.
+* Column Width and Alignment::   Overrule the automatic settings.
+* Column Groups::                Grouping to trigger vertical lines.
+* Orgtbl Mode::                  The table editor as minor mode.
+* The Spreadsheet::              The table editor has spreadsheet capabilities.
+* Org Plot::                     Plotting from Org tables.
+
+The Spreadsheet
+
+* References::                   How to refer to another field or range.
+* Formula syntax for Calc::      Using Calc to compute stuff.
+* Formula syntax for Lisp::      Writing formulas in Emacs Lisp.
+* Durations and time values::    How to compute durations and time values.
+* Field and range formulas::     Formula for specific (ranges of) fields.
+* Column formulas::              Formulas valid for an entire column.
+* Lookup functions::             Lookup functions for searching tables.
+* Editing and debugging formulas:: Fixing formulas.
+* Updating the table::           Recomputing all dependent fields.
+* Advanced features::            Field and column names, automatic recalculation...
+
+Hyperlinks
+
+* Link Format::                  How links in Org are formatted.
+* Internal Links::               Links to other places in the current file.
+* Radio Targets::                Make targets trigger links in plain text.
+* External Links::               URL-like links to the world.
+* Handling Links::               Creating, inserting and following.
+* Using Links Outside Org::      Linking from my C source code?
+* Link Abbreviations::           Shortcuts for writing complex links.
+* Search Options::               Linking to a specific location.
+* Custom Searches::              When the default search is not enough.
+
+TODO Items
+
+* TODO Basics::                  Marking and displaying TODO entries.
+* TODO Extensions::              Workflow and assignments.
+* Progress Logging::             Dates and notes for progress.
+* Priorities::                   Some things are more important than others.
+* Breaking Down Tasks::          Splitting a task into manageable pieces.
+* Checkboxes::                   Tick-off lists.
+
+TODO Extensions
+
+* Workflow states::              From TODO to DONE in steps.
+* TODO types::                   I do this, Fred does the rest.
+* Multiple sets in one file::    Mixing it all, still finding your way.
+* Fast access to TODO states::   Single letter selection of state.
+* Per-file keywords::            Different files, different requirements.
+* Faces for TODO keywords::      Highlighting states.
+* TODO dependencies::            When one task needs to wait for others.
+
+Progress Logging
+
+* Closing items::                When was this entry marked as done?
+* Tracking TODO state changes::  When did the status change?
+* Tracking your habits::         How consistent have you been?
+
+Tags
+
+* Tag Inheritance::              Tags use the tree structure of an outline.
+* Setting Tags::                 How to assign tags to a headline.
+* Tag Hierarchy::                Create a hierarchy of tags.
+* Tag Searches::                 Searching for combinations of tags.
+
+Properties and Columns
+
+* Property Syntax::              How properties are spelled out.
+* Special Properties::           Access to other Org mode features.
+* Property Searches::            Matching property values.
+* Property Inheritance::         Passing values down a tree.
+* Column View::                  Tabular viewing and editing.
+
+Column View
+
+* Defining columns::             The COLUMNS format property.
+* Using column view::            How to create and use column view.
+* Capturing column view::        A dynamic block for column view.
+
+Defining columns
+
+* Scope of column definitions::  Where defined, where valid?
+* Column attributes::            Appearance and content of a column.
+
+Dates and Times
+
+* Timestamps::                   Assigning a time to a tree entry.
+* Creating Timestamps::          Commands to insert timestamps.
+* Deadlines and Scheduling::     Planning your work.
+* Clocking Work Time::           Tracking how long you spend on a task.
+* Effort Estimates::             Planning work effort in advance.
+* Timers::                       Notes with a running timer.
+
+Creating Timestamps
+
+* The date/time prompt::         How Org mode helps you enter dates and times.
+* Custom time format::           Making dates look different.
+
+Deadlines and Scheduling
+
+* Inserting deadline/schedule::  Planning items.
+* Repeated tasks::               Items that show up again and again.
+
+Clocking Work Time
+
+* Clocking commands::            Starting and stopping a clock.
+* The clock table::              Detailed reports.
+* Resolving idle time::          Resolving time when you've been idle.
+
+Refiling and Archiving
+
+* Refile and Copy::              Moving/copying a tree from one place to another.
+* Archiving::                    What to do with finished products.
+
+Archiving
+
+* Moving subtrees::              Moving a tree to an archive file.
+* Internal archiving::           Switch off a tree but keep it in the file.
+
+Capture and Attachments
+
+* Capture::                      Capturing new stuff.
+* Attachments::                  Attach files to outlines.
+* RSS Feeds::                    Getting input from RSS feeds.
+
+Capture
+
+* Setting up capture::           Where notes will be stored.
+* Using capture::                Commands to invoke and terminate capture.
+* Capture templates::            Define the outline of different note types.
+
+Capture templates
+
+* Template elements::            What is needed for a complete template entry.
+* Template expansion::           Filling in information about time and context.
+* Templates in contexts::        Only show a template in a specific context.
+
+Attachments
+
+* Attachment defaults and dispatcher:: How to access attachment commands
+* Attachment options::           Configuring the attachment system
+* Attachment links::             Hyperlink access to attachments
+* Automatic version-control with Git:: Everything safely stored away
+* Attach from Dired::            Using dired to select an attachment
+
+Agenda Views
+
+* Agenda Files::                 Files being searched for agenda information.
+* Agenda Dispatcher::            Keyboard access to agenda views.
+* Built-in Agenda Views::        What is available out of the box?
+* Presentation and Sorting::     How agenda items are prepared for display.
+* Agenda Commands::              Remote editing of Org trees.
+* Custom Agenda Views::          Defining special searches and views.
+* Exporting Agenda Views::       Writing a view to a file.
+* Agenda Column View::           Using column view for collected entries.
+
+Built-in Agenda Views
+
+* Weekly/daily agenda::          The calendar page with current tasks.
+* Global TODO list::             All unfinished action items.
+* Matching tags and properties:: Structured information with fine-tuned search.
+* Search view::                  Find entries by searching for text.
+* Stuck projects::               Find projects you need to review.
+
+Presentation and Sorting
+
+* Categories::                   Not all tasks are equal.
+* Time-of-day specifications::   How the agenda knows the time.
+* Sorting of agenda items::      The order of things.
+* Filtering/limiting agenda items:: Dynamically narrow the agenda.
+
+Custom Agenda Views
+
+* Storing searches::             Type once, use often.
+* Block agenda::                 All the stuff you need in a single buffer.
+* Setting options::              Changing the rules.
+
+Markup for Rich Contents
+
+* Paragraphs::                   The basic unit of text.
+* Emphasis and Monospace::       Bold, italic, etc.
+* Subscripts and Superscripts::  Simple syntax for raising/lowering text.
+* Special Symbols::              Greek letters and other symbols.
+* Embedded @LaTeX{}::            LaTeX can be freely used inside Org documents.
+* Literal Examples::             Source code examples with special formatting.
+* Images::                       Display an image.
+* Captions::                     Describe tables, images...
+* Horizontal Rules::             Make a line.
+* Creating Footnotes::           Edit and read footnotes.
+
+Embedded @LaTeX{}
+
+* @LaTeX{} fragments::           Complex formulas made easy.
+* Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments:: What will this snippet look like?
+* CD@LaTeX{} mode::              Speed up entering of formulas.
+
+Exporting
+
+* The Export Dispatcher::        The main interface.
+* Export Settings::              Common export settings.
+* Table of Contents::            The if and where of the table of contents.
+* Include Files::                Include additional files into a document.
+* Macro Replacement::            Use macros to create templates.
+* Comment Lines::                What will not be exported.
+* ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export::   Exporting to flat files with encoding.
+* Beamer Export::                Producing presentations and slides.
+* HTML Export::                  Exporting to HTML.
+* @LaTeX{} Export::              Exporting to @LaTeX{} and processing to PDF.
+* Markdown Export::              Exporting to Markdown.
+* OpenDocument Text Export::     Exporting to OpenDocument Text.
+* Org Export::                   Exporting to Org.
+* Texinfo Export::               Exporting to Texinfo.
+* iCalendar Export::             Exporting to iCalendar.
+* Other Built-in Back-ends::     Exporting to a man page.
+* Advanced Export Configuration:: Fine-tuning the export output.
+* Export in Foreign Buffers::    Author tables and lists in Org syntax.
+
+Beamer Export
+
+* Beamer export commands::       For creating Beamer documents.
+* Beamer specific export settings:: For customizing Beamer export.
+* Frames and Blocks in Beamer::  For composing Beamer slides.
+* Beamer specific syntax::       For using in Org documents.
+* Editing support::              Editing support.
+* A Beamer example::             A complete presentation.
+
+HTML Export
+
+* HTML export commands::         Invoking HTML export.
+* HTML specific export settings:: Settings for HTML export.
+* HTML doctypes::                Exporting various (X)HTML flavors.
+* HTML preamble and postamble::  Inserting preamble and postamble.
+* Quoting HTML tags::            Using direct HTML in Org files.
+* Headlines in HTML export::     Formatting headlines.
+* Links in HTML export::         Inserting and formatting links.
+* Tables in HTML export::        How to modify the formatting of tables.
+* Images in HTML export::        How to insert figures into HTML output.
+* Math formatting in HTML export:: Beautiful math also on the web.
+* Text areas in HTML export::    An alternate way to show an example.
+* CSS support::                  Changing the appearance of the output.
+* JavaScript support::           Info and folding in a web browser.
+
+@LaTeX{} Export
+
+* @LaTeX{}/PDF export commands:: For producing @LaTeX{} and PDF documents.
+* @LaTeX{} specific export settings:: Unique to this @LaTeX{} back-end.
+* @LaTeX{} header and sectioning:: Setting up the export file structure.
+* Quoting @LaTeX{} code::        Incorporating literal @LaTeX{} code.
+* Tables in @LaTeX{} export::    Options for exporting tables to @LaTeX{}.
+* Images in @LaTeX{} export::    How to insert figures into @LaTeX{} output.
+* Plain lists in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to lists.
+* Source blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to source code blocks.
+* Example blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to example blocks.
+* Special blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to special blocks.
+* Horizontal rules in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to horizontal rules.
+* Verse blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to special blocks.
+* Quote blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to quote blocks.
+
+OpenDocument Text Export
+
+* Pre-requisites for ODT export:: Required packages.
+* ODT export commands::          Invoking export.
+* ODT specific export settings:: Configuration options.
+* Extending ODT export::         Producing DOC, PDF files.
+* Applying custom styles::       Styling the output.
+* Links in ODT export::          Handling and formatting links.
+* Tables in ODT export::         Org tables conversions.
+* Images in ODT export::         Inserting images.
+* Math formatting in ODT export:: Formatting @LaTeX{} fragments.
+* Labels and captions in ODT export:: Rendering objects.
+* Literal examples in ODT export:: For source code and example blocks.
+* Advanced topics in ODT export:: For power users.
+
+Math formatting in ODT export
+
+* @LaTeX{} math snippets::       Embedding in @LaTeX{} format.
+* MathML and OpenDocument formula files:: Embedding in native format.
+
+Texinfo Export
+
+* Texinfo export commands::      Invoking commands.
+* Texinfo specific export settings:: Setting the environment.
+* Texinfo file header::          Generating the header.
+* Texinfo title and copyright page:: Creating preamble pages.
+* Info directory file::          Installing a manual in Info file hierarchy.
+* Headings and sectioning structure:: Building document structure.
+* Indices::                      Creating indices.
+* Quoting Texinfo code::         Incorporating literal Texinfo code.
+* Plain lists in Texinfo export:: List attributes.
+* Tables in Texinfo export::     Table attributes.
+* Images in Texinfo export::     Image attributes.
+* Quotations in Texinfo export:: Quote block attributes.
+* Special blocks in Texinfo export:: Special block attributes.
+* A Texinfo example::            Processing Org to Texinfo.
+
+Export in Foreign Buffers
+
+* Bare HTML::                    Exporting HTML without CSS, Javascript, etc.
+
+Publishing
+
+* Configuration::                Defining projects.
+* Uploading Files::              How to get files up on the server.
+* Sample Configuration::         Example projects.
+* Triggering Publication::       Publication commands.
+
+Configuration
+
+* Project alist::                The central configuration variable.
+* Sources and destinations::     From here to there.
+* Selecting files::              What files are part of the project?
+* Publishing action::            Setting the function doing the publishing.
+* Publishing options::           Tweaking HTML/@LaTeX{} export.
+* Publishing links::             Which links keep working after publishing?
+* Site map::                     Generating a list of all pages.
+* Generating an index::          An index that reaches across pages.
+
+Sample Configuration
+
+* Simple example::               One-component publishing.
+* Complex example::              A multi-component publishing example.
+
+Citation handling
+
+* Citations::
+* Citation export processors::
+
+Working with Source Code
+
+* Features Overview::            Enjoy the versatility of source blocks.
+* Structure of Code Blocks::     Code block syntax described.
+* Using Header Arguments::       Different ways to set header arguments.
+* Environment of a Code Block::  Arguments, sessions, working directory...
+* Evaluating Code Blocks::       Place results of evaluation in the Org buffer.
+* Results of Evaluation::        Choosing a results type, post-processing...
+* Exporting Code Blocks::        Export contents and/or results.
+* Extracting Source Code::       Create pure source code files.
+* Languages::                    List of supported code block languages.
+* Editing Source Code::          Language major-mode editing.
+* Noweb Reference Syntax::       Literate programming in Org mode.
+* Library of Babel::             Use and contribute to a library of useful code blocks.
+* Key bindings and Useful Functions:: Work quickly with code blocks.
+* Batch Execution::              Call functions from the command line.
+
+Miscellaneous
+
+* Completion::                   @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} guesses completions.
+* Structure Templates::          Quick insertion of structural elements.
+* Speed Keys::                   Electric commands at the beginning of a headline.
+* Clean View::                   Getting rid of leading stars in the outline.
+* Execute commands in the active region:: Execute commands on multiple items in Org or agenda view.
+* Dynamic Headline Numbering::   Display and update outline numbering.
+* The Very Busy @kbd{C-c C-c} Key:: When in doubt, press @kbd{C-c C-c}.
+* In-buffer Settings::           Overview of keywords.
+* Regular Expressions::          Elisp regular expressions.
+* Org Syntax::                   Formal description of Org's syntax.
+* Documentation Access::         Read documentation about current syntax.
+* Escape Character::             Prevent Org from interpreting your writing.
+* Code Evaluation Security::     Org files evaluate in-line code.
+* Interaction::                  With other Emacs packages.
+* TTY Keys::                     Using Org on a tty.
+* Protocols::                    External access to Emacs and Org.
+* Org Crypt::                    Encrypting Org files.
+* Org Mobile::                   Viewing and capture on a mobile device.
+
+Clean View
+
+* Org Indent Mode::
+* Hard indentation::
+
+Interaction
+
+* Cooperation::                  Packages Org cooperates with.
+* Conflicts::                    Packages that lead to conflicts.
+
+Protocols
+
+* The @code{store-link} protocol:: Store a link, push URL to kill-ring.
+* The @code{capture} protocol::  Fill a buffer with external information.
+* The @code{open-source} protocol:: Edit published contents.
+
+Org Mobile
+
+* Setting up the staging area::  For the mobile device.
+* Pushing to the mobile application:: Uploading Org files and agendas.
+* Pulling from the mobile application:: Integrating captured and flagged items.
+
+Hacking
+
+* Hooks::                        How to reach into Org's internals.
+* Add-on Packages::              Available extensions.
+* Adding Hyperlink Types::       New custom link types.
+* Adding Export Back-ends::      How to write new export back-ends.
+* Tables in Arbitrary Syntax::   Orgtbl for LaTeX and other programs.
+* Dynamic Blocks::               Automatically filled blocks.
+* Special Agenda Views::         Customized views.
+* Speeding Up Your Agendas::     Tips on how to speed up your agendas.
+* Extracting Agenda Information:: Post-processing agenda information.
+* Using the Property API::       Writing programs that use entry properties.
+* Using the Mapping API::        Mapping over all or selected entries.
+
+Tables in Arbitrary Syntax
+
+* Radio tables::                 Sending and receiving radio tables.
+* A @LaTeX{} example::           Step by step, almost a tutorial.
+* Translator functions::         Copy and modify.
+
+@end detailmenu
+@end menu
+
+@node Introduction
+@chapter Introduction
+
+@cindex introduction
+
+@menu
+* Summary::                      Brief summary of what Org does.
+* Installation::                 Installing Org.
+* Activation::                   How to activate Org for certain buffers.
+* Feedback::                     Bug reports, ideas, patches, etc.
+* Conventions::                  Typesetting conventions used in this manual.
+@end menu
+
+@node Summary
+@section Summary
+
+@cindex summary
+
+Org is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining TODO lists, and project
+planning with a fast and effective plain-text markup language.  It
+also is an authoring system with unique support for literate
+programming and reproducible research.
+
+Org is implemented on top of Outline mode, which makes it possible to
+keep the content of large files well structured.  Visibility cycling
+and structure editing help to work with the tree.  Tables are easily
+created with a built-in table editor.  Plain text URL-like links
+connect to websites, emails, Usenet messages, BBDB entries, and any
+files related to the projects.
+
+Org develops organizational tasks around notes files that contain
+lists or information about projects as plain text.  Project planning
+and task management make use of metadata which is part of an outline
+node.  Based on this data, specific entries can be extracted in
+queries and create dynamic @emph{agenda views} that also integrate the
+Emacs calendar and diary.  Org can be used to implement many different
+project planning schemes, such as David Allen's GTD system.
+
+Org files can serve as a single source authoring system with export to
+many different formats such as HTML, @LaTeX{}, Open Document, and
+Markdown.  New export backends can be derived from existing ones, or
+defined from scratch.
+
+Org files can include source code blocks, which makes Org uniquely
+suited for authoring technical documents with code examples.  Org
+source code blocks are fully functional; they can be evaluated in
+place and their results can be captured in the file.  This makes it
+possible to create a single file reproducible research compendium.
+
+Org keeps simple things simple.  When first fired up, it should feel
+like a straightforward, easy to use outliner.  Complexity is not
+imposed, but a large amount of functionality is available when needed.
+Org is a toolbox.  Many users actually run only a---very
+personal---fraction of Org's capabilities, and know that there is more
+whenever they need it.
+
+All of this is achieved with strictly plain text files, the most
+portable and future-proof file format.  Org runs in Emacs.  Emacs is
+one of the most widely ported programs, so that Org mode is available
+on every major platform.
+
+@cindex FAQ
+There is a website for Org which provides links to the newest version
+of Org, as well as additional information, frequently asked questions
+(FAQ), links to tutorials, etc.  This page is located at
+@uref{https://orgmode.org}.
+
+@cindex print edition
+An earlier version (7.3) of this manual is available as a @uref{http://www.network-theory.co.uk/org/manual/, paperback
+book from Network Theory Ltd.}.
+
+@node Installation
+@section Installation
+
+@cindex installation
+
+Org is included in all recent distributions of GNU Emacs, so you
+probably do not need to install it.  Most users will simply activate
+Org and begin exploring its many features.
+
+If, for one reason or another, you want to install Org on top of this
+pre-packaged version, you can use the Emacs package system or clone
+Org's git repository.
+
+We @strong{strongly recommend} sticking to a single installation method.
+
+@anchor{Using Emacs packaging system}
+@subheading Using Emacs packaging system
+
+Recent Emacs distributions include a packaging system which lets you
+install Elisp libraries.  You can install Org from the ``package menu'',
+with @kbd{M-x list-packages}.  See @ref{Package Menu,Package Menu,,emacs,}.
+
+@quotation Important
+You need to do this in a session where no @samp{.org} file has been
+visited, i.e., where no Org built-in function have been loaded.
+Otherwise autoload Org functions will mess up the installation.
+
+@end quotation
+
+@anchor{Using Org's git repository}
+@subheading Using Org's git repository
+
+You can clone Org's repository and install Org like this:
+
+@example
+$ cd ~/src/
+$ git clone https://git.savannah.gnu.org/git/emacs/org-mode.git
+$ cd org-mode/
+$ make autoloads
+@end example
+
+Note that in this case, @samp{make autoloads} is mandatory: it defines
+Org's version in @samp{org-version.el} and Org's autoloads in
+@samp{org-loaddefs.el}.
+
+Remember to add the correct load path as described in the method
+above.
+
+You can also compile with @samp{make}, generate the documentation with
+@samp{make doc}, create a local configuration with @samp{make config} and
+install Org with @samp{make install}.  Please run @samp{make help} to get the
+list of compilation/installation options.
+
+For more detailed explanations on Org's build system, please check the
+Org Build System page on @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/dev/org-build-system.html, Worg}.
+
+@anchor{Installing Org's contributed packages}
+@subheading Installing Org's contributed packages
+
+Org's repository used to contain @samp{contrib/} directory for add-ons
+contributed by others.  As of Org 9.5, the directory has bee moved to
+this new dedicated @uref{https://git.sr.ht/~bzg/org-contrib, org-contrib} repository, which you can install
+separately.
+
+@node Activation
+@section Activation
+
+@cindex activation
+@cindex autoload
+@cindex ELPA
+@cindex global key bindings
+@cindex key bindings, global
+
+Org mode buffers need Font Lock to be turned on: this is the default
+in Emacs@footnote{If you do not use Font Lock globally turn it on in Org buffer
+with @samp{(add-hook 'org-mode-hook #'turn-on-font-lock)}.}.
+
+There are compatibility issues between Org mode and some other Elisp
+packages (see @ref{Conflicts}).  Please take the
+time to check the list.
+
+@findex org-agenda
+@findex org-capture
+@findex org-store-link
+For a better experience, the three Org commands @code{org-store-link},
+@code{org-capture} and @code{org-agenda} ought to be accessible anywhere in
+Emacs, not just in Org buffers.  To that effect, you need to bind them
+to globally available keys, like the ones reserved for users (see
+@ref{Key Binding Conventions,,,elisp,}).  Here are suggested bindings,
+please modify the keys to your own liking.
+
+@lisp
+(global-set-key (kbd "C-c l") #'org-store-link)
+(global-set-key (kbd "C-c a") #'org-agenda)
+(global-set-key (kbd "C-c c") #'org-capture)
+@end lisp
+
+@cindex Org mode, turning on
+Files with the @samp{.org} extension use Org mode by default.  To turn on
+Org mode in a file that does not have the extension @samp{.org}, make the
+first line of a file look like this:
+
+@example
+MY PROJECTS    -*- mode: org; -*-
+@end example
+
+
+@vindex org-insert-mode-line-in-empty-file
+@noindent
+which selects Org mode for this buffer no matter what the file's name
+is.  See also the variable @code{org-insert-mode-line-in-empty-file}.
+
+Many commands in Org work on the region if the region is @emph{active}.  To
+make use of this, you need to have Transient Mark mode turned on,
+which is the default.  If you do not like it, you can create an active
+region by using the mouse to select a region, or pressing
+@kbd{C-@key{SPC}} twice before moving point.
+
+@node Feedback
+@section Feedback
+
+@cindex feedback
+@cindex bug reports
+@cindex reporting a bug
+@cindex maintainer
+@cindex author
+
+If you find problems with Org, or if you have questions, remarks, or
+ideas about it, please send an email to the Org mailing list
+@email{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org}.  You can subscribe to the list @uref{https://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/emacs-orgmode, from this
+web page}.  If you are not a member of the mailing list, your mail will
+be passed to the list after a moderator has approved it@footnote{Please consider subscribing to the mailing list in order to
+minimize the work the mailing list moderators have to do.}.  We ask
+you to read and respect the @uref{https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/kind-communication.html, GNU Kind Communications Guidelines} when
+sending messages on this mailing list.
+
+@findex org-version
+@findex org-submit-bug-report
+For bug reports, please first try to reproduce the bug with the latest
+version of Org available---if you are running an outdated version, it
+is quite possible that the bug has been fixed already.  If the bug
+persists, prepare a report and provide as much information as
+possible, including the version information of Emacs (@kbd{M-x emacs-version}) and Org (@kbd{M-x org-version}), as well as
+the Org related setup in the Emacs init file.  The easiest way to do
+this is to use the command
+
+@example
+M-x org-submit-bug-report <RET>
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+which puts all this information into an Emacs mail buffer so that you
+only need to add your description.  If you are not sending the Email
+from within Emacs, please copy and paste the content into your Email
+program.
+
+Sometimes you might face a problem due to an error in your Emacs or
+Org mode setup.  Before reporting a bug, it is very helpful to start
+Emacs with minimal customizations and reproduce the problem.  Doing so
+often helps you determine if the problem is with your customization or
+with Org mode itself.  You can start a typical minimal session with
+a command like the example below.
+
+@example
+$ emacs -Q -l /path/to/minimal-org.el
+@end example
+
+
+However if you are using Org mode as distributed with Emacs, a minimal
+setup is not necessary.  In that case it is sufficient to start Emacs
+as @samp{emacs -Q}.  The @samp{minimal-org.el} setup file can have contents as
+shown below.
+
+@lisp
+;;; Minimal setup to load latest `org-mode'.
+
+;; Activate debugging.
+(setq debug-on-error t
+      debug-on-signal nil
+      debug-on-quit nil)
+
+;; Add latest Org mode to load path.
+(add-to-list 'load-path (expand-file-name "/path/to/org-mode/lisp"))
+@end lisp
+
+If an error occurs, a ``backtrace'' can be very useful---see below on
+how to create one.  Often a small example file helps, along with clear
+information about:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+What exactly did you do?
+@item
+What did you expect to happen?
+@item
+What happened instead?
+@end enumerate
+
+Thank you for helping to improve this program.
+
+@anchor{How to create a useful backtrace}
+@subheading How to create a useful backtrace
+
+@cindex backtrace of an error
+If working with Org produces an error with a message you do not
+understand, you may have hit a bug.  The best way to report this is by
+providing, in addition to what was mentioned above, a backtrace.  This
+is information from the built-in debugger about where and how the
+error occurred.  Here is how to produce a useful backtrace:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+Reload uncompiled versions of all Org mode Lisp files.  The
+backtrace contains much more information if it is produced with
+uncompiled code.  To do this, use
+
+@example
+C-u M-x org-reload <RET>
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+or, from the menu: Org @arrow{} Refresh/Reload @arrow{} Reload Org uncompiled.
+
+@item
+Then, activate the debugger:
+
+@example
+M-x toggle-debug-on-error <RET>
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+or, from the menu: Options @arrow{} Enter Debugger on Error.
+
+@item
+Do whatever you have to do to hit the error.  Do not forget to
+document the steps you take.
+
+@item
+When you hit the error, a @samp{*Backtrace*} buffer appears on the
+screen.  Save this buffer to a file---for example using @kbd{C-x C-w}---and attach it to your bug report.
+@end enumerate
+
+@node Conventions
+@section Typesetting Conventions Used in this Manual
+
+
+
+@anchor{TODO keywords tags properties etc}
+@subheading TODO keywords, tags, properties, etc.
+
+Org uses various syntactical elements: TODO keywords, tags, property
+names, keywords, blocks, etc.  In this manual we use the following
+conventions:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{TODO}
+@itemx @samp{WAITING}
+TODO keywords are written with all capitals, even if they are
+user-defined.
+
+@item @samp{boss}
+@itemx @samp{ARCHIVE}
+Tags are case-sensitive.  User-defined tags are usually written in
+lowercase; built-in tags with special meaning are written as they
+should appear in the document, usually with all capitals.
+
+@item @samp{Release}
+@itemx @samp{PRIORITY}
+User-defined properties are capitalized; built-in properties with
+special meaning are written with all capitals.
+
+@item @samp{TITLE}
+@itemx @samp{BEGIN} @dots{} @samp{END}
+Keywords and blocks are written in uppercase to enhance their
+readability, but you can use lowercase in your Org files.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Key bindings and commands}
+@subheading Key bindings and commands
+
+The manual lists both the keys and the corresponding commands for
+accessing a functionality.  Org mode often uses the same key for
+different functions, depending on context.  The command that is bound
+to such keys has a generic name, like @code{org-metaright}.  In the manual
+we will, wherever possible, give the function that is internally
+called by the generic command.  For example, in the chapter on
+document structure, @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}} will be listed to call
+@code{org-do-demote}, while in the chapter on tables, it will be listed to
+call @code{org-table-move-column-right}.
+
+@node Document Structure
+@chapter Document Structure
+
+@cindex document structure
+@cindex structure of document
+Org is an outliner.  Outlines allow a document to be organized in
+a hierarchical structure, which, least for me, is the best
+representation of notes and thoughts.  An overview of this structure
+is achieved by folding, i.e., hiding large parts of the document to
+show only the general document structure and the parts currently being
+worked on.  Org greatly simplifies the use of outlines by compressing
+the entire show and hide functionalities into a single command,
+@code{org-cycle}, which is bound to the @kbd{@key{TAB}} key.
+
+@menu
+* Headlines::                    How to typeset Org tree headlines.
+* Visibility Cycling::           Show and hide, much simplified.
+* Motion::                       Jumping to other headlines.
+* Structure Editing::            Changing sequence and level of headlines.
+* Sparse Trees::                 Matches embedded in context.
+* Plain Lists::                  Additional structure within an entry.
+* Drawers::                      Tucking stuff away.
+* Blocks::                       Folding blocks.
+@end menu
+
+@node Headlines
+@section Headlines
+
+@cindex headlines
+@cindex outline tree
+@vindex org-special-ctrl-a/e
+@vindex org-special-ctrl-k
+@vindex org-ctrl-k-protect-subtree
+
+Headlines define the structure of an outline tree.  Org headlines
+start on the left margin@footnote{See the variables @code{org-special-ctrl-a/e}, @code{org-special-ctrl-k},
+and @code{org-ctrl-k-protect-subtree} to configure special behavior of
+@kbd{C-a}, @kbd{C-e}, and @kbd{C-k} in headlines.  Note
+also that clocking only works with headings indented less than 30
+stars.} with one or more stars followed by
+a space.  For example:
+
+@example
+* Top level headline
+** Second level
+*** Third level
+    some text
+*** Third level
+    more text
+* Another top level headline
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-footnote-section
+The name defined in @code{org-footnote-section} is reserved.  Do not use it
+as a title for your own headings.
+
+Some people find the many stars too noisy and would prefer an outline
+that has whitespace followed by a single star as headline starters.
+This can be achieved using a Org Indent minor mode.  See @ref{Clean View} for more information.
+
+Headlines are not numbered.  However, you may want to dynamically
+number some, or all, of them.  See @ref{Dynamic Headline Numbering}.
+
+@vindex org-cycle-separator-lines
+An empty line after the end of a subtree is considered part of it and
+is hidden when the subtree is folded.  However, if you leave at least
+two empty lines, one empty line remains visible after folding the
+subtree, in order to structure the collapsed view.  See the variable
+@code{org-cycle-separator-lines} to modify this behavior.
+
+@node Visibility Cycling
+@section Visibility Cycling
+
+@cindex cycling, visibility
+@cindex visibility cycling
+@cindex trees, visibility
+@cindex show hidden text
+@cindex hide text
+
+@menu
+* Global and local cycling::     Cycling through various visibility states.
+* Initial visibility::           Setting the initial visibility state.
+* Catching invisible edits::     Preventing mistakes when editing invisible parts.
+@end menu
+
+@node Global and local cycling
+@subsection Global and local cycling
+
+@cindex subtree visibility states
+@cindex subtree cycling
+@cindex folded, subtree visibility state
+@cindex children, subtree visibility state
+@cindex subtree, subtree visibility state
+
+Outlines make it possible to hide parts of the text in the buffer.
+Org uses just two commands, bound to @kbd{@key{TAB}} and
+@kbd{S-@key{TAB}} to change the visibility in the buffer.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{org-cycle})
+@kindex TAB
+@findex org-cycle
+@emph{Subtree cycling}: Rotate current subtree among the states
+
+@example
+,-> FOLDED -> CHILDREN -> SUBTREE --.
+'-----------------------------------'
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-cycle-emulate-tab
+Point must be on a headline for this to work@footnote{See, however, the option @code{org-cycle-emulate-tab}.}.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} (@code{org-global-cycle})
+@itemx @kbd{C-u @key{TAB}}
+@cindex global visibility states
+@cindex global cycling
+@cindex overview, global visibility state
+@cindex contents, global visibility state
+@cindex show all, global visibility state
+@kindex C-u TAB
+@kindex S-TAB
+@findex org-global-cycle
+@emph{Global cycling}: Rotate the entire buffer among the states
+
+@example
+,-> OVERVIEW -> CONTENTS -> SHOW ALL --.
+'--------------------------------------'
+@end example
+
+When @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} is called with a numeric prefix argument
+@var{N}, view contents only up to headlines of level
+@var{N}.
+
+Note that inside tables (see @ref{Tables}), @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} jumps to the
+previous field instead.
+
+@vindex org-cycle-global-at-bob
+You can run global cycling using @kbd{@key{TAB}} only if point is at
+the very beginning of the buffer, but not on a headline, and
+@code{org-cycle-global-at-bob} is set to a non-@code{nil} value.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u @key{TAB}} (@code{org-set-startup-visibility})
+@cindex startup visibility
+@kindex C-u C-u TAB
+@findex org-set-startup-visibility
+Switch back to the startup visibility of the buffer (see @ref{Initial visibility}).
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-u @key{TAB}} (@code{outline-show-all})
+@cindex show all, command
+@kindex C-u C-u C-u TAB
+@findex outline-show-all
+Show all, including drawers.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-r} (@code{org-reveal})
+@cindex revealing context
+@kindex C-c C-r
+@findex org-reveal
+Reveal context around point, showing the current entry, the
+following heading and the hierarchy above.  It is useful for working
+near a location that has been exposed by a sparse tree command (see
+@ref{Sparse Trees}) or an agenda command (see @ref{Agenda Commands}).  With a prefix argument, show, on each level, all sibling
+headings.  With a double prefix argument, also show the entire
+subtree of the parent.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-k} (@code{outline-show-branches})
+@cindex show branches, command
+@kindex C-c C-k
+@findex outline-show-branches
+Expose all the headings of the subtree, but not their bodies.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c @key{TAB}} (@code{outline-show-children})
+@cindex show children, command
+@kindex C-c TAB
+@findex outline-show-children
+Expose all direct children of the subtree.  With a numeric prefix
+argument @var{N}, expose all children down to level
+@var{N}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x b} (@code{org-tree-to-indirect-buffer})
+@kindex C-c C-x b
+@findex org-tree-to-indirect-buffer
+Show the current subtree in an indirect buffer@footnote{The indirect buffer contains the entire buffer, but is narrowed
+to the current tree.  Editing the indirect buffer also changes the
+original buffer, but without affecting visibility in that buffer.  For
+more information about indirect buffers, see @ref{Indirect Buffers,GNU Emacs Manual,,emacs,}.}.  With
+a numeric prefix argument @var{N}, go up to level @var{N}
+and then take that tree.  If @var{N} is negative then go up
+that many levels.  With a @kbd{C-u} prefix, do not remove the
+previously used indirect buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x v} (@code{org-copy-visible})
+@kindex C-c C-x v
+@findex org-copy-visible
+Copy the @emph{visible} text in the region into the kill ring.
+@end table
+
+@node Initial visibility
+@subsection Initial visibility
+
+@vindex org-startup-folded
+When Emacs first visits an Org file, the global state is set to
+@code{showeverything}, i.e., all file content is visible@footnote{When @code{org-agenda-inhibit-startup} is non-@code{nil}, Org does not
+honor the default visibility state when first opening a file for the
+agenda (see @ref{Speeding Up Your Agendas}).}.  This can
+be configured through the variable @code{org-startup-folded}, or on
+a per-file basis by adding one of the following lines anywhere in the
+buffer:
+
+@cindex @samp{STARTUP}, keyword
+@example
+#+STARTUP: overview
+#+STARTUP: content
+#+STARTUP: showall
+#+STARTUP: show2levels
+#+STARTUP: show3levels
+#+STARTUP: show4levels
+#+STARTUP: show5levels
+#+STARTUP: showeverything
+@end example
+
+@cindex @samp{VISIBILITY}, property
+Furthermore, any entries with a @samp{VISIBILITY} property (see @ref{Properties and Columns}) get their visibility adapted accordingly.  Allowed values
+for this property are @samp{folded}, @samp{children}, @samp{content}, and @samp{all}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u @key{TAB}} (@code{org-set-startup-visibility})
+@kindex C-u C-u TAB
+@findex org-set-startup-visibility
+Switch back to the startup visibility of the buffer, i.e., whatever
+is requested by startup options and @samp{VISIBILITY} properties in
+individual entries.
+@end table
+
+@node Catching invisible edits
+@subsection Catching invisible edits
+
+@cindex edits, catching invisible
+
+@vindex org-catch-invisible-edits
+Sometimes you may inadvertently edit an invisible part of the buffer
+and be confused on what has been edited and how to undo the mistake.
+Setting @code{org-catch-invisible-edits} to non-@code{nil} helps preventing
+this.  See the docstring of this option on how Org should catch
+invisible edits and process them.
+
+@node Motion
+@section Motion
+
+@cindex motion, between headlines
+@cindex jumping, to headlines
+@cindex headline navigation
+
+The following commands jump to other headlines in the buffer.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-n} (@code{org-next-visible-heading})
+@kindex C-c C-n
+@findex org-next-visible-heading
+Next heading.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-p} (@code{org-previous-visible-heading})
+@kindex C-c C-p
+@findex org-previous-visible-heading
+Previous heading.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-f} (@code{org-forward-heading-same-level})
+@kindex C-c C-f
+@findex org-forward-heading-same-level
+Next heading same level.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-b} (@code{org-backward-heading-same-level})
+@kindex C-c C-b
+@findex org-backward-heading-same-level
+Previous heading same level.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-u} (@code{outline-up-heading})
+@kindex C-c C-u
+@findex outline-up-heading
+Backward to higher level heading.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-j} (@code{org-goto})
+@kindex C-c C-j
+@findex org-goto
+@vindex org-goto-auto-isearch
+Jump to a different place without changing the current outline
+visibility.  Shows the document structure in a temporary buffer,
+where you can use the following keys to find your destination:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.7
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}}
+@tab Cycle visibility.
+@item @kbd{@key{DOWN}} / @kbd{@key{UP}}
+@tab Next/previous visible headline.
+@item @kbd{@key{RET}}
+@tab Select this location.
+@item @kbd{/}
+@tab Do a Sparse-tree search
+@end multitable
+
+@noindent
+The following keys work if you turn off @code{org-goto-auto-isearch}
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.7
+@item @kbd{n} / @kbd{p}
+@tab Next/previous visible headline.
+@item @kbd{f} / @kbd{b}
+@tab Next/previous headline same level.
+@item @kbd{u}
+@tab One level up.
+@item @kbd{0} @dots{} @kbd{9}
+@tab Digit argument.
+@item @kbd{q}
+@tab Quit.
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-goto-interface
+@noindent
+See also the variable @code{org-goto-interface}.
+@end table
+
+@node Structure Editing
+@section Structure Editing
+
+@cindex structure editing
+@cindex headline, promotion and demotion
+@cindex promotion, of subtrees
+@cindex demotion, of subtrees
+@cindex subtree, cut and paste
+@cindex pasting, of subtrees
+@cindex cutting, of subtrees
+@cindex copying, of subtrees
+@cindex sorting, of subtrees
+@cindex subtrees, cut and paste
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{org-meta-return})
+@kindex M-RET
+@findex org-meta-return
+@vindex org-M-RET-may-split-line
+Insert a new heading, item or row.
+
+If the command is used at the @emph{beginning} of a line, and if there is
+a heading or a plain list item (see @ref{Plain Lists}) at point, the new
+heading/item is created @emph{before} the current line.  When used at the
+beginning of a regular line of text, turn that line into a heading.
+
+When this command is used in the middle of a line, the line is split
+and the rest of the line becomes the new item or headline.  If you
+do not want the line to be split, customize
+@code{org-M-RET-may-split-line}.
+
+Calling the command with a @kbd{C-u} prefix unconditionally
+inserts a new heading at the end of the current subtree, thus
+preserving its contents.  With a double @kbd{C-u C-u} prefix,
+the new heading is created at the end of the parent subtree instead.
+
+@item @kbd{C-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-heading-respect-content})
+@kindex C-RET
+@findex org-insert-heading-respect-content
+Insert a new heading at the end of the current subtree.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-todo-heading})
+@kindex M-S-RET
+@findex org-insert-todo-heading
+@vindex org-treat-insert-todo-heading-as-state-change
+Insert new TODO entry with same level as current heading.  See also
+the variable @code{org-treat-insert-todo-heading-as-state-change}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-S-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-todo-heading-respect-content})
+@kindex C-S-RET
+@findex org-insert-todo-heading-respect-content
+Insert new TODO entry with same level as current heading.  Like
+@kbd{C-@key{RET}}, the new headline is inserted after the current
+subtree.
+
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{org-cycle})
+@kindex TAB
+@findex org-cycle
+In a new entry with no text yet, the first @kbd{@key{TAB}} demotes
+the entry to become a child of the previous one.  The next
+@kbd{@key{TAB}} makes it a parent, and so on, all the way to top
+level.  Yet another @kbd{@key{TAB}}, and you are back to the initial
+level.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-do-promote})
+@itemx @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-do-demote})
+@kindex M-LEFT
+@findex org-do-promote
+@kindex M-RIGHT
+@findex org-do-demote
+Promote or demote current heading by one level.
+
+@cindex region, active
+@cindex active region
+@cindex transient mark mode
+When there is an active region---i.e., when Transient Mark mode is
+active---promotion and demotion work on all headlines in the region.
+To select a region of headlines, it is best to place both point and
+mark at the beginning of a line, mark at the beginning of the first
+headline, and point at the line just after the last headline to
+change.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-promote-subtree})
+@kindex M-S-LEFT
+@findex org-promote-subtree
+Promote the current subtree by one level.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-demote-subtree})
+@kindex M-S-RIGHT
+@findex org-demote-subtree
+Demote the current subtree by one level.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} (@code{org-move-subtree-up})
+@kindex M-UP
+@findex org-move-subtree-up
+Move subtree up, i.e., swap with previous subtree of same level.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-move-subtree-down})
+@kindex M-DOWN
+@findex org-move-subtree-down
+Move subtree down, i.e., swap with next subtree of same level.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c @@} (@code{org-mark-subtree})
+@kindex C-c @@
+@findex org-mark-subtree
+Mark the subtree at point.  Hitting repeatedly marks subsequent
+subtrees of the same level as the marked subtree.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-w} (@code{org-cut-subtree})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-w
+@findex org-cut-subtree
+Kill subtree, i.e., remove it from buffer but save in kill ring.
+With a numeric prefix argument N, kill N sequential subtrees.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x M-w} (@code{org-copy-subtree})
+@kindex C-c C-x M-w
+@findex org-copy-subtree
+Copy subtree to kill ring.  With a numeric prefix argument N, copy
+the N sequential subtrees.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-y} (@code{org-paste-subtree})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-y
+@findex org-paste-subtree
+Yank subtree from kill ring.  This does modify the level of the
+subtree to make sure the tree fits in nicely at the yank position.
+The yank level can also be specified with a numeric prefix argument,
+or by yanking after a headline marker like @samp{****}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-y} (@code{org-yank})
+@kindex C-y
+@findex org-yank
+@vindex org-yank-adjusted-subtrees
+@vindex org-yank-folded-subtrees
+Depending on the variables @code{org-yank-adjusted-subtrees} and
+@code{org-yank-folded-subtrees}, Org's internal @code{yank} command pastes
+subtrees folded and in a clever way, using the same command as
+@kbd{C-c C-x C-y}.  With the default settings, no level
+adjustment takes place, but the yanked tree is folded unless doing
+so would swallow text previously visible.  Any prefix argument to
+this command forces a normal @code{yank} to be executed, with the prefix
+passed along.  A good way to force a normal yank is @kbd{C-u C-y}.  If you use @code{yank-pop} after a yank, it yanks previous kill
+items plainly, without adjustment and folding.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x c} (@code{org-clone-subtree-with-time-shift})
+@kindex C-c C-x c
+@findex org-clone-subtree-with-time-shift
+Clone a subtree by making a number of sibling copies of it.  You are
+prompted for the number of copies to make, and you can also specify
+if any timestamps in the entry should be shifted.  This can be
+useful, for example, to create a number of tasks related to a series
+of lectures to prepare.  For more details, see the docstring of the
+command @code{org-clone-subtree-with-time-shift}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{org-refile})
+@kindex C-c C-w
+@findex org-refile
+Refile entry or region to a different location.  See @ref{Refile and Copy}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c ^} (@code{org-sort})
+@kindex C-c ^
+@findex org-sort
+Sort same-level entries.  When there is an active region, all
+entries in the region are sorted.  Otherwise the children of the
+current headline are sorted.  The command prompts for the sorting
+method, which can be alphabetically, numerically, by time---first
+timestamp with active preferred, creation time, scheduled time,
+deadline time---by priority, by TODO keyword---in the sequence the
+keywords have been defined in the setup---or by the value of
+a property.  Reverse sorting is possible as well.  You can also
+supply your own function to extract the sorting key.  With
+a @kbd{C-u} prefix, sorting is case-sensitive.
+
+@item @kbd{C-x n s} (@code{org-narrow-to-subtree})
+@kindex C-x n s
+@findex org-narrow-to-subtree
+Narrow buffer to current subtree.
+
+@item @kbd{C-x n b} (@code{org-narrow-to-block})
+@kindex C-x n b
+@findex org-narrow-to-block
+Narrow buffer to current block.
+
+@item @kbd{C-x n w} (@code{widen})
+@kindex C-x n w
+@findex widen
+Widen buffer to remove narrowing.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c *} (@code{org-toggle-heading})
+@kindex C-c *
+@findex org-toggle-heading
+Turn a normal line or plain list item into a headline---so that it
+becomes a subheading at its location.  Also turn a headline into
+a normal line by removing the stars.  If there is an active region,
+turn all lines in the region into headlines.  If the first line in
+the region was an item, turn only the item lines into headlines.
+Finally, if the first line is a headline, remove the stars from all
+headlines in the region.
+@end table
+
+Note that when point is inside a table (see @ref{Tables}), the Meta-Cursor
+keys have different functionality.
+
+@node Sparse Trees
+@section Sparse Trees
+
+@cindex sparse trees
+@cindex trees, sparse
+@cindex folding, sparse trees
+@cindex occur, command
+
+@vindex org-show-context-detail
+An important feature of Org mode is the ability to construct @emph{sparse
+trees} for selected information in an outline tree, so that the entire
+document is folded as much as possible, but the selected information
+is made visible along with the headline structure above it@footnote{See also the variable @code{org-show-context-detail} to decide how
+much context is shown around each match.}.
+Just try it out and you will see immediately how it works.
+
+Org mode contains several commands creating such trees, all these
+commands can be accessed through a dispatcher:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c /} (@code{org-sparse-tree})
+@kindex C-c /
+@findex org-sparse-tree
+This prompts for an extra key to select a sparse-tree creating
+command.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c / r} or @kbd{C-c / /} (@code{org-occur})
+@kindex C-c / r
+@kindex C-c / /
+@findex org-occur
+@vindex org-remove-highlights-with-change
+Prompts for a regexp (see @ref{Regular Expressions}) and shows a sparse
+tree with all matches.  If the match is in a headline, the headline
+is made visible.  If the match is in the body of an entry, headline
+and body are made visible.  In order to provide minimal context,
+also the full hierarchy of headlines above the match is shown, as
+well as the headline following the match.  Each match is also
+highlighted; the highlights disappear when the buffer is changed by
+an editing command, or by pressing @kbd{C-c C-c}@footnote{This depends on the option @code{org-remove-highlights-with-change}.}.  When
+called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, previous highlights
+are kept, so several calls to this command can be stacked.
+
+@item @kbd{M-g n} or @kbd{M-g M-n} (@code{next-error})
+@kindex M-g n
+@kindex M-g M-n
+@findex next-error
+Jump to the next sparse tree match in this buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{M-g p} or @kbd{M-g M-p} (@code{previous-error})
+@kindex M-g p
+@kindex M-g M-p
+@findex previous-error
+Jump to the previous sparse tree match in this buffer.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands
+For frequently used sparse trees of specific search strings, you can
+use the variable @code{org-agenda-custom-commands} to define fast keyboard
+access to specific sparse trees.  These commands will then be
+accessible through the agenda dispatcher (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}).
+For example:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
+      '(("f" occur-tree "FIXME")))
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+defines the key @kbd{f} as a shortcut for creating a sparse tree
+matching the string @samp{FIXME}.
+
+The other sparse tree commands select headings based on TODO keywords,
+tags, or properties and are discussed later in this manual.
+
+@kindex C-c C-e C-v
+@cindex printing sparse trees
+@cindex visible text, printing
+To print a sparse tree, you can use the Emacs command
+@code{ps-print-buffer-with-faces} which does not print invisible parts of
+the document.  Or you can use the command @kbd{C-c C-e C-v} to
+export only the visible part of the document and print the resulting
+file.
+
+@node Plain Lists
+@section Plain Lists
+
+@cindex plain lists
+@cindex lists, plain
+@cindex lists, ordered
+@cindex ordered lists
+
+Within an entry of the outline tree, hand-formatted lists can provide
+additional structure.  They also provide a way to create lists of
+checkboxes (see @ref{Checkboxes}).  Org supports editing such lists, and
+every exporter (see @ref{Exporting}) can parse and format them.
+
+Org knows ordered lists, unordered lists, and description lists.
+
+@itemize
+@item
+@emph{Unordered} list items start with @samp{-}, @samp{+}, or @samp{*}@footnote{When using @samp{*} as a bullet, lines must be indented so that they
+are not interpreted as headlines.  Also, when you are hiding leading
+stars to get a clean outline view, plain list items starting with
+a star may be hard to distinguish from true headlines.  In short: even
+though @samp{*} is supported, it may be better to not use it for plain list
+items.} as bullets.
+
+@item
+@vindex org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator
+@vindex org-alphabetical-lists
+@emph{Ordered} list items start with a numeral followed by either
+a period or a right parenthesis@footnote{You can filter out any of them by configuring
+@code{org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator}.}, such as @samp{1.} or @samp{1)}@footnote{You can also get @samp{a.}, @samp{A.}, @samp{a)} and @samp{A)} by configuring
+@code{org-list-allow-alphabetical}.  To minimize confusion with normal
+text, those are limited to one character only.  Beyond that limit,
+bullets automatically become numbers.}
+If you want a list to start with a different value---e.g.,
+20---start the text of the item with @samp{[@@20]}@footnote{If there's a checkbox in the item, the cookie must be put
+@emph{before} the checkbox.  If you have activated alphabetical lists, you
+can also use counters like @samp{[@@b]}.}.  Those
+constructs can be used in any item of the list in order to enforce
+a particular numbering.
+
+@item
+@emph{Description} list items are unordered list items, and contain the
+separator @samp{::} to distinguish the description @emph{term} from the
+description.
+@end itemize
+
+Items belonging to the same list must have the same indentation on the
+first line.  In particular, if an ordered list reaches number @samp{10.},
+then the 2-digit numbers must be written left-aligned with the other
+numbers in the list.  An item ends before the next line that is less
+or equally indented than its bullet/number.
+
+A list ends whenever every item has ended, which means before any line
+less or equally indented than items at top level.  It also ends before
+two blank lines.  In that case, all items are closed.  Here is an
+example:
+
+@example
+* Lord of the Rings
+My favorite scenes are (in this order)
+1. The attack of the Rohirrim
+2. Eowyn's fight with the witch king
+   + this was already my favorite scene in the book
+   + I really like Miranda Otto.
+3. Peter Jackson being shot by Legolas
+   - on DVD only
+   He makes a really funny face when it happens.
+But in the end, no individual scenes matter but the film as a whole.
+Important actors in this film are:
+- Elijah Wood :: He plays Frodo
+- Sean Astin :: He plays Sam, Frodo's friend.  I still remember him
+     very well from his role as Mikey Walsh in /The Goonies/.
+@end example
+
+Org supports these lists by tuning filling and wrapping commands to
+deal with them correctly, and by exporting them properly (see
+@ref{Exporting}).  Since indentation is what governs the structure of these
+lists, many structural constructs like @samp{#+BEGIN_} blocks can be
+indented to signal that they belong to a particular item.
+
+@vindex org-list-demote-modify-bullet
+@vindex org-list-indent-offset
+If you find that using a different bullet for a sub-list---than that
+used for the current list-level---improves readability, customize the
+variable @code{org-list-demote-modify-bullet}.  To get a greater difference
+of indentation between items and theirs sub-items, customize
+@code{org-list-indent-offset}.
+
+@vindex org-list-automatic-rules
+The following commands act on items when point is in the first line of
+an item---the line with the bullet or number.  Some of them imply the
+application of automatic rules to keep list structure intact.  If some
+of these actions get in your way, configure @code{org-list-automatic-rules}
+to disable them individually.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{org-cycle})
+@cindex cycling, in plain lists
+@kindex TAB
+@findex org-cycle
+@vindex org-cycle-include-plain-lists
+Items can be folded just like headline levels.  Normally this works
+only if point is on a plain list item.  For more details, see the
+variable @code{org-cycle-include-plain-lists}.  If this variable is set
+to @code{integrate}, plain list items are treated like low-level
+headlines.  The level of an item is then given by the indentation of
+the bullet/number.  Items are always subordinate to real headlines,
+however; the hierarchies remain completely separated.  In a new item
+with no text yet, the first @kbd{@key{TAB}} demotes the item to
+become a child of the previous one.  Subsequent @kbd{@key{TAB}}s move
+the item to meaningful levels in the list and eventually get it back
+to its initial position.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-heading})
+@kindex M-RET
+@findex org-insert-heading
+@vindex org-M-RET-may-split-line
+Insert new item at current level.  With a prefix argument, force
+a new heading (see @ref{Structure Editing}).  If this command is used in
+the middle of an item, that item is @emph{split} in two, and the second
+part becomes the new item@footnote{If you do not want the item to be split, customize the
+variable @code{org-M-RET-may-split-line}.}.  If this command is executed
+@emph{before item's body}, the new item is created @emph{before} the current
+one.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}}
+@kindex M-S-RET
+Insert a new item with a checkbox (see @ref{Checkboxes}).
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}}
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}}
+@kindex S-UP
+@kindex S-DOWN
+@cindex shift-selection-mode
+@vindex org-support-shift-select
+@vindex org-list-use-circular-motion
+Jump to the previous/next item in the current list, but only if
+@code{org-support-shift-select} is off@footnote{If you want to cycle around items that way, you may customize
+@code{org-list-use-circular-motion}.}.  If not, you can still use
+paragraph jumping commands like @kbd{C-@key{UP}} and
+@kbd{C-@key{DOWN}} to quite similar effect.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}}
+@itemx @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}}
+@kindex M-UP
+@kindex M-DOWN
+Move the item including subitems up/down@footnote{See @code{org-list-use-circular-motion} for a cyclic behavior.}, i.e., swap with
+previous/next item of same indentation.  If the list is ordered,
+renumbering is automatic.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{LEFT}}
+@itemx @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}}
+@kindex M-LEFT
+@kindex M-RIGHT
+Decrease/increase the indentation of an item, leaving children
+alone.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}}
+@itemx @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@kindex M-S-LEFT
+@kindex M-S-RIGHT
+Decrease/increase the indentation of the item, including subitems.
+Initially, the item tree is selected based on current indentation.
+When these commands are executed several times in direct succession,
+the initially selected region is used, even if the new indentation
+would imply a different hierarchy.  To use the new hierarchy, break
+the command chain by moving point.
+
+As a special case, using this command on the very first item of
+a list moves the whole list.  This behavior can be disabled by
+configuring @code{org-list-automatic-rules}.  The global indentation of
+a list has no influence on the text @emph{after} the list.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c}
+@kindex C-c C-c
+If there is a checkbox (see @ref{Checkboxes}) in the item line, toggle
+the state of the checkbox.  In any case, verify bullets and
+indentation consistency in the whole list.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c -}
+@kindex C-c -
+@vindex org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator
+Cycle the entire list level through the different itemize/enumerate
+bullets (@samp{-}, @samp{+}, @samp{*}, @samp{1.}, @samp{1)}) or a subset of them, depending
+on @code{org-plain-list-ordered-item-terminator}, the type of list, and
+its indentation.  With a numeric prefix argument N, select the Nth
+bullet from this list.  If there is an active region when calling
+this, all lines are converted to list items.  With a prefix
+argument, the selected text is changed into a single item.  If the
+first line already was a list item, any item marker is removed from
+the list.  Finally, even without an active region, a normal line is
+converted into a list item.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c *}
+@kindex C-c *
+Turn a plain list item into a headline---so that it becomes
+a subheading at its location.  See @ref{Structure Editing}, for
+a detailed explanation.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-*}
+@kindex C-c C-*
+Turn the whole plain list into a subtree of the current heading.
+Checkboxes (see @ref{Checkboxes}) become @samp{TODO}, respectively @samp{DONE},
+keywords when unchecked, respectively checked.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@vindex org-support-shift-select
+@kindex S-LEFT
+@kindex S-RIGHT
+This command also cycles bullet styles when point is in on the
+bullet or anywhere in an item line, details depending on
+@code{org-support-shift-select}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c ^}
+@kindex C-c ^
+@cindex sorting, of plain list
+Sort the plain list.  Prompt for the sorting method: numerically,
+alphabetically, by time, or by custom function.
+@end table
+
+@node Drawers
+@section Drawers
+
+@cindex drawers
+@cindex visibility cycling, drawers
+
+Sometimes you want to keep information associated with an entry, but
+you normally do not want to see it.  For this, Org mode has @emph{drawers}.
+They can contain anything but a headline and another drawer.  Drawers
+look like this:
+
+@example
+** This is a headline
+Still outside the drawer
+:DRAWERNAME:
+This is inside the drawer.
+:END:
+After the drawer.
+@end example
+
+@kindex C-c C-x d
+@findex org-insert-drawer
+You can interactively insert a drawer at point by calling
+@code{org-insert-drawer}, which is bound to @kbd{C-c C-x d}.  With an
+active region, this command puts the region inside the drawer.  With
+a prefix argument, this command calls @code{org-insert-property-drawer},
+which creates a @samp{PROPERTIES} drawer right below the current headline.
+Org mode uses this special drawer for storing properties (see
+@ref{Properties and Columns}).  You cannot use it for anything else.
+
+Completion over drawer keywords is also possible using
+@kbd{M-@key{TAB}}@footnote{Many desktops intercept @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to switch windows.
+Use @kbd{C-M-i} or @kbd{@key{ESC} @key{TAB}} instead.}.
+
+Visibility cycling (see @ref{Visibility Cycling}) on the headline hides and
+shows the entry, but keep the drawer collapsed to a single line.  In
+order to look inside the drawer, you need to move point to the drawer
+line and press @kbd{@key{TAB}} there.
+
+You can also arrange for state change notes (see @ref{Tracking TODO state changes}) and clock times (see @ref{Clocking Work Time}) to be stored in
+a @samp{LOGBOOK} drawer.  If you want to store a quick note there, in
+a similar way to state changes, use
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-z}
+@kindex C-c C-z
+Add a time-stamped note to the @samp{LOGBOOK} drawer.
+@end table
+
+@node Blocks
+@section Blocks
+
+@vindex org-hide-block-startup
+@cindex blocks, folding
+
+Org mode uses @samp{#+BEGIN} @dots{} @samp{#+END} blocks for various purposes from
+including source code examples (see @ref{Literal Examples}) to capturing
+time logging information (see @ref{Clocking Work Time}).  These blocks can
+be folded and unfolded by pressing @kbd{@key{TAB}} in the @samp{#+BEGIN}
+line.  You can also get all blocks folded at startup by configuring
+the variable @code{org-hide-block-startup} or on a per-file basis by using
+
+@cindex STARTUP, keyword
+@example
+#+STARTUP: hideblocks
+#+STARTUP: nohideblocks
+@end example
+
+@node Tables
+@chapter Tables
+
+@cindex tables
+@cindex editing tables
+
+Org comes with a fast and intuitive table editor.  Spreadsheet-like
+calculations are supported using the Emacs Calc package (see @ref{Top,GNU Emacs
+Calculator Manual,,calc,}).
+
+@menu
+* Built-in Table Editor::        Simple tables.
+* Column Width and Alignment::   Overrule the automatic settings.
+* Column Groups::                Grouping to trigger vertical lines.
+* Orgtbl Mode::                  The table editor as minor mode.
+* The Spreadsheet::              The table editor has spreadsheet capabilities.
+* Org Plot::                     Plotting from Org tables.
+@end menu
+
+@node Built-in Table Editor
+@section Built-in Table Editor
+
+@cindex table editor, built-in
+
+@cindex header lines, in tables
+@cindex horizontal rule, in tables
+@cindex row separator, in tables
+@cindex table syntax
+Org makes it easy to format tables in plain ASCII@.  Any line with @samp{|}
+as the first non-whitespace character is considered part of a table.
+@samp{|} is also the column separator@footnote{To insert a vertical bar into a table field, use @samp{\vert} or,
+inside a word @samp{abc\vert@{@}def}.}.  Moreover, a line starting
+with @samp{|-} is a horizontal rule.  It separates rows explicitly.  Rows
+before the first horizontal rule are header lines.  A table might look
+like this:
+
+@example
+| Name  | Phone | Age |
+|-------+-------+-----|
+| Peter |  1234 |  17 |
+| Anna  |  4321 |  25 |
+@end example
+
+A table is re-aligned automatically each time you press
+@kbd{@key{TAB}}, @kbd{@key{RET}} or @kbd{C-c C-c} inside the table.
+@kbd{@key{TAB}} also moves to the next field---@kbd{@key{RET}} to the
+next row---and creates new table rows at the end of the table or
+before horizontal lines.  The indentation of the table is set by the
+first line.  Horizontal rules are automatically expanded on every
+re-align to span the whole table width.  So, to create the above
+table, you would only type
+
+@example
+|Name|Phone|Age|
+|-
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+and then press @kbd{@key{TAB}} to align the table and start filling in
+fields.  Even faster would be to type @samp{|Name|Phone|Age} followed by
+@kbd{C-c @key{RET}}.
+
+When typing text into a field, Org treats @kbd{DEL},
+@kbd{Backspace}, and all character keys in a special way, so that
+inserting and deleting avoids shifting other fields.  Also, when
+typing @emph{immediately} after point was moved into a new field with
+@kbd{@key{TAB}}, @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{RET}}, the field is
+automatically made blank.  If this behavior is too unpredictable for
+you, configure the option @code{org-table-auto-blank-field}.
+
+@anchor{Creation and conversion}
+@subheading Creation and conversion
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c |} (@code{org-table-create-or-convert-from-region})
+@kindex C-c |
+@findex org-table-create-or-convert-from-region
+Convert the active region to table.  If every line contains at least
+one @kbd{@key{TAB}} character, the function assumes that the material
+is tab separated.  If every line contains a comma, comma-separated
+values (CSV) are assumed.  If not, lines are split at whitespace
+into fields.  You can use a prefix argument to force a specific
+separator: @kbd{C-u} forces CSV, @kbd{C-u C-u} forces
+@kbd{@key{TAB}}, @kbd{C-u C-u C-u} prompts for a regular
+expression to match the separator, and a numeric argument
+N indicates that at least N consecutive spaces, or alternatively
+a @kbd{@key{TAB}} will be the separator.
+
+If there is no active region, this command creates an empty Org
+table.  But it is easier just to start typing, like @kbd{| N a m e | P h o n e | A g e @key{RET} | - @key{TAB}}.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Re-aligning and field motion}
+@subheading Re-aligning and field motion
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-table-align})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@findex org-table-align
+Re-align the table without moving point.
+
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-next-field})
+@kindex TAB
+@findex org-table-next-field
+Re-align the table, move to the next field.  Creates a new row if
+necessary.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-table-blank-field}
+@findex org-table-blank-field
+Blank the field at point.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-previous-field})
+@kindex S-TAB
+@findex org-table-previous-field
+Re-align, move to previous field.
+
+@item @kbd{@key{RET}} (@code{org-table-next-row})
+@kindex RET
+@findex org-table-next-row
+Re-align the table and move down to next row.  Creates a new row if
+necessary.  At the beginning or end of a line, @kbd{@key{RET}} still
+inserts a new line, so it can be used to split a table.
+
+@item @kbd{M-a} (@code{org-table-beginning-of-field})
+@kindex M-a
+@findex org-table-beginning-of-field
+Move to beginning of the current table field, or on to the previous
+field.
+
+@item @kbd{M-e} (@code{org-table-end-of-field})
+@kindex M-e
+@findex org-table-end-of-field
+Move to end of the current table field, or on to the next field.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Column and row editing}
+@subheading Column and row editing
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-table-move-column-left})
+@kindex M-LEFT
+@findex org-table-move-column-left
+Move the current column left.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-table-move-column-right})
+@kindex M-RIGHT
+@findex org-table-move-column-right
+Move the current column right.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-table-delete-column})
+@kindex M-S-LEFT
+@findex org-table-delete-column
+Kill the current column.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-table-insert-column})
+@kindex M-S-RIGHT
+@findex org-table-insert-column
+Insert a new column at point position.  Move the recent column and
+all cells to the right of this column to the right.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} (@code{org-table-move-row-up})
+@kindex M-UP
+@findex org-table-move-row-up
+Move the current row up.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-table-move-row-down})
+@kindex M-DOWN
+@findex org-table-move-row-down
+Move the current row down.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-table-kill-row})
+@kindex M-S-UP
+@findex org-table-kill-row
+Kill the current row or horizontal line.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-table-move-cell-up})
+@kindex S-UP
+@findex org-table-move-cell-up
+Move cell up by swapping with adjacent cell.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-table-move-cell-down})
+@kindex S-DOWN
+@findex org-table-move-cell-down
+Move cell down by swapping with adjacent cell.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-table-move-cell-left})
+@kindex S-LEFT
+@findex org-table-move-cell-left
+Move cell left by swapping with adjacent cell.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-table-move-cell-right})
+@kindex S-RIGHT
+@findex org-table-move-cell-right
+Move cell right by swapping with adjacent cell.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-table-insert-row})
+@kindex M-S-DOWN
+@findex org-table-insert-row
+Insert a new row above the current row.  With a prefix argument, the
+line is created below the current one.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c -} (@code{org-table-insert-hline})
+@kindex C-c -
+@findex org-table-insert-hline
+Insert a horizontal line below current row.  With a prefix argument,
+the line is created above the current line.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c @key{RET}} (@code{org-table-hline-and-move})
+@kindex C-c RET
+@findex org-table-hline-and-move
+Insert a horizontal line below current row, and move point into the
+row below that line.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c ^} (@code{org-table-sort-lines})
+@kindex C-c ^
+@findex org-table-sort-lines
+Sort the table lines in the region.  The position of point indicates
+the column to be used for sorting, and the range of lines is the
+range between the nearest horizontal separator lines, or the entire
+table.  If point is before the first column, you are prompted for
+the sorting column.  If there is an active region, the mark
+specifies the first line and the sorting column, while point should
+be in the last line to be included into the sorting.  The command
+prompts for the sorting type, alphabetically, numerically, or by
+time.  You can sort in normal or reverse order.  You can also supply
+your own key extraction and comparison functions.  When called with
+a prefix argument, alphabetic sorting is case-sensitive.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Regions}
+@subheading Regions
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x M-w} (@code{org-table-copy-region})
+@kindex C-c C-x M-w
+@findex org-table-copy-region
+Copy a rectangular region from a table to a special clipboard.
+Point and mark determine edge fields of the rectangle.  If there is
+no active region, copy just the current field.  The process ignores
+horizontal separator lines.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-w} (@code{org-table-cut-region})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-w
+@findex org-table-cut-region
+Copy a rectangular region from a table to a special clipboard, and
+blank all fields in the rectangle.  So this is the ``cut'' operation.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-y} (@code{org-table-paste-rectangle})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-y
+@findex org-table-paste-rectangle
+Paste a rectangular region into a table.  The upper left corner ends
+up in the current field.  All involved fields are overwritten.  If
+the rectangle does not fit into the present table, the table is
+enlarged as needed.  The process ignores horizontal separator lines.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{org-table-wrap-region})
+@kindex M-RET
+@findex org-table-wrap-region
+Split the current field at point position and move the rest to the
+line below.  If there is an active region, and both point and mark
+are in the same column, the text in the column is wrapped to minimum
+width for the given number of lines.  A numeric prefix argument may
+be used to change the number of desired lines.  If there is no
+region, but you specify a prefix argument, the current field is made
+blank, and the content is appended to the field above.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Calculations}
+@subheading Calculations
+
+@cindex formula, in tables
+@cindex calculations, in tables
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c +} (@code{org-table-sum})
+@kindex C-c +
+@findex org-table-sum
+Sum the numbers in the current column, or in the rectangle defined
+by the active region.  The result is shown in the echo area and can
+be inserted with @kbd{C-y}.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RET}} (@code{org-table-copy-down})
+@kindex S-RET
+@findex org-table-copy-down
+@vindex org-table-copy-increment
+When current field is empty, copy from first non-empty field above.
+When not empty, copy current field down to next row and move point
+along with it.
+
+Depending on the variable @code{org-table-copy-increment}, integer and
+time stamp field values, and fields prefixed or suffixed with
+a whole number, can be incremented during copy.  Also, a @code{0} prefix
+argument temporarily disables the increment.
+
+This key is also used by shift-selection and related modes (see
+@ref{Conflicts}).
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Miscellaneous (1)}
+@subheading Miscellaneous
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c `} (@code{org-table-edit-field})
+@kindex C-c `
+@findex org-table-edit-field
+Edit the current field in a separate window.  This is useful for
+fields that are not fully visible (see @ref{Column Width and Alignment}).
+When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, just make the full field
+visible, so that it can be edited in place.  When called with two
+@kbd{C-u} prefixes, make the editor window follow point through
+the table and always show the current field.  The follow mode exits
+automatically when point leaves the table, or when you repeat this
+command with @kbd{C-u C-u C-c `}.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-table-import}
+@findex org-table-import
+Import a file as a table.  The table should be TAB or whitespace
+separated.  Use, for example, to import a spreadsheet table or data
+from a database, because these programs generally can write
+TAB-separated text files.  This command works by inserting the file
+into the buffer and then converting the region to a table.  Any
+prefix argument is passed on to the converter, which uses it to
+determine the separator.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c |} (@code{org-table-create-or-convert-from-region})
+@kindex C-c |
+@findex org-table-create-or-convert-from-region
+Tables can also be imported by pasting tabular text into the Org
+buffer, selecting the pasted text with @kbd{C-x C-x} and then
+using the @kbd{C-c |} command (see @ref{Creation and conversion}).
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-table-export}
+@findex org-table-export
+@vindex org-table-export-default-format
+Export the table, by default as a TAB-separated file.  Use for data
+exchange with, for example, spreadsheet or database programs.  The
+format used to export the file can be configured in the variable
+@code{org-table-export-default-format}.  You may also use properties
+@samp{TABLE_EXPORT_FILE} and @samp{TABLE_EXPORT_FORMAT} to specify the file
+name and the format for table export in a subtree.  Org supports
+quite general formats for exported tables.  The exporter format is
+the same as the format used by Orgtbl radio tables, see @ref{Translator functions}, for a detailed description.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-table-header-line-mode}
+@findex org-table-header-line-mode
+@vindex org-table-header-line-p
+Turn on the display of the first data row of the table at point in
+the window header line when this first row is not visible anymore in
+the buffer.  You can activate this minor mode by default by setting
+the option @code{org-table-header-line-p} to @code{t}.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-table-transpose-table-at-point}
+@findex org-table-transpose-table-at-point
+Transpose the table at point and eliminate hlines.
+@end table
+
+@node Column Width and Alignment
+@section Column Width and Alignment
+
+@cindex narrow columns in tables
+@cindex alignment in tables
+
+The width of columns is automatically determined by the table editor.
+The alignment of a column is determined automatically from the
+fraction of number-like versus non-number fields in the column.
+
+@vindex org-table-automatic-realign
+Editing a field may modify alignment of the table.  Moving
+a contiguous row or column---i.e., using @kbd{@key{TAB}} or
+@kbd{@key{RET}}---automatically re-aligns it.  If you want to disable
+this behavior, set @code{org-table-automatic-realign} to @code{nil}.  In any
+case, you can always align manually a table:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-table-align})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@findex org-table-align
+Align the current table.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-startup-align-all-tables
+Setting the option @code{org-startup-align-all-tables} re-aligns all tables
+in a file upon visiting it.  You can also set this option on
+a per-file basis with:
+
+@example
+#+STARTUP: align
+#+STARTUP: noalign
+@end example
+
+Sometimes a single field or a few fields need to carry more text,
+leading to inconveniently wide columns.  Maybe you want to hide away
+several columns or display them with a fixed width, regardless of
+content, as shown in the following example.
+
+@example
+|---+---------------------+--------|           |---+-------…+…|
+|   | <6>                 |        |           |   | <6>   …|…|
+| 1 | one                 | some   |   ----\   | 1 | one   …|…|
+| 2 | two                 | boring |   ----/   | 2 | two   …|…|
+| 3 | This is a long text | column |           | 3 | This i…|…|
+|---+---------------------+--------|           |---+-------…+…|
+@end example
+
+To set the width of a column, one field anywhere in the column may
+contain just the string @samp{<N>} where @var{N} specifies the width
+as a number of characters.  You control displayed width of columns
+with the following tools:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c @key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-toggle-column-width})
+@kindex C-c TAB
+@findex org-table-toggle-column-width
+Shrink or expand current column.
+
+If a width cookie specifies a width W for the column, shrinking it
+displays the first W visible characters only.  Otherwise, the column
+is shrunk to a single character.
+
+When called before the first column or after the last one, ask for
+a list of column ranges to operate on.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c @key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-shrink})
+@kindex C-u C-c TAB
+@findex org-table-shrink
+Shrink all columns with a column width.  Expand the others.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c @key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-expand})
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c TAB
+@findex org-table-expand
+Expand all columns.
+@end table
+
+To see the full text of a shrunk field, hold the mouse over it:
+a tool-tip window then shows the full contents of the field.
+Alternatively, @kbd{C-h .} (@code{display-local-help}) reveals them,
+too.  For convenience, any change near the shrunk part of a column
+expands it.
+
+@vindex org-startup-shrink-all-tables
+Setting the option @code{org-startup-shrink-all-tables} shrinks all columns
+containing a width cookie in a file the moment it is visited.  You can
+also set this option on a per-file basis with:
+
+@example
+#+STARTUP: shrink
+@end example
+
+
+If you would like to overrule the automatic alignment of number-rich
+columns to the right and of string-rich columns to the left, you can
+use @samp{<r>}, @samp{<c>} or @samp{<l>} in a similar fashion.  You may also combine
+alignment and field width like this: @samp{<r10>}.
+
+Lines which only contain these formatting cookies are removed
+automatically upon exporting the document.
+
+@node Column Groups
+@section Column Groups
+
+@cindex grouping columns in tables
+
+When Org exports tables, it does so by default without vertical lines
+because that is visually more satisfying in general.  Occasionally
+however, vertical lines can be useful to structure a table into groups
+of columns, much like horizontal lines can do for groups of rows.  In
+order to specify column groups, you can use a special row where the
+first field contains only @samp{/}.  The further fields can either contain
+@samp{<} to indicate that this column should start a group, @samp{>} to indicate
+the end of a column, or @samp{<>} (no space between @samp{<} and @samp{>}) to make
+a column a group of its own.  Upon export, boundaries between column
+groups are marked with vertical lines.  Here is an example:
+
+@example
+| N | N^2 | N^3 | N^4 | sqrt(n) | sqrt[4](N) |
+|---+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------|
+| / |  <  |     |  >  |       < |          > |
+| 1 |  1  |  1  |  1  |       1 |          1 |
+| 2 |  4  |  8  | 16  |  1.4142 |     1.1892 |
+| 3 |  9  | 27  | 81  |  1.7321 |     1.3161 |
+|---+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------|
+#+TBLFM: $2=$1^2::$3=$1^3::$4=$1^4::$5=sqrt($1)::$6=sqrt(sqrt(($1)))
+@end example
+
+It is also sufficient to just insert the column group starters after
+every vertical line you would like to have:
+
+@example
+| N | N^2 | N^3 | N^4 | sqrt(n) | sqrt[4](N) |
+|---+-----+-----+-----+---------+------------|
+| / | <   |     |     | <       |            |
+@end example
+
+@node Orgtbl Mode
+@section The Orgtbl Minor Mode
+
+@cindex Orgtbl mode
+@cindex minor mode for tables
+
+@findex orgtbl-mode
+If you like the intuitive way the Org table editor works, you might
+also want to use it in other modes like Text mode or Mail mode.  The
+minor mode Orgtbl mode makes this possible.  You can always toggle the
+mode with @kbd{M-x orgtbl-mode}.  To turn it on by default, for
+example in Message mode, use
+
+@lisp
+(add-hook 'message-mode-hook #'turn-on-orgtbl)
+@end lisp
+
+Furthermore, with some special setup, it is possible to maintain
+tables in arbitrary syntax with Orgtbl mode.  For example, it is
+possible to construct @LaTeX{} tables with the underlying ease and power
+of Orgtbl mode, including spreadsheet capabilities.  For details, see
+@ref{Tables in Arbitrary Syntax}.
+
+@node The Spreadsheet
+@section The Spreadsheet
+
+@cindex calculations, in tables
+@cindex spreadsheet capabilities
+@cindex Calc package
+
+The table editor makes use of the Emacs Calc package to implement
+spreadsheet-like capabilities.  It can also evaluate Emacs Lisp forms
+to derive fields from other fields.  While fully featured, Org's
+implementation is not identical to other spreadsheets.  For example,
+Org knows the concept of a @emph{column formula} that will be applied to
+all non-header fields in a column without having to copy the formula
+to each relevant field.  There is also a formula debugger, and a
+formula editor with features for highlighting fields in the table
+corresponding to the references at point in the formula, moving these
+references by arrow keys.
+
+@menu
+* References::                   How to refer to another field or range.
+* Formula syntax for Calc::      Using Calc to compute stuff.
+* Formula syntax for Lisp::      Writing formulas in Emacs Lisp.
+* Durations and time values::    How to compute durations and time values.
+* Field and range formulas::     Formula for specific (ranges of) fields.
+* Column formulas::              Formulas valid for an entire column.
+* Lookup functions::             Lookup functions for searching tables.
+* Editing and debugging formulas:: Fixing formulas.
+* Updating the table::           Recomputing all dependent fields.
+* Advanced features::            Field and column names, automatic recalculation...
+@end menu
+
+@node References
+@subsection References
+
+@cindex references
+
+To compute fields in the table from other fields, formulas must
+reference other fields or ranges.  In Org, fields can be referenced by
+name, by absolute coordinates, and by relative coordinates.  To find
+out what the coordinates of a field are, press @kbd{C-c ?} in
+that field, or press @kbd{C-c @}} to toggle the display of a grid.
+
+@anchor{Field references}
+@subsubheading Field references
+
+@cindex field references
+@cindex references, to fields
+Formulas can reference the value of another field in two ways.  Like
+in any other spreadsheet, you may reference fields with
+a letter/number combination like @samp{B3}, meaning the second field in the
+third row.  However, Org prefers to use another, more general
+representation that looks like this:@footnote{Org understands references typed by the user as @samp{B4}, but it
+does not use this syntax when offering a formula for editing.  You can
+customize this behavior using the variable
+@code{org-table-use-standard-references}.}
+
+@example
+@@ROW$COLUMN
+@end example
+
+
+Column specifications can be absolute like @samp{$1}, @samp{$2}, @dots{}, @samp{$N}, or
+relative to the current column, i.e., the column of the field which is
+being computed, like @samp{$+1} or @samp{$-2}.  @samp{$<} and @samp{$>} are immutable
+references to the first and last column, respectively, and you can use
+@samp{$>>>} to indicate the third column from the right.
+
+The row specification only counts data lines and ignores horizontal
+separator lines, or ``hlines''.  Like with columns, you can use absolute
+row numbers @samp{@@1}, @samp{@@2}, @dots{}, @samp{@@N}, and row numbers relative to the
+current row like @samp{@@+3} or @samp{@@-1}.  @samp{@@<} and @samp{@@>} are immutable
+references the first and last row in the table, respectively.  You may
+also specify the row relative to one of the hlines: @samp{@@I} refers to the
+first hline, @samp{@@II} to the second, etc.  @samp{@@-I} refers to the first such
+line above the current line, @samp{@@+I} to the first such line below the
+current line.  You can also write @samp{@@III+2} which is the second data
+line after the third hline in the table.
+
+@samp{@@0} and @samp{$0} refer to the current row and column, respectively, i.e.,
+to the row/column for the field being computed.  Also, if you omit
+either the column or the row part of the reference, the current
+row/column is implied.
+
+Org's references with @emph{unsigned} numbers are fixed references in the
+sense that if you use the same reference in the formula for two
+different fields, the same field is referenced each time.  Org's
+references with @emph{signed} numbers are floating references because the
+same reference operator can reference different fields depending on
+the field being calculated by the formula.
+
+Here are a few examples:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.8
+@item @samp{@@2$3}
+@tab 2nd row, 3rd column (same as @samp{C2})
+@item @samp{$5}
+@tab column 5 in the current row (same as @samp{E&})
+@item @samp{@@2}
+@tab current column, row 2
+@item @samp{@@-1$-3}
+@tab field one row up, three columns to the left
+@item @samp{@@-I$2}
+@tab field just under hline above current row, column 2
+@item @samp{@@>$5}
+@tab field in the last row, in column 5
+@end multitable
+
+@anchor{Range references}
+@subsubheading Range references
+
+@cindex range references
+@cindex references, to ranges
+You may reference a rectangular range of fields by specifying two
+field references connected by two dots @samp{..}.  The ends are included in
+the range.  If both fields are in the current row, you may simply use
+@samp{$2..$7}, but if at least one field is in a different row, you need to
+use the general @samp{@@ROW$COLUMN} format at least for the first field,
+i.e., the reference must start with @samp{@@} in order to be interpreted
+correctly.  Examples:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.8
+@item @samp{$1..$3}
+@tab first three fields in the current row
+@item @samp{$P..$Q}
+@tab range, using column names (see @ref{Advanced features})
+@item @samp{$<<<..$>>}
+@tab start in third column, continue to the last but one
+@item @samp{@@2$1..@@4$3}
+@tab nine fields between these two fields (same as @samp{A2..C4})
+@item @samp{@@-1$-2..@@-1}
+@tab 3 fields in the row above, starting from 2 columns on the left
+@item @samp{@@I..II}
+@tab between first and second hline, short for @samp{@@I..@@II}
+@end multitable
+
+@noindent
+Range references return a vector of values that can be fed into Calc
+vector functions.  Empty fields in ranges are normally suppressed, so
+that the vector contains only the non-empty fields.  For other options
+with the mode switches @samp{E}, @samp{N} and examples, see @ref{Formula syntax for Calc}.
+
+@anchor{Field coordinates in formulas}
+@subsubheading Field coordinates in formulas
+
+@cindex field coordinates
+@cindex coordinates, of field
+@cindex row, of field coordinates
+@cindex column, of field coordinates
+@vindex org-table-current-column
+@vindex org-table-current-dline
+One of the very first actions during evaluation of Calc formulas and
+Lisp formulas is to substitute @samp{@@#} and @samp{$#} in the formula with the
+row or column number of the field where the current result will go to.
+The traditional Lisp formula equivalents are @code{org-table-current-dline}
+and @code{org-table-current-column}.  Examples:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{if(@@# % 2, $#, string(""))}
+Insert column number on odd rows, set field to empty on even rows.
+
+@item @samp{$2 = '(identity remote(FOO, @@@@#$1))}
+Copy text or values of each row of column 1 of the table named
+@var{FOO} into column 2 of the current table.
+
+@item @samp{@@3 = 2 * remote(FOO, @@1$$#)}
+Insert the doubled value of each column of row 1 of the table
+named @var{FOO} into row 3 of the current table.
+@end table
+
+@noindent
+For the second and third examples, table @var{FOO} must have at
+least as many rows or columns as the current table.  Note that this is
+inefficient@footnote{The computation time scales as O(N^2) because table
+@var{FOO} is parsed for each field to be copied.} for large number of rows.
+
+@anchor{Named references}
+@subsubheading Named references
+
+@cindex named references
+@cindex references, named
+@cindex name, of column or field
+@cindex constants, in calculations
+@cindex @samp{CONSTANTS}, keyword
+@vindex org-table-formula-constants
+
+@samp{$name} is interpreted as the name of a column, parameter or constant.
+Constants are defined globally through the variable
+@code{org-table-formula-constants}, and locally---for the file---through
+a line like this example:
+
+@example
+#+CONSTANTS: c=299792458. pi=3.14 eps=2.4e-6
+@end example
+
+
+@vindex constants-unit-system
+@pindex constants.el
+Also, properties (see @ref{Properties and Columns}) can be used as
+constants in table formulas: for a property @samp{Xyz} use the name
+@samp{$PROP_Xyz}, and the property will be searched in the current outline
+entry and in the hierarchy above it.  If you have the @samp{constants.el}
+package, it will also be used to resolve constants, including natural
+constants like @samp{$h} for Planck's constant, and units like @samp{$km} for
+kilometers@footnote{The file @samp{constants.el} can supply the values of constants in
+two different unit systems, @samp{SI} and @samp{cgs}.  Which one is used depends
+on the value of the variable @code{constants-unit-system}.  You can use the
+@samp{STARTUP} options @samp{constSI} and @samp{constcgs} to set this value for the
+current buffer.}.  Column names and parameters can be specified in
+special table lines.  These are described below, see @ref{Advanced features}.  All names must start with a letter, and further consist
+of letters and numbers.
+
+@anchor{Remote references}
+@subsubheading Remote references
+
+@cindex remote references
+@cindex references, remote
+@cindex references, to a different table
+@cindex name, of column or field
+@cindex @samp{NAME}, keyword
+You may also reference constants, fields and ranges from a different
+table, either in the current file or even in a different file.  The
+syntax is
+
+@example
+remote(NAME,REF)
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+where @var{NAME} can be the name of a table in the current file
+as set by a @samp{#+NAME:} line before the table.  It can also be the ID of
+an entry, even in a different file, and the reference then refers to
+the first table in that entry.  @var{REF} is an absolute field or
+range reference as described above for example @samp{@@3$3} or @samp{$somename},
+valid in the referenced table.
+
+@cindex table indirection
+When @var{NAME} has the format @samp{@@ROW$COLUMN}, it is substituted
+with the name or ID found in this field of the current table.  For
+example @samp{remote($1, @@@@>$2)} @result{} @samp{remote(year_2013, @@@@>$1)}.  The format
+@samp{B3} is not supported because it can not be distinguished from a plain
+table name or ID@.
+
+@node Formula syntax for Calc
+@subsection Formula syntax for Calc
+
+@cindex formula syntax, Calc
+@cindex syntax, of formulas
+
+A formula can be any algebraic expression understood by the Emacs Calc
+package.  Note that Calc has the non-standard convention that @samp{/} has
+lower precedence than @samp{*}, so that @samp{a/b*c} is interpreted as
+@samp{(a/(b*c))}.  Before evaluation by @code{calc-eval} (see @ref{Calling Calc from Your Programs,Calling Calc from
+Your Lisp Programs,,calc,}), variable substitution takes place according to
+the rules described above.
+
+@cindex vectors, in table calculations
+The range vectors can be directly fed into the Calc vector functions
+like @code{vmean} and @code{vsum}.
+
+@cindex format specifier, in spreadsheet
+@cindex mode, for Calc
+@vindex org-calc-default-modes
+A formula can contain an optional mode string after a semicolon.  This
+string consists of flags to influence Calc and other modes during
+execution.  By default, Org uses the standard Calc modes (precision
+12, angular units degrees, fraction and symbolic modes off).  The
+display format, however, has been changed to @samp{(float 8)} to keep
+tables compact.  The default settings can be configured using the
+variable @code{org-calc-default-modes}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{p20}
+Set the internal Calc calculation precision to 20 digits.
+
+@item @samp{n3}, @samp{s3}, @samp{e2}, @samp{f4}
+Normal, scientific, engineering or fixed format of the result of
+Calc passed back to Org.  Calc formatting is unlimited in precision
+as long as the Calc calculation precision is greater.
+
+@item @samp{D}, @samp{R}
+Degree and radian angle modes of Calc.
+
+@item @samp{F}, @samp{S}
+Fraction and symbolic modes of Calc.
+
+@item @samp{u}
+Units simplification mode of Calc.  Calc is also a symbolic
+calculator and is capable of working with values having a unit,
+represented with numerals followed by a unit string in Org table
+cells.  This mode instructs Calc to simplify the units in the
+computed expression before returning the result.
+
+@item @samp{T}, @samp{t}, @samp{U}
+Duration computations in Calc or Lisp, @ref{Durations and time values}.
+
+@item @samp{E}
+If and how to consider empty fields.  Without @samp{E} empty fields in
+range references are suppressed so that the Calc vector or Lisp list
+contains only the non-empty fields.  With @samp{E} the empty fields are
+kept.  For empty fields in ranges or empty field references the
+value @samp{nan} (not a number) is used in Calc formulas and the empty
+string is used for Lisp formulas.  Add @samp{N} to use 0 instead for both
+formula types.  For the value of a field the mode @samp{N} has higher
+precedence than @samp{E}.
+
+@item @samp{N}
+Interpret all fields as numbers, use 0 for non-numbers.  See the
+next section to see how this is essential for computations with Lisp
+formulas.  In Calc formulas it is used only occasionally because
+there number strings are already interpreted as numbers without @samp{N}.
+
+@item @samp{L}
+Literal, for Lisp formulas only.  See the next section.
+@end table
+
+Unless you use large integer numbers or high-precision calculation and
+display for floating point numbers you may alternatively provide
+a @code{printf} format specifier to reformat the Calc result after it has
+been passed back to Org instead of letting Calc already do the
+formatting@footnote{The printf reformatting is limited in precision because the
+value passed to it is converted into an ``integer'' or ``double''.  The
+``integer'' is limited in size by truncating the signed value to 32
+bits.  The ``double'' is limited in precision to 64 bits overall which
+leaves approximately 16 significant decimal digits.}.  A few examples:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{$1+$2}
+@tab Sum of first and second field
+@item @samp{$1+$2;%.2f}
+@tab Same, format result to two decimals
+@item @samp{exp($2)+exp($1)}
+@tab Math functions can be used
+@item @samp{$0;%.1f}
+@tab Reformat current cell to 1 decimal
+@item @samp{($3-32)*5/9}
+@tab Degrees F @arrow{} C conversion
+@item @samp{$c/$1/$cm}
+@tab Hz @arrow{} cm conversion, using @samp{constants.el}
+@item @samp{tan($1);Dp3s1}
+@tab Compute in degrees, precision 3, display SCI 1
+@item @samp{sin($1);Dp3%.1e}
+@tab Same, but use @code{printf} specifier for display
+@item @samp{vmean($2..$7)}
+@tab Compute column range mean, using vector function
+@item @samp{vmean($2..$7);EN}
+@tab Same, but treat empty fields as 0
+@item @samp{taylor($3,x=7,2)}
+@tab Taylor series of $3, at x=7, second degree
+@end multitable
+
+Calc also contains a complete set of logical operations (see @ref{Logical Operations,Logical
+Operations,,calc,}).  For example
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{if($1 < 20, teen, string(""))}
+@samp{"teen"} if age @samp{$1} is less than 20, else the Org table result
+field is set to empty with the empty string.
+
+@item @samp{if("$1" =​= "nan" || "$2" =​= "nan", string(""), $1 + $2); E f-1}
+Sum of the first two columns.  When at least one of the input fields
+is empty the Org table result field is set to empty.  @samp{E} is
+required to not convert empty fields to 0.  @samp{f-1} is an optional
+Calc format string similar to @samp{%.1f} but leaves empty results empty.
+
+@item @samp{if(typeof(vmean($1..$7)) =​= 12, string(""), vmean($1..$7); E}
+Mean value of a range unless there is any empty field.  Every field
+in the range that is empty is replaced by @samp{nan} which lets @samp{vmean}
+result in @samp{nan}.  Then @samp{typeof =} 12= detects the @samp{nan} from @code{vmean}
+and the Org table result field is set to empty.  Use this when the
+sample set is expected to never have missing values.
+
+@item @samp{if("$1..$7" =​= "[]", string(""), vmean($1..$7))}
+Mean value of a range with empty fields skipped.  Every field in the
+range that is empty is skipped.  When all fields in the range are
+empty the mean value is not defined and the Org table result field
+is set to empty.  Use this when the sample set can have a variable
+size.
+
+@item @samp{vmean($1..$7); EN}
+To complete the example before: Mean value of a range with empty
+fields counting as samples with value 0.  Use this only when
+incomplete sample sets should be padded with 0 to the full size.
+@end table
+
+You can add your own Calc functions defined in Emacs Lisp with
+@code{defmath} and use them in formula syntax for Calc.
+
+@node Formula syntax for Lisp
+@subsection Emacs Lisp forms as formulas
+
+@cindex Lisp forms, as table formulas
+
+It is also possible to write a formula in Emacs Lisp.  This can be
+useful for string manipulation and control structures, if Calc's
+functionality is not enough.
+
+A formula is evaluated as a Lisp form when it starts with a
+single-quote followed by an opening parenthesis.  Cell table
+references are interpolated into the Lisp form before execution.  The
+evaluation should return either a string or a number.  Evaluation
+modes and a @code{printf} format used to render the returned values can be
+specified after a semicolon.
+
+By default, references are interpolated as literal Lisp strings: the
+field content is replaced in the Lisp form stripped of leading and
+trailing white space and surrounded in double-quotes.  For example:
+
+@example
+'(concat $1 $2)
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+concatenates the content of columns 1 and column 2.
+
+When the @samp{N} flag is used, all referenced elements are parsed as
+numbers and interpolated as Lisp numbers, without quotes.  Fields that
+cannot be parsed as numbers are interpolated as zeros.  For example:
+
+@example
+'(+ $1 $2);N
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+adds columns 1 and 2, equivalent to Calc's @samp{$1+$2}.  Ranges are
+inserted as space-separated fields, so they can be embedded in list or
+vector syntax.  For example:
+
+@example
+'(apply '+ '($1..$4));N
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+computes the sum of columns 1 to 4, like Calc's @samp{vsum($1..$4)}.
+
+When the @samp{L} flag is used, all fields are interpolated literally: the
+cell content is replaced in the Lisp form stripped of leading and
+trailing white space and without quotes.  If a reference is intended
+to be interpreted as a string by the Lisp form, the reference operator
+itself should be enclosed in double-quotes, like @samp{"$3"}.  The @samp{L} flag
+is useful when strings and numbers are used in the same Lisp form.  For
+example:
+
+@example
+'(substring "$1" $2 $3);L
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+extracts the part of the string in column 1 between the character
+positions specified in the integers in column 2 and 3 and it is easier
+to read than the equivalent:
+
+@example
+'(substring $1 (string-to-number $2) (string-to-number $3))
+@end example
+
+@node Durations and time values
+@subsection Durations and time values
+
+@cindex duration, computing
+@cindex time, computing
+@vindex org-table-duration-custom-format
+
+If you want to compute time values use the @samp{T}, @samp{t}, or @samp{U} flag,
+either in Calc formulas or Elisp formulas:
+
+@example
+|  Task 1 |   Task 2 |    Total |
+|---------+----------+----------|
+|    2:12 |     1:47 | 03:59:00 |
+|    2:12 |     1:47 |    03:59 |
+| 3:02:20 | -2:07:00 |     0.92 |
+#+TBLFM: @@2$3=$1+$2;T::@@3$3=$1+$2;U::@@4$3=$1+$2;t
+@end example
+
+Input duration values must be of the form @samp{HH:MM[:SS]}, where seconds
+are optional.  With the @samp{T} flag, computed durations are displayed as
+@samp{HH:MM:SS} (see the first formula above).  With the @samp{U} flag, seconds
+are omitted so that the result is only @samp{HH:MM} (see second formula
+above).  Zero-padding of the hours field depends upon the value of the
+variable @code{org-table-duration-hour-zero-padding}.
+
+With the @samp{t} flag, computed durations are displayed according to the
+value of the option @code{org-table-duration-custom-format}, which defaults
+to @code{hours} and displays the result as a fraction of hours (see the
+third formula in the example above).
+
+Negative duration values can be manipulated as well, and integers are
+considered as seconds in addition and subtraction.
+
+@node Field and range formulas
+@subsection Field and range formulas
+
+@cindex field formula
+@cindex range formula
+@cindex formula, for individual table field
+@cindex formula, for range of fields
+
+To assign a formula to a particular field, type it directly into the
+field, preceded by @samp{:=}, for example @samp{vsum(@@II..III)}.  When you press
+@kbd{@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{RET}} or @kbd{C-c C-c} with point
+still in the field, the formula is stored as the formula for this
+field, evaluated, and the current field is replaced with the result.
+
+@cindex @samp{TBLFM}, keyword
+Formulas are stored in a special @samp{TBLFM} keyword located directly
+below the table.  If you type the equation in the fourth field of the
+third data line in the table, the formula looks like @samp{@@3$4=$1+$2}.
+When inserting/deleting/swapping column and rows with the appropriate
+commands, @emph{absolute references} (but not relative ones) in stored
+formulas are modified in order to still reference the same field.  To
+avoid this from happening, in particular in range references, anchor
+ranges at the table borders (using @samp{@@<}, @samp{@@>}, @samp{$<}, @samp{$>}), or at
+hlines using the @samp{@@I} notation.  Automatic adaptation of field
+references does not happen if you edit the table structure with normal
+editing commands---you must fix the formulas yourself.
+
+Instead of typing an equation into the field, you may also use the
+following command
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c =} (@code{org-table-eval-formula})
+@kindex C-u C-c =
+@findex org-table-eval-formula
+Install a new formula for the current field.  The command prompts
+for a formula with default taken from the @samp{TBLFM} keyword,
+applies it to the current field, and stores it.
+@end table
+
+The left-hand side of a formula can also be a special expression in
+order to assign the formula to a number of different fields.  There is
+no keyboard shortcut to enter such range formulas.  To add them, use
+the formula editor (see @ref{Editing and debugging formulas}) or edit
+the @samp{TBLFM} keyword directly.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{$2=}
+Column formula, valid for the entire column.  This is so common that
+Org treats these formulas in a special way, see @ref{Column formulas}.
+
+@item @samp{@@3=}
+Row formula, applies to all fields in the specified row.  @samp{@@>=}
+means the last row.
+
+@item @samp{@@1$2..@@4$3=}
+Range formula, applies to all fields in the given rectangular range.
+This can also be used to assign a formula to some but not all fields
+in a row.
+
+@item @samp{$NAME=}
+Named field, see @ref{Advanced features}.
+@end table
+
+@node Column formulas
+@subsection Column formulas
+
+@cindex column formula
+@cindex formula, for table column
+
+When you assign a formula to a simple column reference like @samp{$3=}, the
+same formula is used in all fields of that column, with the following
+very convenient exceptions: (i) If the table contains horizontal
+separator hlines with rows above and below, everything before the
+first such hline is considered part of the table @emph{header} and is not
+modified by column formulas.  Therefore a header is mandatory when you
+use column formulas and want to add hlines to group rows, like for
+example to separate a total row at the bottom from the summand rows
+above.  (ii) Fields that already get a value from a field/range
+formula are left alone by column formulas.  These conditions make
+column formulas very easy to use.
+
+To assign a formula to a column, type it directly into any field in
+the column, preceded by an equal sign, like @samp{=$1+$2}.  When you press
+@kbd{@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{RET}} or @kbd{C-c C-c} with point
+still in the field, the formula is stored as the formula for the
+current column, evaluated and the current field replaced with the
+result.  If the field contains only @samp{=}, the previously stored formula
+for this column is used.  For each column, Org only remembers the most
+recently used formula.  In the @samp{TBLFM} keyword, column formulas look
+like @samp{$4=$1+$2}.  The left-hand side of a column formula can not be
+the name of column, it must be the numeric column reference or @samp{$>}.
+
+Instead of typing an equation into the field, you may also use the
+following command:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c =} (@code{org-table-eval-formula})
+@kindex C-c =
+@findex org-table-eval-formula
+Install a new formula for the current column and replace current
+field with the result of the formula.  The command prompts for
+a formula, with default taken from the @samp{TBLFM} keyword, applies it
+to the current field and stores it.  With a numeric prefix argument,
+e.g., @kbd{C-5 C-c =}, the command applies it to that many
+consecutive fields in the current column.
+@end table
+
+@node Lookup functions
+@subsection Lookup functions
+
+@cindex lookup functions in tables
+@cindex table lookup functions
+
+Org has three predefined Emacs Lisp functions for lookups in tables.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{(org-lookup-first VAL S-LIST R-LIST &optional PREDICATE)}
+@findex org-lookup-first
+Searches for the first element @var{S} in list
+@var{S-LIST} for which
+@lisp
+(PREDICATE VAL S)
+@end lisp
+is non-@code{nil}; returns the value from the corresponding position in
+list @var{R-LIST}.  The default @var{PREDICATE} is
+@code{equal}.  Note that the parameters @var{VAL} and @var{S}
+are passed to @var{PREDICATE} in the same order as the
+corresponding parameters are in the call to @code{org-lookup-first},
+where @var{VAL} precedes @var{S-LIST}.  If
+@var{R-LIST} is @code{nil}, the matching element @var{S} of
+@var{S-LIST} is returned.
+
+@item @samp{(org-lookup-last VAL S-LIST R-LIST &optional PREDICATE)}
+@findex org-lookup-last
+Similar to @code{org-lookup-first} above, but searches for the @emph{last}
+element for which @var{PREDICATE} is non-@code{nil}.
+
+@item @samp{(org-lookup-all VAL S-LIST R-LIST &optional PREDICATE)}
+@findex org-lookup-all
+Similar to @code{org-lookup-first}, but searches for @emph{all} elements for
+which @var{PREDICATE} is non-@code{nil}, and returns @emph{all}
+corresponding values.  This function can not be used by itself in
+a formula, because it returns a list of values.  However, powerful
+lookups can be built when this function is combined with other Emacs
+Lisp functions.
+@end table
+
+If the ranges used in these functions contain empty fields, the @samp{E}
+mode for the formula should usually be specified: otherwise empty
+fields are not included in @var{S-LIST} and/or @var{R-LIST}
+which can, for example, result in an incorrect mapping from an element
+of @var{S-LIST} to the corresponding element of
+@var{R-LIST}.
+
+These three functions can be used to implement associative arrays,
+count matching cells, rank results, group data, etc.  For practical
+examples see @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-tutorials/org-lookups.html, this tutorial on Worg}.
+
+@node Editing and debugging formulas
+@subsection Editing and debugging formulas
+
+@cindex formula editing
+@cindex editing, of table formulas
+
+@vindex org-table-use-standard-references
+You can edit individual formulas in the minibuffer or directly in the
+field.  Org can also prepare a special buffer with all active formulas
+of a table.  When offering a formula for editing, Org converts
+references to the standard format (like @samp{B3} or @samp{D&}) if possible.  If
+you prefer to only work with the internal format (like @samp{@@3$2} or
+@samp{$4}), configure the variable @code{org-table-use-standard-references}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c =} or @kbd{C-u C-c =} (@code{org-table-eval-formula})
+@kindex C-c =
+@kindex C-u C-c =
+@findex org-table-eval-formula
+Edit the formula associated with the current column/field in the
+minibuffer.  See @ref{Column formulas}, and @ref{Field and range formulas}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c =} (@code{org-table-eval-formula})
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c =
+@findex org-table-eval-formula
+Re-insert the active formula (either a field formula, or a column
+formula) into the current field, so that you can edit it directly in
+the field.  The advantage over editing in the minibuffer is that you
+can use the command @kbd{C-c ?}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c ?} (@code{org-table-field-info})
+@kindex C-c ?
+@findex org-table-field-info
+While editing a formula in a table field, highlight the field(s)
+referenced by the reference at point position in the formula.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c @}} (@code{org-table-toggle-coordinate-overlays})
+@kindex C-c @}
+@findex org-table-toggle-coordinate-overlays
+Toggle the display of row and column numbers for a table, using
+overlays.  These are updated each time the table is aligned; you can
+force it with @kbd{C-c C-c}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c @{} (@code{org-table-toggle-formula-debugger})
+@kindex C-c @{
+@findex org-table-toggle-formula-debugger
+Toggle the formula debugger on and off.  See below.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c '} (@code{org-table-edit-formulas})
+@kindex C-c '
+@findex org-table-edit-formulas
+Edit all formulas for the current table in a special buffer, where
+the formulas are displayed one per line.  If the current field has
+an active formula, point in the formula editor marks it.  While
+inside the special buffer, Org automatically highlights any field or
+range reference at point position.  You may edit, remove and add
+formulas, and use the following commands:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} or @kbd{C-x C-s} (@code{org-table-fedit-finish})
+@kindex C-x C-s
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@findex org-table-fedit-finish
+Exit the formula editor and store the modified formulas.  With
+@kbd{C-u} prefix, also apply the new formulas to the
+entire table.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{org-table-fedit-abort})
+@kindex C-c C-q
+@findex org-table-fedit-abort
+Exit the formula editor without installing changes.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-r} (@code{org-table-fedit-toggle-ref-type})
+@kindex C-c C-r
+@findex org-table-fedit-toggle-ref-type
+Toggle all references in the formula editor between standard (like
+@samp{B3}) and internal (like @samp{@@3$2}).
+
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{org-table-fedit-lisp-indent})
+@kindex TAB
+@findex org-table-fedit-lisp-indent
+Pretty-print or indent Lisp formula at point.  When in a line
+containing a Lisp formula, format the formula according to Emacs
+Lisp rules.  Another @kbd{@key{TAB}} collapses the formula back
+again.  In the open formula, @kbd{@key{TAB}} re-indents just like
+in Emacs Lisp mode.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{lisp-complete-symbol})
+@kindex M-TAB
+@findex lisp-complete-symbol
+Complete Lisp symbols, just like in Emacs Lisp mode.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}}, @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}}, @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}, @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@kindex S-UP
+@kindex S-DOWN
+@kindex S-LEFT
+@kindex S-RIGHT
+@findex org-table-fedit-ref-up
+@findex org-table-fedit-ref-down
+@findex org-table-fedit-ref-left
+@findex org-table-fedit-ref-right
+Shift the reference at point.  For example, if the reference is
+@samp{B3} and you press @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}, it becomes @samp{C3}.  This also
+works for relative references and for hline references.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-table-fedit-line-up})
+@kindex M-S-UP
+@findex org-table-fedit-line-up
+Move the test line for column formulas up in the Org buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-table-fedit-line-down})
+@kindex M-S-DOWN
+@findex org-table-fedit-line-down
+Move the test line for column formulas down in the Org buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} (@code{org-table-fedit-scroll-up})
+@kindex M-UP
+@findex org-table-fedit-scroll-up
+Scroll up the window displaying the table.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-table-fedit-scroll-down})
+@kindex M-DOWN
+@findex org-table-fedit-scroll-down
+Scroll down the window displaying the table.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c @}}
+@kindex C-c @}
+@findex org-table-toggle-coordinate-overlays
+Turn the coordinate grid in the table on and off.
+@end table
+@end table
+
+Making a table field blank does not remove the formula associated with
+the field, because that is stored in a different line---the @samp{TBLFM}
+keyword line.  During the next recalculation, the field will be filled
+again.  To remove a formula from a field, you have to give an empty
+reply when prompted for the formula, or to edit the @samp{TBLFM} keyword.
+
+@kindex C-c C-c
+You may edit the @samp{TBLFM} keyword directly and re-apply the changed
+equations with @kbd{C-c C-c} in that line or with the normal
+recalculation commands in the table.
+
+@anchor{Using multiple @samp{TBLFM} lines}
+@subsubheading Using multiple @samp{TBLFM} lines
+
+@cindex multiple formula lines
+@cindex @samp{TBLFM} keywords, multiple
+@cindex @samp{TBLFM}, switching
+
+@kindex C-c C-c
+You may apply the formula temporarily.  This is useful when you want
+to switch the formula applied to the table.  Place multiple @samp{TBLFM}
+keywords right after the table, and then press @kbd{C-c C-c} on
+the formula to apply.  Here is an example:
+
+@example
+| x | y |
+|---+---|
+| 1 |   |
+| 2 |   |
+#+TBLFM: $2=$1*1
+#+TBLFM: $2=$1*2
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} in the line of @samp{#+TBLFM: $2=$1*2} yields:
+
+@example
+| x | y |
+|---+---|
+| 1 | 2 |
+| 2 | 4 |
+#+TBLFM: $2=$1*1
+#+TBLFM: $2=$1*2
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+If you recalculate this table, with @kbd{C-u C-c *}, for example,
+you get the following result from applying only the first @samp{TBLFM}
+keyword.
+
+@example
+| x | y |
+|---+---|
+| 1 | 1 |
+| 2 | 2 |
+#+TBLFM: $2=$1*1
+#+TBLFM: $2=$1*2
+@end example
+
+@anchor{Debugging formulas}
+@subsubheading Debugging formulas
+
+@cindex formula debugging
+@cindex debugging, of table formulas
+
+When the evaluation of a formula leads to an error, the field content
+becomes the string @samp{#ERROR}.  If you would like to see what is going
+on during variable substitution and calculation in order to find
+a bug, turn on formula debugging in the Tbl menu and repeat the
+calculation, for example by pressing @kbd{C-u C-u C-c = @key{RET}} in
+a field.  Detailed information are displayed.
+
+@node Updating the table
+@subsection Updating the table
+
+@cindex recomputing table fields
+@cindex updating, table
+
+Recalculation of a table is normally not automatic, but needs to be
+triggered by a command.  To make recalculation at least
+semi-automatic, see @ref{Advanced features}.
+
+In order to recalculate a line of a table or the entire table, use the
+following commands:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c *} (@code{org-table-recalculate})
+@kindex C-c *
+@findex org-table-recalculate
+Recalculate the current row by first applying the stored column
+formulas from left to right, and all field/range formulas in the
+current row.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c *} or @kbd{C-u C-c C-c}
+@kindex C-u C-c *
+@kindex C-u C-c C-c
+Recompute the entire table, line by line.  Any lines before the
+first hline are left alone, assuming that these are part of the
+table header.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c *} or @kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-c} (@code{org-table-iterate})
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c *
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c C-c
+@findex org-table-iterate
+Iterate the table by recomputing it until no further changes occur.
+This may be necessary if some computed fields use the value of other
+fields that are computed @emph{later} in the calculation sequence.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-table-recalculate-buffer-tables}
+@findex org-table-recalculate-buffer-tables
+Recompute all tables in the current buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-table-iterate-buffer-tables}
+@findex org-table-iterate-buffer-tables
+Iterate all tables in the current buffer, in order to converge
+table-to-table dependencies.
+@end table
+
+@node Advanced features
+@subsection Advanced features
+
+If you want the recalculation of fields to happen automatically, or if
+you want to be able to assign @emph{names}@footnote{Such names must start with an alphabetic character and use
+only alphanumeric/underscore characters.} to fields and columns,
+you need to reserve the first column of the table for special marking
+characters.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-#} (@code{org-table-rotate-recalc-marks})
+@kindex C-#
+@findex org-table-rotate-recalc-marks
+Rotate the calculation mark in first column through the states @samp{#},
+@samp{*}, @samp{!}, @samp{$}.  When there is an active region, change all marks in
+the region.
+@end table
+
+Here is an example of a table that collects exam results of students
+and makes use of these features:
+
+@example
+|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
+|   | Student | Prob 1 | Prob 2 | Prob 3 | Total | Note |
+|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
+| ! |         |     P1 |     P2 |     P3 |   Tot |      |
+| # | Maximum |     10 |     15 |     25 |    50 | 10.0 |
+| ^ |         |     m1 |     m2 |     m3 |    mt |      |
+|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
+| # | Peter   |     10 |      8 |     23 |    41 |  8.2 |
+| # | Sam     |      2 |      4 |      3 |     9 |  1.8 |
+|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
+|   | Average |        |        |        |  25.0 |      |
+| ^ |         |        |        |        |    at |      |
+| $ | max=50  |        |        |        |       |      |
+|---+---------+--------+--------+--------+-------+------|
+#+TBLFM: $6=vsum($P1..$P3)::$7=10*$Tot/$max;%.1f::$at=vmean(@@-II..@@-I);%.1f
+@end example
+
+@quotation Important
+Please note that for these special tables, recalculating the table
+with @kbd{C-u C-c *} only affects rows that are marked @samp{#} or
+@samp{*}, and fields that have a formula assigned to the field itself.  The
+column formulas are not applied in rows with empty first field.
+
+@end quotation
+
+@cindex marking characters, tables
+The marking characters have the following meaning:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{!}
+The fields in this line define names for the columns, so that you
+may refer to a column as @samp{$Tot} instead of @samp{$6}.
+
+@item @samp{^}
+This row defines names for the fields @emph{above} the row.  With such
+a definition, any formula in the table may use @samp{$m1} to refer to the
+value @samp{10}.  Also, if you assign a formula to a names field, it is
+stored as @samp{$name = ...}.
+
+@item @samp{_}
+Similar to @samp{^}, but defines names for the fields in the row @emph{below}.
+
+@item @samp{$}
+Fields in this row can define @emph{parameters} for formulas.  For
+example, if a field in a @samp{$} row contains @samp{max=50}, then formulas in
+this table can refer to the value 50 using @samp{$max}.  Parameters work
+exactly like constants, only that they can be defined on a per-table
+basis.
+
+@item @samp{#}
+Fields in this row are automatically recalculated when pressing
+@kbd{@key{TAB}} or @kbd{@key{RET}} or @kbd{S-@key{TAB}} in this row.
+Also, this row is selected for a global recalculation with
+@kbd{C-u C-c *}.  Unmarked lines are left alone by this
+command.
+
+@item @samp{*}
+Selects this line for global recalculation with @kbd{C-u C-c *}, but not for automatic recalculation.  Use this when automatic
+recalculation slows down editing too much.
+
+@item @samp{/}
+Do not export this line.  Useful for lines that contain the
+narrowing @samp{<N>} markers or column group markers.
+@end table
+
+Finally, just to whet your appetite for what can be done with the
+fantastic Calc package, here is a table that computes the Taylor
+series of degree n at location x for a couple of functions.
+
+@example
+|---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------|
+|   | Func        | n | x   | Result                               |
+|---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------|
+| # | exp(x)      | 1 | x   | 1 + x                                |
+| # | exp(x)      | 2 | x   | 1 + x + x^2 / 2                      |
+| # | exp(x)      | 3 | x   | 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6            |
+| # | x^2+sqrt(x) | 2 | x=0 | x*(0.5 / 0) + x^2 (2 - 0.25 / 0) / 2 |
+| # | x^2+sqrt(x) | 2 | x=1 | 2 + 2.5 x - 2.5 + 0.875 (x - 1)^2    |
+| * | tan(x)      | 3 | x   | 0.0175 x + 1.77e-6 x^3               |
+|---+-------------+---+-----+--------------------------------------|
+#+TBLFM: $5=taylor($2,$4,$3);n3
+@end example
+
+@node Org Plot
+@section Org Plot
+
+@cindex graph, in tables
+@cindex plot tables using Gnuplot
+
+Org Plot can produce graphs of information stored in Org tables,
+either graphically or in ASCII art.
+
+@anchor{Graphical plots using Gnuplot}
+@subheading Graphical plots using Gnuplot
+
+@cindex @samp{PLOT}, keyword
+Org Plot can produce 2D and 3D graphs of information stored in Org
+tables using @uref{https://www.gnuplot.info/, Gnuplot} and @uref{http://cars9.uchicago.edu/~ravel/software/gnuplot-mode.html, Gnuplot mode}.  To see this in action, ensure
+that you have both Gnuplot and Gnuplot mode installed on your system,
+then call @kbd{C-c " g} or @kbd{M-x org-plot/gnuplot} on the
+following table.
+
+@example
+#+PLOT: title:"Citas" ind:1 deps:(3) type:2d with:histograms set:"yrange [0:]"
+| Sede      | Max cites | H-index |
+|-----------+-----------+---------|
+| Chile     |    257.72 |   21.39 |
+| Leeds     |    165.77 |   19.68 |
+| Sao Paolo |     71.00 |   11.50 |
+| Stockholm |    134.19 |   14.33 |
+| Morelia   |    257.56 |   17.67 |
+@end example
+
+Org Plot supports a range of plot types, and provides the ability to add more.
+For example, a radar plot can be generated like so:
+@example
+#+PLOT: title:"An evaluation of plaintext document formats" transpose:yes type:radar min:0 max:4
+| Format            | Fine-grained-control | Initial Effort | Syntax simplicity | Editor Support | Integrations | Ease-of-referencing | Versatility |
+|-------------------+----------------------+----------------+-------------------+----------------+--------------+---------------------+-------------|
+| Word              |                    2 |              4 |                 4 |              2 |            3 |                   2 |           2 |
+| LaTeX             |                    4 |              1 |                 1 |              3 |            2 |                   4 |           3 |
+| Org Mode          |                    4 |              2 |               3.5 |              1 |            4 |                   4 |           4 |
+| Markdown          |                    1 |              3 |                 3 |              4 |            3 |                   3 |           1 |
+| Markdown + Pandoc |                  2.5 |            2.5 |               2.5 |              3 |            3 |                   3 |           2 |
+@end example
+
+Notice that Org Plot is smart enough to apply the table's headers as
+labels.  Further control over the labels, type, content, and
+appearance of plots can be exercised through the @samp{PLOT} keyword
+preceding a table.  See below for a complete list of Org Plot options.
+For more information and examples see the @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-tutorials/org-plot.html, Org Plot tutorial}.
+
+@anchor{Plot options}
+@subsubheading Plot options
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{set}
+Specify any Gnuplot option to be set when graphing.
+
+@item @samp{title}
+Specify the title of the plot.
+
+@item @samp{ind}
+Specify which column of the table to use as the @samp{x} axis.
+
+@item @samp{deps}
+Specify the columns to graph as a Lisp style list, surrounded by
+parentheses and separated by spaces for example @samp{dep:(3 4)} to graph
+the third and fourth columns.  Defaults to graphing all other
+columns aside from the @samp{ind} column.
+
+@item transpose
+When @samp{y}, @samp{yes}, or @samp{t} attempt to transpose the table data before
+plotting.  Also recognises the shorthand option @samp{trans}.
+
+@item @samp{type}
+Specify the type of the plot, by default one of  @samp{2d}, @samp{3d}, @samp{radar}, or @samp{grid}.
+Available types can be customised with @code{org-plot/preset-plot-types}.
+
+@item @samp{with}
+Specify a @samp{with} option to be inserted for every column being
+plotted, e.g., @samp{lines}, @samp{points}, @samp{boxes}, @samp{impulses}.  Defaults to
+@samp{lines}.
+
+@item @samp{file}
+If you want to plot to a file, specify
+@samp{"path/to/desired/output-file"}.
+
+@item @samp{labels}
+List of labels to be used for the @samp{deps}.  Defaults to the column
+headers if they exist.
+
+@item @samp{line}
+Specify an entire line to be inserted in the Gnuplot script.
+
+@item @samp{map}
+When plotting @samp{3d} or @samp{grid} types, set this to @samp{t} to graph a flat
+mapping rather than a @samp{3d} slope.
+
+@item min
+Provides a minimum axis value that may be used by a plot type.
+Implicitly assumes the @samp{y} axis is being referred to.  Can
+explicitly provide a value for a either the @samp{x} or @samp{y} axis with
+@samp{xmin} and @samp{ymin}.
+
+@item max
+Provides a maximum axis value that may be used by a plot type.
+Implicitly assumes the @samp{y} axis is being referred to.  Can
+explicitly provide a value for a either the @samp{x} or @samp{y} axis with
+@samp{xmax} and @samp{ymax}.
+
+@item ticks
+Provides a desired number of axis ticks to display, that may be used
+by a plot type.  If none is given a plot type that requires ticks
+will use @code{org--plot/sensible-tick-num} to try to determine a good
+value.
+
+@item @samp{timefmt}
+Specify format of Org mode timestamps as they will be parsed by
+Gnuplot.  Defaults to @samp{%Y-%m-%d-%H:%M:%S}.
+
+@item @samp{script}
+If you want total control, you can specify a script file---place the
+file name between double-quotes---which will be used to plot.
+Before plotting, every instance of @samp{$datafile} in the specified
+script will be replaced with the path to the generated data file.
+Note: even if you set this option, you may still want to specify the
+plot type, as that can impact the content of the data file.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{ASCII bar plots}
+@subheading ASCII bar plots
+
+While point is on a column, typing @kbd{C-c `` a} or @kbd{M-x orgtbl-ascii-plot} create a new column containing an ASCII-art bars
+plot.  The plot is implemented through a regular column formula.  When
+the source column changes, the bar plot may be updated by refreshing
+the table, for example typing @kbd{C-u C-c *}.
+
+@example
+| Sede          | Max cites |              |
+|---------------+-----------+--------------|
+| Chile         |    257.72 | WWWWWWWWWWWW |
+| Leeds         |    165.77 | WWWWWWWh     |
+| Sao Paolo     |     71.00 | WWW;         |
+| Stockholm     |    134.19 | WWWWWW:      |
+| Morelia       |    257.56 | WWWWWWWWWWWH |
+| Rochefourchat |      0.00 |              |
+#+TBLFM: $3='(orgtbl-ascii-draw $2 0.0 257.72 12)
+@end example
+
+The formula is an Elisp call.
+
+@defun orgtbl-ascii-draw value min max &optional width
+Draw an ASCII bar in a table.
+
+@var{VALUE} is the value to plot.
+
+@var{MIN} is the value displayed as an empty bar.  @var{MAX}
+is the value filling all the @var{WIDTH}.  Sources values outside
+this range are displayed as @samp{too small} or @samp{too large}.
+
+@var{WIDTH} is the number of characters of the bar plot.  It
+defaults to @samp{12}.
+@end defun
+
+@node Hyperlinks
+@chapter Hyperlinks
+
+@cindex hyperlinks
+
+Like HTML, Org provides support for links inside a file, external
+links to other files, Usenet articles, emails, and much more.
+
+@menu
+* Link Format::                  How links in Org are formatted.
+* Internal Links::               Links to other places in the current file.
+* Radio Targets::                Make targets trigger links in plain text.
+* External Links::               URL-like links to the world.
+* Handling Links::               Creating, inserting and following.
+* Using Links Outside Org::      Linking from my C source code?
+* Link Abbreviations::           Shortcuts for writing complex links.
+* Search Options::               Linking to a specific location.
+* Custom Searches::              When the default search is not enough.
+@end menu
+
+@node Link Format
+@section Link Format
+
+@cindex link format
+@cindex format, of links
+
+@cindex angle bracket links
+@cindex plain links
+Org recognizes plain URIs, possibly wrapped within angle
+brackets@footnote{Plain URIs are recognized only for a well-defined set of
+schemes.  See @ref{External Links}.  Unlike URI syntax, they cannot contain
+parenthesis or white spaces, either.  URIs within angle brackets have
+no such limitation.}, and activate them as clickable links.
+
+@cindex bracket links
+The general link format, however, looks like this:
+
+@example
+[[LINK][DESCRIPTION]]
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+or alternatively
+
+@example
+[[LINK]]
+@end example
+
+
+@cindex escape syntax, for links
+@cindex backslashes, in links
+Some @samp{\}, @samp{[} and @samp{]} characters in the @var{LINK} part need to
+be ``escaped'', i.e., preceded by another @samp{\} character.  More
+specifically, the following characters, and only them, must be
+escaped:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+all @samp{[} and @samp{]} characters,
+@item
+every @samp{\} character preceding either @samp{]} or @samp{[},
+@item
+every @samp{\} character at the end of the link.
+@end enumerate
+
+@findex org-link-escape
+Functions inserting links (see @ref{Handling Links}) properly escape
+ambiguous characters.  You only need to bother about the rules above
+when inserting directly, or yanking, a URI within square brackets.
+When in doubt, you may use the function @code{org-link-escape}, which turns
+a link string into its escaped form.
+
+Once a link in the buffer is complete, with all brackets present, Org
+changes the display so that @samp{DESCRIPTION} is displayed instead of
+@samp{[[LINK][DESCRIPTION]]} and @samp{LINK} is displayed instead of @samp{[[LINK]]}.
+Links are highlighted in the @code{org-link} face, which, by default, is an
+underlined face.
+
+You can directly edit the visible part of a link.  This can be either
+the @var{LINK} part, if there is no description, or the
+@var{DESCRIPTION} part otherwise.  To also edit the invisible
+@var{LINK} part, use @kbd{C-c C-l} with point on the link
+(see @ref{Handling Links}).
+
+If you place point at the beginning or just behind the end of the
+displayed text and press @kbd{@key{BS}}, you remove
+the---invisible---bracket at that location@footnote{More accurately, the precise behavior depends on how point
+arrived there---see @ref{Invisible Text,Invisible Text,,elisp,}.}.  This makes the link
+incomplete and the internals are again displayed as plain text.
+Inserting the missing bracket hides the link internals again.  To show
+the internal structure of all links, use the menu: Org @arrow{} Hyperlinks @arrow{}
+Literal links.
+
+@node Internal Links
+@section Internal Links
+
+@cindex internal links
+@cindex links, internal
+
+A link that does not look like a URL---i.e., does not start with
+a known scheme or a file name---refers to the current document.  You
+can follow it with @kbd{C-c C-o} when point is on the link, or
+with a mouse click (see @ref{Handling Links}).
+
+@cindex @samp{CUSTOM_ID}, property
+Org provides several refinements to internal navigation within
+a document.  Most notably, a construct like @samp{[[#my-custom-id]]}
+specifically targets the entry with the @samp{CUSTOM_ID} property set to
+@samp{my-custom-id}.  Also, an internal link looking like @samp{[[*Some
+section]]} points to a headline with the name @samp{Some section}@footnote{To insert a link targeting a headline, in-buffer completion
+can be used.  Just type a star followed by a few optional letters into
+the buffer and press @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}.  All headlines in the current
+buffer are offered as completions.}.
+
+@cindex targets, for links
+When the link does not belong to any of the cases above, Org looks for
+a @emph{dedicated target}: the same string in double angular brackets, like
+@samp{<<My Target>>}.
+
+@cindex @samp{NAME}, keyword
+If no dedicated target exists, the link tries to match the exact name
+of an element within the buffer.  Naming is done, unsurprisingly, with
+the @samp{NAME} keyword, which has to be put in the line before the element
+it refers to, as in the following example
+
+@example
+#+NAME: My Target
+| a  | table      |
+|----+------------|
+| of | four cells |
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-link-search-must-match-exact-headline
+Ultimately, if none of the above succeeds, Org searches for a headline
+that is exactly the link text but may also include a TODO keyword and
+tags, or initiates a plain text search, according to the value of
+@code{org-link-search-must-match-exact-headline}.
+
+Note that you must make sure custom IDs, dedicated targets, and names
+are unique throughout the document.  Org provides a linter to assist
+you in the process, if needed.  See @ref{Org Syntax}.
+
+During export, internal links are used to mark objects and assign them
+a number.  Marked objects are then referenced by links pointing to
+them.  In particular, links without a description appear as the number
+assigned to the marked object@footnote{When targeting a @samp{NAME} keyword, the @samp{CAPTION} keyword is
+mandatory in order to get proper numbering (see @ref{Captions}).}.  In the following excerpt from
+an Org buffer
+
+@example
+1. one item
+2. <<target>>another item
+Here we refer to item [[target]].
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The last sentence will appear as @samp{Here we refer to item 2} when
+exported.
+
+In non-Org files, the search looks for the words in the link text.  In
+the above example the search would be for @samp{target}.
+
+Following a link pushes a mark onto Org's own mark ring.  You can
+return to the previous position with @kbd{C-c &}.  Using this
+command several times in direct succession goes back to positions
+recorded earlier.
+
+@node Radio Targets
+@section Radio Targets
+
+@cindex radio targets
+@cindex targets, radio
+@cindex links, radio targets
+
+Org can automatically turn any occurrences of certain target names in
+normal text into a link.  So without explicitly creating a link, the
+text connects to the target radioing its position.  Radio targets are
+enclosed by triple angular brackets.  For example, a target @samp{<<<My
+Target>>>} causes each occurrence of @samp{my target} in normal text to
+become activated as a link.  The Org file is scanned automatically for
+radio targets only when the file is first loaded into Emacs.  To
+update the target list during editing, press @kbd{C-c C-c} with
+point on or at a target.
+
+@node External Links
+@section External Links
+
+@cindex links, external
+@cindex external links
+@cindex attachment links
+@cindex BBDB links
+@cindex Elisp links
+@cindex file links
+@cindex Gnus links
+@cindex Help links
+@cindex IRC links
+@cindex Info links
+@cindex MH-E links
+@cindex Rmail links
+@cindex shell links
+@cindex URL links
+@cindex Usenet links
+
+Org supports links to files, websites, Usenet and email messages, BBDB
+database entries and links to both IRC conversations and their logs.
+External links are URL-like locators.  They start with a short
+identifying string followed by a colon.  There can be no space after
+the colon.
+
+Here is the full set of built-in link types:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{file}
+File links.  File name may be remote, absolute, or relative.
+
+Additionally, you can specify a line number, or a text search.
+In Org files, you may link to a headline name, a custom ID, or a
+code reference instead.
+
+As a special case, ``file'' prefix may be omitted if the file name
+is complete, e.g., it starts with @samp{./}, or @samp{/}.
+
+@item @samp{attachment}
+Same as file links but for files and folders attached to the current
+node (see @ref{Attachments}).  Attachment links are intended to behave
+exactly as file links but for files relative to the attachment
+directory.
+
+@item @samp{bbdb}
+Link to a BBDB record, with possible regexp completion.
+
+@item @samp{docview}
+Link to a document opened with DocView mode.  You may specify a page
+number.
+
+@item @samp{doi}
+Link to an electronic resource, through its handle.
+
+@item @samp{elisp}
+Execute an Elisp command upon activation.
+
+@item @samp{gnus}, @samp{rmail}, @samp{mhe}
+Link to messages or folders from a given Emacs' MUA@.
+
+@item @samp{help}
+Display documentation of a symbol in @samp{*Help*} buffer.
+
+@item @samp{http}, @samp{https}
+Web links.
+
+@item @samp{id}
+Link to a specific headline by its ID property, in an Org file.
+
+@item @samp{info}
+Link to an Info manual, or to a specific node.
+
+@item @samp{irc}
+Link to an IRC channel.
+
+@item @samp{mailto}
+Link to message composition.
+
+@item @samp{news}
+Usenet links.
+
+@item @samp{shell}
+Execute a shell command upon activation.
+@end table
+
+The following table illustrates the link types above, along with their
+options:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@headitem Link Type
+@tab Example
+@item http
+@tab @samp{http://staff.science.uva.nl/c.dominik/}
+@item https
+@tab @samp{https://orgmode.org/}
+@item doi
+@tab @samp{doi:10.1000/182}
+@item file
+@tab @samp{file:/home/dominik/images/jupiter.jpg}
+@item 
+@tab @samp{/home/dominik/images/jupiter.jpg} (same as above)
+@item 
+@tab @samp{file:papers/last.pdf}
+@item 
+@tab @samp{./papers/last.pdf} (same as above)
+@item 
+@tab @samp{file:/ssh:me@@some.where:papers/last.pdf} (remote)
+@item 
+@tab @samp{/ssh:me@@some.where:papers/last.pdf} (same as above)
+@item 
+@tab @samp{file:sometextfile::NNN} (jump to line number)
+@item 
+@tab @samp{file:projects.org}
+@item 
+@tab @samp{file:projects.org::some words} (text search)@footnote{The actual behavior of the search depends on the value of the
+variable @code{org-link-search-must-match-exact-headline}.  If its value is
+@code{nil}, then a fuzzy text search is done.  If it is @code{t}, then only the
+exact headline is matched, ignoring spaces and statistic cookies.  If
+the value is @code{query-to-create}, then an exact headline is searched; if
+it is not found, then the user is queried to create it.}
+@item 
+@tab @samp{file:projects.org::*task title} (headline search)
+@item 
+@tab @samp{file:projects.org::#custom-id} (headline search)
+@item attachment
+@tab @samp{attachment:projects.org}
+@item 
+@tab @samp{attachment:projects.org::some words} (text search)
+@item docview
+@tab @samp{docview:papers/last.pdf::NNN}
+@item id
+@tab @samp{id:B7423F4D-2E8A-471B-8810-C40F074717E9}
+@item news
+@tab @samp{news:comp.emacs}
+@item mailto
+@tab @samp{mailto:adent@@galaxy.net}
+@item mhe
+@tab @samp{mhe:folder} (folder link)
+@item 
+@tab @samp{mhe:folder#id} (message link)
+@item rmail
+@tab @samp{rmail:folder} (folder link)
+@item 
+@tab @samp{rmail:folder#id} (message link)
+@item gnus
+@tab @samp{gnus:group} (group link)
+@item 
+@tab @samp{gnus:group#id} (article link)
+@item bbdb
+@tab @samp{bbdb:R.*Stallman} (record with regexp)
+@item irc
+@tab @samp{irc:/irc.com/#emacs/bob}
+@item help
+@tab @samp{help:org-store-link}
+@item info
+@tab @samp{info:org#External links}
+@item shell
+@tab @samp{shell:ls *.org}
+@item elisp
+@tab @samp{elisp:(find-file "Elisp.org")} (Elisp form to evaluate)
+@item 
+@tab @samp{elisp:org-agenda} (interactive Elisp command)
+@end multitable
+
+@cindex VM links
+@cindex Wanderlust links
+On top of these built-in link types, additional ones are available
+through the @samp{org-contrib} repository (see @ref{Installation}).  For
+example, these links to VM or Wanderlust messages are available when
+you load the corresponding libraries from the @samp{org-contrib}
+repository:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{vm:folder}
+@tab VM folder link
+@item @samp{vm:folder#id}
+@tab VM message link
+@item @samp{vm://myself@@some.where.org/folder#id}
+@tab VM on remote machine
+@item @samp{vm-imap:account:folder}
+@tab VM IMAP folder link
+@item @samp{vm-imap:account:folder#id}
+@tab VM IMAP message link
+@item @samp{wl:folder}
+@tab Wanderlust folder link
+@item @samp{wl:folder#id}
+@tab Wanderlust message link
+@end multitable
+
+For information on customizing Org to add new link types, see @ref{Adding Hyperlink Types}.
+
+A link should be enclosed in double brackets and may contain
+descriptive text to be displayed instead of the URL (see @ref{Link Format}), for example:
+
+@example
+[[https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/][GNU Emacs]]
+@end example
+
+
+If the description is a file name or URL that points to an image, HTML
+export (see @ref{HTML Export}) inlines the image as a clickable button.  If
+there is no description at all and the link points to an image, that
+image is inlined into the exported HTML file.
+
+@cindex square brackets, around links
+@cindex angular brackets, around links
+@cindex plain text external links
+Org also recognizes external links amid normal text and activates them
+as links.  If spaces must be part of the link (for example in
+@samp{bbdb:R.*Stallman}), or if you need to remove ambiguities about the
+end of the link, enclose the link in square or angular brackets.
+
+@node Handling Links
+@section Handling Links
+
+@cindex links, handling
+
+Org provides methods to create a link in the correct syntax, to insert
+it into an Org file, and to follow the link.
+
+@findex org-store-link
+@cindex storing links
+The main function is @code{org-store-link}, called with @kbd{M-x org-store-link}.  Because of its importance, we suggest to bind it
+to a widely available key (see @ref{Activation}).  It stores a link to the
+current location.  The link is stored for later insertion into an Org
+buffer---see below.  The kind of link that is created depends on the
+current buffer:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @emph{Org mode buffers}
+For Org files, if there is a @samp{<<target>>} at point, the link points
+to the target.  Otherwise it points to the current headline, which
+is also the description@footnote{If the headline contains a timestamp, it is removed from the
+link, which results in a wrong link---you should avoid putting
+a timestamp in the headline.}.
+
+@vindex org-id-link-to-org-use-id
+@cindex @samp{CUSTOM_ID}, property
+@cindex @samp{ID}, property
+If the headline has a @samp{CUSTOM_ID} property, store a link to this
+custom ID@.  In addition or alternatively, depending on the value of
+@code{org-id-link-to-org-use-id}, create and/or use a globally unique
+@samp{ID} property for the link@footnote{The Org Id library must first be loaded, either through
+@code{org-customize}, by enabling @code{id} in @code{org-modules}, or by adding
+@samp{(require 'org-id)} in your Emacs init file.}.  So using this command in Org
+buffers potentially creates two links: a human-readable link from
+the custom ID, and one that is globally unique and works even if the
+entry is moved from file to file.  The @samp{ID} property can be either a
+UUID (default) or a timestamp, depending on @code{org-id-method}.  Later,
+when inserting the link, you need to decide which one to use.
+
+@item @emph{Email/News clients: VM, Rmail, Wanderlust, MH-E, Gnus}
+@vindex org-link-email-description-format
+Pretty much all Emacs mail clients are supported.  The link points
+to the current article, or, in some Gnus buffers, to the group.  The
+description is constructed according to the variable
+@code{org-link-email-description-format}.  By default, it refers to the
+addressee and the subject.
+
+@item @emph{Web browsers: W3, W3M and EWW}
+Here the link is the current URL, with the page title as the
+description.
+
+@item @emph{Contacts: BBDB}
+Links created in a BBDB buffer point to the current entry.
+
+@item @emph{Chat: IRC}
+@vindex org-irc-links-to-logs
+For IRC links, if the variable @code{org-irc-link-to-logs} is non-@code{nil},
+create a @samp{file} style link to the relevant point in the logs for the
+current conversation.  Otherwise store an @samp{irc} style link to the
+user/channel/server under the point.
+
+@item @emph{Other files}
+For any other file, the link points to the file, with a search
+string (see @ref{Search Options}) pointing to the contents
+of the current line.  If there is an active region, the selected
+words form the basis of the search string.  You can write custom Lisp
+functions to select the search string and perform the search for
+particular file types (see @ref{Custom Searches}).
+
+You can also define dedicated links to other files.  See @ref{Adding Hyperlink Types}.
+
+@item @emph{Agenda view}
+When point is in an agenda view, the created link points to the
+entry referenced by the current line.
+@end table
+
+From an Org buffer, the following commands create, navigate or, more
+generally, act on links.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-l} (@code{org-insert-link})
+@kindex C-c C-l
+@findex org-insert-link
+@cindex link completion
+@cindex completion, of links
+@cindex inserting links
+@vindex org-link-keep-stored-after-insertion
+Insert a link@footnote{Note that you do not have to use this command to insert
+a link.  Links in Org are plain text, and you can type or paste them
+straight into the buffer.  By using this command, the links are
+automatically enclosed in double brackets, and you will be asked for
+the optional descriptive text.}.  This prompts for a link to be inserted into
+the buffer.  You can just type a link, using text for an internal
+link, or one of the link type prefixes mentioned in the examples
+above.  The link is inserted into the buffer, along with
+a descriptive text@footnote{After insertion of a stored link, the link will be removed
+from the list of stored links.  To keep it in the list for later use,
+use a triple @kbd{C-u} prefix argument to @kbd{C-c C-l}, or
+configure the option @code{org-link-keep-stored-after-insertion}.}.  If some text was selected at this time,
+it becomes the default description.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @emph{Inserting stored links}
+All links stored during the current session are part of the
+history for this prompt, so you can access them with @kbd{@key{UP}}
+and @kbd{@key{DOWN}} (or @kbd{M-p}, @kbd{M-n}).
+
+@item @emph{Completion support}
+Completion with @kbd{@key{TAB}} helps you to insert valid link
+prefixes like @samp{http} or @samp{ftp}, including the prefixes defined
+through link abbreviations (see @ref{Link Abbreviations}).  If you
+press @kbd{@key{RET}} after inserting only the prefix, Org offers
+specific completion support for some link types@footnote{This works if a function has been defined in the @code{:complete}
+property of a link in @code{org-link-parameters}.}.  For
+example, if you type @kbd{f i l e @key{RET}}---alternative access:
+@kbd{C-u C-c C-l}, see below---Org offers file name
+completion, and after @kbd{b b d b @key{RET}} you can complete
+contact names.
+@end table
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-l}
+@cindex file name completion
+@cindex completion, of file names
+@kindex C-u C-c C-l
+When @kbd{C-c C-l} is called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix
+argument, insert a link to a file.  You may use file name completion
+to select the name of the file.  The path to the file is inserted
+relative to the directory of the current Org file, if the linked
+file is in the current directory or in a sub-directory of it, or if
+the path is written relative to the current directory using @samp{../}.
+Otherwise an absolute path is used, if possible with @samp{~/} for your
+home directory.  You can force an absolute path with two
+@kbd{C-u} prefixes.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-l} (with point on existing link)
+@cindex following links
+When point is on an existing link, @kbd{C-c C-l} allows you to
+edit the link and description parts of the link.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-o} (@code{org-open-at-point})
+@kindex C-c C-o
+@findex org-open-at-point
+@vindex org-file-apps
+Open link at point.  This launches a web browser for URL (using
+@code{browse-url-at-point}), run VM/MH-E/Wanderlust/Rmail/Gnus/BBDB for
+the corresponding links, and execute the command in a shell link.
+When point is on an internal link, this command runs the
+corresponding search.  When point is on the tags part of a headline,
+it creates the corresponding tags view (see @ref{Matching tags and properties}).  If point is on a timestamp, it compiles the agenda for
+that date.  Furthermore, it visits text and remote files in @samp{file}
+links with Emacs and select a suitable application for local
+non-text files.  Classification of files is based on file extension
+only.  See option @code{org-file-apps}.  If you want to override the
+default application and visit the file with Emacs, use
+a @kbd{C-u} prefix.  If you want to avoid opening in Emacs, use
+a @kbd{C-u C-u} prefix.
+
+@vindex org-link-frame-setup
+If point is on a headline, but not on a link, offer all links in the
+headline and entry text.  If you want to setup the frame
+configuration for following links, customize @code{org-link-frame-setup}.
+
+@item @kbd{@key{RET}}
+@vindex org-return-follows-link
+@kindex RET
+When @code{org-return-follows-link} is set, @kbd{@key{RET}} also follows
+the link at point.
+
+@item @kbd{mouse-2} or @kbd{mouse-1}
+@kindex mouse-2
+@kindex mouse-1
+On links, @kbd{mouse-1} and @kbd{mouse-2} opens the link
+just as @kbd{C-c C-o} does.
+
+@item @kbd{mouse-3}
+@vindex org-link-use-indirect-buffer-for-internals
+@kindex mouse-3
+Like @kbd{mouse-2}, but force file links to be opened with
+Emacs, and internal links to be displayed in another window@footnote{See the variable @code{org-link-use-indirect-buffer-for-internals}.}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c %} (@code{org-mark-ring-push})
+@kindex C-c %
+@findex org-mark-ring-push
+@cindex mark ring
+Push the current position onto the Org mark ring, to be able to
+return easily.  Commands following an internal link do this
+automatically.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c &} (@code{org-mark-ring-goto})
+@kindex C-c &
+@findex org-mark-ring-goto
+@cindex links, returning to
+Jump back to a recorded position.  A position is recorded by the
+commands following internal links, and by @kbd{C-c %}.  Using
+this command several times in direct succession moves through a ring
+of previously recorded positions.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-n} (@code{org-next-link})
+@itemx @kbd{C-c C-x C-p} (@code{org-previous-link})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-p
+@findex org-previous-link
+@kindex C-c C-x C-n
+@findex org-next-link
+@cindex links, finding next/previous
+Move forward/backward to the next link in the buffer.  At the limit
+of the buffer, the search fails once, and then wraps around.  The
+key bindings for this are really too long; you might want to bind
+this also to @kbd{M-n} and @kbd{M-p}.
+
+@lisp
+(with-eval-after-load 'org
+  (define-key org-mode-map (kbd "M-n") #'org-next-link)
+  (define-key org-mode-map (kbd "M-p") #'org-previous-link))
+@end lisp
+@end table
+
+@node Using Links Outside Org
+@section Using Links Outside Org
+
+@findex org-insert-link-global
+@findex org-open-at-point-global
+You can insert and follow links that have Org syntax not only in Org,
+but in any Emacs buffer.  For this, Org provides two functions:
+@code{org-insert-link-global} and @code{org-open-at-point-global}.
+
+You might want to bind them to globally available keys.  See
+@ref{Activation} for some advice.
+
+@node Link Abbreviations
+@section Link Abbreviations
+
+@cindex link abbreviations
+@cindex abbreviation, links
+
+Long URL can be cumbersome to type, and often many similar links are
+needed in a document.  For this you can use link abbreviations.  An
+abbreviated link looks like this
+
+@example
+[[linkword:tag][description]]
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+@vindex org-link-abbrev-alist
+where the tag is optional.  The @emph{linkword} must be a word, starting
+with a letter, followed by letters, numbers, @samp{-}, and @samp{_}.
+Abbreviations are resolved according to the information in the
+variable @code{org-link-abbrev-alist} that relates the linkwords to
+replacement text.  Here is an example:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-link-abbrev-alist
+      '(("bugzilla"        . "http://10.1.2.9/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=")
+        ("Nu Html Checker" . "https://validator.w3.org/nu/?doc=%h")
+        ("duckduckgo"      . "https://duckduckgo.com/?q=%s")
+        ("omap"            . "http://nominatim.openstreetmap.org/search?q=%s&polygon=1")
+        ("ads"             . "https://ui.adsabs.harvard.edu/search/q=%20author%3A\"%s\"")))
+@end lisp
+
+If the replacement text contains the string @samp{%s}, it is replaced with
+the tag.  Using @samp{%h} instead of @samp{%s} percent-encodes the tag (see the
+example above, where we need to encode the URL parameter).  Using
+@samp{%(my-function)} passes the tag to a custom Lisp function, and replace
+it by the resulting string.
+
+If the replacement text do not contain any specifier, it is simply
+appended to the string in order to create the link.
+
+Instead of a string, you may also specify a Lisp function to create
+the link.  Such a function will be called with the tag as the only
+argument.
+
+With the above setting, you could link to a specific bug with
+@samp{[[bugzilla:129]]}, search the web for @samp{OrgMode} with @samp{[[duckduckgo:OrgMode]]},
+show the map location of the Free Software Foundation @samp{[[gmap:51
+Franklin Street, Boston]]} or of Carsten office @samp{[[omap:Science Park 904,
+Amsterdam, The Netherlands]]} and find out what the Org author is doing
+besides Emacs hacking with @samp{[[ads:Dominik,C]]}.
+
+If you need special abbreviations just for a single Org buffer, you
+can define them in the file with
+
+@cindex @samp{LINK}, keyword
+@example
+#+LINK: bugzilla  http://10.1.2.9/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=
+#+LINK: duckduckgo https://duckduckgo.com/?q=%s
+@end example
+
+In-buffer completion (see @ref{Completion}) can be used after @samp{[} to
+complete link abbreviations.  You may also define a Lisp function that
+implements special (e.g., completion) support for inserting such a
+link with @kbd{C-c C-l}.  Such a function should not accept any
+arguments, and should return the full link with a prefix.  You can set
+the link completion function like this:
+
+@lisp
+(org-link-set-parameter "type" :complete #'some-completion-function)
+@end lisp
+
+@node Search Options
+@section Search Options in File Links
+
+@cindex search option in file links
+@cindex file links, searching
+@cindex attachment links, searching
+
+File links can contain additional information to make Emacs jump to a
+particular location in the file when following a link.  This can be a
+line number or a search option after a double colon@footnote{For backward compatibility, line numbers can also follow a
+single colon.}.  For
+example, when the command @code{org-store-link} creates a link (see
+@ref{Handling Links}) to a file, it encodes the words in the current line
+as a search string that can be used to find this line back later when
+following the link with @kbd{C-c C-o}.
+
+Note that all search options apply for Attachment links in the same
+way that they apply for File links.
+
+Here is the syntax of the different ways to attach a search to a file
+link, together with explanations for each:
+
+@example
+[[file:~/code/main.c::255]]
+[[file:~/xx.org::My Target]]
+[[file:~/xx.org::*My Target]]
+[[file:~/xx.org::#my-custom-id]]
+[[file:~/xx.org::/regexp/]]
+[[attachment:main.c::255]]
+@end example
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{255}
+Jump to line 255.
+
+@item @samp{My Target}
+Search for a link target @samp{<<My Target>>}, or do a text search for
+@samp{my target}, similar to the search in internal links, see @ref{Internal Links}.  In HTML export (see @ref{HTML Export}), such a file link becomes
+a HTML reference to the corresponding named anchor in the linked
+file.
+
+@item @samp{*My Target}
+In an Org file, restrict search to headlines.
+
+@item @samp{#my-custom-id}
+Link to a heading with a @samp{CUSTOM_ID} property
+
+@item @samp{/REGEXP/}
+Do a regular expression search for @var{REGEXP} (see @ref{Regular Expressions}).  This uses the Emacs command @code{occur} to list all
+matches in a separate window.  If the target file is in Org mode,
+@code{org-occur} is used to create a sparse tree with the matches.
+@end table
+
+As a degenerate case, a file link with an empty file name can be used
+to search the current file.  For example, @samp{[[file:::find me]]} does
+a search for @samp{find me} in the current file, just as @samp{[[find me]]}
+would.
+
+@node Custom Searches
+@section Custom Searches
+
+@cindex custom search strings
+@cindex search strings, custom
+
+The default mechanism for creating search strings and for doing the
+actual search related to a file link may not work correctly in all
+cases.  For example, Bib@TeX{} database files have many entries like
+@code{year="1993"} which would not result in good search strings, because
+the only unique identification for a Bib@TeX{} entry is the citation key.
+
+@vindex org-create-file-search-functions
+@vindex org-execute-file-search-functions
+If you come across such a problem, you can write custom functions to
+set the right search string for a particular file type, and to do the
+search for the string in the file.  Using @code{add-hook}, these functions
+need to be added to the hook variables
+@code{org-create-file-search-functions} and
+@code{org-execute-file-search-functions}.  See the docstring for these
+variables for more information.  Org actually uses this mechanism for
+Bib@TeX{} database files, and you can use the corresponding code as an
+implementation example.  See the file @samp{ol-bibtex.el}.
+
+@node TODO Items
+@chapter TODO Items
+
+@cindex TODO items
+
+Org mode does not maintain TODO lists as separate documents@footnote{Of course, you can make a document that contains only long
+lists of TODO items, but this is not required.}.
+Instead, TODO items are an integral part of the notes file, because
+TODO items usually come up while taking notes!  With Org mode, simply
+mark any entry in a tree as being a TODO item.  In this way,
+information is not duplicated, and the entire context from which the
+TODO item emerged is always present.
+
+Of course, this technique for managing TODO items scatters them
+throughout your notes file.  Org mode compensates for this by
+providing methods to give you an overview of all the things that you
+have to do.
+
+@menu
+* TODO Basics::                  Marking and displaying TODO entries.
+* TODO Extensions::              Workflow and assignments.
+* Progress Logging::             Dates and notes for progress.
+* Priorities::                   Some things are more important than others.
+* Breaking Down Tasks::          Splitting a task into manageable pieces.
+* Checkboxes::                   Tick-off lists.
+@end menu
+
+@node TODO Basics
+@section Basic TODO Functionality
+
+Any headline becomes a TODO item when it starts with the word @samp{TODO},
+for example:
+
+@example
+*** TODO Write letter to Sam Fortune
+@end example
+
+
+The most important commands to work with TODO entries are:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-t} (@code{org-todo})
+@kindex C-c C-t
+@cindex cycling, of TODO states
+Rotate the TODO state of the current item among
+
+@example
+,-> (unmarked) -> TODO -> DONE --.
+'--------------------------------'
+@end example
+
+If TODO keywords have fast access keys (see @ref{Fast access to TODO states}), prompt for a TODO keyword through the fast selection
+interface; this is the default behavior when
+@code{org-use-fast-todo-selection} is non-@code{nil}.
+
+The same state changing can also be done ``remotely'' from the agenda
+buffer with the @kbd{t} command key (see @ref{Agenda Commands}).
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}
+@kindex S-RIGHT
+@kindex S-LEFT
+@vindex org-treat-S-cursor-todo-selection-as-state-change
+Select the following/preceding TODO state, similar to cycling.
+Useful mostly if more than two TODO states are possible (see
+@ref{TODO Extensions}).  See also @ref{Conflicts}, for a discussion of the interaction with
+shift-selection.  See also the variable
+@code{org-treat-S-cursor-todo-selection-as-state-change}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c / t} (@code{org-show-todo-tree})
+@kindex C-c / t
+@cindex sparse tree, for TODO
+@vindex org-todo-keywords
+@findex org-show-todo-tree
+View TODO items in a @emph{sparse tree} (see @ref{Sparse Trees}).  Folds the
+entire buffer, but shows all TODO items---with not-DONE state---and
+the headings hierarchy above them.  With a prefix argument, or by
+using @kbd{C-c / T}, search for a specific TODO@.  You are
+prompted for the keyword, and you can also give a list of keywords
+like @samp{KWD1|KWD2|...} to list entries that match any one of these
+keywords.  With a numeric prefix argument N, show the tree for the
+Nth keyword in the variable @code{org-todo-keywords}.  With two prefix
+arguments, find all TODO states, both un-done and done.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda t} (@code{org-todo-list})
+@kindex t @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+Show the global TODO list.  Collects the TODO items (with not-DONE
+states) from all agenda files (see @ref{Agenda Views}) into a single
+buffer.  The new buffer is in Org Agenda mode, which provides
+commands to examine and manipulate the TODO entries from the new
+buffer (see @ref{Agenda Commands}).  See @ref{Global TODO list}, for more information.
+
+@item @kbd{S-M-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-todo-heading})
+@kindex S-M-RET
+@findex org-insert-todo-heading
+Insert a new TODO entry below the current one.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-todo-state-tags-triggers
+Changing a TODO state can also trigger tag changes.  See the docstring
+of the option @code{org-todo-state-tags-triggers} for details.
+
+@node TODO Extensions
+@section Extended Use of TODO Keywords
+
+@cindex extended TODO keywords
+
+@vindex org-todo-keywords
+By default, marked TODO entries have one of only two states: TODO and
+DONE@.  Org mode allows you to classify TODO items in more complex ways
+with @emph{TODO keywords} (stored in @code{org-todo-keywords}).  With special
+setup, the TODO keyword system can work differently in different
+files.
+
+Note that @emph{tags} are another way to classify headlines in general and
+TODO items in particular (see @ref{Tags}).
+
+@menu
+* Workflow states::              From TODO to DONE in steps.
+* TODO types::                   I do this, Fred does the rest.
+* Multiple sets in one file::    Mixing it all, still finding your way.
+* Fast access to TODO states::   Single letter selection of state.
+* Per-file keywords::            Different files, different requirements.
+* Faces for TODO keywords::      Highlighting states.
+* TODO dependencies::            When one task needs to wait for others.
+@end menu
+
+@node Workflow states
+@subsection TODO keywords as workflow states
+
+@cindex TODO workflow
+@cindex workflow states as TODO keywords
+
+You can use TODO keywords to indicate different, possibly @emph{sequential}
+states in the process of working on an item, for example@footnote{Changing the variable @code{org-todo-keywords} only becomes
+effective after restarting Org mode in a buffer.}:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-todo-keywords
+      '((sequence "TODO" "FEEDBACK" "VERIFY" "|" "DONE" "DELEGATED")))
+@end lisp
+
+The vertical bar separates the TODO keywords (states that @emph{need
+action}) from the DONE states (which need @emph{no further action}).  If
+you do not provide the separator bar, the last state is used as the
+DONE state.
+
+@cindex completion, of TODO keywords
+With this setup, the command @kbd{C-c C-t} cycles an entry from
+@samp{TODO} to @samp{FEEDBACK}, then to @samp{VERIFY}, and finally to @samp{DONE} and
+@samp{DELEGATED}.  You may also use a numeric prefix argument to quickly
+select a specific state.  For example @kbd{C-3 C-c C-t} changes
+the state immediately to @samp{VERIFY}.  Or you can use @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}
+and @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} to go forward and backward through the states.
+If you define many keywords, you can use in-buffer completion (see
+@ref{Completion}) or a special one-key selection scheme (see @ref{Fast access to TODO states}) to insert these words into the buffer.
+Changing a TODO state can be logged with a timestamp, see @ref{Tracking TODO state changes}, for more information.
+
+@node TODO types
+@subsection TODO keywords as types
+
+@cindex TODO types
+@cindex names as TODO keywords
+@cindex types as TODO keywords
+
+The second possibility is to use TODO keywords to indicate different
+@emph{types} of action items.  For example, you might want to indicate that
+items are for ``work'' or ``home''.  Or, when you work with several people
+on a single project, you might want to assign action items directly to
+persons, by using their names as TODO keywords.  This type of
+functionality is actually much better served by using tags (see
+@ref{Tags}), so the TODO implementation is kept just for backward
+compatibility.
+
+Using TODO types, it would be set up like this:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-todo-keywords '((type "Fred" "Sara" "Lucy" "|" "DONE")))
+@end lisp
+
+In this case, different keywords do not indicate states, but
+rather different types.  So the normal work flow would be to assign
+a task to a person, and later to mark it DONE@.  Org mode supports this
+style by adapting the workings of the command @kbd{C-c C-t}@footnote{This is also true for the @kbd{t} command in the agenda
+buffer.}.  When used several times in succession, it still
+cycles through all names, in order to first select the right type for
+a task.  But when you return to the item after some time and execute
+@kbd{C-c C-t} again, it will switch from any name directly to
+@samp{DONE}.  Use prefix arguments or completion to quickly select
+a specific name.  You can also review the items of a specific TODO
+type in a sparse tree by using a numeric prefix to @kbd{C-c / t}.
+For example, to see all things Lucy has to do, you would use
+@kbd{C-3 C-c / t}.  To collect Lucy's items from all agenda files
+into a single buffer, you would use the numeric prefix argument as
+well when creating the global TODO list: @kbd{C-3 M-x org-agenda t}.
+
+@node Multiple sets in one file
+@subsection Multiple keyword sets in one file
+
+@cindex TODO keyword sets
+
+Sometimes you may want to use different sets of TODO keywords in
+parallel.  For example, you may want to have the basic TODO/DONE, but
+also a workflow for bug fixing, and a separate state indicating that
+an item has been canceled---so it is not DONE, but also does not
+require action.  Your setup would then look like this:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-todo-keywords
+      '((sequence "TODO" "|" "DONE")
+        (sequence "REPORT" "BUG" "KNOWNCAUSE" "|" "FIXED")
+        (sequence "|" "CANCELED")))
+@end lisp
+
+The keywords should all be different, this helps Org mode keep track
+of which subsequence should be used for a given entry.  In this setup,
+@kbd{C-c C-t} only operates within a sub-sequence, so it switches
+from @samp{DONE} to (nothing) to @samp{TODO}, and from @samp{FIXED} to (nothing) to
+@samp{REPORT}.  Therefore you need a mechanism to initially select the
+correct sequence.  In addition to typing a keyword or using completion
+(see @ref{Completion}), you may also apply the following commands:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-t}
+@itemx @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@itemx @kbd{C-S-@key{LEFT}}
+@kindex C-S-RIGHT
+@kindex C-S-LEFT
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c C-t
+These keys jump from one TODO sub-sequence to the next.  In the
+above example, @kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-t} or @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}}
+would jump from @samp{TODO} or @samp{DONE} to @samp{REPORT}, and any of the words
+in the second row to @samp{CANCELED}.  Note that the @kbd{C-S-} key
+binding conflict with shift-selection (see @ref{Conflicts}).
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}
+@kindex S-RIGHT
+@kindex S-LEFT
+@kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} and @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} walk through @emph{all} keywords
+from all sub-sequences, so for example @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} would
+switch from @samp{DONE} to @samp{REPORT} in the example above.  For
+a discussion of the interaction with shift-selection, see @ref{Conflicts}.
+@end table
+
+@node Fast access to TODO states
+@subsection Fast access to TODO states
+
+If you would like to quickly change an entry to an arbitrary TODO
+state instead of cycling through the states, you can set up keys for
+single-letter access to the states.  This is done by adding the
+selection character after each keyword, in parentheses@footnote{All characters are allowed except @samp{@@}, @samp{^} and @samp{!}, which have
+a special meaning here.}.  For
+example:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-todo-keywords
+      '((sequence "TODO(t)" "|" "DONE(d)")
+        (sequence "REPORT(r)" "BUG(b)" "KNOWNCAUSE(k)" "|" "FIXED(f)")
+        (sequence "|" "CANCELED(c)")))
+@end lisp
+
+@vindex org-fast-tag-selection-include-todo
+If you then press @kbd{C-c C-t} followed by the selection key,
+the entry is switched to this state.  @kbd{@key{SPC}} can be used to
+remove any TODO keyword from an entry@footnote{Check also the variable @code{org-fast-tag-selection-include-todo},
+it allows you to change the TODO state through the tags interface (see
+@ref{Setting Tags}), in case you like to mingle the two concepts.  Note
+that this means you need to come up with unique keys across both sets
+of keywords.}.
+
+@node Per-file keywords
+@subsection Setting up keywords for individual files
+
+@cindex keyword options
+@cindex per-file keywords
+@cindex @samp{TODO}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{TYP_TODO}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{SEQ_TODO}, keyword
+
+It can be very useful to use different aspects of the TODO mechanism
+in different files.  For file-local settings, you need to add special
+lines to the file which set the keywords and interpretation for that
+file only.  For example, to set one of the two examples discussed
+above, you need one of the following lines, starting in column zero
+anywhere in the file:
+
+@example
+#+TODO: TODO FEEDBACK VERIFY | DONE CANCELED
+@end example
+
+
+You may also write @samp{#+SEQ_TODO} to be explicit about the
+interpretation, but it means the same as @samp{#+TODO}, or
+
+@example
+#+TYP_TODO: Fred Sara Lucy Mike | DONE
+@end example
+
+
+A setup for using several sets in parallel would be:
+
+@example
+#+TODO: TODO(t) | DONE(d)
+#+TODO: REPORT(r) BUG(b) KNOWNCAUSE(k) | FIXED(f)
+#+TODO: | CANCELED(c)
+@end example
+
+@cindex completion, of option keywords
+@kindex M-TAB
+To make sure you are using the correct keyword, type @samp{#+} into the
+buffer and then use @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to complete it (see @ref{Completion}).
+
+@cindex DONE, final TODO keyword
+Remember that the keywords after the vertical bar---or the last
+keyword if no bar is there---must always mean that the item is DONE,
+although you may use a different word.  After changing one of these
+lines, use @kbd{C-c C-c} with point still in the line to make the
+changes known to Org mode@footnote{Org mode parses these lines only when Org mode is activated
+after visiting a file.  @kbd{C-c C-c} with point in a line
+starting with @samp{#+} is simply restarting Org mode for the current
+buffer.}.
+
+@node Faces for TODO keywords
+@subsection Faces for TODO keywords
+
+@cindex faces, for TODO keywords
+
+@vindex org-todo, face
+@vindex org-done, face
+@vindex org-todo-keyword-faces
+Org mode highlights TODO keywords with special faces: @code{org-todo} for
+keywords indicating that an item still has to be acted upon, and
+@code{org-done} for keywords indicating that an item is finished.  If you
+are using more than two different states, you might want to use
+special faces for some of them.  This can be done using the variable
+@code{org-todo-keyword-faces}.  For example:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-todo-keyword-faces
+      '(("TODO" . org-warning) ("STARTED" . "yellow")
+        ("CANCELED" . (:foreground "blue" :weight bold))))
+@end lisp
+
+@vindex org-faces-easy-properties
+While using a list with face properties as shown for @samp{CANCELED}
+@emph{should} work, this does not always seem to be the case.  If
+necessary, define a special face and use that.  A string is
+interpreted as a color.  The variable @code{org-faces-easy-properties}
+determines if that color is interpreted as a foreground or
+a background color.
+
+@node TODO dependencies
+@subsection TODO dependencies
+
+@cindex TODO dependencies
+@cindex dependencies, of TODO states
+
+@vindex org-enforce-todo-dependencies
+@cindex @samp{ORDERED}, property
+The structure of Org files---hierarchy and lists---makes it easy to
+define TODO dependencies.  Usually, a parent TODO task should not be
+marked as done until all TODO subtasks, or children tasks, are marked
+as done.  Sometimes there is a logical sequence to (sub)tasks, so that
+one subtask cannot be acted upon before all siblings above it have
+been marked as done.  If you customize the variable
+@code{org-enforce-todo-dependencies}, Org blocks entries from changing
+state to DONE while they have TODO children that are not DONE@.
+Furthermore, if an entry has a property @samp{ORDERED}, each of its TODO
+children is blocked until all earlier siblings are marked as done.
+Here is an example:
+
+@example
+* TODO Blocked until (two) is done
+** DONE one
+** TODO two
+
+* Parent
+:PROPERTIES:
+:ORDERED:  t
+:END:
+** TODO a
+** TODO b, needs to wait for (a)
+** TODO c, needs to wait for (a) and (b)
+@end example
+
+@cindex TODO dependencies, @samp{NOBLOCKING}
+@cindex @samp{NOBLOCKING}, property
+You can ensure an entry is never blocked by using the @samp{NOBLOCKING}
+property (see @ref{Properties and Columns}):
+
+@example
+* This entry is never blocked
+:PROPERTIES:
+:NOBLOCKING: t
+:END:
+@end example
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x o} (@code{org-toggle-ordered-property})
+@kindex C-c C-x o
+@findex org-toggle-ordered-property
+@vindex org-track-ordered-property-with-tag
+Toggle the @samp{ORDERED} property of the current entry.  A property is
+used for this behavior because this should be local to the current
+entry, not inherited from entries above like a tag (see @ref{Tags}).
+However, if you would like to @emph{track} the value of this property
+with a tag for better visibility, customize the variable
+@code{org-track-ordered-property-with-tag}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-u C-c C-t}
+@kindex C-u C-u C-u C-u C-c C-t
+Change TODO state, regardless of any state blocking.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks
+If you set the variable @code{org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks}, TODO entries
+that cannot be marked as done because of unmarked children are shown
+in a dimmed font or even made invisible in agenda views (see @ref{Agenda Views}).
+
+@cindex checkboxes and TODO dependencies
+@vindex org-enforce-todo-dependencies
+You can also block changes of TODO states by using checkboxes (see
+@ref{Checkboxes}).  If you set the variable
+@code{org-enforce-todo-checkbox-dependencies}, an entry that has unchecked
+checkboxes is blocked from switching to DONE@.
+
+If you need more complex dependency structures, for example
+dependencies between entries in different trees or files, check out
+the module @samp{org-depend.el} in the @samp{org-contrib} repository.
+
+@node Progress Logging
+@section Progress Logging
+
+@cindex progress logging
+@cindex logging, of progress
+
+To record a timestamp and a note when changing a TODO state, call the
+command @code{org-todo} with a prefix argument.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-t} (@code{org-todo})
+@kindex C-u C-c C-t
+Prompt for a note and record a the time of the TODO state change.
+The note is inserted as a list item below the headline, but can also
+be placed into a drawer, see @ref{Tracking TODO state changes}.
+@end table
+
+If you want to be more systematic, Org mode can automatically record a
+timestamp and optionally a note when you mark a TODO item as DONE, or
+even each time you change the state of a TODO item.  This system is
+highly configurable, settings can be on a per-keyword basis and can be
+localized to a file or even a subtree.  For information on how to
+clock working time for a task, see @ref{Clocking Work Time}.
+
+@menu
+* Closing items::                When was this entry marked as done?
+* Tracking TODO state changes::  When did the status change?
+* Tracking your habits::         How consistent have you been?
+@end menu
+
+@node Closing items
+@subsection Closing items
+
+The most basic automatic logging is to keep track of @emph{when} a certain
+TODO item was marked as done.  This can be achieved with@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is: @samp{#+STARTUP: logdone}.}
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-log-done 'time)
+@end lisp
+
+@vindex org-closed-keep-when-no-todo
+@noindent
+Then each time you turn an entry from a TODO (not-done) state into any
+of the DONE states, a line @samp{CLOSED: [timestamp]} is inserted just
+after the headline.  If you turn the entry back into a TODO item
+through further state cycling, that line is removed again.  If you
+turn the entry back to a non-TODO state (by pressing @kbd{C-c C-t @key{SPC}} for example), that line is also removed, unless you set
+@code{org-closed-keep-when-no-todo} to non-@code{nil}.  If you want to record
+a note along with the timestamp, use@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is: @samp{#+STARTUP:
+lognotedone}.}
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-log-done 'note)
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+You are then prompted for a note, and that note is stored below the
+entry with a @samp{Closing Note} heading.
+
+@node Tracking TODO state changes
+@subsection Tracking TODO state changes
+
+@cindex drawer, for state change recording
+
+@vindex org-log-states-order-reversed
+@vindex org-log-into-drawer
+@cindex @samp{LOG_INTO_DRAWER}, property
+You might want to automatically keep track of when a state change
+occurred and maybe take a note about this change.  You can either
+record just a timestamp, or a time-stamped note.  These records are
+inserted after the headline as an itemized list, newest first@footnote{See the variable @code{org-log-states-order-reversed}.}.
+When taking a lot of notes, you might want to get the notes out of the
+way into a drawer (see @ref{Drawers}).  Customize the variable
+@code{org-log-into-drawer} to get this behavior---the recommended drawer
+for this is called @samp{LOGBOOK}@footnote{Note that the @samp{LOGBOOK} drawer is unfolded when pressing
+@kbd{@key{SPC}} in the agenda to show an entry---use @kbd{C-u @key{SPC}} to keep it folded here.}.  You can also overrule the
+setting of this variable for a subtree by setting a @samp{LOG_INTO_DRAWER}
+property.
+
+Since it is normally too much to record a note for every state, Org
+mode expects configuration on a per-keyword basis for this.  This is
+achieved by adding special markers @samp{!} (for a timestamp) or @samp{@@} (for
+a note with timestamp) in parentheses after each keyword.  For
+example, with the setting
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-todo-keywords
+      '((sequence "TODO(t)" "WAIT(w@@/!)" "|" "DONE(d!)" "CANCELED(c@@)")))
+@end lisp
+
+@vindex org-log-done
+You not only define global TODO keywords and fast access keys, but
+also request that a time is recorded when the entry is set to @samp{DONE},
+and that a note is recorded when switching to @samp{WAIT} or
+@samp{CANCELED}@footnote{It is possible that Org mode records two timestamps when you
+are using both @code{org-log-done} and state change logging.  However, it
+never prompts for two notes: if you have configured both, the state
+change recording note takes precedence and cancel the closing note.}.  The setting for @samp{WAIT} is even more special: the
+@samp{!} after the slash means that in addition to the note taken when
+entering the state, a timestamp should be recorded when @emph{leaving} the
+@samp{WAIT} state, if and only if the @emph{target} state does not configure
+logging for entering it.  So it has no effect when switching from
+@samp{WAIT} to @samp{DONE}, because @samp{DONE} is configured to record a timestamp
+only.  But when switching from @samp{WAIT} back to @samp{TODO}, the @samp{/!} in the
+@samp{WAIT} setting now triggers a timestamp even though @samp{TODO} has no
+logging configured.
+
+You can use the exact same syntax for setting logging preferences local
+to a buffer:
+
+@example
+#+TODO: TODO(t) WAIT(w@@/!) | DONE(d!) CANCELED(c@@)
+@end example
+
+
+To record a timestamp without a note for TODO keywords configured with
+@samp{@@}, just type @kbd{C-c C-c} to enter a blank note when prompted.
+
+@cindex @samp{LOGGING}, property
+In order to define logging settings that are local to a subtree or
+a single item, define a @samp{LOGGING} property in this entry.  Any
+non-empty @samp{LOGGING} property resets all logging settings to @code{nil}.
+You may then turn on logging for this specific tree using @samp{STARTUP}
+keywords like @samp{lognotedone} or @samp{logrepeat}, as well as adding state
+specific settings like @samp{TODO(!)}.  For example:
+
+@example
+* TODO Log each state with only a time
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :LOGGING: TODO(!) WAIT(!) DONE(!) CANCELED(!)
+  :END:
+* TODO Only log when switching to WAIT, and when repeating
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :LOGGING: WAIT(@@) logrepeat
+  :END:
+* TODO No logging at all
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :LOGGING: nil
+  :END:
+@end example
+
+@node Tracking your habits
+@subsection Tracking your habits
+
+@cindex habits
+@cindex @samp{STYLE}, property
+
+Org has the ability to track the consistency of a special category of
+TODO, called ``habits.''  To use habits, you have to enable the @code{habits}
+module by customizing the variable @code{org-modules}.
+
+A habit has the following properties:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+The habit is a TODO item, with a TODO keyword representing an open
+state.
+
+@item
+The property @samp{STYLE} is set to the value @samp{habit} (see @ref{Properties and Columns}).
+
+@item
+The TODO has a scheduled date, usually with a @samp{.+} style repeat
+interval.  A @samp{++} style may be appropriate for habits with time
+constraints, e.g., must be done on weekends, or a @samp{+} style for an
+unusual habit that can have a backlog, e.g., weekly reports.
+
+@item
+The TODO may also have minimum and maximum ranges specified by
+using the syntax @samp{.+2d/3d}, which says that you want to do the task
+at least every three days, but at most every two days.
+
+@item
+State logging for the DONE state is enabled (see @ref{Tracking TODO state changes}), in order for historical data to be represented in
+the consistency graph.  If it is not enabled it is not an error,
+but the consistency graphs are largely meaningless.
+@end enumerate
+
+To give you an idea of what the above rules look like in action, here's an
+actual habit with some history:
+
+@example
+** TODO Shave
+   SCHEDULED: <2009-10-17 Sat .+2d/4d>
+   :PROPERTIES:
+   :STYLE:    habit
+   :LAST_REPEAT: [2009-10-19 Mon 00:36]
+   :END:
+   - State "DONE"       from "TODO"       [2009-10-15 Thu]
+   - State "DONE"       from "TODO"       [2009-10-12 Mon]
+   - State "DONE"       from "TODO"       [2009-10-10 Sat]
+   - State "DONE"       from "TODO"       [2009-10-04 Sun]
+   - State "DONE"       from "TODO"       [2009-10-02 Fri]
+   - State "DONE"       from "TODO"       [2009-09-29 Tue]
+   - State "DONE"       from "TODO"       [2009-09-25 Fri]
+   - State "DONE"       from "TODO"       [2009-09-19 Sat]
+   - State "DONE"       from "TODO"       [2009-09-16 Wed]
+   - State "DONE"       from "TODO"       [2009-09-12 Sat]
+@end example
+
+What this habit says is: I want to shave at most every 2 days---given
+by the @samp{SCHEDULED} date and repeat interval---and at least every
+4 days.  If today is the 15th, then the habit first appears in the
+agenda (see @ref{Agenda Views}) on Oct 17, after the minimum of 2 days has
+elapsed, and will appear overdue on Oct 19, after four days have
+elapsed.
+
+What's really useful about habits is that they are displayed along
+with a consistency graph, to show how consistent you've been at
+getting that task done in the past.  This graph shows every day that
+the task was done over the past three weeks, with colors for each day.
+The colors used are:
+
+@table @asis
+@item Blue
+If the task was not to be done yet on that day.
+@item Green
+If the task could have been done on that day.
+@item Yellow
+If the task was going to be overdue the next day.
+@item Red
+If the task was overdue on that day.
+@end table
+
+In addition to coloring each day, the day is also marked with an
+asterisk if the task was actually done that day, and an exclamation
+mark to show where the current day falls in the graph.
+
+There are several configuration variables that can be used to change
+the way habits are displayed in the agenda.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-habit-graph-column}
+@vindex org-habit-graph-column
+The buffer column at which the consistency graph should be drawn.
+This overwrites any text in that column, so it is a good idea to
+keep your habits' titles brief and to the point.
+
+@item @code{org-habit-preceding-days}
+@vindex org-habit-preceding-days
+The amount of history, in days before today, to appear in
+consistency graphs.
+
+@item @code{org-habit-following-days}
+@vindex org-habit-following-days
+The number of days after today that appear in consistency graphs.
+
+@item @code{org-habit-show-habits-only-for-today}
+@vindex org-habit-show-habits-only-for-today
+If non-@code{nil}, only show habits in today's agenda view.  The default
+value is @code{t}.  Pressing @kbd{C-u K} in the agenda toggles this
+variable.
+@end table
+
+Lastly, pressing @kbd{K} in the agenda buffer causes habits to
+temporarily be disabled and do not appear at all.  Press @kbd{K}
+again to bring them back.  They are also subject to tag filtering, if
+you have habits which should only be done in certain contexts, for
+example.
+
+@node Priorities
+@section Priorities
+
+@cindex priorities
+@cindex priority cookie
+
+If you use Org mode extensively, you may end up with enough TODO items
+that it starts to make sense to prioritize them.  Prioritizing can be
+done by placing a @emph{priority cookie} into the headline of a TODO item
+right after the TODO keyword, like this:
+
+@example
+*** TODO [#A] Write letter to Sam Fortune
+@end example
+
+
+@vindex org-priority-faces
+By default, Org mode supports three priorities: @samp{A}, @samp{B}, and @samp{C}.
+@samp{A} is the highest priority.  An entry without a cookie is treated as
+equivalent if it had priority @samp{B}.  Priorities make a difference only
+for sorting in the agenda (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}).  Outside the
+agenda, they have no inherent meaning to Org mode.  The cookies are
+displayed with the face defined by the variable @code{org-priority-faces},
+which can be customized.
+
+You can also use numeric values for priorities, such as
+
+@example
+*** TODO [#1] Write letter to Sam Fortune
+@end example
+
+
+When using numeric priorities, you need to set @code{org-priority-highest},
+@code{org-priority-lowest} and @code{org-priority-default} to integers, which
+must all be strictly inferior to 65.
+
+Priorities can be attached to any outline node; they do not need to be
+TODO items.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c ,} (@code{org-priority})
+@kindex C-c ,
+@findex org-priority
+Set the priority of the current headline.  The command prompts for
+a priority character @samp{A}, @samp{B} or @samp{C}.  When you press @kbd{@key{SPC}}
+instead, the priority cookie, if one is set, is removed from the
+headline.  The priorities can also be changed ``remotely'' from the
+agenda buffer with the @kbd{,} command (see @ref{Agenda Commands}).
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-priority-up})
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-priority-down})
+@kindex S-UP
+@kindex S-DOWN
+@findex org-priority-up
+@findex org-priority-down
+@vindex org-priority-start-cycle-with-default
+Increase/decrease the priority of the current headline@footnote{See also the option @code{org-priority-start-cycle-with-default}.}.  Note
+that these keys are also used to modify timestamps (see @ref{Creating Timestamps}).  See also @ref{Conflicts}, for
+a discussion of the interaction with shift-selection.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-priority-highest
+@vindex org-priority-lowest
+@vindex org-priority-default
+You can change the range of allowed priorities by setting the
+variables @code{org-priority-highest}, @code{org-priority-lowest}, and
+@code{org-priority-default}.  For an individual buffer, you may set these
+values (highest, lowest, default) like this (please make sure that the
+highest priority is earlier in the alphabet than the lowest priority):
+
+@cindex @samp{PRIORITIES}, keyword
+@example
+#+PRIORITIES: A C B
+@end example
+
+
+Or, using numeric values:
+
+@example
+#+PRIORITIES: 1 10 5
+@end example
+
+@node Breaking Down Tasks
+@section Breaking Down Tasks into Subtasks
+
+@cindex tasks, breaking down
+@cindex statistics, for TODO items
+
+@vindex org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels
+It is often advisable to break down large tasks into smaller,
+manageable subtasks.  You can do this by creating an outline tree
+below a TODO item, with detailed subtasks on the tree@footnote{To keep subtasks out of the global TODO list, see the option
+@code{org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels}.}.  To keep
+an overview of the fraction of subtasks that have already been marked
+as done, insert either @samp{[/]} or @samp{[%]} anywhere in the headline.  These
+cookies are updated each time the TODO status of a child changes, or
+when pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} on the cookie.  For example:
+
+@example
+* Organize Party [33%]
+** TODO Call people [1/2]
+*** TODO Peter
+*** DONE Sarah
+** TODO Buy food
+** DONE Talk to neighbor
+@end example
+
+@cindex @samp{COOKIE_DATA}, property
+If a heading has both checkboxes and TODO children below it, the
+meaning of the statistics cookie become ambiguous.  Set the property
+@samp{COOKIE_DATA} to either @samp{checkbox} or @samp{todo} to resolve this issue.
+
+@vindex org-hierarchical-todo-statistics
+If you would like to have the statistics cookie count any TODO entries
+in the subtree (not just direct children), configure the variable
+@code{org-hierarchical-todo-statistics}.  To do this for a single subtree,
+include the word @samp{recursive} into the value of the @samp{COOKIE_DATA}
+property.
+
+@example
+* Parent capturing statistics [2/20]
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :COOKIE_DATA: todo recursive
+  :END:
+@end example
+
+If you would like a TODO entry to automatically change to DONE when
+all children are done, you can use the following setup:
+
+@lisp
+(defun org-summary-todo (n-done n-not-done)
+  "Switch entry to DONE when all subentries are done, to TODO otherwise."
+  (let (org-log-done org-log-states)   ; turn off logging
+    (org-todo (if (= n-not-done 0) "DONE" "TODO"))))
+
+(add-hook 'org-after-todo-statistics-hook #'org-summary-todo)
+@end lisp
+
+Another possibility is the use of checkboxes to identify (a hierarchy
+of) a large number of subtasks (see @ref{Checkboxes}).
+
+@node Checkboxes
+@section Checkboxes
+
+@cindex checkboxes
+
+@vindex org-list-automatic-rules
+Every item in a plain list@footnote{With the exception of description lists.  But you can allow it
+by modifying @code{org-list-automatic-rules} accordingly.} (see @ref{Plain Lists}) can be made into
+a checkbox by starting it with the string @samp{[ ]}.  This feature is
+similar to TODO items (see @ref{TODO Items}), but is more lightweight.
+Checkboxes are not included into the global TODO list, so they are
+often great to split a task into a number of simple steps.  Or you can
+use them in a shopping list.
+
+Here is an example of a checkbox list.
+
+@example
+* TODO Organize party [2/4]
+  - [-] call people [1/3]
+    - [ ] Peter
+    - [X] Sarah
+    - [ ] Sam
+  - [X] order food
+  - [ ] think about what music to play
+  - [X] talk to the neighbors
+@end example
+
+Checkboxes work hierarchically, so if a checkbox item has children
+that are checkboxes, toggling one of the children checkboxes makes the
+parent checkbox reflect if none, some, or all of the children are
+checked.
+
+@cindex statistics, for checkboxes
+@cindex checkbox statistics
+@cindex @samp{COOKIE_DATA}, property
+@vindex org-hierarchical-checkbox-statistics
+The @samp{[2/4]} and @samp{[1/3]} in the first and second line are cookies
+indicating how many checkboxes present in this entry have been checked
+off, and the total number of checkboxes present.  This can give you an
+idea on how many checkboxes remain, even without opening a folded
+entry.  The cookies can be placed into a headline or into (the first
+line of) a plain list item.  Each cookie covers checkboxes of direct
+children structurally below the headline/item on which the cookie
+appears@footnote{Set the variable @code{org-hierarchical-checkbox-statistics} if you
+want such cookies to count all checkboxes below the cookie, not just
+those belonging to direct children.}.  You have to insert the cookie yourself by typing
+either @samp{[/]} or @samp{[%]}.  With @samp{[/]} you get an @samp{n out of m} result, as
+in the examples above.  With @samp{[%]} you get information about the
+percentage of checkboxes checked (in the above example, this would be
+@samp{[50%]} and @samp{[33%]}, respectively).  In a headline, a cookie can count
+either checkboxes below the heading or TODO states of children, and it
+displays whatever was changed last.  Set the property @samp{COOKIE_DATA} to
+either @samp{checkbox} or @samp{todo} to resolve this issue.
+
+@cindex blocking, of checkboxes
+@cindex checkbox blocking
+@cindex @samp{ORDERED}, property
+If the current outline node has an @samp{ORDERED} property, checkboxes must
+be checked off in sequence, and an error is thrown if you try to check
+off a box while there are unchecked boxes above it.
+
+The following commands work with checkboxes:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-toggle-checkbox})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@findex org-toggle-checkbox
+Toggle checkbox status or---with prefix argument---checkbox presence
+at point.  With a single prefix argument, add an empty checkbox or
+remove the current one@footnote{@kbd{C-u C-c C-c} on the @emph{first} item of a list with no
+checkbox adds checkboxes to the rest of the list.}.  With a double prefix argument, set
+it to @samp{[-]}, which is considered to be an intermediate state.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-b} (@code{org-toggle-checkbox})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-b
+Toggle checkbox status or---with prefix argument---checkbox presence
+at point.  With double prefix argument, set it to @samp{[-]}, which is
+considered to be an intermediate state.
+
+@itemize
+@item
+If there is an active region, toggle the first checkbox in the
+region and set all remaining boxes to the same status as the
+first.  With a prefix argument, add or remove the checkbox for all
+items in the region.
+
+@item
+If point is in a headline, toggle checkboxes in the region between
+this headline and the next---so @emph{not} the entire subtree.
+
+@item
+If there is no active region, just toggle the checkbox at point.
+@end itemize
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-r} (@code{org-toggle-radio-button})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-r
+@findex org-toggle-radio-button
+@cindex radio button, checkbox as
+Toggle checkbox status by using the checkbox of the item at point as
+a radio button: when the checkbox is turned on, all other checkboxes
+on the same level will be turned off.  With a universal prefix
+argument, toggle the presence of the checkbox.  With a double prefix
+argument, set it to @samp{[-]}.
+
+@findex org-list-checkbox-radio-mode
+@kbd{C-c C-c} can be told to consider checkboxes as radio buttons by
+setting @samp{#+ATTR_ORG: :radio t} right before the list or by calling
+@kbd{M-x org-list-checkbox-radio-mode} to activate this minor mode.
+
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-todo-heading})
+@kindex M-S-RET
+@findex org-insert-todo-heading
+Insert a new item with a checkbox.  This works only if point is
+already in a plain list item (see @ref{Plain Lists}).
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x o} (@code{org-toggle-ordered-property})
+@kindex C-c C-x o
+@findex org-toggle-ordered-property
+@vindex org-track-ordered-property-with-tag
+Toggle the @samp{ORDERED} property of the entry, to toggle if checkboxes
+must be checked off in sequence.  A property is used for this
+behavior because this should be local to the current entry, not
+inherited like a tag.  However, if you would like to @emph{track} the
+value of this property with a tag for better visibility, customize
+@code{org-track-ordered-property-with-tag}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c #} (@code{org-update-statistics-cookies})
+@kindex C-c #
+@findex org-update-statistics-cookies
+Update the statistics cookie in the current outline entry.  When
+called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, update the entire file.
+Checkbox statistic cookies are updated automatically if you toggle
+checkboxes with @kbd{C-c C-c} and make new ones with
+@kbd{M-S-@key{RET}}.  TODO statistics cookies update when changing
+TODO states.  If you delete boxes/entries or add/change them by
+hand, use this command to get things back into sync.
+@end table
+
+@node Tags
+@chapter Tags
+
+@cindex tags
+@cindex headline tagging
+@cindex matching, tags
+@cindex sparse tree, tag based
+
+An excellent way to implement labels and contexts for
+cross-correlating information is to assign @emph{tags} to headlines.  Org
+mode has extensive support for tags.
+
+@vindex org-tag-faces
+Every headline can contain a list of tags; they occur at the end of
+the headline.  Tags are normal words containing letters, numbers, @samp{_},
+and @samp{@@}.  Tags must be preceded and followed by a single colon, e.g.,
+@samp{:work:}.  Several tags can be specified, as in @samp{:work:urgent:}.  Tags
+by default are in bold face with the same color as the headline.  You
+may specify special faces for specific tags using the variable
+@code{org-tag-faces}, in much the same way as you can for TODO keywords
+(see @ref{Faces for TODO keywords}).
+
+@menu
+* Tag Inheritance::              Tags use the tree structure of an outline.
+* Setting Tags::                 How to assign tags to a headline.
+* Tag Hierarchy::                Create a hierarchy of tags.
+* Tag Searches::                 Searching for combinations of tags.
+@end menu
+
+@node Tag Inheritance
+@section Tag Inheritance
+
+@cindex tag inheritance
+@cindex inheritance, of tags
+@cindex sublevels, inclusion into tags match
+
+@emph{Tags} make use of the hierarchical structure of outline trees.  If
+a heading has a certain tag, all subheadings inherit the tag as well.
+For example, in the list
+
+@example
+* Meeting with the French group      :work:
+** Summary by Frank                  :boss:notes:
+*** TODO Prepare slides for him      :action:
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+the final heading has the tags @samp{work}, @samp{boss}, @samp{notes}, and @samp{action}
+even though the final heading is not explicitly marked with those
+tags.  You can also set tags that all entries in a file should inherit
+just as if these tags were defined in a hypothetical level zero that
+surrounds the entire file.  Use a line like this@footnote{As with all these in-buffer settings, pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} activates any changes in the line.}
+
+@cindex @samp{FILETAGS}, keyword
+@example
+#+FILETAGS: :Peter:Boss:Secret:
+@end example
+
+
+@vindex org-use-tag-inheritance
+@vindex org-tags-exclude-from-inheritance
+To limit tag inheritance to specific tags, or to turn it off entirely,
+use the variables @code{org-use-tag-inheritance} and
+@code{org-tags-exclude-from-inheritance}.
+
+@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels
+When a headline matches during a tags search while tag inheritance is
+turned on, all the sublevels in the same tree---for a simple match
+form---match as well@footnote{This is only true if the search does not involve more complex
+tests including properties (see @ref{Property Searches}).}.  The list of matches may then become
+very long.  If you only want to see the first tags match in a subtree,
+configure the variable @code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels} (not
+recommended).
+
+@vindex org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance
+Tag inheritance is relevant when the agenda search tries to match
+a tag, either in the @code{tags} or @code{tags-todo} agenda types.  In other
+agenda types, @code{org-use-tag-inheritance} has no effect.  Still, you may
+want to have your tags correctly set in the agenda, so that tag
+filtering works fine, with inherited tags.  Set
+@code{org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance} to control this: the default value
+includes all agenda types, but setting this to @code{nil} can really speed
+up agenda generation.
+
+@node Setting Tags
+@section Setting Tags
+
+@cindex setting tags
+@cindex tags, setting
+
+@kindex M-TAB
+Tags can simply be typed into the buffer at the end of a headline.
+After a colon, @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} offers completion on tags.  There is
+also a special command for inserting tags:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{org-set-tags-command})
+@kindex C-c C-q
+@findex org-set-tags-command
+@cindex completion, of tags
+@vindex org-tags-column
+Enter new tags for the current headline.  Org mode either offers
+completion or a special single-key interface for setting tags, see
+below.  After pressing @kbd{@key{RET}}, the tags are inserted and
+aligned to @code{org-tags-column}.  When called with a @kbd{C-u}
+prefix, all tags in the current buffer are aligned to that column,
+just to make things look nice.  Tags are automatically realigned
+after promotion, demotion, and TODO state changes (see @ref{TODO Basics}).
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-set-tags-command})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+When point is in a headline, this does the same as @kbd{C-c C-q}.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-complete-tags-always-offer-all-agenda-tags
+@vindex org-tag-alist
+@cindex @samp{TAGS}, keyword
+Org supports tag insertion based on a @emph{list of tags}.  By default this
+list is constructed dynamically, containing all tags currently used in
+the buffer@footnote{To extend this default list to all tags used in all agenda
+files (see @ref{Agenda Views}), customize the variable
+@code{org-complete-tags-always-offer-all-agenda-tags}.}.  You may also globally specify a hard list of tags
+with the variable @code{org-tag-alist}.  Finally you can set the default
+tags for a given file using the @samp{TAGS} keyword, like
+
+@example
+#+TAGS: @@work @@home @@tennisclub
+#+TAGS: laptop car pc sailboat
+@end example
+
+If you have globally defined your preferred set of tags using the
+variable @code{org-tag-alist}, but would like to use a dynamic tag list in
+a specific file, add an empty @samp{TAGS} keyword to that file:
+
+@example
+#+TAGS:
+@end example
+
+
+@vindex org-tag-persistent-alist
+If you have a preferred set of tags that you would like to use in
+every file, in addition to those defined on a per-file basis by @samp{TAGS}
+keyword, then you may specify a list of tags with the variable
+@code{org-tag-persistent-alist}.  You may turn this off on a per-file basis
+by adding a @samp{STARTUP} keyword to that file:
+
+@example
+#+STARTUP: noptag
+@end example
+
+
+By default Org mode uses the standard minibuffer completion facilities
+for entering tags.  However, it also implements another, quicker, tag
+selection method called @emph{fast tag selection}.  This allows you to
+select and deselect tags with just a single key press.  For this to
+work well you should assign unique letters to most of your commonly
+used tags.  You can do this globally by configuring the variable
+@code{org-tag-alist} in your Emacs init file.  For example, you may find
+the need to tag many items in different files with @samp{@@home}.  In this
+case you can set something like:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-tag-alist '(("@@work" . ?w) ("@@home" . ?h) ("laptop" . ?l)))
+@end lisp
+
+If the tag is only relevant to the file you are working on, then you
+can instead set the @samp{TAGS} keyword as:
+
+@example
+#+TAGS: @@work(w)  @@home(h)  @@tennisclub(t)  laptop(l)  pc(p)
+@end example
+
+
+The tags interface shows the available tags in a splash window.  If
+you want to start a new line after a specific tag, insert @samp{\n} into
+the tag list
+
+@example
+#+TAGS: @@work(w) @@home(h) @@tennisclub(t) \n laptop(l) pc(p)
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+or write them in two lines:
+
+@example
+#+TAGS: @@work(w)  @@home(h)  @@tennisclub(t)
+#+TAGS: laptop(l)  pc(p)
+@end example
+
+You can also group together tags that are mutually exclusive by using
+braces, as in:
+
+@example
+#+TAGS: @{ @@work(w)  @@home(h)  @@tennisclub(t) @}  laptop(l)  pc(p)
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+you indicate that at most one of @samp{@@work}, @samp{@@home}, and @samp{@@tennisclub}
+should be selected.  Multiple such groups are allowed.
+
+Do not forget to press @kbd{C-c C-c} with point in one of these
+lines to activate any changes.
+
+To set these mutually exclusive groups in the variable
+@code{org-tags-alist}, you must use the dummy tags @code{:startgroup} and
+@code{:endgroup} instead of the braces.  Similarly, you can use @code{:newline}
+to indicate a line break.  The previous example would be set globally
+by the following configuration:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-tag-alist '((:startgroup . nil)
+                      ("@@work" . ?w) ("@@home" . ?h)
+                      ("@@tennisclub" . ?t)
+                      (:endgroup . nil)
+                      ("laptop" . ?l) ("pc" . ?p)))
+@end lisp
+
+If at least one tag has a selection key then pressing @kbd{C-c C-c} automatically presents you with a special interface, listing
+inherited tags, the tags of the current headline, and a list of all
+valid tags with corresponding keys@footnote{Keys are automatically assigned to tags that have no
+configured keys.}.
+
+Pressing keys assigned to tags adds or removes them from the list of
+tags in the current line.  Selecting a tag in a group of mutually
+exclusive tags turns off any other tag from that group.
+
+In this interface, you can also use the following special keys:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}}
+@kindex TAB
+Enter a tag in the minibuffer, even if the tag is not in the
+predefined list.  You can complete on all tags present in the buffer
+and globally pre-defined tags from @code{org-tag-alist} and
+@code{org-tag-persistent-alist}.  You can also add several tags: just
+separate them with a comma.
+
+@item @kbd{@key{SPC}}
+@kindex SPC
+Clear all tags for this line.
+
+@item @kbd{@key{RET}}
+@kindex RET
+Accept the modified set.
+
+@item @kbd{C-g}
+@kindex C-g
+Abort without installing changes.
+
+@item @kbd{q}
+@kindex q
+If @kbd{q} is not assigned to a tag, it aborts like
+@kbd{C-g}.
+
+@item @kbd{!}
+@kindex !
+Turn off groups of mutually exclusive tags.  Use this to (as an
+exception) assign several tags from such a group.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c}
+@kindex C-c C-c
+Toggle auto-exit after the next change (see below).  If you are
+using expert mode, the first @kbd{C-c} displays the selection
+window.
+@end table
+
+This method lets you assign tags to a headline with very few keys.
+With the above setup, you could clear the current tags and set
+@samp{@@home}, @samp{laptop} and @samp{pc} tags with just the following keys:
+@kbd{C-c C-c @key{SPC} h l p @key{RET}}.  Switching from @samp{@@home} to @samp{@@work}
+would be done with @kbd{C-c C-c w @key{RET}} or alternatively with
+@kbd{C-c C-c C-c w}.  Adding the non-predefined tag @samp{sarah} could
+be done with @kbd{C-c C-c @key{TAB} s a r a h @key{RET}}.
+
+@vindex org-fast-tag-selection-single-key
+If you find that most of the time you need only a single key press to
+modify your list of tags, set the variable
+@code{org-fast-tag-selection-single-key}.  Then you no longer have to press
+@kbd{@key{RET}} to exit fast tag selection---it exits after the first
+change.  If you then occasionally need more keys, press @kbd{C-c}
+to turn off auto-exit for the current tag selection process (in
+effect: start selection with @kbd{C-c C-c C-c} instead of
+@kbd{C-c C-c}).  If you set the variable to the value @code{expert},
+the special window is not even shown for single-key tag selection, it
+comes up only when you press an extra @kbd{C-c}.
+
+@node Tag Hierarchy
+@section Tag Hierarchy
+
+@cindex group tags
+@cindex tags, groups
+@cindex tags hierarchy
+
+Tags can be defined in hierarchies.  A tag can be defined as a @emph{group
+tag} for a set of other tags.  The group tag can be seen as the
+``broader term'' for its set of tags.  Defining multiple group tags and
+nesting them creates a tag hierarchy.
+
+One use-case is to create a taxonomy of terms (tags) that can be used
+to classify nodes in a document or set of documents.
+
+When you search for a group tag, it return matches for all members in
+the group and its subgroups.  In an agenda view, filtering by a group
+tag displays or hide headlines tagged with at least one of the members
+of the group or any of its subgroups.  This makes tag searches and
+filters even more flexible.
+
+You can set group tags by using brackets and inserting a colon between
+the group tag and its related tags---beware that all whitespaces are
+mandatory so that Org can parse this line correctly:
+
+@example
+#+TAGS: [ GTD : Control Persp ]
+@end example
+
+
+In this example, @samp{GTD} is the group tag and it is related to two other
+tags: @samp{Control}, @samp{Persp}.  Defining @samp{Control} and @samp{Persp} as group
+tags creates a hierarchy of tags:
+
+@example
+#+TAGS: [ Control : Context Task ]
+#+TAGS: [ Persp : Vision Goal AOF Project ]
+@end example
+
+That can conceptually be seen as a hierarchy of tags:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+@samp{GTD}
+@itemize
+@item
+@samp{Persp}
+@itemize
+@item
+@samp{Vision}
+@item
+@samp{Goal}
+@item
+@samp{AOF}
+@item
+@samp{Project}
+@end itemize
+@item
+@samp{Control}
+@itemize
+@item
+@samp{Context}
+@item
+@samp{Task}
+@end itemize
+@end itemize
+@end itemize
+
+You can use the @code{:startgrouptag}, @code{:grouptags} and @code{:endgrouptag}
+keyword directly when setting @code{org-tag-alist} directly:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-tag-alist '((:startgrouptag)
+                      ("GTD")
+                      (:grouptags)
+                      ("Control")
+                      ("Persp")
+                      (:endgrouptag)
+                      (:startgrouptag)
+                      ("Control")
+                      (:grouptags)
+                      ("Context")
+                      ("Task")
+                      (:endgrouptag)))
+@end lisp
+
+The tags in a group can be mutually exclusive if using the same group
+syntax as is used for grouping mutually exclusive tags together; using
+curly brackets.
+
+@example
+#+TAGS: @{ Context : @@Home @@Work @@Call @}
+@end example
+
+
+When setting @code{org-tag-alist} you can use @code{:startgroup} and @code{:endgroup}
+instead of @code{:startgrouptag} and @code{:endgrouptag} to make the tags
+mutually exclusive.
+
+Furthermore, the members of a group tag can also be regular
+expressions, creating the possibility of a more dynamic and rule-based
+tag structure (see @ref{Regular Expressions}).  The regular expressions in
+the group must be specified within curly brackets.  Here is an
+expanded example:
+
+@example
+#+TAGS: [ Vision : @{V@@.+@} ]
+#+TAGS: [ Goal : @{G@@.+@} ]
+#+TAGS: [ AOF : @{AOF@@.+@} ]
+#+TAGS: [ Project : @{P@@.+@} ]
+@end example
+
+Searching for the tag @samp{Project} now lists all tags also including
+regular expression matches for @samp{P@@.+}, and similarly for tag searches
+on @samp{Vision}, @samp{Goal} and @samp{AOF}.  For example, this would work well for
+a project tagged with a common project-identifier, e.g.,
+@samp{P@@2014_OrgTags}.
+
+@kindex C-c C-x q
+@findex org-toggle-tags-groups
+@vindex org-group-tags
+If you want to ignore group tags temporarily, toggle group tags
+support with @code{org-toggle-tags-groups}, bound to @kbd{C-c C-x q}.
+If you want to disable tag groups completely, set @code{org-group-tags} to
+@code{nil}.
+
+@node Tag Searches
+@section Tag Searches
+
+@cindex tag searches
+@cindex searching for tags
+
+Once a system of tags has been set up, it can be used to collect
+related information into special lists.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c / m} or @kbd{C-c \} (@code{org-match-sparse-tree})
+@kindex C-c / m
+@kindex C-c \
+@findex org-match-sparse-tree
+Create a sparse tree with all headlines matching a tags search.
+With a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, ignore headlines that are not
+a TODO line.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda m} (@code{org-tags-view})
+@kindex m @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-tags-view
+Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files.  See
+@ref{Matching tags and properties}.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda M} (@code{org-tags-view})
+@kindex M @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels
+Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files, but check
+only TODO items and force checking subitems (see the option
+@code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}).
+@end table
+
+These commands all prompt for a match string which allows basic
+Boolean logic like @samp{+boss+urgent-project1}, to find entries with tags
+@samp{boss} and @samp{urgent}, but not @samp{project1}, or @samp{Kathy|Sally} to find
+entries which are tagged, like @samp{Kathy} or @samp{Sally}.  The full syntax of
+the search string is rich and allows also matching against TODO
+keywords, entry levels and properties.  For a complete description
+with many examples, see @ref{Matching tags and properties}.
+
+@node Properties and Columns
+@chapter Properties and Columns
+
+@cindex properties
+
+A property is a key-value pair associated with an entry.  Properties
+can be set so they are associated with a single entry, with every
+entry in a tree, or with the whole buffer.
+
+There are two main applications for properties in Org mode.  First,
+properties are like tags, but with a value.  Imagine maintaining
+a file where you document bugs and plan releases for a piece of
+software.  Instead of using tags like @samp{release_1}, @samp{release_2}, you
+can use a property, say @samp{Release}, that in different subtrees has
+different values, such as @samp{1.0} or @samp{2.0}.  Second, you can use
+properties to implement (very basic) database capabilities in an Org
+buffer.  Imagine keeping track of your music CDs, where properties
+could be things such as the album, artist, date of release, number of
+tracks, and so on.
+
+Properties can be conveniently edited and viewed in column view (see
+@ref{Column View}).
+
+@menu
+* Property Syntax::              How properties are spelled out.
+* Special Properties::           Access to other Org mode features.
+* Property Searches::            Matching property values.
+* Property Inheritance::         Passing values down a tree.
+* Column View::                  Tabular viewing and editing.
+@end menu
+
+@node Property Syntax
+@section Property Syntax
+
+@cindex property syntax
+@cindex drawer, for properties
+
+Properties are key--value pairs.  When they are associated with
+a single entry or with a tree they need to be inserted into a special
+drawer (see @ref{Drawers}) with the name @samp{PROPERTIES}, which has to be
+located right below a headline, and its planning line (see @ref{Deadlines and Scheduling}) when applicable.  Each property is specified on
+a single line, with the key---surrounded by colons---first, and the
+value after it.  Keys are case-insensitive.  Here is an example:
+
+@example
+* CD collection
+** Classic
+*** Goldberg Variations
+    :PROPERTIES:
+    :Title:     Goldberg Variations
+    :Composer:  J.S. Bach
+    :Artist:    Glenn Gould
+    :Publisher: Deutsche Grammophon
+    :NDisks:    1
+    :END:
+@end example
+
+Depending on the value of @code{org-use-property-inheritance}, a property
+set this way is associated either with a single entry, or with the
+sub-tree defined by the entry, see @ref{Property Inheritance}.
+
+You may define the allowed values for a particular property @samp{Xyz} by
+setting a property @samp{Xyz_ALL}.  This special property is @emph{inherited},
+so if you set it in a level 1 entry, it applies to the entire tree.
+When allowed values are defined, setting the corresponding property
+becomes easier and is less prone to typing errors.  For the example
+with the CD collection, we can pre-define publishers and the number of
+disks in a box like this:
+
+@example
+* CD collection
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :NDisks_ALL:  1 2 3 4
+  :Publisher_ALL: "Deutsche Grammophon" Philips EMI
+  :END:
+@end example
+
+Properties can be inserted on buffer level.  That means they apply
+before the first headline and can be inherited by all entries in a
+file.  Property blocks defined before first headline needs to be
+located at the top of the buffer, allowing only comments above.
+
+Properties can also be defined using lines like:
+
+@cindex @samp{_ALL} suffix, in properties
+@cindex @samp{PROPERTY}, keyword
+@example
+#+PROPERTY: NDisks_ALL 1 2 3 4
+@end example
+
+
+@cindex @samp{+} suffix, in properties
+If you want to add to the value of an existing property, append a @samp{+}
+to the property name.  The following results in the property @samp{var}
+having the value @samp{foo=1 bar=2}.
+
+@example
+#+PROPERTY: var  foo=1
+#+PROPERTY: var+ bar=2
+@end example
+
+It is also possible to add to the values of inherited properties.  The
+following results in the @samp{Genres} property having the value @samp{Classic
+Baroque} under the @samp{Goldberg Variations} subtree.
+
+@example
+* CD collection
+** Classic
+    :PROPERTIES:
+    :Genres: Classic
+    :END:
+*** Goldberg Variations
+    :PROPERTIES:
+    :Title:     Goldberg Variations
+    :Composer:  J.S. Bach
+    :Artist:    Glenn Gould
+    :Publisher: Deutsche Grammophon
+    :NDisks:    1
+    :Genres+:   Baroque
+    :END:
+@end example
+
+Note that a property can only have one entry per drawer.
+
+@vindex org-global-properties
+Property values set with the global variable @code{org-global-properties}
+can be inherited by all entries in all Org files.
+
+The following commands help to work with properties:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{pcomplete})
+@kindex M-TAB
+@findex pcomplete
+After an initial colon in a line, complete property keys.  All keys
+used in the current file are offered as possible completions.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x p} (@code{org-set-property})
+@kindex C-c C-x p
+@findex org-set-property
+Set a property.  This prompts for a property name and a value.  If
+necessary, the property drawer is created as well.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u M-x org-insert-drawer}
+@findex org-insert-drawer
+Insert a property drawer into the current entry.  The drawer is
+inserted early in the entry, but after the lines with planning
+information like deadlines.  If before first headline the drawer is
+inserted at the top of the drawer after any potential comments.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-property-action})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@findex org-property-action
+With point in a property drawer, this executes property commands.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c s} (@code{org-set-property})
+@kindex C-c C-c s
+@findex org-set-property
+Set a property in the current entry.  Both the property and the
+value can be inserted using completion.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-property-next-allowed-values})
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-property-previous-allowed-value})
+@kindex S-RIGHT
+@kindex S-LEFT
+Switch property at point to the next/previous allowed value.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c d} (@code{org-delete-property})
+@kindex C-c C-c d
+@findex org-delete-property
+Remove a property from the current entry.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c D} (@code{org-delete-property-globally})
+@kindex C-c C-c D
+@findex org-delete-property-globally
+Globally remove a property, from all entries in the current file.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c c} (@code{org-compute-property-at-point})
+@kindex C-c C-c c
+@findex org-compute-property-at-point
+Compute the property at point, using the operator and scope from the
+nearest column format definition.
+@end table
+
+@node Special Properties
+@section Special Properties
+
+@cindex properties, special
+
+Special properties provide an alternative access method to Org mode
+features, like the TODO state or the priority of an entry, discussed
+in the previous chapters.  This interface exists so that you can
+include these states in a column view (see @ref{Column View}), or to use
+them in queries.  The following property names are special and should
+not be used as keys in the properties drawer:
+
+@cindex @samp{ALLTAGS}, special property
+@cindex @samp{BLOCKED}, special property
+@cindex @samp{CLOCKSUM}, special property
+@cindex @samp{CLOCKSUM_T}, special property
+@cindex @samp{CLOSED}, special property
+@cindex @samp{DEADLINE}, special property
+@cindex @samp{FILE}, special property
+@cindex @samp{ITEM}, special property
+@cindex @samp{PRIORITY}, special property
+@cindex @samp{SCHEDULED}, special property
+@cindex @samp{TAGS}, special property
+@cindex @samp{TIMESTAMP}, special property
+@cindex @samp{TIMESTAMP_IA}, special property
+@cindex @samp{TODO}, special property
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{ALLTAGS}
+@tab All tags, including inherited ones.
+@item @samp{BLOCKED}
+@tab @code{t} if task is currently blocked by children or siblings.
+@item @samp{CATEGORY}
+@tab The category of an entry.
+@item @samp{CLOCKSUM}
+@tab The sum of CLOCK intervals in the subtree.  @code{org-clock-sum}
+@item 
+@tab must be run first to compute the values in the current buffer.
+@item @samp{CLOCKSUM_T}
+@tab The sum of CLOCK intervals in the subtree for today.
+@item 
+@tab @code{org-clock-sum-today} must be run first to compute the
+@item 
+@tab values in the current buffer.
+@item @samp{CLOSED}
+@tab When was this entry closed?
+@item @samp{DEADLINE}
+@tab The deadline timestamp.
+@item @samp{FILE}
+@tab The filename the entry is located in.
+@item @samp{ITEM}
+@tab The headline of the entry.
+@item @samp{PRIORITY}
+@tab The priority of the entry, a string with a single letter.
+@item @samp{SCHEDULED}
+@tab The scheduling timestamp.
+@item @samp{TAGS}
+@tab The tags defined directly in the headline.
+@item @samp{TIMESTAMP}
+@tab The first keyword-less timestamp in the entry.
+@item @samp{TIMESTAMP_IA}
+@tab The first inactive timestamp in the entry.
+@item @samp{TODO}
+@tab The TODO keyword of the entry.
+@end multitable
+
+@node Property Searches
+@section Property Searches
+
+@cindex properties, searching
+@cindex searching, of properties
+
+To create sparse trees and special lists with selection based on
+properties, the same commands are used as for tag searches (see @ref{Tag Searches}).
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c / m} or @kbd{C-c \} (@code{org-match-sparse-tree})
+@kindex C-c / m
+@kindex C-c \
+@findex org-match-sparse-tree
+Create a sparse tree with all matching entries.  With
+a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, ignore headlines that are not
+a TODO line.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda m} (@code{org-tags-view})
+@kindex m @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-tags-view
+Create a global list of tag/property matches from all agenda files.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda M} (@code{org-tags-view})
+@kindex M @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels
+Create a global list of tag matches from all agenda files, but check
+only TODO items and force checking of subitems (see the option
+@code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}).
+@end table
+
+The syntax for the search string is described in @ref{Matching tags and properties}.
+
+There is also a special command for creating sparse trees based on a
+single property:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c / p}
+@kindex C-c / p
+Create a sparse tree based on the value of a property.  This first
+prompts for the name of a property, and then for a value.  A sparse
+tree is created with all entries that define this property with the
+given value.  If you enclose the value in curly braces, it is
+interpreted as a regular expression and matched against the property
+values (see @ref{Regular Expressions}).
+@end table
+
+@node Property Inheritance
+@section Property Inheritance
+
+@cindex properties, inheritance
+@cindex inheritance, of properties
+
+@vindex org-use-property-inheritance
+The outline structure of Org documents lends itself to an inheritance
+model of properties: if the parent in a tree has a certain property,
+the children can inherit this property.  Org mode does not turn this
+on by default, because it can slow down property searches
+significantly and is often not needed.  However, if you find
+inheritance useful, you can turn it on by setting the variable
+@code{org-use-property-inheritance}.  It may be set to @code{t} to make all
+properties inherited from the parent, to a list of properties that
+should be inherited, or to a regular expression that matches inherited
+properties.  If a property has the value @code{nil}, this is interpreted as
+an explicit un-define of the property, so that inheritance search
+stops at this value and returns @code{nil}.
+
+Org mode has a few properties for which inheritance is hard-coded, at
+least for the special applications for which they are used:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{COLUMNS}
+@cindex @samp{COLUMNS}, property
+The @samp{COLUMNS} property defines the format of column view (see
+@ref{Column View}).  It is inherited in the sense that the level where
+a @samp{COLUMNS} property is defined is used as the starting point for
+a column view table, independently of the location in the subtree
+from where columns view is turned on.
+
+@item @code{CATEGORY}
+@cindex @samp{CATEGORY}, property
+For agenda view, a category set through a @samp{CATEGORY} property
+applies to the entire subtree.
+
+@item @code{ARCHIVE}
+@cindex @samp{ARCHIVE}, property
+For archiving, the @samp{ARCHIVE} property may define the archive
+location for the entire subtree (see @ref{Moving subtrees}).
+
+@item @code{LOGGING}
+@cindex @samp{LOGGING}, property
+The @samp{LOGGING} property may define logging settings for an entry or
+a subtree (see @ref{Tracking TODO state changes}).
+@end table
+
+@node Column View
+@section Column View
+
+A great way to view and edit properties in an outline tree is @emph{column
+view}.  In column view, each outline node is turned into a table row.
+Columns in this table provide access to properties of the entries.
+Org mode implements columns by overlaying a tabular structure over the
+headline of each item.  While the headlines have been turned into
+a table row, you can still change the visibility of the outline tree.
+For example, you get a compact table by switching to ``contents''
+view---@kbd{S-@key{TAB}} @kbd{S-@key{TAB}}, or simply @kbd{c}
+while column view is active---but you can still open, read, and edit
+the entry below each headline.  Or, you can switch to column view
+after executing a sparse tree command and in this way get a table only
+for the selected items.  Column view also works in agenda buffers (see
+@ref{Agenda Views}) where queries have collected selected items, possibly
+from a number of files.
+
+@menu
+* Defining columns::             The COLUMNS format property.
+* Using column view::            How to create and use column view.
+* Capturing column view::        A dynamic block for column view.
+@end menu
+
+@node Defining columns
+@subsection Defining columns
+
+@cindex column view, for properties
+@cindex properties, column view
+
+Setting up a column view first requires defining the columns.  This is
+done by defining a column format line.
+
+@menu
+* Scope of column definitions::  Where defined, where valid?
+* Column attributes::            Appearance and content of a column.
+@end menu
+
+@node Scope of column definitions
+@subsubsection Scope of column definitions
+
+To specify a format that only applies to a specific tree, add
+a @samp{COLUMNS} property to the top node of that tree, for example:
+
+@example
+** Top node for columns view
+   :PROPERTIES:
+   :COLUMNS: %25ITEM %TAGS %PRIORITY %TODO
+   :END:
+@end example
+
+A @samp{COLUMNS} property within a property drawer before first headline
+will apply to the entire file.  As an addition to property drawers,
+keywords can also be defined for an entire file using a line like:
+
+@cindex @samp{COLUMNS}, keyword
+@example
+#+COLUMNS: %25ITEM %TAGS %PRIORITY %TODO
+@end example
+
+
+If a @samp{COLUMNS} property is present in an entry, it defines columns for
+the entry itself, and for the entire subtree below it.  Since the
+column definition is part of the hierarchical structure of the
+document, you can define columns on level 1 that are general enough
+for all sublevels, and more specific columns further down, when you
+edit a deeper part of the tree.
+
+@node Column attributes
+@subsubsection Column attributes
+
+A column definition sets the attributes of a column.  The general
+definition looks like this:
+
+@example
+%[WIDTH]PROPERTY[(TITLE)][@{SUMMARY-TYPE@}]
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+Except for the percent sign and the property name, all items are
+optional.  The individual parts have the following meaning:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @var{WIDTH}
+An integer specifying the width of the column in characters.  If
+omitted, the width is determined automatically.
+
+@item @var{PROPERTY}
+The property that should be edited in this column.  Special
+properties representing meta data are allowed here as well (see
+@ref{Special Properties}).
+
+@item @var{TITLE}
+The header text for the column.  If omitted, the property name is
+used.
+
+@item @var{SUMMARY-TYPE}
+The summary type.  If specified, the column values for parent nodes
+are computed from the children@footnote{If more than one summary type applies to the same property,
+the parent values are computed according to the first of them.}.
+
+Supported summary types are:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{+}
+@tab Sum numbers in this column.
+@item @samp{+;%.1f}
+@tab Like @samp{+}, but format result with @samp{%.1f}.
+@item @samp{$}
+@tab Currency, short for @samp{+;%.2f}.
+@item @samp{min}
+@tab Smallest number in column.
+@item @samp{max}
+@tab Largest number.
+@item @samp{mean}
+@tab Arithmetic mean of numbers.
+@item @samp{X}
+@tab Checkbox status, @samp{[X]} if all children are @samp{[X]}.
+@item @samp{X/}
+@tab Checkbox status, @samp{[n/m]}.
+@item @samp{X%}
+@tab Checkbox status, @samp{[n%]}.
+@item @samp{:}
+@tab Sum times, HH:MM, plain numbers are minutes.
+@item @samp{:min}
+@tab Smallest time value in column.
+@item @samp{:max}
+@tab Largest time value.
+@item @samp{:mean}
+@tab Arithmetic mean of time values.
+@item @samp{@@min}
+@tab Minimum age@footnote{An age can be defined as a duration, using units defined in
+@code{org-duration-units}, e.g., @samp{3d 1h}.  If any value in the column is as
+such, the summary is also expressed as a duration.} (in days/hours/mins/seconds).
+@item @samp{@@max}
+@tab Maximum age (in days/hours/mins/seconds).
+@item @samp{@@mean}
+@tab Arithmetic mean of ages (in days/hours/mins/seconds).
+@item @samp{est+}
+@tab Add low-high estimates.
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-columns-summary-types
+You can also define custom summary types by setting
+@code{org-columns-summary-types}.
+@end table
+
+The @samp{est+} summary type requires further explanation.  It is used for
+combining estimates, expressed as low-high ranges.  For example,
+instead of estimating a particular task will take 5 days, you might
+estimate it as 5--6 days if you're fairly confident you know how much
+work is required, or 1--10 days if you do not really know what needs
+to be done.  Both ranges average at 5.5 days, but the first represents
+a more predictable delivery.
+
+When combining a set of such estimates, simply adding the lows and
+highs produces an unrealistically wide result.  Instead, @samp{est+} adds
+the statistical mean and variance of the subtasks, generating a final
+estimate from the sum.  For example, suppose you had ten tasks, each
+of which was estimated at 0.5 to 2 days of work.  Straight addition
+produces an estimate of 5 to 20 days, representing what to expect if
+everything goes either extremely well or extremely poorly.  In
+contrast, @samp{est+} estimates the full job more realistically, at 10--15
+days.
+
+Here is an example for a complete columns definition, along with
+allowed values@footnote{Please note that the @samp{COLUMNS} definition must be on a single
+line; it is wrapped here only because of formatting constraints.}.
+
+@example
+:COLUMNS:  %25ITEM %9Approved(Approved?)@{X@} %Owner %11Status \
+                   %10Time_Estimate@{:@} %CLOCKSUM %CLOCKSUM_T
+:Owner_ALL:    Tammy Mark Karl Lisa Don
+:Status_ALL:   "In progress" "Not started yet" "Finished" ""
+:Approved_ALL: "[ ]" "[X]"
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The first column, @samp{%25ITEM}, means the first 25 characters of the item
+itself, i.e., of the headline.  You probably always should start the
+column definition with the @samp{ITEM} specifier.  The other specifiers
+create columns @samp{Owner} with a list of names as allowed values, for
+@samp{Status} with four different possible values, and for a checkbox field
+@samp{Approved}.  When no width is given after the @samp{%} character, the
+column is exactly as wide as it needs to be in order to fully display
+all values.  The @samp{Approved} column does have a modified title
+(@samp{Approved?}, with a question mark).  Summaries are created for the
+@samp{Time_Estimate} column by adding time duration expressions like HH:MM,
+and for the @samp{Approved} column, by providing an @samp{[X]} status if all
+children have been checked.  The @samp{CLOCKSUM} and @samp{CLOCKSUM_T} columns
+are special, they lists the sums of CLOCK intervals in the subtree,
+either for all clocks or just for today.
+
+@node Using column view
+@subsection Using column view
+
+
+
+@anchor{Turning column view on or off}
+@subsubheading Turning column view on or off
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-c} (@code{org-columns})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-c
+@vindex org-columns
+@vindex org-columns-default-format
+Turn on column view.  If point is before the first headline in the
+file, column view is turned on for the entire file, using the
+@samp{#+COLUMNS} definition.  If point is somewhere inside the outline,
+this command searches the hierarchy, up from point, for a @samp{COLUMNS}
+property that defines a format.  When one is found, the column view
+table is established for the tree starting at the entry that
+contains the @samp{COLUMNS} property.  If no such property is found, the
+format is taken from the @samp{#+COLUMNS} line or from the variable
+@code{org-columns-default-format}, and column view is established for the
+current entry and its subtree.
+
+@item @kbd{r} or @kbd{g} on a columns view line (@code{org-columns-redo})
+@kindex r
+@kindex g
+@findex org-columns-redo
+Recreate the column view, to include recent changes made in the
+buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} or @kbd{q} on a columns view line (@code{org-columns-quit})
+@kindex q
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@findex org-columns-quit
+Exit column view.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Editing values}
+@subsubheading Editing values
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{@key{LEFT}}, @kbd{@key{RIGHT}}, @kbd{@key{UP}}, @kbd{@key{DOWN}}
+Move through the column view from field to field.
+
+@item @kbd{1..9,0}
+@kindex 1..9,0
+Directly select the Nth allowed value, @kbd{0} selects the
+10th value.
+
+@item @kbd{n} or @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-columns-next-allowed-value})
+@itemx @kbd{p} or @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-columns-previous-allowed-value})
+@kindex n
+@kindex S-RIGHT
+@kindex p
+@kindex S-LEFT
+@findex org-columns-next-allowed-value
+@findex org-columns-previous-allowed-value
+Switch to the next/previous allowed value of the field.  For this,
+you have to have specified allowed values for a property.
+
+@item @kbd{e} (@code{org-columns-edit-value})
+@kindex e
+@findex org-columns-edit-value
+Edit the property at point.  For the special properties, this
+invokes the same interface that you normally use to change that
+property.  For example, the tag completion or fast selection
+interface pops up when editing a @samp{TAGS} property.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-columns-toggle-or-columns-quit})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@findex org-columns-toggle-or-columns-quit
+When there is a checkbox at point, toggle it.  Else exit column
+view.
+
+@item @kbd{v} (@code{org-columns-show-value})
+@kindex v
+@findex org-columns-show-value
+View the full value of this property.  This is useful if the width
+of the column is smaller than that of the value.
+
+@item @kbd{a} (@code{org-columns-edit-allowed})
+@kindex a
+@findex org-columns-edit-allowed
+Edit the list of allowed values for this property.  If the list is
+found in the hierarchy, the modified values is stored there.  If no
+list is found, the new value is stored in the first entry that is
+part of the current column view.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Modifying column view on-the-fly}
+@subsubheading Modifying column view on-the-fly
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{<} (@code{org-columns-narrow})
+@itemx @kbd{>} (@code{org-columns-widen})
+@kindex <
+@kindex >
+@findex org-columns-narrow
+@findex org-columns-widen
+Make the column narrower/wider by one character.
+
+@item @kbd{S-M-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-columns-new})
+@kindex S-M-RIGHT
+@findex org-columns-new
+Insert a new column, to the left of the current column.
+
+@item @kbd{S-M-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-columns-delete})
+@kindex S-M-LEFT
+@findex org-columns-delete
+Delete the current column.
+@end table
+
+@node Capturing column view
+@subsection Capturing column view
+
+Since column view is just an overlay over a buffer, it cannot be
+exported or printed directly.  If you want to capture a column view,
+use a @samp{columnview} dynamic block (see @ref{Dynamic Blocks}).  The frame of
+this block looks like this:
+
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN columnview}
+@example
+* The column view
+#+BEGIN: columnview :hlines 1 :id "label"
+
+#+END:
+@end example
+
+This dynamic block has the following parameters:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{:id}
+This is the most important parameter.  Column view is a feature that
+is often localized to a certain (sub)tree, and the capture block
+might be at a different location in the file.  To identify the tree
+whose view to capture, you can use four values:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{local}
+Use the tree in which the capture block is located.
+
+@item @samp{global}
+Make a global view, including all headings in the file.
+
+@item @samp{file:FILENAME}
+Run column view at the top of the @var{FILENAME} file.
+
+@item @samp{LABEL}
+@cindex @samp{ID}, property
+Call column view in the tree that has an @samp{ID} property with the
+value @var{LABEL}.  You can use @kbd{M-x org-id-copy} to
+create a globally unique ID for the current entry and copy it to
+the kill-ring.
+@end table
+
+@item @samp{:match}
+When set to a string, use this as a tags/property match filter to
+select only a subset of the headlines in the scope set by the @code{:id}
+parameter.
+@end table
+
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{:hlines}
+When @code{t}, insert an hline after every line.  When a number N, insert
+an hline before each headline with level @code{<= N}.
+
+@item @samp{:vlines}
+When non-@code{nil}, force column groups to get vertical lines.
+
+@item @samp{:maxlevel}
+When set to a number, do not capture entries below this level.
+
+@item @samp{:skip-empty-rows}
+When non-@code{nil}, skip rows where the only non-empty specifier of
+the column view is @samp{ITEM}.
+
+@item @samp{:exclude-tags}
+List of tags to exclude from column view table: entries with these
+tags will be excluded from the column view.
+
+@item @samp{:indent}
+When non-@code{nil}, indent each @samp{ITEM} field according to its level.
+
+@item @samp{:format}
+Specify a column attribute (see @ref{Column attributes}) for the dynamic
+block.
+@end table
+
+The following commands insert or update the dynamic block:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-columns-insert-dblock}
+@kindex C-c C-x x
+@findex org-columns-insert-dblock
+Insert a dynamic block capturing a column view.  Prompt for the
+scope or ID of the view.
+
+This command can be invoked by calling
+@code{org-dynamic-block-insert-dblock} (@kbd{C-c C-x x}) and
+selecting ``columnview'' (see @ref{Dynamic Blocks}).
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} @kbd{C-c C-x C-u} (@code{org-dblock-update})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@kindex C-c C-x C-u
+@findex org-dblock-update
+Update dynamic block at point.  point needs to be in the @samp{#+BEGIN}
+line of the dynamic block.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-x C-u} (@code{org-update-all-dblocks})
+@kindex C-u C-c C-x C-u
+Update all dynamic blocks (see @ref{Dynamic Blocks}).  This is useful if
+you have several clock table blocks, column-capturing blocks or
+other dynamic blocks in a buffer.
+@end table
+
+You can add formulas to the column view table and you may add plotting
+instructions in front of the table---these survive an update of the
+block.  If there is a @samp{TBLFM} keyword after the table, the table is
+recalculated automatically after an update.
+
+An alternative way to capture and process property values into a table
+is provided by Eric Schulte's @samp{org-collector.el}, which is a package
+in @samp{org-contrib}@footnote{Contributed packages are not part of Emacs, but are
+distributed with the main distribution of Org---visit
+@uref{https://orgmode.org}.}.  It provides a general API to collect
+properties from entries in a certain scope, and arbitrary Lisp
+expressions to process these values before inserting them into a table
+or a dynamic block.
+
+@node Dates and Times
+@chapter Dates and Times
+
+@cindex dates
+@cindex times
+@cindex timestamp
+@cindex date stamp
+
+To assist project planning, TODO items can be labeled with a date
+and/or a time.  The specially formatted string carrying the date and
+time information is called a @emph{timestamp} in Org mode.  This may be
+a little confusing because timestamp is often used as indicating when
+something was created or last changed.  However, in Org mode this term
+is used in a much wider sense.
+
+@menu
+* Timestamps::                   Assigning a time to a tree entry.
+* Creating Timestamps::          Commands to insert timestamps.
+* Deadlines and Scheduling::     Planning your work.
+* Clocking Work Time::           Tracking how long you spend on a task.
+* Effort Estimates::             Planning work effort in advance.
+* Timers::                       Notes with a running timer.
+@end menu
+
+@node Timestamps
+@section Timestamps
+
+@cindex timestamps
+@cindex ranges, time
+@cindex date stamps
+@cindex deadlines
+@cindex scheduling
+
+A timestamp is a specification of a date (possibly with a time or
+a range of times) in a special format, either @samp{<2003-09-16 Tue>} or
+@samp{<2003-09-16 Tue 09:39>} or @samp{<2003-09-16 Tue 12:00-12:30>}@footnote{The Org date format is inspired by the standard ISO 8601
+date/time format.  To use an alternative format, see @ref{Custom time format}.  The day name is optional when you type the date yourself.
+However, any date inserted or modified by Org adds that day name, for
+reading convenience.}.
+A timestamp can appear anywhere in the headline or body of an Org tree
+entry.  Its presence causes entries to be shown on specific dates in
+the agenda (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}).  We distinguish:
+
+@table @asis
+@item Plain timestamp; Event; Appointment
+@cindex timestamp
+@cindex appointment
+A simple timestamp just assigns a date/time to an item.  This is
+just like writing down an appointment or event in a paper agenda.
+In the agenda display, the headline of an entry associated with
+a plain timestamp is shown exactly on that date.
+
+@example
+* Meet Peter at the movies
+  <2006-11-01 Wed 19:15>
+* Discussion on climate change
+  <2006-11-02 Thu 20:00-22:00>
+@end example
+
+@item Timestamp with repeater interval
+@cindex timestamp, with repeater interval
+A timestamp may contain a @emph{repeater interval}, indicating that it
+applies not only on the given date, but again and again after
+a certain interval of N days (d), weeks (w), months (m), or years
+(y).  The following shows up in the agenda every Wednesday:
+
+@example
+* Pick up Sam at school
+  <2007-05-16 Wed 12:30 +1w>
+@end example
+
+@item Diary-style expression entries
+@cindex diary style timestamps
+@cindex sexp timestamps
+For more complex date specifications, Org mode supports using the
+special expression diary entries implemented in the Emacs Calendar
+package@footnote{When working with the standard diary expression functions, you
+need to be very careful with the order of the arguments.  That order
+depends evilly on the variable @code{calendar-date-style}.  For example, to
+specify a date December 12, 2005, the call might look like
+@samp{(diary-date 12 1 2005)} or @samp{(diary-date 1 12 2005)} or @samp{(diary-date
+2005 12 1)}, depending on the settings.  This has been the source of
+much confusion.  Org mode users can resort to special versions of
+these functions like @code{org-date} or @code{org-anniversary}.  These work just
+like the corresponding @code{diary-} functions, but with stable ISO order
+of arguments (year, month, day) wherever applicable, independent of
+the value of @code{calendar-date-style}.}.  For example, with optional time:
+
+@example
+* 22:00-23:00 The nerd meeting on every 2nd Thursday of the month
+  <%%(diary-float t 4 2)>
+@end example
+
+@item Time/Date range
+@cindex timerange
+@cindex date range
+Two timestamps connected by @samp{--} denote a range.  The headline is
+shown on the first and last day of the range, and on any dates that
+are displayed and fall in the range.  Here is an example:
+
+@example
+** Meeting in Amsterdam
+   <2004-08-23 Mon>--<2004-08-26 Thu>
+@end example
+
+@item Inactive timestamp
+@cindex timestamp, inactive
+@cindex inactive timestamp
+Just like a plain timestamp, but with square brackets instead of
+angular ones.  These timestamps are inactive in the sense that they
+do @emph{not} trigger an entry to show up in the agenda.
+
+@example
+* Gillian comes late for the fifth time
+  [2006-11-01 Wed]
+@end example
+@end table
+
+@node Creating Timestamps
+@section Creating Timestamps
+
+For Org mode to recognize timestamps, they need to be in the specific
+format.  All commands listed below produce timestamps in the correct
+format.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c .} (@code{org-time-stamp})
+@kindex C-c .
+@findex org-time-stamp
+Prompt for a date and insert a corresponding timestamp.  When point
+is at an existing timestamp in the buffer, the command is used to
+modify this timestamp instead of inserting a new one.  When this
+command is used twice in succession, a time range is inserted.
+
+@kindex C-u C-c .
+@vindex org-time-stamp-rounding-minutes
+When called with a prefix argument, use the alternative format which
+contains date and time.  The default time can be rounded to
+multiples of 5 minutes.  See the option
+@code{org-time-stamp-rounding-minutes}.
+
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c .
+With two prefix arguments, insert an active timestamp with the
+current time without prompting.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c !} (@code{org-time-stamp-inactive})
+@kindex C-c !
+@kindex C-u C-c !
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c !
+@findex org-time-stamp-inactive
+Like @kbd{C-c .}, but insert an inactive timestamp that does
+not cause an agenda entry.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c}
+@kindex C-c C-c
+Normalize timestamp, insert or fix day name if missing or wrong.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c <} (@code{org-date-from-calendar})
+@kindex C-c <
+@findex org-date-from-calendar
+Insert a timestamp corresponding to point date in the calendar.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c >} (@code{org-goto-calendar})
+@kindex C-c >
+@findex org-goto-calendar
+Access the Emacs calendar for the current date.  If there is
+a timestamp in the current line, go to the corresponding date
+instead.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-o} (@code{org-open-at-point})
+@kindex C-c C-o
+@findex org-open-at-point
+Access the agenda for the date given by the timestamp or -range at
+point (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}).
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-timestamp-down-day})
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-timestamp-up-day})
+@kindex S-LEFT
+@kindex S-RIGHT
+@findex org-timestamp-down-day
+@findex org-timestamp-up-day
+Change date at point by one day.  These key bindings conflict with
+shift-selection and related modes (see @ref{Conflicts}).
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-timestamp-up})
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-timestamp-down})
+@kindex S-UP
+@kindex S-DOWN
+On the beginning or enclosing bracket of a timestamp, change its
+type.  Within a timestamp, change the item under point.  Point can
+be on a year, month, day, hour or minute.  When the timestamp
+contains a time range like @samp{15:30-16:30}, modifying the first time
+also shifts the second, shifting the time block with constant
+length.  To change the length, modify the second time.  Note that if
+point is in a headline and not at a timestamp, these same keys
+modify the priority of an item (see @ref{Priorities}).  The key bindings
+also conflict with shift-selection and related modes (see @ref{Conflicts}).
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-y} (@code{org-evaluate-time-range})
+@kindex C-c C-y
+@findex org-evaluate-time-range
+@cindex evaluate time range
+Evaluate a time range by computing the difference between start and
+end.  With a prefix argument, insert result after the time range (in
+a table: into the following column).
+@end table
+
+@menu
+* The date/time prompt::         How Org mode helps you enter dates and times.
+* Custom time format::           Making dates look different.
+@end menu
+
+@node The date/time prompt
+@subsection The date/time prompt
+
+@cindex date, reading in minibuffer
+@cindex time, reading in minibuffer
+
+@vindex org-read-date-prefer-future
+When Org mode prompts for a date/time, the default is shown in default
+date/time format, and the prompt therefore seems to ask for a specific
+format.  But it in fact accepts date/time information in a variety of
+formats.  Generally, the information should start at the beginning of
+the string.  Org mode finds whatever information is in there and
+derives anything you have not specified from the @emph{default date and
+time}.  The default is usually the current date and time, but when
+modifying an existing timestamp, or when entering the second stamp of
+a range, it is taken from the stamp in the buffer.  When filling in
+information, Org mode assumes that most of the time you want to enter
+a date in the future: if you omit the month/year and the given
+day/month is @emph{before} today, it assumes that you mean a future
+date@footnote{See the variable @code{org-read-date-prefer-future}.  You may set
+that variable to the symbol @code{time} to even make a time before now
+shift the date to tomorrow.}.  If the date has been automatically shifted into the
+future, the time prompt shows this with @samp{(=>F)}.
+
+For example, let's assume that today is @strong{June 13, 2006}.  Here is how
+various inputs are interpreted, the items filled in by Org mode are in
+@strong{bold}.
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{3-2-5}
+@tab @result{} 2003-02-05
+@item @samp{2/5/3}
+@tab @result{} 2003-02-05
+@item @samp{14}
+@tab @result{} @strong{2006}-@strong{06}-14
+@item @samp{12}
+@tab @result{} @strong{2006}-@strong{07}-12
+@item @samp{2/5}
+@tab @result{} @strong{2007}-02-05
+@item @samp{Fri}
+@tab @result{} nearest Friday (default date or later)
+@item @samp{sep 15}
+@tab @result{} @strong{2006}-09-15
+@item @samp{feb 15}
+@tab @result{} @strong{2007}-02-15
+@item @samp{sep 12 9}
+@tab @result{} 2009-09-12
+@item @samp{12:45}
+@tab @result{} @strong{2006}-@strong{06}-@strong{13} 12:45
+@item @samp{22 sept 0:34}
+@tab @result{} @strong{2006}-09-22 0:34
+@item @samp{w4}
+@tab @result{} ISO week for of the current year @strong{2006}
+@item @samp{2012 w4 fri}
+@tab @result{} Friday of ISO week 4 in 2012
+@item @samp{2012-w04-5}
+@tab @result{} Same as above
+@end multitable
+
+Furthermore you can specify a relative date by giving, as the @emph{first}
+thing in the input: a plus/minus sign, a number and a letter---@samp{h},
+@samp{d}, @samp{w}, @samp{m} or @samp{y}---to indicate a change in hours, days, weeks,
+months, or years.  With @samp{h} the date is relative to the current time,
+with the other letters and a single plus or minus, the date is
+relative to today at 00:00.  With a double plus or minus, it is
+relative to the default date.  If instead of a single letter, you use
+the abbreviation of day name, the date is the Nth such day, e.g.:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{+0}
+@tab @result{} today
+@item @samp{.}
+@tab @result{} today
+@item @samp{+2h}
+@tab @result{} two hours from now
+@item @samp{+4d}
+@tab @result{} four days from today
+@item @samp{+4}
+@tab @result{} same as +4d
+@item @samp{+2w}
+@tab @result{} two weeks from today
+@item @samp{++5}
+@tab @result{} five days from default date
+@item @samp{+2tue}
+@tab @result{} second Tuesday from now
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex parse-time-months
+@vindex parse-time-weekdays
+The function understands English month and weekday abbreviations.  If
+you want to use un-abbreviated names and/or other languages, configure
+the variables @code{parse-time-months} and @code{parse-time-weekdays}.
+
+@vindex org-read-date-force-compatible-dates
+Not all dates can be represented in a given Emacs implementation.  By
+default Org mode forces dates into the compatibility range 1970--2037
+which works on all Emacs implementations.  If you want to use dates
+outside of this range, read the docstring of the variable
+@code{org-read-date-force-compatible-dates}.
+
+You can specify a time range by giving start and end times or by
+giving a start time and a duration (in HH:MM format).  Use one or two
+dash(es) as the separator in the former case and use @samp{+} as the
+separator in the latter case, e.g.:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{11am-1:15pm}
+@tab @result{} 11:00-13:15
+@item @samp{11h-13h15}
+@tab @result{} same as above
+@item @samp{11am--1:15pm}
+@tab @result{} same as above
+@item @samp{11am+2:15}
+@tab @result{} same as above
+@end multitable
+
+@cindex calendar, for selecting date
+@vindex org-popup-calendar-for-date-prompt
+Parallel to the minibuffer prompt, a calendar is popped up@footnote{If you do not need/want the calendar, configure the variable
+@code{org-popup-calendar-for-date-prompt}.}.
+When you exit the date prompt, either by clicking on a date in the
+calendar, or by pressing @kbd{@key{RET}}, the date selected in the
+calendar is combined with the information entered at the prompt.  You
+can control the calendar fully from the minibuffer:
+
+@kindex <
+@kindex >
+@kindex M-v
+@kindex C-v
+@kindex mouse-1
+@kindex S-RIGHT
+@kindex S-LEFT
+@kindex S-DOWN
+@kindex S-UP
+@kindex M-S-RIGHT
+@kindex M-S-LEFT
+@kindex RET
+@kindex .
+@kindex C-.
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.55
+@item @kbd{@key{RET}}
+@tab Choose date at point in calendar.
+@item @kbd{mouse-1}
+@tab Select date by clicking on it.
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@tab One day forward.
+@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}
+@tab One day backward.
+@item @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}}
+@tab One week forward.
+@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}}
+@tab One week backward.
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@tab One month forward.
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}}
+@tab One month backward.
+@item @kbd{>}
+@tab Scroll calendar forward by one month.
+@item @kbd{<}
+@tab Scroll calendar backward by one month.
+@item @kbd{M-v}
+@tab Scroll calendar forward by 3 months.
+@item @kbd{C-v}
+@tab Scroll calendar backward by 3 months.
+@item @kbd{C-.}
+@tab Select today's date@footnote{You can also use the calendar command @kbd{.} to jump to
+today's date, but if you are inserting an hour specification for your
+timestamp, @kbd{.} will then insert a dot after the hour.  By contrast,
+@kbd{C-.} will always jump to today's date.}
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-read-date-display-live
+The actions of the date/time prompt may seem complex, but I assure you
+they will grow on you, and you will start getting annoyed by pretty
+much any other way of entering a date/time out there.  To help you
+understand what is going on, the current interpretation of your input
+is displayed live in the minibuffer@footnote{If you find this distracting, turn off the display with
+@code{org-read-date-display-live}.}.
+
+@node Custom time format
+@subsection Custom time format
+
+@cindex custom date/time format
+@cindex time format, custom
+@cindex date format, custom
+
+@vindex org-display-custom-times
+@vindex org-time-stamp-custom-formats
+Org mode uses the standard ISO notation for dates and times as it is
+defined in ISO 8601.  If you cannot get used to this and require
+another representation of date and time to keep you happy, you can get
+it by customizing the variables @code{org-display-custom-times} and
+@code{org-time-stamp-custom-formats}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-t} (@code{org-toggle-time-stamp-overlays})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-t
+@findex org-toggle-time-stamp-overlays
+Toggle the display of custom formats for dates and times.
+@end table
+
+Org mode needs the default format for scanning, so the custom
+date/time format does not @emph{replace} the default format.  Instead, it
+is put @emph{over} the default format using text properties.  This has the
+following consequences:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+You cannot place point onto a timestamp anymore, only before or
+after.
+
+@item
+The @kbd{S-@key{UP}} and @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} keys can no longer be used
+to adjust each component of a timestamp.  If point is at the
+beginning of the stamp, @kbd{S-@key{UP}} and @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} change
+the stamp by one day, just like @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}
+@kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}.  At the end of the stamp, change the time by one
+minute.
+
+@item
+If the timestamp contains a range of clock times or a repeater,
+these are not overlaid, but remain in the buffer as they were.
+
+@item
+When you delete a timestamp character-by-character, it only
+disappears from the buffer after @emph{all} (invisible) characters
+belonging to the ISO timestamp have been removed.
+
+@item
+If the custom timestamp format is longer than the default and you
+are using dates in tables, table alignment will be messed up.  If
+the custom format is shorter, things do work as expected.
+@end itemize
+
+@node Deadlines and Scheduling
+@section Deadlines and Scheduling
+
+A timestamp may be preceded by special keywords to facilitate
+planning.  Both the timestamp and the keyword have to be positioned
+immediately after the task they refer to.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{DEADLINE}
+@cindex @samp{DEADLINE} marker
+Meaning: the task---most likely a TODO item, though not
+necessarily---is supposed to be finished on that date.
+
+@vindex org-deadline-warning-days
+On the deadline date, the task is listed in the agenda.  In
+addition, the agenda for @emph{today} carries a warning about the
+approaching or missed deadline, starting @code{org-deadline-warning-days}
+before the due date, and continuing until the entry is marked as
+done.  An example:
+
+@example
+*** TODO write article about the Earth for the Guide
+    DEADLINE: <2004-02-29 Sun>
+    The editor in charge is [[bbdb:Ford Prefect]]
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-agenda-skip-deadline-prewarning-if-scheduled
+You can specify a different lead time for warnings for a specific
+deadlines using the following syntax.  Here is an example with
+a warning period of 5 days @samp{DEADLINE: <2004-02-29 Sun -5d>}.  This
+warning is deactivated if the task gets scheduled and you set
+@code{org-agenda-skip-deadline-prewarning-if-scheduled} to @code{t}.
+
+@item @samp{SCHEDULED}
+@cindex @samp{SCHEDULED} marker
+Meaning: you are planning to start working on that task on the given
+date.
+
+@vindex org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-done
+The headline is listed under the given date@footnote{It will still be listed on that date after it has been marked
+as done.  If you do not like this, set the variable
+@code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-done}.}.  In addition,
+a reminder that the scheduled date has passed is present in the
+compilation for @emph{today}, until the entry is marked as done, i.e.,
+the task is automatically forwarded until completed.
+
+@example
+*** TODO Call Trillian for a date on New Years Eve.
+    SCHEDULED: <2004-12-25 Sat>
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-scheduled-delay-days
+@vindex org-agenda-skip-scheduled-delay-if-deadline
+If you want to @emph{delay} the display of this task in the agenda, use
+@samp{SCHEDULED: <2004-12-25 Sat -2d>}: the task is still scheduled on
+the 25th but will appear two days later.  In case the task contains
+a repeater, the delay is considered to affect all occurrences; if
+you want the delay to only affect the first scheduled occurrence of
+the task, use @samp{--2d} instead.  See @code{org-scheduled-delay-days} and
+@code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-delay-if-deadline} for details on how to
+control this globally or per agenda.
+
+@quotation Important
+Scheduling an item in Org mode should @emph{not} be understood in the
+same way that we understand @emph{scheduling a meeting}.  Setting a date
+for a meeting is just a simple appointment, you should mark this
+entry with a simple plain timestamp, to get this item shown on the
+date where it applies.  This is a frequent misunderstanding by Org
+users.  In Org mode, @emph{scheduling} means setting a date when you want
+to start working on an action item.
+
+@end quotation
+@end table
+
+You may use timestamps with repeaters in scheduling and deadline
+entries.  Org mode issues early and late warnings based on the
+assumption that the timestamp represents the @emph{nearest instance} of the
+repeater.  However, the use of diary expression entries like
+
+@example
+<%%(diary-float t 42)>
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+in scheduling and deadline timestamps is limited.  Org mode does not
+know enough about the internals of each function to issue early and
+late warnings.  However, it shows the item on each day where the
+expression entry matches.
+
+@menu
+* Inserting deadline/schedule::  Planning items.
+* Repeated tasks::               Items that show up again and again.
+@end menu
+
+@node Inserting deadline/schedule
+@subsection Inserting deadlines or schedules
+
+The following commands allow you to quickly insert a deadline or to
+schedule an item:@footnote{The @samp{SCHEDULED} and @samp{DEADLINE} dates are inserted on the line
+right below the headline.  Do not put any text between this line and
+the headline.}
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-d} (@code{org-deadline})
+@kindex C-c C-d
+@findex org-deadline
+@vindex org-log-redeadline
+Insert @samp{DEADLINE} keyword along with a stamp.  The insertion happens
+in the line directly following the headline.  Remove any @samp{CLOSED}
+timestamp .  When called with a prefix argument, also remove any
+existing deadline from the entry.  Depending on the variable
+@code{org-log-redeadline}, take a note when changing an existing
+deadline@footnote{Note the corresponding @samp{STARTUP} options @samp{logredeadline},
+@samp{lognoteredeadline}, and @samp{nologredeadline}.}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{org-schedule})
+@kindex C-c C-s
+@findex org-schedule
+@vindex org-log-reschedule
+Insert @samp{SCHEDULED} keyword along with a stamp.  The insertion
+happens in the line directly following the headline.  Remove any
+@samp{CLOSED} timestamp.  When called with a prefix argument, also remove
+the scheduling date from the entry.  Depending on the variable
+@code{org-log-reschedule}, take a note when changing an existing
+scheduling time@footnote{Note the corresponding @samp{STARTUP} options @samp{logreschedule},
+@samp{lognotereschedule}, and @samp{nologreschedule}.}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c / d} (@code{org-check-deadlines})
+@kindex C-c / d
+@findex org-check-deadlines
+@cindex sparse tree, for deadlines
+@vindex org-deadline-warning-days
+Create a sparse tree with all deadlines that are either past-due, or
+which will become due within @code{org-deadline-warning-days}.  With
+@kbd{C-u} prefix, show all deadlines in the file.  With
+a numeric prefix, check that many days.  For example, @kbd{C-1 C-c / d} shows all deadlines due tomorrow.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c / b} (@code{org-check-before-date})
+@kindex C-c / b
+@findex org-check-before-date
+Sparse tree for deadlines and scheduled items before a given date.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c / a} (@code{org-check-after-date})
+@kindex C-c / a
+@findex org-check-after-date
+Sparse tree for deadlines and scheduled items after a given date.
+@end table
+
+Note that @code{org-schedule} and @code{org-deadline} supports setting the date
+by indicating a relative time e.g., @samp{+1d} sets the date to the next
+day after today, and @samp{--1w} sets the date to the previous week before
+any current timestamp.
+
+@node Repeated tasks
+@subsection Repeated tasks
+
+@cindex tasks, repeated
+@cindex repeated tasks
+
+Some tasks need to be repeated again and again.  Org mode helps to
+organize such tasks using a so-called repeater in a @samp{DEADLINE},
+@samp{SCHEDULED}, or plain timestamps@footnote{Org does not repeat inactive timestamps, however.  See
+@ref{Timestamps}.}.  In the following example:
+
+@example
+** TODO Pay the rent
+   DEADLINE: <2005-10-01 Sat +1m>
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+the @samp{+1m} is a repeater; the intended interpretation is that the task
+has a deadline on @samp{<2005-10-01>} and repeats itself every (one) month
+starting from that time.  You can use yearly, monthly, weekly, daily
+and hourly repeat cookies by using the @samp{y}, @samp{m}, @samp{w}, @samp{d} and @samp{h}
+letters.  If you need both a repeater and a special warning period in
+a deadline entry, the repeater should come first and the warning
+period last
+
+@example
+DEADLINE: <2005-10-01 Sat +1m -3d>
+@end example
+
+
+@vindex org-todo-repeat-to-state
+Deadlines and scheduled items produce entries in the agenda when they
+are over-due, so it is important to be able to mark such an entry as
+done once you have done so.  When you mark a @samp{DEADLINE} or
+a @samp{SCHEDULED} with the TODO keyword @samp{DONE}, it no longer produces
+entries in the agenda.  The problem with this is, however, is that
+then also the @emph{next} instance of the repeated entry will not be
+active.  Org mode deals with this in the following way: when you try
+to mark such an entry as done, using @kbd{C-c C-t}, it shifts the
+base date of the repeating timestamp by the repeater interval, and
+immediately sets the entry state back to TODO@footnote{In fact, the target state is taken from, in this sequence, the
+@samp{REPEAT_TO_STATE} property, the variable @code{org-todo-repeat-to-state} if
+it is a string, the previous TODO state if @code{org-todo-repeat-to-state}
+is @code{t}, or the first state of the TODO state sequence.}.  In the example
+above, setting the state to @samp{DONE} would actually switch the date like
+this:
+
+@example
+** TODO Pay the rent
+   DEADLINE: <2005-11-01 Tue +1m>
+@end example
+
+To mark a task with a repeater as DONE, use @kbd{C-- 1 C-c C-t},
+i.e., @code{org-todo} with a numeric prefix argument of @samp{-1}.
+
+@vindex org-log-repeat
+A timestamp@footnote{You can change this using the option @code{org-log-repeat}, or the
+@samp{STARTUP} options @samp{logrepeat}, @samp{lognoterepeat}, and @samp{nologrepeat}.
+With @samp{lognoterepeat}, you will also be prompted for a note.} is added under the deadline, to keep a record that
+you actually acted on the previous instance of this deadline.
+
+As a consequence of shifting the base date, this entry is no longer
+visible in the agenda when checking past dates, but all future
+instances will be visible.
+
+With the @samp{+1m} cookie, the date shift is always exactly one month.  So
+if you have not paid the rent for three months, marking this entry
+DONE still keeps it as an overdue deadline.  Depending on the task,
+this may not be the best way to handle it.  For example, if you forgot
+to call your father for 3 weeks, it does not make sense to call him
+3 times in a single day to make up for it.  Finally, there are tasks,
+like changing batteries, which should always repeat a certain time
+@emph{after} the last time you did it.  For these tasks, Org mode has
+special repeaters @samp{++} and @samp{.+}.  For example:
+
+@example
+** TODO Call Father
+   DEADLINE: <2008-02-10 Sun ++1w>
+   Marking this DONE shifts the date by at least one week, but also
+   by as many weeks as it takes to get this date into the future.
+   However, it stays on a Sunday, even if you called and marked it
+   done on Saturday.
+
+** TODO Empty kitchen trash
+   DEADLINE: <2008-02-08 Fri 20:00 ++1d>
+   Marking this DONE shifts the date by at least one day, and also
+   by as many days as it takes to get the timestamp into the future.
+   Since there is a time in the timestamp, the next deadline in the
+   future will be on today's date if you complete the task before
+   20:00.
+
+** TODO Check the batteries in the smoke detectors
+   DEADLINE: <2005-11-01 Tue .+1m>
+   Marking this DONE shifts the date to one month after today.
+
+** TODO Wash my hands
+   DEADLINE: <2019-04-05 08:00 Sun .+1h>
+   Marking this DONE shifts the date to exactly one hour from now.
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-deadline-is-shown
+You may have both scheduling and deadline information for a specific
+task.  If the repeater is set for the scheduling information only, you
+probably want the repeater to be ignored after the deadline.  If so,
+set the variable @code{org-agenda-skip-scheduled-if-deadline-is-shown} to
+@code{repeated-after-deadline}.  However, any scheduling information
+without a repeater is no longer relevant once the task is done, and
+thus, removed upon repeating the task.  If you want both scheduling
+and deadline information to repeat after the same interval, set the
+same repeater for both timestamps.
+
+An alternative to using a repeater is to create a number of copies of
+a task subtree, with dates shifted in each copy.  The command
+@kbd{C-c C-x c} was created for this purpose; it is described in
+@ref{Structure Editing}.
+
+@node Clocking Work Time
+@section Clocking Work Time
+
+@cindex clocking time
+@cindex time clocking
+
+Org mode allows you to clock the time you spend on specific tasks in
+a project.  When you start working on an item, you can start the
+clock.  When you stop working on that task, or when you mark the task
+done, the clock is stopped and the corresponding time interval is
+recorded.  It also computes the total time spent on each
+subtree@footnote{Clocking only works if all headings are indented with less
+than 30 stars.  This is a hard-coded limitation of @code{lmax} in
+@code{org-clock-sum}.} of a project.  And it remembers a history or tasks
+recently clocked, so that you can jump quickly between a number of
+tasks absorbing your time.
+
+To save the clock history across Emacs sessions, use:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-clock-persist 'history)
+(org-clock-persistence-insinuate)
+@end lisp
+
+@vindex org-clock-persist
+When you clock into a new task after resuming Emacs, the incomplete
+clock@footnote{To resume the clock under the assumption that you have worked
+on this task while outside Emacs, use @samp{(setq org-clock-persist t)}.} is retrieved (see @ref{Resolving idle time (1)}) and you are
+prompted about what to do with it.
+
+@menu
+* Clocking commands::            Starting and stopping a clock.
+* The clock table::              Detailed reports.
+* Resolving idle time::          Resolving time when you've been idle.
+@end menu
+
+@node Clocking commands
+@subsection Clocking commands
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-i} (@code{org-clock-in})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-i
+@findex org-clock-in
+@vindex org-clock-into-drawer
+@vindex org-clock-continuously
+@cindex @samp{LOG_INTO_DRAWER}, property
+Start the clock on the current item (clock-in).  This inserts the
+@samp{CLOCK} keyword together with a timestamp.  If this is not the first
+clocking of this item, the multiple @samp{CLOCK} lines are wrapped into
+a @samp{LOGBOOK} drawer (see also the variable @code{org-clock-into-drawer}).
+You can also overrule the setting of this variable for a subtree by
+setting a @samp{CLOCK_INTO_DRAWER} or @samp{LOG_INTO_DRAWER} property.  When
+called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, select the task from
+a list of recently clocked tasks.  With two @kbd{C-u C-u}
+prefixes, clock into the task at point and mark it as the default
+task; the default task is always be available with letter
+@kbd{d} when selecting a clocking task.  With three @kbd{C-u C-u C-u} prefixes, force continuous clocking by starting the
+clock when the last clock stopped.
+
+@cindex @samp{CLOCK_MODELINE_TOTAL}, property
+@cindex @samp{LAST_REPEAT}, property
+@vindex org-clock-mode-line-total
+@vindex org-clock-in-prepare-hook
+While the clock is running, Org shows the current clocking time in
+the mode line, along with the title of the task.  The clock time
+shown is all time ever clocked for this task and its children.  If
+the task has an effort estimate (see @ref{Effort Estimates}), the mode
+line displays the current clocking time against it@footnote{To add an effort estimate ``on the fly'', hook a function doing
+this to @code{org-clock-in-prepare-hook}.}.  If the
+task is a repeating one (see @ref{Repeated tasks}), show only the time
+since the last reset of the task@footnote{The last reset of the task is recorded by the @samp{LAST_REPEAT}
+property.}.  You can exercise more
+control over show time with the @samp{CLOCK_MODELINE_TOTAL} property.  It
+may have the values @samp{current} to show only the current clocking
+instance, @samp{today} to show all time clocked on this tasks today---see
+also the variable @code{org-extend-today-until}, @code{all} to include all
+time, or @code{auto} which is the default@footnote{See also the variable @code{org-clock-mode-line-total}.}.  Clicking with
+@kbd{mouse-1} onto the mode line entry pops up a menu with
+clocking options.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-o} (@code{org-clock-out})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-o
+@findex org-clock-out
+@vindex org-log-note-clock-out
+Stop the clock (clock-out).  This inserts another timestamp at the
+same location where the clock was last started.  It also directly
+computes the resulting time in inserts it after the time range as
+@samp{=>HH:MM}.  See the variable @code{org-log-note-clock-out} for the
+possibility to record an additional note together with the clock-out
+timestamp@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is: @samp{#+STARTUP:
+lognoteclock-out}.}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-x} (@code{org-clock-in-last})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-x
+@findex org-clock-in-last
+@vindex org-clock-continuously
+Re-clock the last clocked task.  With one @kbd{C-u} prefix
+argument, select the task from the clock history.  With two
+@kbd{C-u} prefixes, force continuous clocking by starting the
+clock when the last clock stopped.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-e} (@code{org-clock-modify-effort-estimate})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-e
+@findex org-clock-modify-effort-estimate
+Update the effort estimate for the current clock task.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} or @kbd{C-c C-y} (@code{org-evaluate-time-range})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@kindex C-c C-y
+@findex org-evaluate-time-range
+Recompute the time interval after changing one of the timestamps.
+This is only necessary if you edit the timestamps directly.  If you
+change them with @kbd{S-<cursor>} keys, the update is
+automatic.
+
+@item @kbd{C-S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-clock-timestamps-up})
+@itemx @kbd{C-S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-clock-timestamps-down})
+@kindex C-S-UP
+@findex org-clock-timestamps-up
+@kindex C-S-DOWN
+@findex org-clock-timestamps-down
+On CLOCK log lines, increase/decrease both timestamps so that the
+clock duration keeps the same value.
+
+@item @kbd{S-M-@key{UP}} (@code{org-timestamp-up})
+@itemx @kbd{S-M-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-timestamp-down})
+@kindex S-M-UP
+@findex org-clock-timestamp-up
+@kindex S-M-DOWN
+@findex org-clock-timestamp-down
+On @samp{CLOCK} log lines, increase/decrease the timestamp at point and
+the one of the previous, or the next, clock timestamp by the same
+duration.  For example, if you hit @kbd{S-M-@key{UP}} to increase
+a clocked-out timestamp by five minutes, then the clocked-in
+timestamp of the next clock is increased by five minutes.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-t} (@code{org-todo})
+@kindex C-c C-t
+@findex org-todo
+Changing the TODO state of an item to DONE automatically stops the
+clock if it is running in this same item.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-q} (@code{org-clock-cancel})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-q
+@findex org-clock-cancel
+Cancel the current clock.  This is useful if a clock was started by
+mistake, or if you ended up working on something else.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-j} (@code{org-clock-goto})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-j
+@findex or-clock-goto
+Jump to the headline of the currently clocked in task.  With
+a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, select the target task from a list
+of recently clocked tasks.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-d} (@code{org-clock-display})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-d
+@findex org-clock-display
+@vindex org-remove-highlights-with-change
+Display time summaries for each subtree in the current buffer.  This
+puts overlays at the end of each headline, showing the total time
+recorded under that heading, including the time of any subheadings.
+You can use visibility cycling to study the tree, but the overlays
+disappear when you change the buffer (see variable
+@code{org-remove-highlights-with-change}) or press @kbd{C-c C-c}.
+@end table
+
+The @kbd{l} key may be used in the agenda (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}) to show which tasks have been worked on or closed during
+a day.
+
+@strong{Important:} note that both @code{org-clock-out} and @code{org-clock-in-last}
+can have a global keybinding and do not modify the window disposition.
+
+@node The clock table
+@subsection The clock table
+
+@cindex clocktable, dynamic block
+@cindex report, of clocked time
+
+Org mode can produce quite complex reports based on the time clocking
+information.  Such a report is called a @emph{clock table}, because it is
+formatted as one or several Org tables.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-clock-report}
+@kindex C-c C-x x
+@findex org-clock-report
+Insert or update a clock table.  When called with a prefix argument,
+jump to the first clock table in the current document and update it.
+The clock table includes archived trees.
+
+This command can be invoked by calling
+@code{org-dynamic-block-insert-dblock} (@kbd{C-c C-x x}) and
+selecting ``clocktable'' (see @ref{Dynamic Blocks}).
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} or @kbd{C-c C-x C-u} (@code{org-dblock-update})
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@kindex C-c C-x C-u
+@findex org-dblock-update
+Update dynamic block at point.  Point needs to be in the @samp{BEGIN}
+line of the dynamic block.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-x C-u}
+@kindex C-u C-c C-x C-u
+Update all dynamic blocks (see @ref{Dynamic Blocks}).  This is useful if
+you have several clock table blocks in a buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}
+@itemx @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-clocktable-try-shift})
+@kindex S-LEFT
+@kindex S-RIGHT
+@findex org-clocktable-try-shift
+Shift the current @samp{:block} interval and update the table.  Point
+needs to be in the @samp{#+BEGIN: clocktable} line for this command.  If
+@samp{:block} is @samp{today}, it is shifted to @samp{today-1}, etc.
+@end table
+
+Here is an example of the frame for a clock table as it is inserted
+into the buffer by @code{org-clock-report}:
+
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN clocktable}
+@example
+#+BEGIN: clocktable :maxlevel 2 :emphasize nil :scope file
+#+END: clocktable
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-clocktable-defaults
+The @samp{#+BEGIN} line contains options to define the scope, structure,
+and formatting of the report.  Defaults for all these options can be
+configured in the variable @code{org-clocktable-defaults}.
+
+First there are options that determine which clock entries are to
+be selected:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{:maxlevel}
+Maximum level depth to which times are listed in the table.  Clocks
+at deeper levels are summed into the upper level.
+
+@item @samp{:scope}
+The scope to consider.  This can be any of the following:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{nil}
+@tab the current buffer or narrowed region
+@item @samp{file}
+@tab the full current buffer
+@item @samp{subtree}
+@tab the subtree where the clocktable is located
+@item @samp{treeN}
+@tab the surrounding level N tree, for example @samp{tree3}
+@item @samp{tree}
+@tab the surrounding level 1 tree
+@item @samp{agenda}
+@tab all agenda files
+@item @samp{("file" ...)}
+@tab scan these files
+@item @samp{FUNCTION}
+@tab scan files returned by calling @var{FUNCTION} with no argument
+@item @samp{file-with-archives}
+@tab current file and its archives
+@item @samp{agenda-with-archives}
+@tab all agenda files, including archives
+@end multitable
+
+@item @samp{:block}
+The time block to consider.  This block is specified either
+absolutely, or relative to the current time and may be any of these
+formats:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{2007-12-31}
+@tab New year eve 2007
+@item @samp{2007-12}
+@tab December 2007
+@item @samp{2007-W50}
+@tab ISO-week 50 in 2007
+@item @samp{2007-Q2}
+@tab 2nd quarter in 2007
+@item @samp{2007}
+@tab the year 2007
+@item @samp{today}, @samp{yesterday}, @samp{today-N}
+@tab a relative day
+@item @samp{thisweek}, @samp{lastweek}, @samp{thisweek-N}
+@tab a relative week
+@item @samp{thismonth}, @samp{lastmonth}, @samp{thismonth-N}
+@tab a relative month
+@item @samp{thisyear}, @samp{lastyear}, @samp{thisyear-N}
+@tab a relative year
+@item @samp{untilnow}@footnote{When using @code{:step}, @code{untilnow} starts from the beginning of
+2003, not the beginning of time.}
+@tab all clocked time ever
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-clock-display-default-range
+When this option is not set, Org falls back to the value in
+@code{org-clock-display-default-range}, which defaults to the current
+year.
+
+Use @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} or @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} to shift the time
+interval.
+
+@item @samp{:tstart}
+A time string specifying when to start considering times.  Relative
+times like @samp{"<-2w>"} can also be used.  See @ref{Matching tags and properties} for relative time syntax.
+
+@item @samp{:tend}
+A time string specifying when to stop considering times.  Relative
+times like @samp{"<now>"} can also be used.  See @ref{Matching tags and properties} for relative time syntax.
+
+@item @samp{:wstart}
+The starting day of the week.  The default is 1 for Monday.
+
+@item @samp{:mstart}
+The starting day of the month.  The default is 1 for the first.
+
+@item @samp{:step}
+Set to @samp{day}, @samp{week}, @samp{semimonth}, @samp{month}, or @samp{year} to split the
+table into chunks.  To use this, either @samp{:block}, or @samp{:tstart} and
+@samp{:tend} are required.
+
+@item @samp{:stepskip0}
+When non-@code{nil}, do not show steps that have zero time.
+
+@item @samp{:fileskip0}
+When non-@code{nil}, do not show table sections from files which did not
+contribute.
+
+@item @samp{:match}
+A tags match to select entries that should contribute.  See
+@ref{Matching tags and properties} for the match syntax.
+@end table
+
+@findex org-clocktable-write-default
+Then there are options that determine the formatting of the table.
+There options are interpreted by the function
+@code{org-clocktable-write-default}, but you can specify your own function
+using the @samp{:formatter} parameter.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{:emphasize}
+When non-@code{nil}, emphasize level one and level two items.
+
+@item @samp{:lang}
+Language@footnote{Language terms can be set through the variable
+@code{org-clock-clocktable-language-setup}.} to use for descriptive cells like ``Task''.
+
+@item @samp{:link}
+Link the item headlines in the table to their origins.
+
+@item @samp{:narrow}
+An integer to limit the width of the headline column in the Org
+table.  If you write it like @samp{50!}, then the headline is also
+shortened in export.
+
+@item @samp{:indent}
+Indent each headline field according to its level.
+
+@item @samp{:hidefiles}
+Hide the file column when multiple files are used to produce the
+table.
+
+@item @samp{:tcolumns}
+Number of columns to be used for times.  If this is smaller than
+@samp{:maxlevel}, lower levels are lumped into one column.
+
+@item @samp{:level}
+Should a level number column be included?
+
+@item @samp{:sort}
+A cons cell containing the column to sort and a sorting type.  E.g.,
+@samp{:sort (1 . ?a)} sorts the first column alphabetically.
+
+@item @samp{:compact}
+Abbreviation for @samp{:level nil :indent t :narrow 40! :tcolumns 1}.
+All are overwritten except if there is an explicit @samp{:narrow}.
+
+@item @samp{:timestamp}
+A timestamp for the entry, when available.  Look for @samp{SCHEDULED},
+@samp{DEADLINE}, @samp{TIMESTAMP} and @samp{TIMESTAMP_IA} special properties (see
+@ref{Special Properties}), in this order.
+
+@item @samp{:tags}
+When this flag is non-@code{nil}, show the headline's tags.
+
+@item @samp{:properties}
+List of properties shown in the table.  Each property gets its own
+column.
+
+@item @samp{:inherit-props}
+When this flag is non-@code{nil}, the values for @samp{:properties} are
+inherited.
+
+@item @samp{:formula}
+Content of a @samp{TBLFM} keyword to be added and evaluated.  As
+a special case, @samp{:formula %} adds a column with % time.  If you do
+not specify a formula here, any existing formula below the clock
+table survives updates and is evaluated.
+
+@item @samp{:formatter}
+A function to format clock data and insert it into the buffer.
+@end table
+
+To get a clock summary of the current level 1 tree, for the current
+day, you could write:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN: clocktable :maxlevel 2 :block today :scope tree1 :link t
+#+END: clocktable
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+To use a specific time range you could write@footnote{Note that all parameters must be specified in a single
+line---the line is broken here only to fit it into the manual.}
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN: clocktable :tstart "<2006-08-10 Thu 10:00>"
+                    :tend "<2006-08-10 Thu 12:00>"
+#+END: clocktable
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+A range starting a week ago and ending right now could be written as
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN: clocktable :tstart "<-1w>" :tend "<now>"
+#+END: clocktable
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+A summary of the current subtree with % times would be
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN: clocktable :scope subtree :link t :formula %
+#+END: clocktable
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+A horizontally compact representation of everything clocked during
+last week would be
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN: clocktable :scope agenda :block lastweek :compact t
+#+END: clocktable
+@end example
+
+@node Resolving idle time
+@subsection Resolving idle time and continuous clocking
+
+
+
+@anchor{Resolving idle time (1)}
+@subsubheading Resolving idle time
+
+@cindex resolve idle time
+@cindex idle, resolve, dangling
+
+If you clock in on a work item, and then walk away from your
+computer---perhaps to take a phone call---you often need to
+``resolve'' the time you were away by either subtracting it from the
+current clock, or applying it to another one.
+
+@vindex org-clock-idle-time
+@vindex org-clock-x11idle-program-name
+By customizing the variable @code{org-clock-idle-time} to some integer,
+such as 10 or 15, Emacs can alert you when you get back to your
+computer after being idle for that many minutes@footnote{On computers using macOS, idleness is based on actual user
+idleness, not just Emacs' idle time.  For X11, you can install a
+utility program @samp{x11idle.c}, available in the @samp{org-contrib/}
+repository, or install the xprintidle package and set it to the
+variable @code{org-clock-x11idle-program-name} if you are running Debian,
+to get the same general treatment of idleness.  On other systems, idle
+time refers to Emacs idle time only.}, and ask what
+you want to do with the idle time.  There will be a question waiting
+for you when you get back, indicating how much idle time has passed
+constantly updated with the current amount, as well as a set of
+choices to correct the discrepancy:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{k}
+@kindex k
+To keep some or all of the minutes and stay clocked in, press
+@kbd{k}.  Org asks how many of the minutes to keep.  Press
+@kbd{@key{RET}} to keep them all, effectively changing nothing, or
+enter a number to keep that many minutes.
+
+@item @kbd{K}
+@kindex K
+If you use the shift key and press @kbd{K}, it keeps however
+many minutes you request and then immediately clock out of that
+task.  If you keep all of the minutes, this is the same as just
+clocking out of the current task.
+
+@item @kbd{s}
+@kindex s
+To keep none of the minutes, use @kbd{s} to subtract all the
+away time from the clock, and then check back in from the moment you
+returned.
+
+@item @kbd{S}
+@kindex S
+To keep none of the minutes and just clock out at the start of the
+away time, use the shift key and press @kbd{S}.  Remember that
+using shift always leave you clocked out, no matter which option you
+choose.
+
+@item @kbd{C}
+@kindex C
+To cancel the clock altogether, use @kbd{C}.  Note that if
+instead of canceling you subtract the away time, and the resulting
+clock amount is less than a minute, the clock is still canceled
+rather than cluttering up the log with an empty entry.
+@end table
+
+What if you subtracted those away minutes from the current clock, and
+now want to apply them to a new clock?  Simply clock in to any task
+immediately after the subtraction.  Org will notice that you have
+subtracted time ``on the books'', so to speak, and will ask if you want
+to apply those minutes to the next task you clock in on.
+
+There is one other instance when this clock resolution magic occurs.
+Say you were clocked in and hacking away, and suddenly your cat chased
+a mouse who scared a hamster that crashed into your UPS's power
+button!  You suddenly lose all your buffers, but thanks to auto-save
+you still have your recent Org mode changes, including your last clock
+in.
+
+If you restart Emacs and clock into any task, Org will notice that you
+have a dangling clock which was never clocked out from your last
+session.  Using that clock's starting time as the beginning of the
+unaccounted-for period, Org will ask how you want to resolve that
+time.  The logic and behavior is identical to dealing with away time
+due to idleness; it is just happening due to a recovery event rather
+than a set amount of idle time.
+
+You can also check all the files visited by your Org agenda for
+dangling clocks at any time using @kbd{M-x org-resolve-clocks @key{RET}} (or @kbd{C-c C-x C-z}).
+
+@anchor{Continuous clocking}
+@subsubheading Continuous clocking
+
+@cindex continuous clocking
+
+@vindex org-clock-continuously
+You may want to start clocking from the time when you clocked out the
+previous task.  To enable this systematically, set
+@code{org-clock-continuously} to non-@code{nil}.  Each time you clock in, Org
+retrieves the clock-out time of the last clocked entry for this
+session, and start the new clock from there.
+
+If you only want this from time to time, use three universal prefix
+arguments with @code{org-clock-in} and two @kbd{C-u C-u} with
+@code{org-clock-in-last}.
+
+@anchor{Clocking out automatically after some idle time}
+@subsubheading Clocking out automatically after some idle time
+
+@cindex auto clocking out after idle time
+
+@vindex org-clock-auto-clockout-timer
+When you often forget to clock out before being idle and you don't
+want to manually set the clocking time to take into account, you can
+set @code{org-clock-auto-clockout-timer} to a number of seconds and add
+@samp{(org-clock-auto-clockout-insinuate)} to your @samp{.emacs} file.
+
+When the clock is running and Emacs is idle for more than this number
+of seconds, the clock will be clocked out automatically.
+
+Use @samp{M-x org-clock-toggle-auto-clockout RET} to temporarily turn this
+on or off.
+
+@node Effort Estimates
+@section Effort Estimates
+
+@cindex effort estimates
+@cindex @samp{EFFORT}, property
+@vindex org-effort-property
+
+If you want to plan your work in a very detailed way, or if you need
+to produce offers with quotations of the estimated work effort, you
+may want to assign effort estimates to entries.  If you are also
+clocking your work, you may later want to compare the planned effort
+with the actual working time, a great way to improve planning
+estimates.
+
+Effort estimates are stored in a special property @samp{EFFORT}.  Multiple
+formats are supported, such as @samp{3:12}, @samp{1:23:45}, or @samp{1d3h5min}; see
+the file @samp{org-duration.el} for more detailed information about the
+format.
+
+You can set the effort for an entry with the following commands:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x e}  (@code{org-set-effort})
+@kindex C-c C-x e
+@findex org-set-effort
+Set the effort estimate for the current entry.  With a prefix
+argument, set it to the next allowed value---see below.  This
+command is also accessible from the agenda with the @kbd{e}
+key.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-e} (@code{org-clock-modify-effort-estimate})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-e
+@findex org-clock-modify-effort-estimate
+Modify the effort estimate of the item currently being clocked.
+@end table
+
+Clearly the best way to work with effort estimates is through column
+view (see @ref{Column View}).  You should start by setting up discrete
+values for effort estimates, and a @samp{COLUMNS} format that displays
+these values together with clock sums---if you want to clock your
+time.  For a specific buffer you can use:
+
+@example
+#+PROPERTY: Effort_ALL 0 0:10 0:30 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00 5:00 6:00 7:00
+#+COLUMNS: %40ITEM(Task) %17Effort(Estimated Effort)@{:@} %CLOCKSUM
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+@vindex org-global-properties
+@vindex org-columns-default-format
+or, even better, you can set up these values globally by customizing
+the variables @code{org-global-properties} and
+@code{org-columns-default-format}.  In particular if you want to use this
+setup also in the agenda, a global setup may be advised.
+
+The way to assign estimates to individual items is then to switch to
+column mode, and to use @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} and @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} to
+change the value.  The values you enter are immediately summed up in
+the hierarchy.  In the column next to it, any clocked time is
+displayed.
+
+@vindex org-agenda-columns-add-appointments-to-effort-sum
+If you switch to column view in the daily/weekly agenda, the effort
+column summarizes the estimated work effort for each day@footnote{Please note the pitfalls of summing hierarchical data in
+a flat list (see @ref{Agenda Column View}).}, and
+you can use this to find space in your schedule.  To get an overview
+of the entire part of the day that is committed, you can set the
+option @code{org-agenda-columns-add-appointments-to-effort-sum}.  The
+appointments on a day that take place over a specified time interval
+are then also added to the load estimate of the day.
+
+Effort estimates can be used in secondary agenda filtering that is
+triggered with the @kbd{/} key in the agenda (see @ref{Agenda Commands}).  If you have these estimates defined consistently,
+two or three key presses narrow down the list to stuff that fits into
+an available time slot.
+
+@node Timers
+@section Taking Notes with a Relative Timer
+
+@cindex relative timer
+@cindex countdown timer
+
+Org provides two types of timers.  There is a relative timer that
+counts up, which can be useful when taking notes during, for example,
+a meeting or a video viewing.  There is also a countdown timer.
+
+The relative and countdown are started with separate commands.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x 0} (@code{org-timer-start})
+@kindex C-c C-x 0
+@findex org-timer-start
+Start or reset the relative timer.  By default, the timer is set
+to 0.  When called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix, prompt the user for
+a starting offset.  If there is a timer string at point, this is
+taken as the default, providing a convenient way to restart taking
+notes after a break in the process.  When called with a double
+prefix argument @kbd{C-u C-u}, change all timer strings in the
+active region by a certain amount.  This can be used to fix timer
+strings if the timer was not started at exactly the right moment.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x ;} (@code{org-timer-set-timer})
+@kindex C-c C-x ;
+@findex org-timer-set-timer
+@vindex org-timer-default-timer
+Start a countdown timer.  The user is prompted for a duration.
+@code{org-timer-default-timer} sets the default countdown value.  Giving
+a numeric prefix argument overrides this default value.  This
+command is available as @kbd{;} in agenda buffers.
+@end table
+
+Once started, relative and countdown timers are controlled with the
+same commands.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x .} (@code{org-timer})
+@kindex C-c C-x .
+@findex org-timer
+Insert a relative time into the buffer.  The first time you use
+this, the timer starts.  Using a prefix argument restarts it.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x -} (@code{org-timer-item})
+@kindex C-c C-x -
+@findex org-timer-item
+Insert a description list item with the current relative time.  With
+a prefix argument, first reset the timer to 0.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{org-insert-heading})
+@kindex M-RET
+@findex org-insert-heading
+Once the timer list is started, you can also use @kbd{M-@key{RET}} to
+insert new timer items.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x ,} (@code{org-timer-pause-or-continue})
+@kindex C-c C-x ,
+@findex org-timer-pause-or-continue
+Pause the timer, or continue it if it is already paused.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x _} (@code{org-timer-stop})
+@kindex C-c C-x _
+@findex org-timer-stop
+Stop the timer.  After this, you can only start a new timer, not
+continue the old one.  This command also removes the timer from the
+mode line.
+@end table
+
+@node Refiling and Archiving
+@chapter Refiling and Archiving
+
+@cindex refiling notes
+@cindex copying notes
+@cindex archiving
+
+Once information is in the system, it may need to be moved around.
+Org provides Refile, Copy and Archive commands for this.  Refile and
+Copy helps with moving and copying outlines.  Archiving helps to keep
+the system compact and fast.
+
+@menu
+* Refile and Copy::              Moving/copying a tree from one place to another.
+* Archiving::                    What to do with finished products.
+@end menu
+
+@node Refile and Copy
+@section Refile and Copy
+
+@cindex refiling notes
+@cindex copying notes
+
+When reviewing the captured data, you may want to refile or to copy
+some of the entries into a different list, for example into a project.
+Cutting, finding the right location, and then pasting the note is
+cumbersome.  To simplify this process, you can use the following
+special command:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{org-refile})
+@kindex C-c C-w
+@findex org-refile
+@vindex org-reverse-note-order
+@vindex org-refile-targets
+@vindex org-refile-use-outline-path
+@vindex org-outline-path-complete-in-steps
+@vindex org-refile-allow-creating-parent-nodes
+@vindex org-log-refile
+Refile the entry or region at point.  This command offers possible
+locations for refiling the entry and lets you select one with
+completion.  The item (or all items in the region) is filed below
+the target heading as a subitem.  Depending on
+@code{org-reverse-note-order}, it is either the first or last subitem.
+
+By default, all level 1 headlines in the current buffer are
+considered to be targets, but you can have more complex definitions
+across a number of files.  See the variable @code{org-refile-targets} for
+details.  If you would like to select a location via
+a file-path-like completion along the outline path, see the
+variables @code{org-refile-use-outline-path} and
+@code{org-outline-path-complete-in-steps}.  If you would like to be able
+to create new nodes as new parents for refiling on the fly, check
+the variable @code{org-refile-allow-creating-parent-nodes}.  When the
+variable @code{org-log-refile}@footnote{Note the corresponding @samp{STARTUP} options @samp{logrefile},
+@samp{lognoterefile}, and @samp{nologrefile}.} is set, a timestamp or a note is
+recorded whenever an entry is refiled.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-w}
+@kindex C-u C-c C-w
+Use the refile interface to jump to a heading.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-w} (@code{org-refile-goto-last-stored})
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c C-w
+@findex org-refile-goto-last-stored
+Jump to the location where @code{org-refile} last moved a tree to.
+
+@item @kbd{C-2 C-c C-w}
+@kindex C-2 C-c C-w
+Refile as the child of the item currently being clocked.
+
+@item @kbd{C-3 C-c C-w}
+@kindex C-3 C-c C-w
+@vindex org-refile-keep
+Refile and keep the entry in place.  Also see @code{org-refile-keep} to
+make this the default behavior, and beware that this may result in
+duplicated @samp{ID} properties.
+
+@item @kbd{C-0 C-c C-w} or @kbd{C-u C-u C-u C-c C-w} (@code{org-refile-cache-clear})
+@kindex C-u C-u C-u C-c C-w
+@kindex C-0 C-c C-w
+@findex org-refile-cache-clear
+@vindex org-refile-use-cache
+Clear the target cache.  Caching of refile targets can be turned on
+by setting @code{org-refile-use-cache}.  To make the command see new
+possible targets, you have to clear the cache with this command.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c M-w} (@code{org-refile-copy})
+@kindex C-c M-w
+@findex org-refile-copy
+Copying works like refiling, except that the original note is not
+deleted.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-M-w} (@code{org-refile-reverse})
+@kindex C-c C-M-w
+@findex org-refile-reverse
+Works like refiling, except that it temporarily toggles how the
+value of @code{org-reverse-note-order} applies to the current buffer.  So
+if @code{org-refile} would append the entry as the last entry under the
+target header, @code{org-refile-reverse} will prepend it as the first
+entry, and vice-versa.
+@end table
+
+@node Archiving
+@section Archiving
+
+@cindex archiving
+
+When a project represented by a (sub)tree is finished, you may want to
+move the tree out of the way and to stop it from contributing to the
+agenda.  Archiving is important to keep your working files compact and
+global searches like the construction of agenda views fast.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-a} (@code{org-archive-subtree-default})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-a
+@findex org-archive-subtree-default
+@vindex org-archive-default-command
+Archive the current entry using the command specified in the
+variable @code{org-archive-default-command}.
+@end table
+
+@menu
+* Moving subtrees::              Moving a tree to an archive file.
+* Internal archiving::           Switch off a tree but keep it in the file.
+@end menu
+
+@node Moving subtrees
+@subsection Moving a tree to an archive file
+
+@cindex external archiving
+
+The most common archiving action is to move a project tree to another
+file, the archive file.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-s} or short @kbd{C-c $} (@code{org-archive-subtree})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-s
+@kindex C-c $
+@findex org-archive-subtree
+@vindex org-archive-location
+Archive the subtree starting at point position to the location given
+by @code{org-archive-location}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-x C-s}
+@kindex C-u C-c C-x C-s
+Check if any direct children of the current headline could be moved
+to the archive.  To do this, check each subtree for open TODO
+entries.  If none is found, the command offers to move it to the
+archive location.  If point is @emph{not} on a headline when this command
+is invoked, check level 1 trees.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u C-c C-x C-s}
+@kindex C-u C-u C-c C-x C-s
+As above, but check subtree for timestamps instead of TODO entries.
+The command offers to archive the subtree if it @emph{does} contain
+a timestamp, and that timestamp is in the past.
+@end table
+
+@cindex archive locations
+The default archive location is a file in the same directory as the
+current file, with the name derived by appending @samp{_archive} to the
+current file name.  You can also choose what heading to file archived
+items under, with the possibility to add them to a datetree in a file.
+For information and examples on how to specify the file and the
+heading, see the documentation string of the variable
+@code{org-archive-location}.
+
+There is also an in-buffer option for setting this variable, for
+example:
+
+@cindex @samp{ARCHIVE}, keyword
+@example
+#+ARCHIVE: %s_done::
+@end example
+
+
+@cindex ARCHIVE, property
+If you would like to have a special archive location for a single
+entry or a (sub)tree, give the entry an @samp{ARCHIVE} property with the
+location as the value (see @ref{Properties and Columns}).
+
+@vindex org-archive-save-context-info
+When a subtree is moved, it receives a number of special properties
+that record context information like the file from where the entry
+came, its outline path the archiving time etc.  Configure the variable
+@code{org-archive-save-context-info} to adjust the amount of information
+added.
+
+@vindex org-archive-subtree-save-file-p
+When @code{org-archive-subtree-save-file-p} is non-@code{nil}, save the target
+archive buffer.
+
+@node Internal archiving
+@subsection Internal archiving
+
+@cindex @samp{ARCHIVE}, tag
+If you want to just switch off---for agenda views---certain subtrees
+without moving them to a different file, you can use the @samp{ARCHIVE}
+tag.
+
+A headline that is marked with the @samp{ARCHIVE} tag (see @ref{Tags}) stays at
+its location in the outline tree, but behaves in the following way:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+@vindex org-cycle-open-archived-trees
+It does not open when you attempt to do so with a visibility cycling
+command (see @ref{Visibility Cycling}).  You can force cycling archived
+subtrees with @kbd{C-@key{TAB}}, or by setting the option
+@code{org-cycle-open-archived-trees}.  Also normal outline commands, like
+@code{outline-show-all}, open archived subtrees.
+
+@item
+@vindex org-sparse-tree-open-archived-trees
+During sparse tree construction (see @ref{Sparse Trees}), matches in
+archived subtrees are not exposed, unless you configure the option
+@code{org-sparse-tree-open-archived-trees}.
+
+@item
+@vindex org-agenda-skip-archived-trees
+During agenda view construction (see @ref{Agenda Views}), the content of
+archived trees is ignored unless you configure the option
+@code{org-agenda-skip-archived-trees}, in which case these trees are
+always included.  In the agenda you can press @kbd{v a} to get
+archives temporarily included.
+
+@item
+@vindex org-export-with-archived-trees
+Archived trees are not exported (see @ref{Exporting}), only the headline
+is.  Configure the details using the variable
+@code{org-export-with-archived-trees}.
+
+@item
+@vindex org-columns-skip-archived-trees
+Archived trees are excluded from column view unless the variable
+@code{org-columns-skip-archived-trees} is configured to @code{nil}.
+@end itemize
+
+The following commands help manage the @samp{ARCHIVE} tag:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x a} (@code{org-toggle-archive-tag})
+@kindex C-c C-x a
+@findex org-toggle-archive-tag
+Toggle the archive tag for the current headline.  When the tag is
+set, the headline changes to a shadowed face, and the subtree below
+it is hidden.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-x a}
+@kindex C-u C-c C-x a
+Check if any direct children of the current headline should be
+archived.  To do this, check each subtree for open TODO entries.  If
+none is found, the command offers to set the @samp{ARCHIVE} tag for the
+child.  If point is @emph{not} on a headline when this command is
+invoked, check the level 1 trees.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-@key{TAB}} (@code{org-force-cycle-archived})
+@kindex C-TAB
+Cycle a tree even if it is tagged with @samp{ARCHIVE}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x A} (@code{org-archive-to-archive-sibling})
+@kindex C-c C-x A
+@findex org-archive-to-archive-sibling
+Move the current entry to the @emph{Archive Sibling}.  This is a sibling
+of the entry with the heading @samp{Archive} and the archive tag.  The
+entry becomes a child of that sibling and in this way retains a lot
+of its original context, including inherited tags and approximate
+position in the outline.
+@end table
+
+@node Capture and Attachments
+@chapter Capture and Attachments
+
+@cindex capture
+@cindex attachments
+@cindex RSS feeds
+@cindex Atom feeds
+@cindex protocols, for external access
+
+An important part of any organization system is the ability to quickly
+capture new ideas and tasks, and to associate reference material with
+them.  Org does this using a process called @emph{capture}.  It also can
+store files related to a task (@emph{attachments}) in a special directory.
+Finally, it can parse RSS feeds for information.  To learn how to let
+external programs (for example a web browser) trigger Org to capture
+material, see @ref{Protocols}.
+
+@menu
+* Capture::                      Capturing new stuff.
+* Attachments::                  Attach files to outlines.
+* RSS Feeds::                    Getting input from RSS feeds.
+@end menu
+
+@node Capture
+@section Capture
+
+@cindex capture
+
+Capture lets you quickly store notes with little interruption of your
+work flow.  Org's method for capturing new items is heavily inspired
+by John Wiegley's excellent Remember package.
+
+@menu
+* Setting up capture::           Where notes will be stored.
+* Using capture::                Commands to invoke and terminate capture.
+* Capture templates::            Define the outline of different note types.
+@end menu
+
+@node Setting up capture
+@subsection Setting up capture
+
+The following customization sets a default target file for notes.
+
+@vindex org-default-notes-file
+@lisp
+(setq org-default-notes-file (concat org-directory "/notes.org"))
+@end lisp
+
+You may also define a global key for capturing new material (see
+@ref{Activation}).
+
+@node Using capture
+@subsection Using capture
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-capture} (@code{org-capture})
+@findex org-capture
+@cindex date tree
+Display the capture templates menu.  If you have templates defined
+(see @ref{Capture templates}), it offers these templates for selection or
+use a new Org outline node as the default template.  It inserts the
+template into the target file and switch to an indirect buffer
+narrowed to this new node.  You may then insert the information you
+want.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{org-capture-finalize})
+@kindex C-c C-c @r{(Capture buffer)}
+@findex org-capture-finalize
+Once you have finished entering information into the capture buffer,
+@kbd{C-c C-c} returns you to the window configuration before
+the capture process, so that you can resume your work without
+further distraction.  When called with a prefix argument, finalize
+and then jump to the captured item.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{org-capture-refile})
+@kindex C-c C-w @r{(Capture buffer)}
+@findex org-capture-refile
+Finalize the capture process by refiling the note to a different
+place (see @ref{Refile and Copy}).  Please realize that this is a normal
+refiling command that will be executed---so point position at the
+moment you run this command is important.  If you have inserted
+a tree with a parent and children, first move point back to the
+parent.  Any prefix argument given to this command is passed on to
+the @code{org-refile} command.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-k} (@code{org-capture-kill})
+@kindex C-c C-k @r{(Capture buffer)}
+@findex org-capture-kill
+Abort the capture process and return to the previous state.
+@end table
+
+@kindex k c @r{(Agenda)}
+You can also call @code{org-capture} in a special way from the agenda,
+using the @kbd{k c} key combination.  With this access, any
+timestamps inserted by the selected capture template defaults to the
+date at point in the agenda, rather than to the current date.
+
+To find the locations of the last stored capture, use @code{org-capture}
+with prefix commands:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-u M-x org-capture}
+Visit the target location of a capture template.  You get to select
+the template in the usual way.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-u M-x org-capture}
+Visit the last stored capture item in its buffer.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-capture-bookmark
+@vindex org-capture-last-stored
+You can also jump to the bookmark @code{org-capture-last-stored}, which is
+automatically created unless you set @code{org-capture-bookmark} to @code{nil}.
+
+To insert the capture at point in an Org buffer, call @code{org-capture}
+with a @kbd{C-0} prefix argument.
+
+@node Capture templates
+@subsection Capture templates
+
+@cindex templates, for Capture
+
+You can use templates for different types of capture items, and for
+different target locations.  The easiest way to create such templates
+is through the customize interface.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C}
+@kindex C @r{(Capture menu}
+@vindex org-capture-templates
+Customize the variable @code{org-capture-templates}.
+@end table
+
+Before we give the formal description of template definitions, let's
+look at an example.  Say you would like to use one template to create
+general TODO entries, and you want to put these entries under the
+heading @samp{Tasks} in your file @samp{~/org/gtd.org}.  Also, a date tree in
+the file @samp{journal.org} should capture journal entries.  A possible
+configuration would look like:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-capture-templates
+      '(("t" "Todo" entry (file+headline "~/org/gtd.org" "Tasks")
+         "* TODO %?\n  %i\n  %a")
+        ("j" "Journal" entry (file+datetree "~/org/journal.org")
+         "* %?\nEntered on %U\n  %i\n  %a")))
+@end lisp
+
+If you then press @kbd{t} from the capture menu, Org will prepare
+the template for you like this:
+
+@example
+* TODO
+  [[file:LINK TO WHERE YOU INITIATED CAPTURE]]
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+During expansion of the template, @samp{%a} has been replaced by a link to
+the location from where you called the capture command.  This can be
+extremely useful for deriving tasks from emails, for example.  You
+fill in the task definition, press @kbd{C-c C-c} and Org returns
+you to the same place where you started the capture process.
+
+To define special keys to capture to a particular template without
+going through the interactive template selection, you can create your
+key binding like this:
+
+@lisp
+(define-key global-map (kbd "C-c x")
+  (lambda () (interactive) (org-capture nil "x")))
+@end lisp
+
+@menu
+* Template elements::            What is needed for a complete template entry.
+* Template expansion::           Filling in information about time and context.
+* Templates in contexts::        Only show a template in a specific context.
+@end menu
+
+@node Template elements
+@subsubsection Template elements
+
+Now lets look at the elements of a template definition.  Each entry in
+@code{org-capture-templates} is a list with the following items:
+
+@table @asis
+@item keys
+The keys that selects the template, as a string, characters only,
+for example @samp{"a"}, for a template to be selected with a single key,
+or @samp{"bt"} for selection with two keys.  When using several keys,
+keys using the same prefix key must be sequential in the list and
+preceded by a 2-element entry explaining the prefix key, for
+example:
+
+@lisp
+("b" "Templates for marking stuff to buy")
+@end lisp
+
+If you do not define a template for the @kbd{C} key, this key
+opens the Customize buffer for this complex variable.
+
+@item description
+A short string describing the template, shown during selection.
+
+@item type
+The type of entry, a symbol.  Valid values are:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{entry}
+An Org mode node, with a headline.  Will be filed as the child of
+the target entry or as a top-level entry.  The target file should
+be an Org file.
+
+@item @code{item}
+A plain list item, placed in the first plain list at the target
+location.  Again the target file should be an Org file.
+
+@item @code{checkitem}
+A checkbox item.  This only differs from the plain list item by
+the default template.
+
+@item @code{table-line}
+A new line in the first table at the target location.  Where
+exactly the line will be inserted depends on the properties
+@code{:prepend} and @code{:table-line-pos} (see below).
+
+@item @code{plain}
+Text to be inserted as it is.
+@end table
+
+@item target
+@vindex org-default-notes-file
+@vindex org-directory
+Specification of where the captured item should be placed.  In Org
+files, targets usually define a node.  Entries will become children
+of this node.  Other types will be added to the table or list in the
+body of this node.  Most target specifications contain a file name.
+If that file name is the empty string, it defaults to
+@code{org-default-notes-file}.  A file can also be given as a variable or
+as a function called with no argument.  When an absolute path is not
+specified for a target, it is taken as relative to @code{org-directory}.
+
+Valid values are:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{(file "path/to/file")}
+Text will be placed at the beginning or end of that file.
+
+@item @samp{(id "id of existing org entry")}
+Filing as child of this entry, or in the body of the entry.
+
+@item @samp{(file+headline "filename" "node headline")}
+Fast configuration if the target heading is unique in the file.
+
+@item @samp{(file+olp "filename" "Level 1 heading" "Level 2" ...)}
+For non-unique headings, the full path is safer.
+
+@item @samp{(file+regexp "filename" "regexp to find location")}
+Use a regular expression to position point.
+
+@item @samp{(file+olp+datetree "filename" [ "Level 1 heading" ...])}
+This target@footnote{Org used to offer four different targets for date/week tree
+capture.  Now, Org automatically translates these to use
+@code{file+olp+datetree}, applying the @code{:time-prompt} and @code{:tree-type}
+properties.  Please rewrite your date/week-tree targets using
+@code{file+olp+datetree} since the older targets are now deprecated.} creates a heading in a date tree@footnote{A date tree is an outline structure with years on the highest
+level, months or ISO weeks as sublevels and then dates on the lowest
+level.  Tags are allowed in the tree structure.} for
+today's date.  If the optional outline path is given, the tree
+will be built under the node it is pointing to, instead of at top
+level.  Check out the @code{:time-prompt} and @code{:tree-type} properties
+below for additional options.
+
+@item @samp{(file+function "filename" function-finding-location)}
+A function to find the right location in the file.
+
+@item @samp{(clock)}
+File to the entry that is currently being clocked.
+
+@item @samp{(function function-finding-location)}
+Most general way: write your own function which both visits the
+file and moves point to the right location.
+@end table
+
+@item template
+The template for creating the capture item.  If you leave this
+empty, an appropriate default template will be used.  Otherwise this
+is a string with escape codes, which will be replaced depending on
+time and context of the capture call.  You may also get this
+template string from a file@footnote{When the file name is not absolute, Org assumes it is relative
+to @code{org-directory}.}, or dynamically, from a function
+using either syntax:
+
+@example
+(file "/path/to/template-file")
+(function FUNCTION-RETURNING-THE-TEMPLATE)
+@end example
+
+@item properties
+The rest of the entry is a property list of additional options.
+Recognized properties are:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{:prepend}
+Normally new captured information will be appended at the target
+location (last child, last table line, last list item, @dots{}).
+Setting this property changes that.
+
+@item @code{:immediate-finish}
+When set, do not offer to edit the information, just file it away
+immediately.  This makes sense if the template only needs
+information that can be added automatically.
+
+@item @code{:jump-to-captured}
+When set, jump to the captured entry when finished.
+
+@item @code{:empty-lines}
+Set this to the number of lines to insert before and after the new
+item.  Default 0, and the only other common value is 1.
+
+@item @code{:empty-lines-after}
+Set this to the number of lines that should be inserted after the
+new item.  Overrides @code{:empty-lines} for the number of lines
+inserted after.
+
+@item @code{:empty-lines-before}
+Set this to the number of lines that should be inserted before the
+new item.  Overrides @code{:empty-lines} for the number lines inserted
+before.
+
+@item @code{:clock-in}
+Start the clock in this item.
+
+@item @code{:clock-keep}
+Keep the clock running when filing the captured entry.
+
+@item @code{:clock-resume}
+If starting the capture interrupted a clock, restart that clock
+when finished with the capture.  Note that @code{:clock-keep} has
+precedence over @code{:clock-resume}.  When setting both to non-@code{nil},
+the current clock will run and the previous one will not be
+resumed.
+
+@item @code{:time-prompt}
+Prompt for a date/time to be used for date/week trees and when
+filling the template.  Without this property, capture uses the
+current date and time.  Even if this property has not been set,
+you can force the same behavior by calling @code{org-capture} with
+a @kbd{C-1} prefix argument.
+
+@item @code{:tree-type}
+Use @code{week} to make a week tree instead of the month-day tree,
+i.e., place the headings for each day under a heading with the
+current ISO week.  Use @code{month} to group entries by month
+only.  Default is to group entries by day.
+
+@item @code{:unnarrowed}
+Do not narrow the target buffer, simply show the full buffer.
+Default is to narrow it so that you only see the new material.
+
+@item @code{:table-line-pos}
+Specification of the location in the table where the new line
+should be inserted.  It should be a string like @samp{II-3} meaning
+that the new line should become the third line before the second
+horizontal separator line.
+
+@item @code{:kill-buffer}
+If the target file was not yet visited when capture was invoked,
+kill the buffer again after capture is completed.
+
+@item @code{:no-save}
+Do not save the target file after finishing the capture.
+
+@item ~:refile-targets
+Temporarily set @code{org-refile-targets} to the
+value of this property.
+@end table
+@end table
+
+@node Template expansion
+@subsubsection Template expansion
+
+In the template itself, special ``%-escapes''@footnote{If you need one of these sequences literally, escape the @samp{%}
+with a backslash.} allow dynamic
+insertion of content.  The templates are expanded in the order given
+here:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{%[FILE]}
+Insert the contents of the file given by @var{FILE}.
+
+@item @samp{%(EXP)}
+Evaluate Elisp expression @var{EXP} and replace it with the
+result.  The @var{EXP} form must return a string.  Only
+placeholders pre-existing within the template, or introduced with
+@samp{%[file]}, are expanded this way.  Since this happens after
+expanding non-interactive ``%-escapes'', those can be used to fill the
+expression.
+
+@item @samp{%<FORMAT>}
+The result of format-time-string on the @var{FORMAT}
+specification.
+
+@item @samp{%t}
+Timestamp, date only.
+
+@item @samp{%T}
+Timestamp, with date and time.
+
+@item @samp{%u}, @samp{%U}
+Like @samp{%t}, @samp{%T} above, but inactive timestamps.
+
+@item @samp{%i}
+Initial content, the region when capture is called while the region
+is active.  If there is text before @samp{%i} on the same line, such as
+indentation, and @samp{%i} is not inside a @samp{%(exp)} form, that prefix is
+added before every line in the inserted text.
+
+@item @samp{%a}
+Annotation, normally the link created with @code{org-store-link}.
+
+@item @samp{%A}
+Like @samp{%a}, but prompt for the description part.
+
+@item @samp{%l}
+Like @samp{%a}, but only insert the literal link.
+
+@item @samp{%L}
+Like @samp{%l}, but without brackets (the link content itself).
+
+@item @samp{%c}
+Current kill ring head.
+
+@item @samp{%x}
+Content of the X clipboard.
+
+@item @samp{%k}
+Title of the currently clocked task.
+
+@item @samp{%K}
+Link to the currently clocked task.
+
+@item @samp{%n}
+User name (taken from @code{user-full-name}).
+
+@item @samp{%f}
+File visited by current buffer when org-capture was called.
+
+@item @samp{%F}
+Full path of the file or directory visited by current buffer.
+
+@item @samp{%:keyword}
+Specific information for certain link types, see below.
+
+@item @samp{%^g}
+Prompt for tags, with completion on tags in target file.
+
+@item @samp{%^G}
+Prompt for tags, with completion all tags in all agenda files.
+
+@item @samp{%^t}
+Like @samp{%t}, but prompt for date.  Similarly @samp{%^T}, @samp{%^u}, @samp{%^U}.  You
+may define a prompt like @samp{%^@{Birthday@}t}.
+
+@item @samp{%^C}
+Interactive selection of which kill or clip to use.
+
+@item @samp{%^L}
+Like @samp{%^C}, but insert as link.
+
+@item @samp{%^@{PROP@}p}
+Prompt the user for a value for property @var{PROP}.  You may
+specify a default value with @samp{%^@{PROP|default@}}.
+
+@item @samp{%^@{PROMPT@}}
+Prompt the user for a string and replace this sequence with it.  You
+may specify a default value and a completion table with
+@samp{%^@{prompt|default|completion2|completion3...@}}.  The arrow keys
+access a prompt-specific history.
+
+@item @samp{%\N}
+Insert the text entered at the @var{N}th @samp{%^@{PROMPT@}}, where
+@var{N} is a number, starting from 1.
+
+@item @samp{%?}
+After completing the template, position point here.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-store-link-props
+For specific link types, the following keywords are defined@footnote{If you define your own link types (see @ref{Adding Hyperlink Types}), any property you store with @code{org-store-link-props} can be
+accessed in capture templates in a similar way.}:
+
+@vindex org-link-from-user-regexp
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@headitem Link type
+@tab Available keywords
+@item bbdb
+@tab @samp{%:name}, @samp{%:company}
+@item irc
+@tab @samp{%:server}, @samp{%:port}, @samp{%:nick}
+@item mh, rmail
+@tab @samp{%:type}, @samp{%:subject}, @samp{%:message-id}
+@item 
+@tab @samp{%:from}, @samp{%:fromname}, @samp{%:fromaddress}
+@item 
+@tab @samp{%:to}, @samp{%:toname}, @samp{%:toaddress}
+@item 
+@tab @samp{%:date} (message date header field)
+@item 
+@tab @samp{%:date-timestamp} (date as active timestamp)
+@item 
+@tab @samp{%:date-timestamp-inactive} (date as inactive timestamp)
+@item 
+@tab @samp{%:fromto} (either ``to NAME'' or ``from NAME'')@footnote{This is always the other, not the user.  See the variable
+@code{org-link-from-user-regexp}.}
+@item gnus
+@tab @samp{%:group}, for messages also all email fields
+@item w3, w3m
+@tab @samp{%:url}
+@item info
+@tab @samp{%:file}, @samp{%:node}
+@item calendar
+@tab @samp{%:date}
+@item org-protocol
+@tab @samp{%:link}, @samp{%:description}, @samp{%:annotation}
+@end multitable
+
+@node Templates in contexts
+@subsubsection Templates in contexts
+
+@vindex org-capture-templates-contexts
+To control whether a capture template should be accessible from
+a specific context, you can customize
+@code{org-capture-templates-contexts}.  Let's say, for example, that you
+have a capture template ``p'' for storing Gnus emails containing
+patches.  Then you would configure this option like this:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-capture-templates-contexts
+      '(("p" ((in-mode . "message-mode")))))
+@end lisp
+
+You can also tell that the command key @kbd{p} should refer to
+another template.  In that case, add this command key like this:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-capture-templates-contexts
+      '(("p" "q" ((in-mode . "message-mode")))))
+@end lisp
+
+See the docstring of the variable for more information.
+
+@node Attachments
+@section Attachments
+
+@cindex attachments
+
+It is often useful to associate reference material with an outline
+node.  Small chunks of plain text can simply be stored in the subtree
+of a project.  Hyperlinks (see @ref{Hyperlinks}) can establish associations
+with files that live elsewhere on a local, or even remote, computer,
+like emails or source code files belonging to a project.
+
+Another method is @emph{attachments}, which are files located in a
+directory belonging to an outline node.  Org uses directories either
+named by a unique ID of each entry, or by a @samp{DIR} property.
+
+@menu
+* Attachment defaults and dispatcher:: How to access attachment commands
+* Attachment options::           Configuring the attachment system
+* Attachment links::             Hyperlink access to attachments
+* Automatic version-control with Git:: Everything safely stored away
+* Attach from Dired::            Using dired to select an attachment
+@end menu
+
+@node Attachment defaults and dispatcher
+@subsection Attachment defaults and dispatcher
+
+By default, Org attach uses ID properties when adding attachments to
+outline nodes.  This makes working with attachments fully automated.
+There is no decision needed for folder-name or location.  ID-based
+directories are by default located in the @samp{data/} directory, which
+lives in the same directory where your Org file lives@footnote{If you move entries or Org files from one directory to
+another, you may want to configure @code{org-attach-id-dir} to contain
+an absolute path.}.
+
+When attachments are made using @code{org-attach} a default tag @samp{ATTACH} is
+added to the node that gets the attachments.
+
+For more control over the setup, see @ref{Attachment options}.
+
+The following commands deal with attachments:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-a} (@code{org-attach})
+@kindex C-c C-a
+@findex org-attach
+The dispatcher for commands related to the attachment system.  After
+these keys, a list of commands is displayed and you must press an
+additional key to select a command:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{a} (@code{org-attach-attach})
+@kindex C-c C-a a
+@findex org-attach-attach
+@vindex org-attach-method
+Select a file and move it into the task's attachment directory.
+The file is copied, moved, or linked, depending on
+@code{org-attach-method}.  Note that hard links are not supported on
+all systems.
+
+@item @kbd{c}/@kbd{m}/@kbd{l}
+@kindex C-c C-a c
+@kindex C-c C-a m
+@kindex C-c C-a l
+Attach a file using the copy/move/link method.  Note that hard
+links are not supported on all systems.
+
+@item @kbd{b} (@code{org-attach-buffer})
+@kindex C-c C-a b
+@findex org-attach-buffer
+Select a buffer and save it as a file in the task's attachment
+directory.
+
+@item @kbd{n} (@code{org-attach-new})
+@kindex C-c C-a n
+@findex org-attach-new
+Create a new attachment as an Emacs buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{z} (@code{org-attach-sync})
+@kindex C-c C-a z
+@findex org-attach-sync
+Synchronize the current task with its attachment directory, in
+case you added attachments yourself.
+
+@item @kbd{o} (@code{org-attach-open})
+@kindex C-c C-a o
+@findex org-attach-open
+@vindex org-file-apps
+Open current task's attachment.  If there is more than one, prompt
+for a file name first.  Opening follows the rules set by
+@code{org-file-apps}.  For more details, see the information on
+following hyperlinks (see @ref{Handling Links}).
+
+@item @kbd{O} (@code{org-attach-open-in-emacs})
+@kindex C-c C-a O
+@findex org-attach-open-in-emacs
+Also open the attachment, but force opening the file in Emacs.
+
+@item @kbd{f} (@code{org-attach-reveal})
+@kindex C-c C-a f
+@findex org-attach-reveal
+Open the current task's attachment directory.
+
+@item @kbd{F} (@code{org-attach-reveal-in-emacs})
+@kindex C-c C-a F
+@findex org-attach-reveal-in-emacs
+Also open the directory, but force using Dired in Emacs.
+
+@item @kbd{d} (@code{org-attach-delete-one})
+@kindex C-c C-a d
+Select and delete a single attachment.
+
+@item @kbd{D} (@code{org-attach-delete-all})
+@kindex C-c C-a D
+Delete all of a task's attachments.  A safer way is to open the
+directory in Dired and delete from there.
+
+@item @kbd{s} (@code{org-attach-set-directory})
+@kindex C-c C-a s
+@cindex @samp{DIR}, property
+Set a specific directory as the entry's attachment directory.
+This works by putting the directory path into the @samp{DIR}
+property.
+
+@item @kbd{S} (@code{org-attach-unset-directory})
+@kindex C-c C-a S
+@cindex @samp{DIR}, property
+Remove the attachment directory.  This command removes the @samp{DIR}
+property and asks the user to either move content inside that
+folder, if an @samp{ID} property is set, delete the content, or to
+leave the attachment directory as is but no longer attached to the
+outline node.
+@end table
+@end table
+
+@node Attachment options
+@subsection Attachment options
+
+There are a couple of options for attachments that are worth
+mentioning.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-attach-id-dir}
+@vindex org-attach-id-dir
+The directory where attachments are stored when @samp{ID} is used as
+method.
+
+@item @code{org-attach-dir-relative}
+@vindex org-attach-dir-relative
+When setting the @samp{DIR} property on a node using @kbd{C-c C-a s}
+(@code{org-attach-set-directory}), absolute links are entered by default.
+This option changes that to relative links.
+
+@item @code{org-attach-use-inheritance}
+@vindex org-attach-use-inheritance
+By default folders attached to an outline node are inherited from
+parents according to @code{org-use-property-inheritance}.  If one instead
+want to set inheritance specifically for Org attach that can be done
+using @code{org-attach-use-inheritance}.  Inheriting documents through
+the node hierarchy makes a lot of sense in most cases.  Especially
+when using attachment links (see @ref{Attachment links}).  The following
+example shows one use case for attachment inheritance:
+
+@example
+* Chapter A ...
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :DIR: Chapter A/
+  :END:
+** Introduction
+Some text
+
+#+NAME: Image 1
+[[attachment:image 1.jpg]]
+@end example
+
+Without inheritance one would not be able to resolve the link to
+@samp{image 1.jpg}, since the link is inside a sub-heading to @samp{Chapter
+  A}.
+
+Inheritance works the same way for both @samp{ID} and @samp{DIR} property.  If
+both properties are defined on the same headline then @samp{DIR} takes
+precedence.  This is also true if inheritance is enabled.  If @samp{DIR}
+is inherited from a parent node in the outline, that property still
+takes precedence over an @samp{ID} property defined on the node itself.
+
+@item @code{org-attach-method}
+@vindex org-attach-method
+When attaching files using the dispatcher @kbd{C-c C-a} it
+defaults to copying files.  The behavior can be changed by
+customizing @code{org-attach-method}.  Options are Copy, Move/Rename,
+Hard link or Symbolic link.
+
+@item @code{org-attach-preferred-new-method}
+@vindex org-attach-preferred-new-method
+This customization lets you choose the default way to attach to
+nodes without existing @samp{ID} and @samp{DIR} property.  It defaults to @code{id}
+but can also be set to @code{dir}, @code{ask} or @code{nil}.
+
+@item @code{org-attach-archive-delete}
+@vindex org-attach-archive-delete
+Configure this to determine if attachments should be deleted or not
+when a subtree that has attachments is archived.
+
+@item @code{org-attach-auto-tag}
+@vindex org-attach-auto-tag
+When attaching files to a heading it will be assigned a tag
+according to what is set here.
+
+@item @code{org-attach-id-to-path-function-list}
+@vindex org-attach-id-to-path-function-list
+When @samp{ID} is used for attachments, the ID is parsed into a part of a
+directory-path.  See @code{org-attach-id-uuid-folder-format} for the
+default function.  Define a new one and add it as first element in
+@code{org-attach-id-to-path-function-list} if you want the folder
+structure in any other way.  All functions in this list will be
+tried when resolving existing ID's into paths, to maintain backward
+compatibility with existing folders in your system.
+
+@item @code{org-attach-store-link-p}
+@vindex org-attach-store-link-p
+Stores a link to the file that is being attached.  The link is
+stored in @code{org-stored-links} for later insertion with @kbd{C-c C-l} (see @ref{Handling Links}).  Depending on what option is set in
+@code{org-attach-store-link-p}, the link is stored to either the original
+location as a file link, the attachment location as an attachment
+link or to the attachment location as a file link.
+
+@item @code{org-attach-commands}
+@vindex org-attach-commands
+List of all commands used in the attach dispatcher.
+
+@item @code{org-attach-expert}
+@vindex org-attach-expert
+Do not show the splash buffer with the attach dispatcher when
+@code{org-attach-expert} is set to non-@code{nil}.
+@end table
+
+See customization group @samp{Org Attach} if you want to change the
+default settings.
+
+@node Attachment links
+@subsection Attachment links
+
+Attached files and folders can be referenced using attachment links.
+This makes it easy to refer to the material added to an outline node.
+Especially if it was attached using the unique ID of the entry!
+
+@example
+* TODO Some task
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :ID:       95d50008-c12e-479f-a4f2-cc0238205319
+  :END:
+See attached document for more information: [[attachment:info.org]]
+@end example
+
+See @ref{External Links} for more information about these links.
+
+@node Automatic version-control with Git
+@subsection Automatic version-control with Git
+
+If the directory attached to an outline node is a Git repository, Org
+can be configured to automatically commit changes to that repository
+when it sees them.
+
+To make Org mode take care of versioning of attachments for you, add
+the following to your Emacs config:
+
+@lisp
+(require 'org-attach-git)
+@end lisp
+
+@node Attach from Dired
+@subsection Attach from Dired
+
+@cindex attach from Dired
+@findex org-attach-dired-to-subtree
+
+It is possible to attach files to a subtree from a Dired buffer.  To
+use this feature, have one window in Dired mode containing the file(s)
+to be attached and another window with point in the subtree that shall
+get the attachments.  In the Dired window, with point on a file,
+@kbd{M-x org-attach-dired-to-subtree} attaches the file to the
+subtree using the attachment method set by variable
+@code{org-attach-method}.  When files are marked in the Dired window then
+all marked files get attached.
+
+Add the following lines to the Emacs init file to have @kbd{C-c C-x a} attach files in Dired buffers.
+
+@lisp
+(add-hook 'dired-mode-hook
+          (lambda ()
+            (define-key dired-mode-map
+              (kbd "C-c C-x a")
+              #'org-attach-dired-to-subtree)))
+@end lisp
+
+The following code shows how to bind the previous command with
+a specific attachment method.
+
+@lisp
+(add-hook 'dired-mode-hook
+          (lambda ()
+            (define-key dired-mode-map (kbd "C-c C-x c")
+              (lambda ()
+                (interactive)
+                (let ((org-attach-method 'cp))
+                  (call-interactively #'org-attach-dired-to-subtree))))))
+@end lisp
+
+@node RSS Feeds
+@section RSS Feeds
+
+@cindex RSS feeds
+@cindex Atom feeds
+
+Org can add and change entries based on information found in RSS feeds
+and Atom feeds.  You could use this to make a task out of each new
+podcast in a podcast feed.  Or you could use a phone-based
+note-creating service on the web to import tasks into Org.  To access
+feeds, configure the variable @code{org-feed-alist}.  The docstring of this
+variable has detailed information.  With the following
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-feed-alist
+      '(("Slashdot"
+         "https://rss.slashdot.org/Slashdot/slashdot"
+         "~/txt/org/feeds.org" "Slashdot Entries")))
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+new items from the feed provided by @samp{rss.slashdot.org} result in new
+entries in the file @samp{~/org/feeds.org} under the heading @samp{Slashdot
+Entries}, whenever the following command is used:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x g} (@code{org-feed-update-all})
+@kindex C-c C-x g
+Collect items from the feeds configured in @code{org-feed-alist} and act
+upon them.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x G} (@code{org-feed-goto-inbox})
+@kindex C-c C-x G
+Prompt for a feed name and go to the inbox configured for this feed.
+@end table
+
+Under the same headline, Org creates a drawer @samp{FEEDSTATUS} in which it
+stores information about the status of items in the feed, to avoid
+adding the same item several times.
+
+For more information, including how to read atom feeds, see
+@samp{org-feed.el} and the docstring of @code{org-feed-alist}.
+
+@node Agenda Views
+@chapter Agenda Views
+
+@cindex agenda views
+
+Due to the way Org works, TODO items, time-stamped items, and tagged
+headlines can be scattered throughout a file or even a number of
+files.  To get an overview of open action items, or of events that are
+important for a particular date, this information must be collected,
+sorted and displayed in an organized way.
+
+Org can select items based on various criteria and display them in
+a separate buffer.  Six different view types are provided:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+an @emph{agenda} that is like a calendar and shows information for
+specific dates,
+
+@item
+a @emph{TODO list} that covers all unfinished action items,
+
+@item
+a @emph{match view}, showings headlines based on the tags, properties,
+and TODO state associated with them,
+
+@item
+a @emph{text search view} that shows all entries from multiple files that
+contain specified keywords,
+
+@item
+a @emph{stuck projects view} showing projects that currently do not move
+along, and
+
+@item
+@emph{custom views} that are special searches and combinations of
+different views.
+@end itemize
+
+The extracted information is displayed in a special @emph{agenda buffer}.
+This buffer is read-only, but provides commands to visit the
+corresponding locations in the original Org files, and even to edit
+these files remotely.
+
+@vindex org-agenda-skip-comment-trees
+@vindex org-agenda-skip-archived-trees
+@cindex commented entries, in agenda views
+@cindex archived entries, in agenda views
+By default, the report ignores commented (see @ref{Comment Lines}) and
+archived (see @ref{Internal archiving}) entries.  You can override this by
+setting @code{org-agenda-skip-comment-trees} and
+@code{org-agenda-skip-archived-trees} to @code{nil}.
+
+@vindex org-agenda-window-setup
+@vindex org-agenda-restore-windows-after-quit
+Two variables control how the agenda buffer is displayed and whether
+the window configuration is restored when the agenda exits:
+@code{org-agenda-window-setup} and @code{org-agenda-restore-windows-after-quit}.
+
+@menu
+* Agenda Files::                 Files being searched for agenda information.
+* Agenda Dispatcher::            Keyboard access to agenda views.
+* Built-in Agenda Views::        What is available out of the box?
+* Presentation and Sorting::     How agenda items are prepared for display.
+* Agenda Commands::              Remote editing of Org trees.
+* Custom Agenda Views::          Defining special searches and views.
+* Exporting Agenda Views::       Writing a view to a file.
+* Agenda Column View::           Using column view for collected entries.
+@end menu
+
+@node Agenda Files
+@section Agenda Files
+
+@cindex agenda files
+@cindex files for agenda
+
+@vindex org-agenda-files
+The information to be shown is normally collected from all @emph{agenda
+files}, the files listed in the variable @code{org-agenda-files}@footnote{If the value of that variable is not a list, but a single file
+name, then the list of agenda files in maintained in that external
+file.}.
+If a directory is part of this list, all files with the extension
+@samp{.org} in this directory are part of the list.
+
+Thus, even if you only work with a single Org file, that file should
+be put into the list@footnote{When using the dispatcher, pressing @kbd{<} before
+selecting a command actually limits the command to the current file,
+and ignores @code{org-agenda-files} until the next dispatcher command.}.  You can customize @code{org-agenda-files},
+but the easiest way to maintain it is through the following commands
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c [} (@code{org-agenda-file-to-front})
+@kindex C-c [
+@findex org-agenda-file-to-front
+@cindex files, adding to agenda list
+Add current file to the list of agenda files.  The file is added to
+the front of the list.  If it was already in the list, it is moved
+to the front.  With a prefix argument, file is added/moved to the
+end.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c ]} (@code{org-remove-file})
+@kindex C-c ]
+@findex org-remove-file
+Remove current file from the list of agenda files.
+
+@item @kbd{C-'}
+@itemx @kbd{C-,} (@code{org-cycle-agenda-files})
+@kindex C-'
+@kindex C-,
+@findex org-cycle-agenda-files
+@cindex cycling, of agenda files
+Cycle through agenda file list, visiting one file after the other.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-switchb}
+@findex org-switchb
+Command to use an Iswitchb-like interface to switch to and between
+Org buffers.
+@end table
+
+@noindent
+The Org menu contains the current list of files and can be used to
+visit any of them.
+
+If you would like to focus the agenda temporarily on a file not in
+this list, or on just one file in the list, or even on only a subtree
+in a file, then this can be done in different ways.  For a single
+agenda command, you may press @kbd{<} once or several times in
+the dispatcher (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}).  To restrict the agenda
+scope for an extended period, use the following commands:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x <} (@code{org-agenda-set-restriction-lock})
+@kindex C-c C-x <
+@findex org-agenda-set-restriction-lock
+Restrict the agenda to the current subtree.  If there already is
+a restriction at point, remove it.  When called with a universal
+prefix argument or with point before the first headline in a file,
+set the agenda scope to the entire file.  This restriction remains
+in effect until removed with @kbd{C-c C-x >}, or by typing
+either @kbd{<} or @kbd{>} in the agenda dispatcher.  If
+there is a window displaying an agenda view, the new restriction
+takes effect immediately.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x >} (@code{org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock})
+@kindex C-c C-x >
+@findex org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock
+Remove the restriction created by @kbd{C-c C-x <}.
+@end table
+
+When working with Speedbar, you can use the following commands in the
+Speedbar frame:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{<} (@code{org-speedbar-set-agenda-restriction})
+@findex org-speedbar-set-agenda-restriction
+Restrict the agenda to the item---either an Org file or a subtree in
+such a file---at point in the Speedbar frame.  If agenda is already
+restricted there, remove the restriction.  If there is a window
+displaying an agenda view, the new restriction takes effect
+immediately.
+
+@item @kbd{>} (@code{org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock})
+@findex org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock
+Remove the restriction.
+@end table
+
+@node Agenda Dispatcher
+@section The Agenda Dispatcher
+
+@cindex agenda dispatcher
+@cindex dispatching agenda commands
+
+The views are created through a dispatcher, accessible with @kbd{M-x org-agenda}, or, better, bound to a global key (see @ref{Activation}).
+It displays a menu from which an additional letter is required to
+execute a command.  The dispatcher offers the following default
+commands:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{a}
+Create the calendar-like agenda (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}).
+
+@item @kbd{t}
+@itemx @kbd{T}
+Create a list of all TODO items (see @ref{Global TODO list}).
+
+@item @kbd{m}
+@itemx @kbd{M}
+Create a list of headlines matching a given expression (see
+@ref{Matching tags and properties}).
+
+@item @kbd{s}
+@kindex s @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+Create a list of entries selected by a boolean expression of
+keywords and/or regular expressions that must or must not occur in
+the entry.
+
+@item @kbd{/}
+@kindex / @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@vindex org-agenda-text-search-extra-files
+Search for a regular expression in all agenda files and additionally
+in the files listed in @code{org-agenda-text-search-extra-files}.  This
+uses the Emacs command @code{multi-occur}.  A prefix argument can be used
+to specify the number of context lines for each match, default is
+@enumerate
+@item
+@end enumerate
+
+@item @kbd{#}
+Create a list of stuck projects (see @ref{Stuck projects}).
+
+@item @kbd{!}
+Configure the list of stuck projects (see @ref{Stuck projects}).
+
+@item @kbd{<}
+@kindex < @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+Restrict an agenda command to the current buffer@footnote{For backward compatibility, you can also press @kbd{1} to
+restrict to the current buffer.}.  If
+narrowing is in effect restrict to the narrowed part of the buffer.
+After pressing @kbd{<}, you still need to press the character
+selecting the command.
+
+@item @kbd{< <}
+@kindex < < @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+If there is an active region, restrict the following agenda command
+to the region.  Otherwise, restrict it to the current
+subtree@footnote{For backward compatibility, you can also press @kbd{0} to
+restrict to the current region/subtree.}.  After pressing @kbd{< <}, you still need to
+press the character selecting the command.
+
+@item @kbd{*}
+@kindex * @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@vindex org-agenda-sticky
+@findex org-toggle-sticky-agenda
+Toggle sticky agenda views.  By default, Org maintains only a single
+agenda buffer and rebuilds it each time you change the view, to make
+sure everything is always up to date.  If you switch between views
+often and the build time bothers you, you can turn on sticky agenda
+buffers (make this the default by customizing the variable
+@code{org-agenda-sticky}).  With sticky agendas, the dispatcher only
+switches to the selected view, you need to update it by hand with
+@kbd{r} or @kbd{g}.  You can toggle sticky agenda view any
+time with @code{org-toggle-sticky-agenda}.
+@end table
+
+You can also define custom commands that are accessible through the
+dispatcher, just like the default commands.  This includes the
+possibility to create extended agenda buffers that contain several
+blocks together, for example the weekly agenda, the global TODO list
+and a number of special tags matches.  See @ref{Custom Agenda Views}.
+
+@node Built-in Agenda Views
+@section The Built-in Agenda Views
+
+In this section we describe the built-in views.
+
+@menu
+* Weekly/daily agenda::          The calendar page with current tasks.
+* Global TODO list::             All unfinished action items.
+* Matching tags and properties:: Structured information with fine-tuned search.
+* Search view::                  Find entries by searching for text.
+* Stuck projects::               Find projects you need to review.
+@end menu
+
+@node Weekly/daily agenda
+@subsection Weekly/daily agenda
+
+@cindex agenda
+@cindex weekly agenda
+@cindex daily agenda
+
+The purpose of the weekly/daily @emph{agenda} is to act like a page of
+a paper agenda, showing all the tasks for the current week or day.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda a} (@code{org-agenda-list})
+@kindex a @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-agenda-list
+@cindex org-agenda, command
+Compile an agenda for the current week from a list of Org files.
+The agenda shows the entries for each day.  With a numeric prefix
+argument@footnote{For backward compatibility, the universal prefix argument
+@kbd{C-u} causes all TODO entries to be listed before the agenda.
+This feature is deprecated, use the dedicated TODO list, or a block
+agenda instead (see @ref{Block agenda}).}---like @kbd{C-u 2 1 M-x org-agenda a}---you may
+set the number of days to be displayed.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-agenda-span
+@vindex org-agenda-start-day
+@vindex org-agenda-start-on-weekday
+The default number of days displayed in the agenda is set by the
+variable @code{org-agenda-span}.  This variable can be set to any number of
+days you want to see by default in the agenda, or to a span name, such
+a @code{day}, @code{week}, @code{month} or @code{year}.  For weekly agendas, the default
+is to start on the previous Monday (see
+@code{org-agenda-start-on-weekday}).  You can also set the start date using
+a date shift: @samp{(setq org-agenda-start-day "+10d")} starts the agenda
+ten days from today in the future.
+
+Remote editing from the agenda buffer means, for example, that you can
+change the dates of deadlines and appointments from the agenda buffer.
+The commands available in the Agenda buffer are listed in @ref{Agenda Commands}.
+
+@anchor{Calendar/Diary integration}
+@subsubheading Calendar/Diary integration
+
+@cindex calendar integration
+@cindex diary integration
+
+Emacs contains the calendar and diary by Edward@tie{}M@.@tie{}Reingold.  The
+calendar displays a three-month calendar with holidays from different
+countries and cultures.  The diary allows you to keep track of
+anniversaries, lunar phases, sunrise/set, recurrent appointments
+(weekly, monthly) and more.  In this way, it is quite complementary to
+Org.  It can be very useful to combine output from Org with the diary.
+
+In order to include entries from the Emacs diary into Org mode's
+agenda, you only need to customize the variable
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-include-diary t)
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+After that, everything happens automatically.  All diary entries
+including holidays, anniversaries, etc., are included in the agenda
+buffer created by Org mode.  @kbd{@key{SPC}}, @kbd{@key{TAB}}, and
+@kbd{@key{RET}} can be used from the agenda buffer to jump to the diary
+file in order to edit existing diary entries.  The @kbd{i}
+command to insert new entries for the current date works in the agenda
+buffer, as well as the commands @kbd{S}, @kbd{M}, and
+@kbd{C} to display Sunrise/Sunset times, show lunar phases and to
+convert to other calendars, respectively.  @kbd{c} can be used to
+switch back and forth between calendar and agenda.
+
+If you are using the diary only for expression entries and holidays,
+it is faster to not use the above setting, but instead to copy or even
+move the entries into an Org file.  Org mode evaluates diary-style
+expression entries, and does it faster because there is no overhead
+for first creating the diary display.  Note that the expression
+entries must start at the left margin, no whitespace is allowed before
+them, as seen in the following segment of an Org file:@footnote{The variable @code{org-anniversary} used in the example is just
+like @code{diary-anniversary}, but the argument order is always according
+to ISO and therefore independent of the value of
+@code{calendar-date-style}.}
+
+@example
+* Holidays
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :CATEGORY: Holiday
+  :END:
+%%(org-calendar-holiday)   ; special function for holiday names
+
+* Birthdays
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :CATEGORY: Ann
+  :END:
+%%(org-anniversary 1956  5 14) Arthur Dent is %d years old
+%%(org-anniversary 1869 10  2) Mahatma Gandhi would be %d years old
+@end example
+
+@anchor{Anniversaries from BBDB}
+@subsubheading Anniversaries from BBDB
+
+@cindex BBDB, anniversaries
+@cindex anniversaries, from BBDB
+
+@findex org-bbdb-anniversaries
+If you are using the Insidious Big Brother Database to store your
+contacts, you very likely prefer to store anniversaries in BBDB rather
+than in a separate Org or diary file.  Org supports this and can show
+BBDB anniversaries as part of the agenda.  All you need to do is to
+add the following to one of your agenda files:
+
+@example
+* Anniversaries
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :CATEGORY: Anniv
+  :END:
+%%(org-bbdb-anniversaries)
+@end example
+
+You can then go ahead and define anniversaries for a BBDB record.
+Basically, you need a field named @samp{anniversary} for the BBDB record
+which contains the date in the format @samp{YYYY-MM-DD} or @samp{MM-DD},
+followed by a space and the class of the anniversary (@samp{birthday},
+@samp{wedding}, or a format string).  If you omit the class, it defaults to
+@samp{birthday}.  Here are a few examples, the header for the file
+@samp{ol-bbdb.el} contains more detailed information.
+
+@example
+1973-06-22
+06-22
+1955-08-02 wedding
+2008-04-14 %s released version 6.01 of Org mode, %d years ago
+@end example
+
+After a change to BBDB, or for the first agenda display during an
+Emacs session, the agenda display suffers a short delay as Org updates
+its hash with anniversaries.  However, from then on things will be
+very fast, much faster in fact than a long list of
+@samp{%%(diary-anniversary)} entries in an Org or Diary file.
+
+@findex org-bbdb-anniversaries-future
+If you would like to see upcoming anniversaries with a bit of
+forewarning, you can use the following instead:
+
+@example
+* Anniversaries
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :CATEGORY: Anniv
+  :END:
+%%(org-bbdb-anniversaries-future 3)
+@end example
+
+That will give you three days' warning: on the anniversary date itself
+and the two days prior.  The argument is optional: if omitted, it
+defaults to 7.
+
+@anchor{Appointment reminders}
+@subsubheading Appointment reminders
+
+@cindex @file{appt.el}
+@cindex appointment reminders
+@cindex appointment
+@cindex reminders
+
+@cindex APPT_WARNTIME, keyword
+Org can interact with Emacs appointments notification facility.  To
+add the appointments of your agenda files, use the command
+@code{org-agenda-to-appt}.  This command lets you filter through the list
+of your appointments and add only those belonging to a specific
+category or matching a regular expression.  It also reads
+a @samp{APPT_WARNTIME} property which overrides the value of
+@code{appt-message-warning-time} for this appointment.  See the docstring
+for details.
+
+@node Global TODO list
+@subsection The global TODO list
+
+@cindex global TODO list
+@cindex TODO list, global
+
+The global TODO list contains all unfinished TODO items formatted and
+collected into a single place.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda t} (@code{org-todo-list})
+@kindex t @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-todo-list
+Show the global TODO list.  This collects the TODO items from all
+agenda files (see @ref{Agenda Views}) into a single buffer.  By default,
+this lists items with a state the is not a DONE state.  The buffer
+is in Agenda mode, so there are commands to examine and manipulate
+the TODO entries directly from that buffer (see @ref{Agenda Commands}).
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda T} (@code{org-todo-list})
+@kindex T @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-todo-list
+@cindex TODO keyword matching
+@vindex org-todo-keywords
+Like the above, but allows selection of a specific TODO keyword.
+You can also do this by specifying a prefix argument to
+@kbd{t}.  You are prompted for a keyword, and you may also
+specify several keywords by separating them with @samp{|} as the boolean
+OR operator.  With a numeric prefix, the Nth keyword in
+@code{org-todo-keywords} is selected.
+
+@kindex r
+The @kbd{r} key in the agenda buffer regenerates it, and you
+can give a prefix argument to this command to change the selected
+TODO keyword, for example @kbd{3 r}.  If you often need
+a search for a specific keyword, define a custom command for it (see
+@ref{Agenda Dispatcher}).
+
+Matching specific TODO keywords can also be done as part of a tags
+search (see @ref{Tag Searches}).
+@end table
+
+Remote editing of TODO items means that you can change the state of
+a TODO entry with a single key press.  The commands available in the
+TODO list are described in @ref{Agenda Commands}.
+
+@cindex sublevels, inclusion into TODO list
+Normally the global TODO list simply shows all headlines with TODO
+keywords.  This list can become very long.  There are two ways to keep
+it more compact:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-scheduled
+@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-deadlines
+@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-timestamp
+@vindex org-agenda-todo-ignore-with-date
+Some people view a TODO item that has been @emph{scheduled} for execution
+or have a @emph{deadline} (see @ref{Timestamps}) as no longer @emph{open}.
+Configure the variables @code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-scheduled} to
+exclude some or all scheduled items from the global TODO list,
+@code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-deadlines} to exclude some or all items with
+a deadline set, @code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-timestamp} to exclude some
+or all items with an active timestamp other than a DEADLINE or
+a SCHEDULED timestamp and/or @code{org-agenda-todo-ignore-with-date} to
+exclude items with at least one active timestamp.
+
+@item
+@vindex org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels
+TODO items may have sublevels to break up the task into subtasks.
+In such cases it may be enough to list only the highest level TODO
+headline and omit the sublevels from the global list.  Configure the
+variable @code{org-agenda-todo-list-sublevels} to get this behavior.
+@end itemize
+
+@node Matching tags and properties
+@subsection Matching tags and properties
+
+@cindex matching, of tags
+@cindex matching, of properties
+@cindex tags view
+@cindex match view
+
+If headlines in the agenda files are marked with @emph{tags} (see @ref{Tags}),
+or have properties (see @ref{Properties and Columns}), you can select
+headlines based on this metadata and collect them into an agenda
+buffer.  The match syntax described here also applies when creating
+sparse trees with @kbd{C-c / m}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda m} (@code{org-tags-view})
+@kindex m @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-tags-view
+Produce a list of all headlines that match a given set of tags.  The
+command prompts for a selection criterion, which is a boolean logic
+expression with tags, like @samp{+work+urgent-withboss} or @samp{work|home}
+(see @ref{Tags}).  If you often need a specific search, define a custom
+command for it (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}).
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda M} (@code{org-tags-view})
+@kindex M @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-tags-view
+@vindex org-tags-match-list-sublevels
+@vindex org-agenda-tags-todo-honor-ignore-options
+Like @kbd{m}, but only select headlines that are also TODO
+items and force checking subitems (see the variable
+@code{org-tags-match-list-sublevels}).  To exclude scheduled/deadline
+items, see the variable @code{org-agenda-tags-todo-honor-ignore-options}.
+Matching specific TODO keywords together with a tags match is also
+possible, see @ref{Tag Searches}.
+@end table
+
+The commands available in the tags list are described in @ref{Agenda Commands}.
+
+@cindex boolean logic, for agenda searches
+A search string can use Boolean operators @samp{&} for AND and @samp{|} for OR@.
+@samp{&} binds more strongly than @samp{|}.  Parentheses are currently not
+implemented.  Each element in the search is either a tag, a regular
+expression matching tags, or an expression like @samp{PROPERTY OPERATOR
+VALUE} with a comparison operator, accessing a property value.  Each
+element may be preceded by @samp{-} to select against it, and @samp{+} is
+syntactic sugar for positive selection.  The AND operator @samp{&} is
+optional when @samp{+} or @samp{-} is present.  Here are some examples, using
+only tags.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{+work-boss}
+Select headlines tagged @samp{work}, but discard those also tagged
+@samp{boss}.
+
+@item @samp{work|laptop}
+Selects lines tagged @samp{work} or @samp{laptop}.
+
+@item @samp{work|laptop+night}
+Like before, but require the @samp{laptop} lines to be tagged also
+@samp{night}.
+@end table
+
+@cindex regular expressions, with tags search
+Instead of a tag, you may also specify a regular expression enclosed
+in curly braces (see @ref{Regular Expressions}).  For example,
+@samp{work+@{^boss.*@}} matches headlines that contain the tag @samp{:work:} and
+any tag @emph{starting} with @samp{boss}.
+
+@cindex group tags, as regular expressions
+Group tags (see @ref{Tag Hierarchy}) are expanded as regular expressions.
+E.g., if @samp{work} is a group tag for the group @samp{:work:lab:conf:}, then
+searching for @samp{work} also searches for @samp{@{\(?:work\|lab\|conf\)@}} and
+searching for @samp{-work} searches for all headlines but those with one of
+the tags in the group (i.e., @samp{-@{\(?:work\|lab\|conf\)@}}).
+
+@cindex TODO keyword matching, with tags search
+@cindex level, for tags/property match
+@cindex category, for tags/property match
+@vindex org-odd-levels-only
+You may also test for properties (see @ref{Properties and Columns}) at the
+same time as matching tags.  The properties may be real properties, or
+special properties that represent other metadata (see @ref{Special Properties}).  For example, the property @samp{TODO} represents the TODO
+keyword of the entry.  Or, the property @samp{LEVEL} represents the level
+of an entry.  So searching @samp{+LEVEL=3+boss-TODO​="DONE"} lists all level
+three headlines that have the tag @samp{boss} and are @emph{not} marked with the
+TODO keyword @samp{DONE}.  In buffers with @code{org-odd-levels-only} set,
+@samp{LEVEL} does not count the number of stars, but @samp{LEVEL=2} corresponds
+to 3 stars etc.
+
+Here are more examples:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{work+TODO​="WAITING"}
+Select @samp{work}-tagged TODO lines with the specific TODO keyword
+@samp{WAITING}.
+
+@item @samp{work+TODO​="WAITING"|home+TODO​="WAITING"}
+Waiting tasks both at work and at home.
+@end table
+
+When matching properties, a number of different operators can be used
+to test the value of a property.  Here is a complex example:
+
+@example
++work-boss+PRIORITY="A"+Coffee="unlimited"+Effort<2
+         +With=@{Sarah\|Denny@}+SCHEDULED>="<2008-10-11>"
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The type of comparison depends on how the comparison value is written:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+If the comparison value is a plain number, a numerical comparison is
+done, and the allowed operators are @samp{<}, @samp{=}, @samp{>}, @samp{<=}, @samp{>=}, and
+@samp{<>}.
+
+@item
+If the comparison value is enclosed in double-quotes, a string
+comparison is done, and the same operators are allowed.
+
+@item
+If the comparison value is enclosed in double-quotes @emph{and} angular
+brackets (like @samp{DEADLINE<​="<2008-12-24 18:30>"}), both values are
+assumed to be date/time specifications in the standard Org way, and
+the comparison is done accordingly.  Valid values also include
+@samp{"<now>"} for now (including time), @samp{"<today>"}, and @samp{"<tomorrow>"}
+for these days at 0:00 hours, i.e., without a time specification.
+You can also use strings like @samp{"<+5d>"} or @samp{"<-2m>"} with units @samp{d},
+@samp{w}, @samp{m}, and @samp{y} for day, week, month, and year, respectively.
+
+@item
+If the comparison value is enclosed in curly braces, a regexp match
+is performed, with @samp{=} meaning that the regexp matches the property
+value, and @samp{<>} meaning that it does not match.
+@end itemize
+
+So the search string in the example finds entries tagged @samp{work} but
+not @samp{boss}, which also have a priority value @samp{A}, a @samp{Coffee} property
+with the value @samp{unlimited}, an @samp{EFFORT} property that is numerically
+smaller than 2, a @samp{With} property that is matched by the regular
+expression @samp{Sarah\|Denny}, and that are scheduled on or after October
+11, 2008.
+
+You can configure Org mode to use property inheritance during
+a search, but beware that this can slow down searches considerably.
+See @ref{Property Inheritance}, for details.
+
+For backward compatibility, and also for typing speed, there is also
+a different way to test TODO states in a search.  For this, terminate
+the tags/property part of the search string (which may include several
+terms connected with @samp{|}) with a @samp{/} and then specify a Boolean
+expression just for TODO keywords.  The syntax is then similar to that
+for tags, but should be applied with care: for example, a positive
+selection on several TODO keywords cannot meaningfully be combined
+with boolean AND@.  However, @emph{negative selection} combined with AND can
+be meaningful.  To make sure that only lines are checked that actually
+have any TODO keyword (resulting in a speed-up), use @kbd{M-x org-agenda M}, or equivalently start the TODO part after the slash
+with @samp{!}.  Using @kbd{M-x org-agenda M} or @samp{/!} does not match
+TODO keywords in a DONE state.  Examples:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{work/WAITING}
+Same as @samp{work+TODO​="WAITING"}.
+
+@item @samp{work/!-WAITING-NEXT}
+Select @samp{work}-tagged TODO lines that are neither @samp{WAITING} nor
+@samp{NEXT}.
+
+@item @samp{work/!+WAITING|+NEXT}
+Select @samp{work}-tagged TODO lines that are either @samp{WAITING} or @samp{NEXT}.
+@end table
+
+@node Search view
+@subsection Search view
+
+@cindex search view
+@cindex text search
+@cindex searching, for text
+
+This agenda view is a general text search facility for Org mode
+entries.  It is particularly useful to find notes.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda s} (@code{org-search-view})
+@kindex s @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-search-view
+This is a special search that lets you select entries by matching
+a substring or specific words using a boolean logic.
+@end table
+
+For example, the search string @samp{computer equipment} matches entries
+that contain @samp{computer equipment} as a substring, even if the two
+words are separated by more space or a line break.
+
+Search view can also search for specific keywords in the entry, using
+Boolean logic.  The search string @samp{+computer
++wifi -ethernet -@{8\.11[bg]@}} matches note entries that contain the
+keywords @samp{computer} and @samp{wifi}, but not the keyword @samp{ethernet}, and
+which are also not matched by the regular expression @samp{8\.11[bg]},
+meaning to exclude both @samp{8.11b} and @samp{8.11g}.  The first @samp{+} is
+necessary to turn on boolean search, other @samp{+} characters are
+optional.  For more details, see the docstring of the command
+@code{org-search-view}.
+
+You can incrementally and conveniently adjust a boolean search from
+the agenda search view with the following keys
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.1 0.6
+@item @kbd{[}
+@tab Add a positive search word
+@item @kbd{]}
+@tab Add a negative search word
+@item @kbd{@{}
+@tab Add a positive regular expression
+@item @kbd{@}}
+@tab Add a negative regular expression
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-agenda-text-search-extra-files
+Note that in addition to the agenda files, this command also searches
+the files listed in @code{org-agenda-text-search-extra-files}.
+
+@node Stuck projects
+@subsection Stuck projects
+
+@pindex GTD, Getting Things Done
+
+If you are following a system like David Allen's GTD to organize your
+work, one of the ``duties'' you have is a regular review to make sure
+that all projects move along.  A @emph{stuck} project is a project that has
+no defined next actions, so it never shows up in the TODO lists Org
+mode produces.  During the review, you need to identify such projects
+and define next actions for them.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda #} (@code{org-agenda-list-stuck-projects})
+@kindex # @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-agenda-list-stuck-projects
+List projects that are stuck.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-agenda !}
+@kindex ! @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@vindex org-stuck-projects
+Customize the variable @code{org-stuck-projects} to define what a stuck
+project is and how to find it.
+@end table
+
+You almost certainly need to configure this view before it works for
+you.  The built-in default assumes that all your projects are level-2
+headlines, and that a project is not stuck if it has at least one
+entry marked with a TODO keyword @samp{TODO} or @samp{NEXT} or @samp{NEXTACTION}.
+
+Let's assume that you, in your own way of using Org mode, identify
+projects with a tag @samp{:PROJECT:}, and that you use a TODO keyword
+@samp{MAYBE} to indicate a project that should not be considered yet.
+Let's further assume that the TODO keyword @samp{DONE} marks finished
+projects, and that @samp{NEXT} and @samp{TODO} indicate next actions.  The tag
+@samp{:@@shop:} indicates shopping and is a next action even without the
+NEXT tag.  Finally, if the project contains the special word @samp{IGNORE}
+anywhere, it should not be listed either.  In this case you would
+start by identifying eligible projects with a tags/TODO match (see
+@ref{Tag Searches}) @samp{+PROJECT/-MAYBE-DONE}, and then check for @samp{TODO},
+@samp{NEXT}, @samp{@@shop}, and @samp{IGNORE} in the subtree to identify projects that
+are not stuck.  The correct customization for this is:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-stuck-projects
+      '("+PROJECT/-MAYBE-DONE" ("NEXT" "TODO") ("@@shop")
+        "\\<IGNORE\\>"))
+@end lisp
+
+Note that if a project is identified as non-stuck, the subtree of this
+entry is searched for stuck projects.
+
+@node Presentation and Sorting
+@section Presentation and Sorting
+
+@cindex presentation, of agenda items
+
+@vindex org-agenda-prefix-format
+@vindex org-agenda-tags-column
+Before displaying items in an agenda view, Org mode visually prepares
+the items and sorts them.  Each item occupies a single line.  The line
+starts with a @emph{prefix} that contains the @emph{category} (see @ref{Categories})
+of the item and other important information.  You can customize in
+which column tags are displayed through @code{org-agenda-tags-column}.  You
+can also customize the prefix using the option
+@code{org-agenda-prefix-format}.  This prefix is followed by a cleaned-up
+version of the outline headline associated with the item.
+
+@menu
+* Categories::                   Not all tasks are equal.
+* Time-of-day specifications::   How the agenda knows the time.
+* Sorting of agenda items::      The order of things.
+* Filtering/limiting agenda items:: Dynamically narrow the agenda.
+@end menu
+
+@node Categories
+@subsection Categories
+
+@cindex category
+@cindex @samp{CATEGORY}, keyword
+
+The category is a broad label assigned to each agenda item.  By
+default, the category is simply derived from the file name, but you
+can also specify it with a special line in the buffer, like
+this:
+
+@example
+#+CATEGORY: Thesis
+@end example
+
+
+@cindex @samp{CATEGORY}, property
+If you would like to have a special category for a single entry or
+a (sub)tree, give the entry a @samp{CATEGORY} property with the special
+category you want to apply as the value.
+
+@vindex org-agenda-category-icon-alist
+The display in the agenda buffer looks best if the category is not
+longer than 10 characters.  You can set up icons for category by
+customizing the @code{org-agenda-category-icon-alist} variable.
+
+@node Time-of-day specifications
+@subsection Time-of-day specifications
+
+@cindex time-of-day specification
+
+Org mode checks each agenda item for a time-of-day specification.  The
+time can be part of the timestamp that triggered inclusion into the
+agenda, for example
+
+@example
+<2005-05-10 Tue 19:00>
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+Time ranges can be specified with two timestamps:
+
+@example
+<2005-05-10 Tue 20:30>--<2005-05-10 Tue 22:15>
+@end example
+
+
+@vindex org-agenda-search-headline-for-time
+In the headline of the entry itself, a time(range)---like @samp{12:45} or
+a @samp{8:30-1pm}---may also appear as plain text@footnote{You can, however, disable this by setting
+@code{org-agenda-search-headline-for-time} variable to a @code{nil} value.}.
+
+If the agenda integrates the Emacs diary (see @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}),
+time specifications in diary entries are recognized as well.
+
+For agenda display, Org mode extracts the time and displays it in
+a standard 24 hour format as part of the prefix.  The example times in
+the previous paragraphs would end up in the agenda like this:
+
+@example
+ 8:30-13:00 Arthur Dent lies in front of the bulldozer
+12:45...... Ford Prefect arrives and takes Arthur to the pub
+19:00...... The Vogon reads his poem
+20:30-22:15 Marvin escorts the Hitchhikers to the bridge
+@end example
+
+@cindex time grid
+If the agenda is in single-day mode, or for the display of today, the
+timed entries are embedded in a time grid, like
+
+@example
+ 8:00...... ------------------
+ 8:30-13:00 Arthur Dent lies in front of the bulldozer
+10:00...... ------------------
+12:00...... ------------------
+12:45...... Ford Prefect arrives and takes Arthur to the pub
+14:00...... ------------------
+16:00...... ------------------
+18:00...... ------------------
+19:00...... The Vogon reads his poem
+20:00...... ------------------
+20:30-22:15 Marvin escorts the Hitchhikers to the bridge
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-agenda-use-time-grid
+@vindex org-agenda-time-grid
+The time grid can be turned on and off with the variable
+@code{org-agenda-use-time-grid}, and can be configured with
+@code{org-agenda-time-grid}.
+
+@node Sorting of agenda items
+@subsection Sorting of agenda items
+
+@cindex sorting, of agenda items
+@cindex priorities, of agenda items
+
+Before being inserted into a view, the items are sorted.  How this is
+done depends on the type of view.
+
+@itemize
+@item
+@vindex org-agenda-files
+For the daily/weekly agenda, the items for each day are sorted.  The
+default order is to first collect all items containing an explicit
+time-of-day specification.  These entries are shown at the beginning
+of the list, as a @emph{schedule} for the day.  After that, items remain
+grouped in categories, in the sequence given by @code{org-agenda-files}.
+Within each category, items are sorted by priority (see
+@ref{Priorities}), which is composed of the base priority (2000 for
+priority @samp{A}, 1000 for @samp{B}, and 0 for @samp{C}), plus additional
+increments for overdue scheduled or deadline items.
+
+@item
+For the TODO list, items remain in the order of categories, but
+within each category, sorting takes place according to priority (see
+@ref{Priorities}).  The priority used for sorting derives from the
+priority cookie, with additions depending on how close an item is to
+its due or scheduled date.
+
+@item
+For tags matches, items are not sorted at all, but just appear in
+the sequence in which they are found in the agenda files.
+@end itemize
+
+@vindex org-agenda-sorting-strategy
+Sorting can be customized using the variable
+@code{org-agenda-sorting-strategy}, and may also include criteria based on
+the estimated effort of an entry (see @ref{Effort Estimates}).
+
+@node Filtering/limiting agenda items
+@subsection Filtering/limiting agenda items
+
+@vindex org-agenda-category-filter-preset
+@vindex org-agenda-tag-filter-preset
+@vindex org-agenda-effort-filter-preset
+@vindex org-agenda-regexp-filter-preset
+Agenda built-in or custom commands are statically defined.  Agenda
+filters and limits allow to flexibly narrow down the list of agenda
+entries.
+
+@emph{Filters} only change the visibility of items, are very fast and are
+mostly used interactively@footnote{Custom agenda commands can preset a filter by binding one of
+the variables @code{org-agenda-tag-filter-preset},
+@code{org-agenda-category-filter-preset}, @code{org-agenda-effort-filter-preset}
+or @code{org-agenda-regexp-filter-preset} as an option.  This filter is
+then applied to the view and persists as a basic filter through
+refreshes and more secondary filtering.  The filter is a global
+property of the entire agenda view---in a block agenda, you should
+only set this in the global options section, not in the section of an
+individual block.}.  You can switch quickly between
+different filters without having to recreate the agenda.  @emph{Limits} on
+the other hand take effect before the agenda buffer is populated, so
+they are mostly useful when defined as local variables within custom
+agenda commands.
+
+@anchor{Filtering in the agenda}
+@subsubheading Filtering in the agenda
+
+@cindex agenda filtering
+@cindex filtering entries, in agenda
+@cindex tag filtering, in agenda
+@cindex category filtering, in agenda
+@cindex top headline filtering, in agenda
+@cindex effort filtering, in agenda
+@cindex query editing, in agenda
+
+The general filtering command is @code{org-agenda-filter}, bound to
+@kbd{/}.  Before we introduce it, we describe commands for
+individual filter types.  All filtering commands handle prefix
+arguments in the same way:  A single @kbd{C-u} prefix negates the
+filter, so it removes lines selected by the filter.  A double prefix
+adds the new filter condition to the one(s) already in place, so
+filter elements are accumulated.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{\} (@code{org-agenda-filter-by-tag})
+@findex org-agenda-filter-by-tag
+Filter the agenda view with respect to a tag.  You are prompted for
+a tag selection letter; @kbd{@key{SPC}} means any tag at all.
+Pressing @kbd{@key{TAB}} at that prompt offers completion to select a
+tag, including any tags that do not have a selection character.  The
+command then hides all entries that do not contain or inherit this
+tag.  Pressing @kbd{+} or @kbd{-} at the prompt switches
+between filtering for and against the next tag.  To clear the
+filter, press @kbd{\} twice (once to call the command again,
+and once at the prompt).
+
+@item @kbd{<} (@code{org-agenda-filter-by-category})
+@findex org-agenda-filter-by-category
+Filter by category of the line at point, and show only entries with
+this category.  When called with a prefix argument, hide all entries
+with the category at point.  To clear the filter, call this command
+again by pressing @kbd{<}.
+
+@item @kbd{=} (@code{org-agenda-filter-by-regexp})
+@findex org-agenda-filter-by-regexp
+Filter the agenda view by a regular expression: only show agenda
+entries matching the regular expression the user entered.  To clear
+the filter, call the command again by pressing @kbd{=}.
+
+@item @kbd{_} (@code{org-agenda-filter-by-effort})
+@findex org-agenda-filter-by-effort
+Filter the agenda view with respect to effort estimates, so select
+tasks that take the right amount of time.  You first need to set up
+a list of efforts globally, for example
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-global-properties
+      '(("Effort_ALL". "0 0:10 0:30 1:00 2:00 3:00 4:00")))
+@end lisp
+
+@vindex org-sort-agenda-noeffort-is-high
+You can then filter for an effort by first typing an operator, one
+of @kbd{<}, @kbd{>} and @kbd{=}, and then the
+one-digit index of an effort estimate in your array of allowed
+values, where @kbd{0} means the 10th value.  The filter then
+restricts to entries with effort smaller-or-equal, equal, or
+larger-or-equal than the selected value.  For application of the
+operator, entries without a defined effort are treated according to
+the value of @code{org-sort-agenda-noeffort-is-high}.  To clear the
+filter, press @kbd{_} twice (once to call the command again,
+and once at the first prompt).
+
+@item @kbd{^} (@code{org-agenda-filter-by-top-headline})
+@findex org-agenda-filter-by-top-headline
+Filter the current agenda view and only display items that fall
+under the same top-level headline as the current entry.  To clear
+the filter, call this command again by pressing @kbd{^}.
+
+@item @kbd{/} (@code{org-agenda-filter})
+@findex org-agenda-filter
+This is the unified interface to four of the five filter methods
+described above.  At the prompt, specify different filter elements
+in a single string, with full completion support.  For example,
+
+@example
++work-John+<0:10-/plot/
+@end example
+
+
+selects entries with category @samp{work} and effort estimates below 10
+minutes, and deselects entries with tag @samp{John} or matching the
+regexp @samp{plot} (see @ref{Regular Expressions}).  You can leave @samp{+} out if
+that does not lead to ambiguities.  The sequence of elements is
+arbitrary.  The filter syntax assumes that there is no overlap
+between categories and tags.  Otherwise, tags take priority.  If you
+reply to the prompt with the empty string, all filtering is removed.
+If a filter is specified, it replaces all current filters.  But if
+you call the command with a double prefix argument, or if you add an
+additional @samp{+} (e.g., @samp{++work}) to the front of the string, the new
+filter elements are added to the active ones.  A single prefix
+argument applies the entire filter in a negative sense.
+
+@item @kbd{|} (@code{org-agenda-filter-remove-all})
+Remove all filters in the current agenda view.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Computed tag filtering}
+@subsubheading Computed tag filtering
+
+@vindex org-agenda-auto-exclude-function
+If the variable @code{org-agenda-auto-exclude-function} is set to
+a user-defined function, that function can select tags that should be
+used as a tag filter when requested.  The function will be called with
+lower-case versions of all tags represented in the current view.  The
+function should return @samp{"-tag"} if the filter should remove
+entries with that tag, @samp{"+tag"} if only entries with this tag should
+be kept, or @samp{nil} if that tag is irrelevant.  For example, let's say
+you use a @samp{Net} tag to identify tasks which need network access, an
+@samp{Errand} tag for errands in town, and a @samp{Call} tag for making phone
+calls.  You could auto-exclude these tags based on the availability of
+the Internet, and outside of business hours, with something like this:
+
+@lisp
+(defun my-auto-exclude-fn (tag)
+  (when (cond ((string= tag "net")
+               (/= 0 (call-process "/sbin/ping" nil nil nil
+                                   "-c1" "-q" "-t1" "mail.gnu.org")))
+              ((member tag '("errand" "call"))
+               (let ((hr (nth 2 (decode-time))))
+                 (or (< hr 8) (> hr 21)))))
+    (concat "-" tag)))
+
+(setq org-agenda-auto-exclude-function #'my-auto-exclude-fn)
+@end lisp
+
+You can apply this self-adapting filter by using a triple prefix
+argument to @code{org-agenda-filter}, i.e.@tie{}press @kbd{C-u C-u C-u /},
+or by pressing @kbd{@key{RET}} in @code{org-agenda-filter-by-tag}.
+
+@anchor{Setting limits for the agenda}
+@subsubheading Setting limits for the agenda
+
+@cindex limits, in agenda
+
+Here is a list of options that you can set, either globally, or
+locally in your custom agenda views (see @ref{Custom Agenda Views}).
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-agenda-max-entries}
+@vindex org-agenda-max-entries
+Limit the number of entries.
+
+@item @code{org-agenda-max-effort}
+@vindex org-agenda-max-effort
+Limit the duration of accumulated efforts (as minutes).
+
+@item @code{org-agenda-max-todos}
+@vindex org-agenda-max-todos
+Limit the number of entries with TODO keywords.
+
+@item @code{org-agenda-max-tags}
+@vindex org-agenda-max-tags
+Limit the number of tagged entries.
+@end table
+
+When set to a positive integer, each option excludes entries from
+other categories: for example, @samp{(setq org-agenda-max-effort 100)}
+limits the agenda to 100 minutes of effort and exclude any entry that
+has no effort property.  If you want to include entries with no effort
+property, use a negative value for @code{org-agenda-max-effort}.  One
+useful setup is to use @code{org-agenda-max-entries} locally in a custom
+command.  For example, this custom command displays the next five
+entries with a @samp{NEXT} TODO keyword.
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
+      '(("n" todo "NEXT"
+         ((org-agenda-max-entries 5)))))
+@end lisp
+
+Once you mark one of these five entry as DONE, rebuilding the agenda
+will again the next five entries again, including the first entry that
+was excluded so far.
+
+You can also dynamically set temporary limits, which are lost when
+rebuilding the agenda:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{~} (@code{org-agenda-limit-interactively})
+@findex org-agenda-limit-interactively
+This prompts for the type of limit to apply and its value.
+@end table
+
+@node Agenda Commands
+@section Commands in the Agenda Buffer
+
+@cindex commands, in agenda buffer
+
+Entries in the agenda buffer are linked back to the Org file or diary
+file where they originate.  You are not allowed to edit the agenda
+buffer itself, but commands are provided to show and jump to the
+original entry location, and to edit the Org files ``remotely'' from the
+agenda buffer.  In this way, all information is stored only once,
+removing the risk that your agenda and note files may diverge.
+
+Some commands can be executed with mouse clicks on agenda lines.  For
+the other commands, point needs to be in the desired line.
+
+@anchor{Motion (1)}
+@subheading Motion
+
+@cindex motion commands in agenda
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{n} (@code{org-agenda-next-line})
+@kindex n
+@findex org-agenda-next-line
+Next line (same as @kbd{@key{DOWN}} and @kbd{C-n}).
+
+@item @kbd{p} (@code{org-agenda-previous-line})
+@kindex p
+@findex org-agenda-previous-line
+Previous line (same as @kbd{@key{UP}} and @kbd{C-p}).
+@end table
+
+@anchor{View/Go to Org file}
+@subheading View/Go to Org file
+
+@cindex view file commands in agenda
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{@key{SPC}} or @kbd{mouse-3} (@code{org-agenda-show-and-scroll-up})
+@kindex SPC
+@kindex mouse-3
+@findex org-agenda-show-and-scroll-up
+Display the original location of the item in another window.
+With a prefix argument, make sure that drawers stay folded.
+
+@item @kbd{L} (@code{org-agenda-recenter})
+@findex org-agenda-recenter
+Display original location and recenter that window.
+
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} or @kbd{mouse-2} (@code{org-agenda-goto})
+@kindex TAB
+@kindex mouse-2
+@findex org-agenda-goto
+Go to the original location of the item in another window.
+
+@item @kbd{@key{RET}} (@code{org-agenda-switch-to})
+@kindex RET
+@findex org-agenda-switch-to
+Go to the original location of the item and delete other windows.
+
+@item @kbd{F} (@code{org-agenda-follow-mode})
+@kindex F
+@findex org-agenda-follow-mode
+@vindex org-agenda-start-with-follow-mode
+Toggle Follow mode.  In Follow mode, as you move point through the
+agenda buffer, the other window always shows the corresponding
+location in the Org file.  The initial setting for this mode in new
+agenda buffers can be set with the variable
+@code{org-agenda-start-with-follow-mode}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x b} (@code{org-agenda-tree-to-indirect-buffer})
+@kindex C-c C-x b
+@findex org-agenda-tree-to-indirect-buffer
+Display the entire subtree of the current item in an indirect
+buffer.  With a numeric prefix argument N, go up to level N and then
+take that tree.  If N is negative, go up that many levels.  With
+a @kbd{C-u} prefix, do not remove the previously used indirect
+buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-o} (@code{org-agenda-open-link})
+@kindex C-c C-o
+@findex org-agenda-open-link
+Follow a link in the entry.  This offers a selection of any links in
+the text belonging to the referenced Org node.  If there is only one
+link, follow it without a selection prompt.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Change display}
+@subheading Change display
+
+@cindex change agenda display
+@cindex display changing, in agenda
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{A}
+@kindex A
+Interactively select another agenda view and append it to the
+current view.
+
+@item @kbd{o}
+@kindex o
+Delete other windows.
+
+@item @kbd{v d} or short @kbd{d} (@code{org-agenda-day-view})
+@kindex v d
+@kindex d
+@findex org-agenda-day-view
+Switch to day view.  When switching to day view, this setting
+becomes the default for subsequent agenda refreshes.  A numeric
+prefix argument may be used to jump directly to a specific day of
+the year.  For example, @kbd{32 d} jumps to February 1st.  When
+setting day view, a year may be encoded in the prefix argument as
+well.  For example, @kbd{200712 d} jumps to January 12, 2007.
+If such a year specification has only one or two digits, it is
+expanded into one of the 30 next years or the last 69 years.
+
+@item @kbd{v w} or short @kbd{w} (@code{org-agenda-week-view})
+@kindex v w
+@kindex w
+@findex org-agenda-week-view
+Switch to week view.  When switching week view, this setting becomes
+the default for subsequent agenda refreshes.  A numeric prefix
+argument may be used to jump directly to a specific day of the ISO
+week.  For example @kbd{9 w} to ISO week number 9.  When
+setting week view, a year may be encoded in the prefix argument as
+well.  For example, @kbd{200712 w} jumps to week 12 in 2007.
+If such a year specification has only one or two digits, it is
+expanded into one of the 30 next years or the last 69 years.
+
+@item @kbd{v m} (@code{org-agenda-month-view})
+@kindex v m
+@findex org-agenda-month-view
+Switch to month view.  Because month views are slow to create, they
+do not become the default for subsequent agenda refreshes.
+A numeric prefix argument may be used to jump directly to a specific
+day of the month.  When setting month view, a year may be encoded in
+the prefix argument as well.  For example, @kbd{200712 m} jumps
+to December, 2007.  If such a year specification has only one or two
+digits, it is expanded into one of the 30 next years or the last 69
+years.
+
+@item @kbd{v y} (@code{org-agenda-year-view})
+@kindex v y
+@findex org-agenda-year-view
+Switch to year view.  Because year views are slow to create, they do
+not become the default for subsequent agenda refreshes.  A numeric
+prefix argument may be used to jump directly to a specific day of
+the year.
+
+@item @kbd{v @key{SPC}} (@code{org-agenda-reset-view})
+@kindex v SPC
+@findex org-agenda-reset-view
+@vindex org-agenda-span
+Reset the current view to @code{org-agenda-span}.
+
+@item @kbd{f} (@code{org-agenda-later})
+@kindex f
+@findex org-agenda-later
+Go forward in time to display the span following the current one.
+For example, if the display covers a week, switch to the following
+week.  With a prefix argument, repeat that many times.
+
+@item @kbd{b} (@code{org-agenda-earlier})
+@kindex b
+@findex org-agenda-earlier
+Go backward in time to display earlier dates.
+
+@item @kbd{.} (@code{org-agenda-goto-today})
+@kindex .
+@findex org-agenda-goto-today
+Go to today.
+
+@item @kbd{j} (@code{org-agenda-goto-date})
+@kindex j
+@findex org-agenda-goto-date
+Prompt for a date and go there.
+
+@item @kbd{J} (@code{org-agenda-clock-goto})
+@kindex J
+@findex org-agenda-clock-goto
+Go to the currently clocked-in task @emph{in the agenda buffer}.
+
+@item @kbd{D} (@code{org-agenda-toggle-diary})
+@kindex D
+@findex org-agenda-toggle-diary
+Toggle the inclusion of diary entries.  See @ref{Weekly/daily agenda}.
+
+@item @kbd{v l} or @kbd{v L} or short @kbd{l} (@code{org-agenda-log-mode})
+@kindex v l
+@kindex l
+@kindex v L
+@findex org-agenda-log-mode
+@vindex org-log-done
+@vindex org-agenda-log-mode-items
+Toggle Logbook mode.  In Logbook mode, entries that were marked as
+done while logging was on (see the variable @code{org-log-done}) are
+shown in the agenda, as are entries that have been clocked on that
+day.  You can configure the entry types that should be included in
+log mode using the variable @code{org-agenda-log-mode-items}.  When
+called with a @kbd{C-u} prefix argument, show all possible
+logbook entries, including state changes.  When called with two
+prefix arguments @kbd{C-u C-u}, show only logging information,
+nothing else.  @kbd{v L} is equivalent to @kbd{C-u v l}.
+
+@item @kbd{v [} or short @kbd{[} (@code{org-agenda-manipulate-query-add})
+@kindex v [
+@kindex [
+@findex org-agenda-manipulate-query-add
+Include inactive timestamps into the current view.  Only for
+weekly/daily agenda.
+
+@item @kbd{v a} (@code{org-agenda-archives-mode})
+@kindex v a
+@findex org-agenda-archives-mode
+Toggle Archives mode.  In Archives mode, trees that are archived
+(see @ref{Internal archiving}) are also scanned when producing the
+agenda.  To exit archives mode, press @kbd{v a} again.
+
+@item @kbd{v A}
+@kindex v A
+Toggle Archives mode.  Include all archive files as well.
+
+@item @kbd{v R} or short @kbd{R} (@code{org-agenda-clockreport-mode})
+@kindex v R
+@kindex R
+@findex org-agenda-clockreport-mode
+@vindex org-agenda-start-with-clockreport-mode
+@vindex org-clock-report-include-clocking-task
+Toggle Clockreport mode.  In Clockreport mode, the daily/weekly
+agenda always shows a table with the clocked times for the time span
+and file scope covered by the current agenda view.  The initial
+setting for this mode in new agenda buffers can be set with the
+variable @code{org-agenda-start-with-clockreport-mode}.  By using
+a prefix argument when toggling this mode (i.e., @kbd{C-u R}),
+the clock table does not show contributions from entries that are
+hidden by agenda filtering@footnote{Only tags filtering is respected here, effort filtering is
+ignored.}.  See also the variable
+@code{org-clock-report-include-clocking-task}.
+
+@item @kbd{v c}
+@kindex v c
+@vindex org-agenda-clock-consistency-checks
+Show overlapping clock entries, clocking gaps, and other clocking
+problems in the current agenda range.  You can then visit clocking
+lines and fix them manually.  See the variable
+@code{org-agenda-clock-consistency-checks} for information on how to
+customize the definition of what constituted a clocking problem.  To
+return to normal agenda display, press @kbd{l} to exit Logbook
+mode.
+
+@item @kbd{v E} or short @kbd{E} (@code{org-agenda-entry-text-mode})
+@kindex v E
+@kindex E
+@findex org-agenda-entry-text-mode
+@vindex org-agenda-start-with-entry-text-mode
+@vindex org-agenda-entry-text-maxlines
+Toggle entry text mode.  In entry text mode, a number of lines from
+the Org outline node referenced by an agenda line are displayed
+below the line.  The maximum number of lines is given by the
+variable @code{org-agenda-entry-text-maxlines}.  Calling this command
+with a numeric prefix argument temporarily modifies that number to
+the prefix value.
+
+@item @kbd{G} (@code{org-agenda-toggle-time-grid})
+@kindex G
+@vindex org-agenda-use-time-grid
+@vindex org-agenda-time-grid
+Toggle the time grid on and off.  See also the variables
+@code{org-agenda-use-time-grid} and @code{org-agenda-time-grid}.
+
+@item @kbd{r} (@code{org-agenda-redo})
+@itemx @kbd{g}
+@kindex r
+@kindex g
+@findex org-agenda-redo
+Recreate the agenda buffer, for example to reflect the changes after
+modification of the timestamps of items with @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} and
+@kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}.  When the buffer is the global TODO list,
+a prefix argument is interpreted to create a selective list for
+a specific TODO keyword.
+
+@item @kbd{C-x C-s} or short @kbd{s} (@code{org-save-all-org-buffers})
+@kindex C-x C-s
+@findex org-save-all-org-buffers
+@kindex s
+Save all Org buffers in the current Emacs session, and also the
+locations of IDs.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-c} (@code{org-agenda-columns})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-c
+@findex org-agenda-columns
+@vindex org-columns-default-format
+Invoke column view (see @ref{Column View}) in the agenda buffer.  The
+column view format is taken from the entry at point, or, if there is
+no entry at point, from the first entry in the agenda view.  So
+whatever the format for that entry would be in the original buffer
+(taken from a property, from a @samp{COLUMNS} keyword, or from the
+default variable @code{org-columns-default-format}) is used in the
+agenda.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x >} (@code{org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock})
+@kindex C-c C-x >
+@findex org-agenda-remove-restriction-lock
+Remove the restriction lock on the agenda, if it is currently
+restricted to a file or subtree (see @ref{Agenda Files}).
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}} (@code{org-agenda-drag-line-backward})
+@kindex M-UP
+@findex org-agenda-drag-line-backward
+Drag the line at point backward one line.  With a numeric prefix
+argument, drag backward by that many lines.
+
+Moving agenda lines does not persist after an agenda refresh and
+does not modify the contributing Org files.
+
+@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-agenda-drag-line-forward})
+@kindex M-DOWN
+@findex org-agenda-drag-line-forward
+Drag the line at point forward one line.  With a numeric prefix
+argument, drag forward by that many lines.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Remote editing}
+@subheading Remote editing
+
+@cindex remote editing, from agenda
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{0--9}
+Digit argument.
+
+@item @kbd{C-_} (@code{org-agenda-undo})
+@kindex C-_
+@findex org-agenda-undo
+@cindex undoing remote-editing events
+@cindex remote editing, undo
+Undo a change due to a remote editing command.  The change is undone
+both in the agenda buffer and in the remote buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{t} (@code{org-agenda-todo})
+@kindex t
+@findex org-agenda-todo
+Change the TODO state of the item, both in the agenda and in the
+original Org file.  A prefix arg is passed through to the @code{org-todo}
+command, so for example a @kbd{C-u} prefix are will trigger
+taking a note to document the state change.
+
+@item @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-agenda-todo-nextset})
+@kindex C-S-RIGHT
+@findex org-agenda-todo-nextset
+Switch to the next set of TODO keywords.
+
+@item @kbd{C-S-@key{LEFT}}, @code{org-agenda-todo-previousset}
+@kindex C-S-LEFT
+Switch to the previous set of TODO keywords.
+
+@item @kbd{C-k} (@code{org-agenda-kill})
+@kindex C-k
+@findex org-agenda-kill
+@vindex org-agenda-confirm-kill
+Delete the current agenda item along with the entire subtree
+belonging to it in the original Org file.  If the text to be deleted
+remotely is longer than one line, the kill needs to be confirmed by
+the user.  See variable @code{org-agenda-confirm-kill}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{org-agenda-refile})
+@kindex C-c C-w
+@findex org-agenda-refile
+Refile the entry at point.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-a} or short @kbd{a} (@code{org-agenda-archive-default-with-confirmation})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-a
+@kindex a
+@findex org-agenda-archive-default-with-confirmation
+@vindex org-archive-default-command
+Archive the subtree corresponding to the entry at point using the
+default archiving command set in @code{org-archive-default-command}.
+When using the @kbd{a} key, confirmation is required.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x a} (@code{org-agenda-toggle-archive-tag})
+@kindex C-c C-x a
+@findex org-agenda-toggle-archive-tag
+Toggle the archive tag (see @ref{Internal archiving}) for the current
+headline.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x A} (@code{org-agenda-archive-to-archive-sibling})
+@kindex C-c C-x A
+@findex org-agenda-archive-to-archive-sibling
+Move the subtree corresponding to the current entry to its @emph{archive
+sibling}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-s} or short @kbd{$} (@code{org-agenda-archive})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-s
+@kindex $
+@findex org-agenda-archive
+Archive the subtree corresponding to the current headline.  This
+means the entry is moved to the configured archive location, most
+likely a different file.
+
+@item @kbd{T} (@code{org-agenda-show-tags})
+@kindex T
+@findex org-agenda-show-tags
+@vindex org-agenda-show-inherited-tags
+Show all tags associated with the current item.  This is useful if
+you have turned off @code{org-agenda-show-inherited-tags}, but still want
+to see all tags of a headline occasionally.
+
+@item @kbd{:} (@code{org-agenda-set-tags})
+@kindex :
+@findex org-agenda-set-tags
+Set tags for the current headline.  If there is an active region in
+the agenda, change a tag for all headings in the region.
+
+@item @kbd{,} (@code{org-agenda-priority})
+@kindex ,
+@findex org-agenda-priority
+Set the priority for the current item.  Org mode prompts for the
+priority character.  If you reply with @kbd{@key{SPC}}, the priority
+cookie is removed from the entry.
+
+@item @kbd{+} or @kbd{S-@key{UP}} (@code{org-agenda-priority-up})
+@kindex +
+@kindex S-UP
+@findex org-agenda-priority-up
+Increase the priority of the current item.  The priority is changed
+in the original buffer, but the agenda is not resorted.  Use the
+@kbd{r} key for this.
+
+@item @kbd{-} or @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}} (@code{org-agenda-priority-down})
+@kindex -
+@kindex S-DOWN
+@findex org-agenda-priority-down
+Decrease the priority of the current item.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x e} or short @kbd{e} (@code{org-agenda-set-effort})
+@kindex e
+@kindex C-c C-x e
+@findex org-agenda-set-effort
+Set the effort property for the current item.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-z} or short @kbd{z} (@code{org-agenda-add-note})
+@kindex z
+@kindex C-c C-z
+@findex org-agenda-add-note
+@vindex org-log-into-drawer
+Add a note to the entry.  This note is recorded, and then filed to
+the same location where state change notes are put.  Depending on
+@code{org-log-into-drawer}, this may be inside a drawer.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-a} (@code{org-attach})
+@kindex C-c C-a
+@findex org-attach
+Dispatcher for all command related to attachments.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{org-agenda-schedule})
+@kindex C-c C-s
+@findex org-agenda-schedule
+Schedule this item.  With a prefix argument, remove the
+scheduling timestamp
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-d} (@code{org-agenda-deadline})
+@kindex C-c C-d
+@findex org-agenda-deadline
+Set a deadline for this item.  With a prefix argument, remove the
+deadline.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}} (@code{org-agenda-do-date-later})
+@kindex S-RIGHT
+@findex org-agenda-do-date-later
+Change the timestamp associated with the current line by one day
+into the future.  If the date is in the past, the first call to this
+command moves it to today.  With a numeric prefix argument, change
+it by that many days.  For example, @kbd{3 6 5 S-@key{RIGHT}} changes
+it by a year.  With a @kbd{C-u} prefix, change the time by one
+hour.  If you immediately repeat the command, it will continue to
+change hours even without the prefix argument.  With a double
+@kbd{C-u C-u} prefix, do the same for changing minutes.  The
+stamp is changed in the original Org file, but the change is not
+directly reflected in the agenda buffer.  Use @kbd{r} or
+@kbd{g} to update the buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}} (@code{org-agenda-do-date-earlier})
+@kindex S-LEFT
+@findex org-agenda-do-date-earlier
+Change the timestamp associated with the current line by one day
+into the past.
+
+@item @kbd{>} (@code{org-agenda-date-prompt})
+@kindex >
+@findex org-agenda-date-prompt
+Change the timestamp associated with the current line.  The key
+@kbd{>} has been chosen, because it is the same as
+@kbd{S-.}  on my keyboard.
+
+@item @kbd{I} (@code{org-agenda-clock-in})
+@kindex I
+@findex org-agenda-clock-in
+Start the clock on the current item.  If a clock is running already,
+it is stopped first.
+
+@item @kbd{O} (@code{org-agenda-clock-out})
+@kindex O
+@findex org-agenda-clock-out
+Stop the previously started clock.
+
+@item @kbd{X} (@code{org-agenda-clock-cancel})
+@kindex X
+@findex org-agenda-clock-cancel
+Cancel the currently running clock.
+
+@item @kbd{J} (@code{org-agenda-clock-goto})
+@kindex J
+@findex org-agenda-clock-goto
+Jump to the running clock in another window.
+
+@item @kbd{k} (@code{org-agenda-capture})
+@kindex k
+@findex org-agenda-capture
+@cindex capturing, from agenda
+@vindex org-capture-use-agenda-date
+Like @code{org-capture}, but use the date at point as the default date
+for the capture template.  See @code{org-capture-use-agenda-date} to make
+this the default behavior of @code{org-capture}.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Bulk remote editing selected entries}
+@subheading Bulk remote editing selected entries
+
+@cindex remote editing, bulk, from agenda
+@vindex org-agenda-bulk-custom-functions
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{m} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-mark})
+@kindex m
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-mark
+
+Mark the entry at point for bulk action.  If there is an active
+region in the agenda, mark the entries in the region.  With numeric
+prefix argument, mark that many successive entries.
+
+@item @kbd{*} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-mark-all})
+@kindex *
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-mark-all
+
+Mark all visible agenda entries for bulk action.
+
+@item @kbd{u} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-unmark})
+@kindex u
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-unmark
+
+Unmark entry for bulk action.
+
+@item @kbd{U} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-remove-all-marks})
+@kindex U
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-remove-all-marks
+
+Unmark all marked entries for bulk action.
+
+@item @kbd{M-m} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-toggle})
+@kindex M-m
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-toggle
+
+Toggle mark of the entry at point for bulk action.
+
+@item @kbd{M-*} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-toggle-all})
+@kindex M-*
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-toggle-all
+
+Toggle mark of every entry for bulk action.
+
+@item @kbd{%} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-mark-regexp})
+@kindex %
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-mark-regexp
+
+Mark entries matching a regular expression for bulk action.
+
+@item @kbd{B} (@code{org-agenda-bulk-action})
+@kindex B
+@findex org-agenda-bulk-action
+@vindex org-agenda-bulk-persistent-marks
+
+Bulk action: act on all marked entries in the agenda.  This prompts
+for another key to select the action to be applied.  The prefix
+argument to @kbd{B} is passed through to the @kbd{s} and
+@kbd{d} commands, to bulk-remove these special timestamps.  By
+default, marks are removed after the bulk.  If you want them to
+persist, set @code{org-agenda-bulk-persistent-marks} to @code{t} or hit
+@kbd{p} at the prompt.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{p}
+Toggle persistent marks.
+
+@item @kbd{$}
+Archive all selected entries.
+
+@item @kbd{A}
+Archive entries by moving them to their respective archive
+siblings.
+
+@item @kbd{t}
+Change TODO state.  This prompts for a single TODO keyword and
+changes the state of all selected entries, bypassing blocking and
+suppressing logging notes---but not timestamps.
+
+@item @kbd{+}
+Add a tag to all selected entries.
+
+@item @kbd{-}
+Remove a tag from all selected entries.
+
+@item @kbd{s}
+Schedule all items to a new date.  To shift existing schedule
+dates by a fixed number of days, use something starting with
+double plus at the prompt, for example @samp{++8d} or @samp{++2w}.
+
+@item @kbd{d}
+Set deadline to a specific date.
+
+@item @kbd{r}
+Prompt for a single refile target and move all entries.  The
+entries are no longer in the agenda; refresh (@kbd{g}) to
+bring them back.
+
+@item @kbd{S}
+Reschedule randomly into the coming N days.  N is prompted for.
+With a prefix argument (@kbd{C-u B S}), scatter only across
+weekdays.
+
+@item @kbd{f}
+@vindex org-agenda-bulk-custom-functions
+Apply a function@footnote{You can also create persistent custom functions through
+@code{org-agenda-bulk-custom-functions}.} to marked entries.  For example, the
+function below sets the @samp{CATEGORY} property of the entries to
+@samp{web}.
+
+@lisp
+(defun set-category ()
+  (interactive "P")
+  (let ((marker (or (org-get-at-bol 'org-hd-marker)
+                    (org-agenda-error))))
+    (org-with-point-at marker
+      (org-back-to-heading t)
+      (org-set-property "CATEGORY" "web"))))
+@end lisp
+@end table
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Calendar commands}
+@subheading Calendar commands
+
+@cindex calendar commands, from agenda
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{c} (@code{org-agenda-goto-calendar})
+@kindex c
+@findex org-agenda-goto-calendar
+Open the Emacs calendar and go to the date at point in the agenda.
+
+@item @kbd{c} (@code{org-calendar-goto-agenda})
+@kindex c
+@findex org-calendar-goto-agenda
+When in the calendar, compute and show the Org agenda for the date
+at point.
+
+@item @kbd{i} (@code{org-agenda-diary-entry})
+@kindex i
+@findex org-agenda-diary-entry
+
+@cindex diary entries, creating from agenda
+Insert a new entry into the diary, using the date at point and (for
+block entries) the date at the mark.  This adds to the Emacs diary
+file@footnote{This file is parsed for the agenda when
+@code{org-agenda-include-diary} is set.}, in a way similar to the @kbd{i} command in the
+calendar.  The diary file pops up in another window, where you can
+add the entry.
+
+@vindex org-agenda-diary-file
+If you configure @code{org-agenda-diary-file} to point to an Org file,
+Org creates entries in that file instead.  Most entries are stored
+in a date-based outline tree that will later make it easy to archive
+appointments from previous months/years.  The tree is built under an
+entry with a @samp{DATE_TREE} property, or else with years as top-level
+entries.  Emacs prompts you for the entry text---if you specify it,
+the entry is created in @code{org-agenda-diary-file} without further
+interaction.  If you directly press @kbd{@key{RET}} at the prompt
+without typing text, the target file is shown in another window for
+you to finish the entry there.  See also the @kbd{k r} command.
+
+@item @kbd{M} (@code{org-agenda-phases-of-moon})
+@kindex M
+@findex org-agenda-phases-of-moon
+Show the phases of the moon for the three months around current
+date.
+
+@item @kbd{S} (@code{org-agenda-sunrise-sunset})
+@kindex S
+@findex org-agenda-sunrise-sunset
+Show sunrise and sunset times.  The geographical location must be
+set with calendar variables, see the documentation for the Emacs
+calendar.
+
+@item @kbd{C} (@code{org-agenda-convert-date})
+@kindex C
+@findex org-agenda-convert-date
+Convert the date at point into many other cultural and historic
+calendars.
+
+@item @kbd{H} (@code{org-agenda-holidays})
+@kindex H
+@findex org-agenda-holidays
+Show holidays for three months around point date.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Quit and exit}
+@subheading Quit and exit
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{q} (@code{org-agenda-quit})
+@kindex q
+@findex org-agenda-quit
+
+Quit agenda, remove the agenda buffer.
+
+@item @kbd{x} (@code{org-agenda-exit})
+@kindex x
+@findex org-agenda-exit
+
+@cindex agenda files, removing buffers
+Exit agenda, remove the agenda buffer and all buffers loaded by
+Emacs for the compilation of the agenda.  Buffers created by the
+user to visit Org files are not removed.
+@end table
+
+@node Custom Agenda Views
+@section Custom Agenda Views
+
+@cindex custom agenda views
+@cindex agenda views, custom
+
+Custom agenda commands serve two purposes: to store and quickly access
+frequently used TODO and tags searches, and to create special
+composite agenda buffers.  Custom agenda commands are accessible
+through the dispatcher (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}), just like the
+default commands.
+
+@menu
+* Storing searches::             Type once, use often.
+* Block agenda::                 All the stuff you need in a single buffer.
+* Setting options::              Changing the rules.
+@end menu
+
+@node Storing searches
+@subsection Storing searches
+
+The first application of custom searches is the definition of keyboard
+shortcuts for frequently used searches, either creating an agenda
+buffer, or a sparse tree (the latter covering of course only the
+current buffer).
+
+@kindex C @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands
+@cindex agenda views, main example
+@cindex agenda, as an agenda views
+@cindex agenda*, as an agenda views
+@cindex tags, as an agenda view
+@cindex todo, as an agenda view
+@cindex tags-todo
+@cindex todo-tree
+@cindex occur-tree
+@cindex tags-tree
+Custom commands are configured in the variable
+@code{org-agenda-custom-commands}.  You can customize this variable, for
+example by pressing @kbd{C} from the agenda dispatcher (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}).  You can also directly set it with Emacs Lisp in
+the Emacs init file.  The following example contains all valid agenda
+views:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
+      '(("x" agenda)
+        ("y" agenda*)
+        ("w" todo "WAITING")
+        ("W" todo-tree "WAITING")
+        ("u" tags "+boss-urgent")
+        ("v" tags-todo "+boss-urgent")
+        ("U" tags-tree "+boss-urgent")
+        ("f" occur-tree "\\<FIXME\\>")
+        ("h" . "HOME+Name tags searches") ;description for "h" prefix
+        ("hl" tags "+home+Lisa")
+        ("hp" tags "+home+Peter")
+        ("hk" tags "+home+Kim")))
+@end lisp
+
+The initial string in each entry defines the keys you have to press
+after the dispatcher command in order to access the command.  Usually
+this is just a single character, but if you have many similar
+commands, you can also define two-letter combinations where the first
+character is the same in several combinations and serves as a prefix
+key@footnote{You can provide a description for a prefix key by inserting
+a cons cell with the prefix and the description.}.  The second parameter is the search type, followed by the
+string or regular expression to be used for the matching.  The example
+above will therefore define:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{x}
+as a global search for agenda entries planned@footnote{@emph{Planned} means here that these entries have some planning
+information attached to them, like a time-stamp, a scheduled or
+a deadline string.  See @code{org-agenda-entry-types} on how to set what
+planning information is taken into account.} this week/day.
+
+@item @kbd{y}
+as the same search, but only for entries with an hour specification
+like @samp{[h]h:mm}---think of them as appointments.
+
+@item @kbd{w}
+as a global search for TODO entries with @samp{WAITING} as the TODO
+keyword.
+
+@item @kbd{W}
+as the same search, but only in the current buffer and displaying
+the results as a sparse tree.
+
+@item @kbd{u}
+as a global tags search for headlines tagged @samp{boss} but not
+@samp{urgent}.
+
+@item @kbd{v}
+The same search, but limiting it to headlines that are also TODO
+items.
+
+@item @kbd{U}
+as the same search, but only in the current buffer and displaying
+the result as a sparse tree.
+
+@item @kbd{f}
+to create a sparse tree (again, current buffer only) with all
+entries containing the word @samp{FIXME}.
+
+@item @kbd{h}
+as a prefix command for a @samp{HOME} tags search where you have to press
+an additional key (@kbd{l}, @kbd{p} or @kbd{k}) to
+select a name (Lisa, Peter, or Kim) as additional tag to match.
+@end table
+
+Note that @code{*-tree} agenda views need to be called from an Org buffer
+as they operate on the current buffer only.
+
+@node Block agenda
+@subsection Block agenda
+
+@cindex block agenda
+@cindex agenda, with block views
+
+Another possibility is the construction of agenda views that comprise
+the results of @emph{several} commands, each of which creates a block in
+the agenda buffer.  The available commands include @code{agenda} for the
+daily or weekly agenda (as created with @kbd{a}) , @code{alltodo} for
+the global TODO list (as constructed with @kbd{t}), @code{stuck} for
+the list of stuck projects (as obtained with @kbd{#}) and the
+matching commands discussed above: @code{todo}, @code{tags}, and @code{tags-todo}.
+
+Here are two examples:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
+      '(("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks"
+         ((agenda "")
+          (tags-todo "home")
+          (tags "garden")))
+        ("o" "Agenda and Office-related tasks"
+         ((agenda "")
+          (tags-todo "work")
+          (tags "office")))))
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+This defines @kbd{h} to create a multi-block view for stuff you
+need to attend to at home.  The resulting agenda buffer contains your
+agenda for the current week, all TODO items that carry the tag @samp{home},
+and also all lines tagged with @samp{garden}.  Finally the command
+@kbd{o} provides a similar view for office tasks.
+
+@node Setting options
+@subsection Setting options for custom commands
+
+@cindex options, for custom agenda views
+
+@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands
+Org mode contains a number of variables regulating agenda construction
+and display.  The global variables define the behavior for all agenda
+commands, including the custom commands.  However, if you want to
+change some settings just for a single custom view, you can do so.
+Setting options requires inserting a list of variable names and values
+at the right spot in @code{org-agenda-custom-commands}.  For example:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
+      '(("w" todo "WAITING"
+         ((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-down))
+          (org-agenda-prefix-format "  Mixed: ")))
+        ("U" tags-tree "+boss-urgent"
+         ((org-show-context-detail 'minimal)))
+        ("N" search ""
+         ((org-agenda-files '("~org/notes.org"))
+          (org-agenda-text-search-extra-files nil)))))
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+Now the @kbd{w} command sorts the collected entries only by
+priority, and the prefix format is modified to just say @samp{Mixed:}
+instead of giving the category of the entry.  The sparse tags tree of
+@kbd{U} now turns out ultra-compact, because neither the headline
+hierarchy above the match, nor the headline following the match are
+shown.  The command @kbd{N} does a text search limited to only
+a single file.
+
+For command sets creating a block agenda, @code{org-agenda-custom-commands}
+has two separate spots for setting options.  You can add options that
+should be valid for just a single command in the set, and options that
+should be valid for all commands in the set.  The former are just
+added to the command entry; the latter must come after the list of
+command entries.  Going back to the block agenda example (see @ref{Block agenda}), let's change the sorting strategy for the @kbd{h}
+commands to @code{priority-down}, but let's sort the results for @samp{garden}
+tags query in the opposite order, @code{priority-up}.  This would look like
+this:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
+      '(("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks"
+         ((agenda)
+          (tags-todo "home")
+          (tags "garden"
+                ((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-up)))))
+         ((org-agenda-sorting-strategy '(priority-down))))
+        ("o" "Agenda and Office-related tasks"
+         ((agenda)
+          (tags-todo "work")
+          (tags "office")))))
+@end lisp
+
+As you see, the values and parentheses setting is a little complex.
+When in doubt, use the customize interface to set this variable---it
+fully supports its structure.  Just one caveat: when setting options
+in this interface, the @emph{values} are just Lisp expressions.  So if the
+value is a string, you need to add the double-quotes around the value
+yourself.
+
+@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts
+To control whether an agenda command should be accessible from
+a specific context, you can customize
+@code{org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts}.  Let's say for example that you
+have an agenda command @kbd{o} displaying a view that you only
+need when reading emails.  Then you would configure this option like
+this:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts
+      '(("o" (in-mode . "message-mode"))))
+@end lisp
+
+You can also tell that the command key @kbd{o} should refer to
+another command key @kbd{r}.  In that case, add this command key
+like this:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-custom-commands-contexts
+      '(("o" "r" (in-mode . "message-mode"))))
+@end lisp
+
+See the docstring of the variable for more information.
+
+@node Exporting Agenda Views
+@section Exporting Agenda Views
+
+@cindex agenda views, exporting
+
+If you are away from your computer, it can be very useful to have
+a printed version of some agenda views to carry around.  Org mode can
+export custom agenda views as plain text, HTML@footnote{For HTML you need to install Hrvoje Nikšić's @samp{htmlize.el}
+as an Emacs package from MELPA or from @uref{https://github.com/hniksic/emacs-htmlize, Hrvoje Nikšić's repository}.}, Postscript,
+PDF@footnote{To create PDF output, the Ghostscript ps2pdf utility must be
+installed on the system.  Selecting a PDF file also creates the
+postscript file.}, and iCalendar files.  If you want to do this only
+occasionally, use the following command:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-x C-w} (@code{org-agenda-write})
+@kindex C-x C-w
+@findex org-agenda-write
+@cindex exporting agenda views
+@cindex agenda views, exporting
+
+@vindex org-agenda-exporter-settings
+Write the agenda view to a file.
+@end table
+
+If you need to export certain agenda views frequently, you can
+associate any custom agenda command with a list of output file
+names@footnote{If you want to store standard views like the weekly agenda or
+the global TODO list as well, you need to define custom commands for
+them in order to be able to specify file names.}.  Here is an example that first defines custom commands
+for the agenda and the global TODO list, together with a number of
+files to which to export them.  Then we define two block agenda
+commands and specify file names for them as well.  File names can be
+relative to the current working directory, or absolute.
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
+      '(("X" agenda "" nil ("agenda.html" "agenda.ps"))
+        ("Y" alltodo "" nil ("todo.html" "todo.txt" "todo.ps"))
+        ("h" "Agenda and Home-related tasks"
+         ((agenda "")
+          (tags-todo "home")
+          (tags "garden"))
+         nil
+         ("~/views/home.html"))
+        ("o" "Agenda and Office-related tasks"
+         ((agenda)
+          (tags-todo "work")
+          (tags "office"))
+         nil
+         ("~/views/office.ps" "~/calendars/office.ics"))))
+@end lisp
+
+The extension of the file name determines the type of export.  If it
+is @samp{.html}, Org mode uses the htmlize package to convert the buffer to
+HTML and save it to this file name.  If the extension is @samp{.ps},
+@code{ps-print-buffer-with-faces} is used to produce Postscript output.  If
+the extension is @samp{.ics}, iCalendar export is run export over all files
+that were used to construct the agenda, and limit the export to
+entries listed in the agenda.  Any other extension produces a plain
+ASCII file.
+
+The export files are @emph{not} created when you use one of those
+commands interactively because this might use too much overhead.
+Instead, there is a special command to produce @emph{all} specified
+files in one step:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{e} (@code{org-store-agenda-views})
+@kindex e @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+@findex org-store-agenda-views
+Export all agenda views that have export file names associated with
+them.
+@end table
+
+You can use the options section of the custom agenda commands to also
+set options for the export commands.  For example:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-custom-commands
+      '(("X" agenda ""
+         ((ps-number-of-columns 2)
+          (ps-landscape-mode t)
+          (org-agenda-prefix-format " [ ] ")
+          (org-agenda-with-colors nil)
+          (org-agenda-remove-tags t))
+         ("theagenda.ps"))))
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+@vindex org-agenda-exporter-settings
+This command sets two options for the Postscript exporter, to make it
+print in two columns in landscape format---the resulting page can be
+cut in two and then used in a paper agenda.  The remaining settings
+modify the agenda prefix to omit category and scheduling information,
+and instead include a checkbox to check off items.  We also remove the
+tags to make the lines compact, and we do not want to use colors for
+the black-and-white printer.  Settings specified in
+@code{org-agenda-exporter-settings} also apply, e.g.,
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-exporter-settings
+      '((ps-number-of-columns 2)
+        (ps-landscape-mode t)
+        (org-agenda-add-entry-text-maxlines 5)
+        (htmlize-output-type 'css)))
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+but the settings in @code{org-agenda-custom-commands} take precedence.
+
+From the command line you may also use:
+
+@example
+emacs -eval (org-batch-store-agenda-views) -kill
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+or, if you need to modify some parameters@footnote{Quoting depends on the system you use, please check the FAQ
+for examples.}
+
+@example
+emacs -eval '(org-batch-store-agenda-views                      \
+              org-agenda-span (quote month)                     \
+              org-agenda-start-day "2007-11-01"                 \
+              org-agenda-include-diary nil                      \
+              org-agenda-files (quote ("~/org/project.org")))'  \
+      -kill
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+which creates the agenda views restricted to the file
+@samp{~/org/project.org}, without diary entries and with a 30-day extent.
+
+You can also extract agenda information in a way that allows further
+processing by other programs.  See @ref{Extracting Agenda Information}, for
+more information.
+
+@node Agenda Column View
+@section Using Column View in the Agenda
+
+@cindex column view, in agenda
+@cindex agenda, column view
+
+Column view (see @ref{Column View}) is normally used to view and edit
+properties embedded in the hierarchical structure of an Org file.  It
+can be quite useful to use column view also from the agenda, where
+entries are collected by certain criteria.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-c} (@code{org-agenda-columns})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-c
+@findex org-agenda-columns
+
+Turn on column view in the agenda.
+@end table
+
+To understand how to use this properly, it is important to realize
+that the entries in the agenda are no longer in their proper outline
+environment.  This causes the following issues:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+@vindex org-columns-default-format-for-agenda
+@vindex org-columns-default-format
+Org needs to make a decision which columns format to use.  Since
+the entries in the agenda are collected from different files, and
+different files may have different columns formats, this is a
+non-trivial problem.  Org first checks if
+@code{org-overriding-columns-format} is currently set, and if so, takes
+the format from there.  You should set this variable only in the
+@emph{local settings section} of a custom agenda command (see @ref{Custom Agenda Views}) to make it valid for that specific agenda view.  If
+no such binding exists, it checks, in sequence,
+@code{org-columns-default-format-for-agenda}, the format associated with
+the first item in the agenda (through a property or a @samp{#+COLUMNS}
+setting in that buffer) and finally @code{org-columns-default-format}.
+
+@item
+@cindex @samp{CLOCKSUM}, special property
+If any of the columns has a summary type defined (see @ref{Column attributes}), turning on column view in the agenda visits all
+relevant agenda files and make sure that the computations of this
+property are up to date.  This is also true for the special
+@samp{CLOCKSUM} property.  Org then sums the values displayed in the
+agenda.  In the daily/weekly agenda, the sums cover a single day;
+in all other views they cover the entire block.
+
+It is important to realize that the agenda may show the same entry
+@emph{twice}---for example as scheduled and as a deadline---and it may
+show two entries from the same hierarchy (for example a @emph{parent}
+and its @emph{child}).  In these cases, the summation in the agenda
+leads to incorrect results because some values count double.
+
+@item
+When the column view in the agenda shows the @samp{CLOCKSUM} property,
+that is always the entire clocked time for this item.  So even in
+the daily/weekly agenda, the clocksum listed in column view may
+originate from times outside the current view.  This has the
+advantage that you can compare these values with a column listing
+the planned total effort for a task---one of the major
+applications for column view in the agenda.  If you want
+information about clocked time in the displayed period use clock
+table mode (press @kbd{R} in the agenda).
+
+@item
+@cindex @samp{CLOCKSUM_T}, special property
+When the column view in the agenda shows the @samp{CLOCKSUM_T} property,
+that is always today's clocked time for this item.  So even in the
+weekly agenda, the clocksum listed in column view only originates
+from today.  This lets you compare the time you spent on a task for
+today, with the time already spent---via @samp{CLOCKSUM}---and with
+the planned total effort for it.
+@end enumerate
+
+@node Markup for Rich Contents
+@chapter Markup for Rich Contents
+
+Org is primarily about organizing and searching through your
+plain-text notes.  However, it also provides a lightweight yet robust
+markup language for rich text formatting and more.  For instance, you
+may want to center or emphasize text.  Or you may need to insert
+a formula or image in your writing.  Org offers syntax for all of this
+and more.  Used in conjunction with the export framework (see
+@ref{Exporting}), you can author beautiful documents in Org---like the fine
+manual you are currently reading.
+
+@menu
+* Paragraphs::                   The basic unit of text.
+* Emphasis and Monospace::       Bold, italic, etc.
+* Subscripts and Superscripts::  Simple syntax for raising/lowering text.
+* Special Symbols::              Greek letters and other symbols.
+* Embedded @LaTeX{}::            LaTeX can be freely used inside Org documents.
+* Literal Examples::             Source code examples with special formatting.
+* Images::                       Display an image.
+* Captions::                     Describe tables, images...
+* Horizontal Rules::             Make a line.
+* Creating Footnotes::           Edit and read footnotes.
+@end menu
+
+@node Paragraphs
+@section Paragraphs
+
+@cindex paragraphs, markup rules
+Paragraphs are separated by at least one empty line.  If you need to
+enforce a line break within a paragraph, use @samp{\\} at the end of
+a line.
+
+@cindex line breaks, markup rules
+To preserve the line breaks, indentation and blank lines in a region,
+but otherwise use normal formatting, you can use this construct, which
+can also be used to format poetry.
+
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_VERSE}
+@cindex verse blocks
+@example
+#+BEGIN_VERSE
+ Great clouds overhead
+ Tiny black birds rise and fall
+ Snow covers Emacs
+
+    ---AlexSchroeder
+#+END_VERSE
+@end example
+
+When quoting a passage from another document, it is customary to
+format this as a paragraph that is indented on both the left and the
+right margin.  You can include quotations in Org documents like this:
+
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_QUOTE}
+@cindex quote blocks
+@example
+#+BEGIN_QUOTE
+Everything should be made as simple as possible,
+but not any simpler ---Albert Einstein
+#+END_QUOTE
+@end example
+
+If you would like to center some text, do it like this:
+
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_CENTER}
+@cindex center blocks
+@example
+#+BEGIN_CENTER
+Everything should be made as simple as possible, \\
+but not any simpler
+#+END_CENTER
+@end example
+
+@node Emphasis and Monospace
+@section Emphasis and Monospace
+
+@cindex underlined text, markup rules
+@cindex bold text, markup rules
+@cindex italic text, markup rules
+@cindex verbatim text, markup rules
+@cindex code text, markup rules
+@cindex strike-through text, markup rules
+
+You can make words @samp{*bold*}, @samp{/italic/}, @samp{_underlined_}, @samp{=verbatim=}
+and @samp{~code~}, and, if you must, @samp{+strike-through+}.  Text in the code
+and verbatim string is not processed for Org specific syntax; it is
+exported verbatim.
+
+@vindex org-fontify-emphasized-text
+To turn off fontification for marked up text, you can set
+@code{org-fontify-emphasized-text} to @code{nil}.  To narrow down the list of
+available markup syntax, you can customize @code{org-emphasis-alist}.
+
+Sometimes, when marked text also contains the marker character itself,
+the result may be unsettling.  For example,
+
+@example
+/One may expect this whole sentence to be italicized, but the
+following ~user/?variable~ contains =/= character, which effectively
+stops emphasis there./
+@end example
+
+You can use zero width space to help Org sorting out the ambiguity.
+See @ref{Escape Character} for more details.
+
+@node Subscripts and Superscripts
+@section Subscripts and Superscripts
+
+@cindex subscript
+@cindex superscript
+
+@samp{^} and @samp{_} are used to indicate super- and subscripts.  To increase
+the readability of ASCII text, it is not necessary, but OK, to
+surround multi-character sub- and superscripts with curly braces.  For
+example
+
+@example
+The radius of the sun is R_sun = 6.96 x 10^8 m.  On the other hand,
+the radius of Alpha Centauri is R_@{Alpha Centauri@} = 1.28 x R_@{sun@}.
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-use-sub-superscripts
+If you write a text where the underscore is often used in a different
+context, Org's convention to always interpret these as subscripts can
+get in your way.  Configure the variable @code{org-use-sub-superscripts} to
+change this convention.  For example, when setting this variable to
+@code{@{@}}, @samp{a_b} is not interpreted as a subscript, but @samp{a_@{b@}} is.
+
+You can set @code{org-use-sub-superscripts} in a file using the export
+option @samp{^:} (see @ref{Export Settings}).  For example, @samp{#+OPTIONS: ^:@{@}}
+sets @code{org-use-sub-superscripts} to @code{@{@}} and limits super- and
+subscripts to the curly bracket notation.
+
+You can also toggle the visual display of super- and subscripts:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x \} (@code{org-toggle-pretty-entities})
+@kindex C-c C-x \
+@findex org-toggle-pretty-entities
+This command formats sub- and superscripts in a WYSIWYM way.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-pretty-entities
+@vindex org-pretty-entities-include-sub-superscripts
+Set both @code{org-pretty-entities} and
+@code{org-pretty-entities-include-sub-superscripts} to @code{t} to start with
+super- and subscripts @emph{visually} interpreted as specified by the
+option @code{org-use-sub-superscripts}.
+
+@node Special Symbols
+@section Special Symbols
+
+@cindex math symbols
+@cindex special symbols
+@cindex entities
+
+You can use @LaTeX{}-like syntax to insert special symbols---named
+entities---like @samp{\alpha} to indicate the Greek letter, or @samp{\to} to indicate
+an arrow.  Completion for these symbols is available, just type @samp{\}
+and maybe a few letters, and press @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to see possible
+completions.  If you need such a symbol inside a word, terminate it
+with a pair of curly brackets.  For example
+
+@example
+Pro tip: Given a circle \Gamma of diameter d, the length of its
+circumference is \pi@{@}d.
+@end example
+
+@findex org-entities-help
+@vindex org-entities-user
+A large number of entities is provided, with names taken from both
+HTML and @LaTeX{}; you can comfortably browse the complete list from
+a dedicated buffer using the command @code{org-entities-help}.  It is also
+possible to provide your own special symbols in the variable
+@code{org-entities-user}.
+
+During export, these symbols are transformed into the native format of
+the exporter back-end.  Strings like @samp{\alpha} are exported as @samp{&alpha;} in
+the HTML output, and as @samp{\(\alpha\)} in the @LaTeX{} output.  Similarly, @samp{\nbsp}
+becomes @samp{&nbsp;} in HTML and @samp{~} in @LaTeX{}.
+
+@cindex special symbols, in-buffer display
+If you would like to see entities displayed as UTF-8 characters, use
+the following command@footnote{You can turn this on by default by setting the variable
+@code{org-pretty-entities}, or on a per-file base with the @samp{STARTUP} option
+@samp{entitiespretty}.}:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x \} (@code{org-toggle-pretty-entities})
+@kindex C-c C-x \
+@findex org-toggle-pretty-entities
+
+Toggle display of entities as UTF-8 characters.  This does not
+change the buffer content which remains plain ASCII, but it overlays
+the UTF-8 character for display purposes only.
+@end table
+
+@cindex shy hyphen, special symbol
+@cindex dash, special symbol
+@cindex ellipsis, special symbol
+In addition to regular entities defined above, Org exports in
+a special way@footnote{This behavior can be disabled with @samp{-} export setting (see
+@ref{Export Settings}).} the following commonly used character
+combinations: @samp{\-} is treated as a shy hyphen, @samp{--} and @samp{---} are
+converted into dashes, and @samp{...} becomes a compact set of dots.
+
+@node Embedded @LaTeX{}
+@section Embedded @LaTeX{}
+
+@cindex @TeX{} interpretation
+@cindex @LaTeX{} interpretation
+
+Plain ASCII is normally sufficient for almost all note taking.
+Exceptions include scientific notes, which often require mathematical
+symbols and the occasional formula.  @LaTeX{}@footnote{@LaTeX{} is a macro system based on Donald@tie{}E@.@tie{}Knuth's @TeX{}
+system.  Many of the features described here as ``@LaTeX{}'' are really
+from @TeX{}, but for simplicity I am blurring this distinction.} is widely used to
+typeset scientific documents.  Org mode supports embedding @LaTeX{} code
+into its files, because many academics are used to writing and reading
+@LaTeX{} source code, and because it can be readily processed to produce
+pretty output for a number of export back-ends.
+
+@menu
+* @LaTeX{} fragments::           Complex formulas made easy.
+* Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments:: What will this snippet look like?
+* CD@LaTeX{} mode::              Speed up entering of formulas.
+@end menu
+
+@node @LaTeX{} fragments
+@subsection @LaTeX{} fragments
+
+@cindex @LaTeX{} fragments
+
+@vindex org-format-latex-header
+Org mode can contain @LaTeX{} math fragments, and it supports ways to
+process these for several export back-ends.  When exporting to @LaTeX{},
+the code is left as it is.  When exporting to HTML, Org can use either
+@uref{https://www.mathjax.org, MathJax} (see @ref{Math formatting in HTML export}) or transcode the math
+into images (see @ref{Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments}).
+
+@LaTeX{} fragments do not need any special marking at all.  The following
+snippets are identified as @LaTeX{} source code:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+Environments of any kind@footnote{When MathJax is used, only the environments recognized by
+MathJax are processed.  When dvipng, dvisvgm, or ImageMagick suite is
+used to create images, any @LaTeX{} environment is handled.}.  The only requirement is that the
+@samp{\begin} statement appears on a new line, preceded by only
+whitespace.
+
+@item
+Text within the usual @LaTeX{} math delimiters.  To avoid conflicts
+with currency specifications, single @samp{$} characters are only
+recognized as math delimiters if the enclosed text contains at most
+two line breaks, is directly attached to the @samp{$} characters with no
+whitespace in between, and if the closing @samp{$} is followed by
+whitespace, punctuation or a dash.  For the other delimiters, there
+is no such restriction, so when in doubt, use @samp{\(...\)} as inline
+math delimiters.
+@end itemize
+
+@noindent
+For example:
+
+@example
+\begin@{equation@}                        % arbitrary environments,
+x=\sqrt@{b@}                              % even tables, figures
+\end@{equation@}                          % etc
+
+If $a^2=b$ and \( b=2 \), then the solution must be
+either $$ a=+\sqrt@{2@} $$ or \[ a=-\sqrt@{2@} \].
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-export-with-latex
+@LaTeX{} processing can be configured with the variable
+@code{org-export-with-latex}.  The default setting is @code{t} which means
+MathJax for HTML, and no processing for ASCII and @LaTeX{} back-ends.
+You can also set this variable on a per-file basis using one of these
+lines:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{#+OPTIONS: tex:t}
+@tab Do the right thing automatically (MathJax)
+@item @samp{#+OPTIONS: tex:nil}
+@tab Do not process @LaTeX{} fragments at all
+@item @samp{#+OPTIONS: tex:verbatim}
+@tab Verbatim export, for jsMath or so
+@end multitable
+
+@node Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments
+@subsection Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments
+
+@cindex @LaTeX{} fragments, preview
+
+@vindex org-preview-latex-default-process
+If you have a working @LaTeX{} installation and @samp{dvipng}, @samp{dvisvgm} or
+@samp{convert} installed@footnote{These are respectively available at
+@uref{http://sourceforge.net/projects/dvipng/}, @uref{http://dvisvgm.bplaced.net/}
+and from the ImageMagick suite.  Choose the converter by setting the
+variable @code{org-preview-latex-default-process} accordingly.}, @LaTeX{} fragments can be processed to
+produce images of the typeset expressions to be used for inclusion
+while exporting to HTML (see @ref{@LaTeX{} fragments}), or for inline
+previewing within Org mode.
+
+@vindex org-format-latex-options
+@vindex org-format-latex-header
+You can customize the variables @code{org-format-latex-options} and
+@code{org-format-latex-header} to influence some aspects of the preview.
+In particular, the @code{:scale} (and for HTML export, @code{:html-scale})
+property of the former can be used to adjust the size of the preview
+images.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-l} (@code{org-latex-preview})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-l
+@findex org-latex-preview
+
+Produce a preview image of the @LaTeX{} fragment at point and overlay
+it over the source code.  If there is no fragment at point, process
+all fragments in the current entry---between two headlines.
+
+When called with a single prefix argument, clear all images in the
+current entry.  Two prefix arguments produce a preview image for all
+fragments in the buffer, while three of them clear all the images in
+that buffer.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-startup-with-latex-preview
+You can turn on the previewing of all @LaTeX{} fragments in a file with
+
+@example
+#+STARTUP: latexpreview
+@end example
+
+
+To disable it, simply use
+
+@example
+#+STARTUP: nolatexpreview
+@end example
+
+@node CD@LaTeX{} mode
+@subsection Using CD@LaTeX{} to enter math
+
+@cindex CD@LaTeX{}
+
+CD@LaTeX{} mode is a minor mode that is normally used in combination with
+a major @LaTeX{} mode like AUC@TeX{} in order to speed-up insertion of
+environments and math templates.  Inside Org mode, you can make use of
+some of the features of CD@LaTeX{} mode.  You need to install
+@samp{cdlatex.el} and @samp{texmathp.el} (the latter comes also with AUC@TeX{})
+using @uref{https://melpa.org/, MELPA} with the @uref{https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/manual/html_node/emacs/Package-Installation.html, Emacs packaging system} or alternatively from
+@uref{https://staff.fnwi.uva.nl/c.dominik/Tools/cdlatex/}.  Do not use
+CD@LaTeX{} mode itself under Org mode, but use the special version Org
+CD@LaTeX{} minor mode that comes as part of Org.  Turn it on for the
+current buffer with @kbd{M-x org-cdlatex-mode}, or for all Org
+files with
+
+@lisp
+(add-hook 'org-mode-hook #'turn-on-org-cdlatex)
+@end lisp
+
+When this mode is enabled, the following features are present (for
+more details see the documentation of CD@LaTeX{} mode):
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c @{}
+@kindex C-c @{
+
+Insert an environment template.
+
+@item @kbd{@key{TAB}}
+@kindex TAB
+
+The @kbd{@key{TAB}} key expands the template if point is inside
+a @LaTeX{} fragment@footnote{Org mode has a method to test if point is inside such
+a fragment, see the documentation of the function
+@code{org-inside-LaTeX-fragment-p}.}.  For example, @kbd{@key{TAB}} expands @samp{fr}
+to @samp{\frac@{@}@{@}} and position point correctly inside the first brace.
+Another @kbd{@key{TAB}} gets you into the second brace.
+
+Even outside fragments, @kbd{@key{TAB}} expands environment
+abbreviations at the beginning of a line.  For example, if you write
+@samp{equ} at the beginning of a line and press @kbd{@key{TAB}}, this
+abbreviation is expanded to an @samp{equation} environment.  To get
+a list of all abbreviations, type @kbd{M-x cdlatex-command-help}.
+
+@item @kbd{^}
+@itemx @kbd{_}
+@kindex _
+@kindex ^
+@vindex cdlatex-simplify-sub-super-scripts
+
+Pressing @kbd{_} and @kbd{^} inside a @LaTeX{} fragment
+inserts these characters together with a pair of braces.  If you use
+@kbd{@key{TAB}} to move out of the braces, and if the braces surround
+only a single character or macro, they are removed again (depending
+on the variable @code{cdlatex-simplify-sub-super-scripts}).
+
+@item @kbd{`}
+@kindex `
+
+Pressing the backquote followed by a character inserts math macros,
+also outside @LaTeX{} fragments.  If you wait more than 1.5 seconds
+after the backquote, a help window pops up.
+
+@item @kbd{'}
+@kindex '
+
+Pressing the single-quote followed by another character modifies the
+symbol before point with an accent or a font.  If you wait more than
+1.5 seconds after the single-quote, a help window pops up.
+Character modification works only inside @LaTeX{} fragments; outside
+the quote is normal.
+@end table
+
+@node Literal Examples
+@section Literal Examples
+
+@cindex literal examples, markup rules
+@cindex code line references, markup rules
+
+You can include literal examples that should not be subjected to
+markup.  Such examples are typeset in monospace, so this is well
+suited for source code and similar examples.
+
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXAMPLE}
+@cindex example block
+@example
+#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
+  Some example from a text file.
+#+END_EXAMPLE
+@end example
+
+@cindex comma escape, in literal examples
+There is one limitation, however.  You must insert a comma right
+before lines starting with either @samp{*}, @samp{,*}, @samp{#+} or @samp{,#+}, as those
+may be interpreted as outlines nodes or some other special syntax.
+Org transparently strips these additional commas whenever it accesses
+the contents of the block.
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
+,* I am no real headline
+#+END_EXAMPLE
+@end example
+
+For simplicity when using small examples, you can also start the
+example lines with a colon followed by a space.  There may also be
+additional whitespace before the colon:
+
+@example
+Here is an example
+   : Some example from a text file.
+@end example
+
+@cindex formatting source code, markup rules
+@vindex org-latex-listings
+If the example is source code from a programming language, or any
+other text that can be marked up by Font Lock in Emacs, you can ask
+for the example to look like the fontified Emacs buffer@footnote{This works automatically for the HTML backend (it requires
+version 1.34 of the @samp{htmlize.el} package, which you need to install).
+Fontified code chunks in @LaTeX{} can be achieved using either the
+@uref{https://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings, listings} package or the @uref{https://www.ctan.org/pkg/minted, minted} package.  Refer to
+@code{org-latex-listings} for details.}.  This
+is done with the code block, where you also need to specify the name
+of the major mode that should be used to fontify the example@footnote{Source code in code blocks may also be evaluated either
+interactively or on export.  See @ref{Working with Source Code} for more
+information on evaluating code blocks.},
+see @ref{Structure Templates} for shortcuts to easily insert code blocks.
+
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_SRC}
+@cindex source block
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
+  (defun org-xor (a b)
+    "Exclusive or."
+    (if a (not b) b))
+ #+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+Both in @samp{example} and in @samp{src} snippets, you can add a @samp{-n} switch to
+the end of the @samp{#+BEGIN} line, to get the lines of the example
+numbered.  The @samp{-n} takes an optional numeric argument specifying the
+starting line number of the block.  If you use a @samp{+n} switch, the
+numbering from the previous numbered snippet is continued in the
+current one.  The @samp{+n} switch can also take a numeric argument.  This
+adds the value of the argument to the last line of the previous block
+to determine the starting line number.
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp -n 20
+  ;; This exports with line number 20.
+  (message "This is line 21")
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp +n 10
+  ;; This is listed as line 31.
+  (message "This is line 32")
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+In literal examples, Org interprets strings like @samp{(ref:name)} as
+labels, and use them as targets for special hyperlinks like
+@samp{[[(name)]]}---i.e., the reference name enclosed in single parenthesis.
+In HTML, hovering the mouse over such a link remote-highlights the
+corresponding code line, which is kind of cool.
+
+You can also add a @samp{-r} switch which @emph{removes} the labels from the
+source code@footnote{Adding @samp{-k} to @samp{-n -r} @emph{keeps} the labels in the source code
+while using line numbers for the links, which might be useful to
+explain those in an Org mode example code.}.  With the @samp{-n} switch, links to these references
+are labeled by the line numbers from the code listing.  Otherwise
+links use the labels with no parentheses.  Here is an example:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp -n -r
+  (save-excursion                 (ref:sc)
+     (goto-char (point-min))      (ref:jump)
+#+END_SRC
+In line [[(sc)]] we remember the current position. [[(jump)][Line (jump)]]
+jumps to point-min.
+@end example
+
+@cindex indentation, in source blocks
+Source code and examples may be @emph{indented} in order to align nicely
+with the surrounding text, and in particular with plain list structure
+(see @ref{Plain Lists}).  By default, Org only retains the relative
+indentation between lines, e.g., when exporting the contents of the
+block.  However, you can use the @samp{-i} switch to also preserve the
+global indentation, if it does matter.  See @ref{Editing Source Code}.
+
+@vindex org-coderef-label-format
+If the syntax for the label format conflicts with the language syntax,
+use a @samp{-l} switch to change the format, for example
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC pascal -n -r -l "((%s))"
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+See also the variable @code{org-coderef-label-format}.
+
+HTML export also allows examples to be published as text areas (see
+@ref{Text areas in HTML export}).
+
+Because the @samp{#+BEGIN} @dots{} @samp{#+END} patterns need to be added so often,
+a shortcut is provided (see @ref{Structure Templates}).
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c '} (@code{org-edit-special})
+@kindex C-c '
+@findex org-edit-special
+Edit the source code example at point in its native mode.  This
+works by switching to a temporary buffer with the source code.  You
+need to exit by pressing @kbd{C-c '} again.  The edited version
+then replaces the old version in the Org buffer.  Fixed-width
+regions---where each line starts with a colon followed by
+a space---are edited using Artist mode@footnote{You may select a different mode with the variable
+@code{org-edit-fixed-width-region-mode}.} to allow creating
+ASCII drawings easily.  Using this command in an empty line creates
+a new fixed-width region.
+@end table
+
+@cindex storing link, in a source code buffer
+Calling @code{org-store-link} (see @ref{Handling Links}) while editing a source
+code example in a temporary buffer created with @kbd{C-c '}
+prompts for a label.  Make sure that it is unique in the current
+buffer, and insert it with the proper formatting like @samp{(ref:label)} at
+the end of the current line.  Then the label is stored as a link
+@samp{(label)}, for retrieval with @kbd{C-c C-l}.
+
+@node Images
+@section Images
+
+@cindex inlining images
+@cindex images, markup rules
+An image is a link to an image file@footnote{What Emacs considers to be an image depends on
+@code{image-file-name-extensions} and @code{image-file-name-regexps}.} that does not have
+a description part, for example
+
+@example
+./img/cat.jpg
+@end example
+
+
+If you wish to define a caption for the image (see @ref{Captions}) and
+maybe a label for internal cross references (see @ref{Internal Links}),
+make sure that the link is on a line by itself and precede it with
+@samp{CAPTION} and @samp{NAME} keywords as follows:
+
+@example
+#+CAPTION: This is the caption for the next figure link (or table)
+#+NAME:   fig:SED-HR4049
+[[./img/a.jpg]]
+@end example
+
+Such images can be displayed within the buffer with the following
+command:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-v} (@code{org-toggle-inline-images})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-v
+@findex org-toggle-inline-images
+@vindex org-startup-with-inline-images
+Toggle the inline display of linked images.  When called with
+a prefix argument, also display images that do have a link
+description.  You can ask for inline images to be displayed at
+startup by configuring the variable
+@code{org-startup-with-inline-images}@footnote{The variable @code{org-startup-with-inline-images} can be set
+within a buffer with the @samp{STARTUP} options @samp{inlineimages} and
+@samp{noinlineimages}.}.
+@end table
+
+@node Captions
+@section Captions
+
+@cindex captions, markup rules
+@cindex @samp{CAPTION}, keyword
+
+You can assign a caption to a specific part of a document by inserting
+a @samp{CAPTION} keyword immediately before it:
+
+@example
+#+CAPTION: This is the caption for the next table (or link)
+| ... | ... |
+|-----+-----|
+@end example
+
+Optionally, the caption can take the form:
+
+@example
+#+CAPTION[Short caption]: Longer caption.
+@end example
+
+
+Even though images and tables are prominent examples of captioned
+structures, the same caption mechanism can apply to many
+others---e.g., @LaTeX{} equations, source code blocks.  Depending on the
+export back-end, those may or may not be handled.
+
+@node Horizontal Rules
+@section Horizontal Rules
+
+@cindex horizontal rules, markup rules
+A line consisting of only dashes, and at least 5 of them, is exported
+as a horizontal line.
+
+@node Creating Footnotes
+@section Creating Footnotes
+
+@cindex footnotes
+
+A footnote is started by a footnote marker in square brackets in
+column 0, no indentation allowed.  It ends at the next footnote
+definition, headline, or after two consecutive empty lines.  The
+footnote reference is simply the marker in square brackets, inside
+text.  Markers always start with @samp{fn:}.  For example:
+
+@example
+The Org homepage[fn:1] now looks a lot better than it used to.
+...
+[fn:1] The link is: https://orgmode.org
+@end example
+
+Org mode extends the number-based syntax to @emph{named} footnotes and
+optional inline definition.  Here are the valid references:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{[fn:NAME]}
+A named footnote reference, where @var{NAME} is a unique
+label word, or, for simplicity of automatic creation, a number.
+
+@item @samp{[fn:: This is the inline definition of this footnote]}
+An anonymous footnote where the definition is given directly at the
+reference point.
+
+@item @samp{[fn:NAME: a definition]}
+An inline definition of a footnote, which also specifies a name for
+the note.  Since Org allows multiple references to the same note,
+you can then use @samp{[fn:NAME]} to create additional references.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-footnote-auto-label
+Footnote labels can be created automatically, or you can create names
+yourself.  This is handled by the variable @code{org-footnote-auto-label}
+and its corresponding @samp{STARTUP} keywords.  See the docstring of that
+variable for details.
+
+The following command handles footnotes:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x f}
+The footnote action command.
+
+@kindex C-c C-x f
+When point is on a footnote reference, jump to the definition.  When
+it is at a definition, jump to the---first---reference.
+
+@vindex org-footnote-define-inline
+@vindex org-footnote-section
+Otherwise, create a new footnote.  Depending on the variable
+@code{org-footnote-define-inline}@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer setting is: @samp{#+STARTUP: fninline}
+or @samp{#+STARTUP: nofninline}.}, the definition is placed right
+into the text as part of the reference, or separately into the
+location determined by the variable @code{org-footnote-section}.
+
+When this command is called with a prefix argument, a menu of
+additional options is offered:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.1 0.9
+@item @kbd{s}
+@tab Sort the footnote definitions by reference sequence.
+@item @kbd{r}
+@tab Renumber the simple @samp{fn:N} footnotes.
+@item @kbd{S}
+@tab Short for first @kbd{r}, then @kbd{s} action.
+@item @kbd{n}
+@tab Rename all footnotes into a @samp{fn:1} @dots{} @samp{fn:n} sequence.
+@item @kbd{d}
+@tab Delete the footnote at point, including definition and references.
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-footnote-auto-adjust
+Depending on the variable @code{org-footnote-auto-adjust}@footnote{The corresponding in-buffer options are @samp{#+STARTUP: fnadjust}
+and @samp{#+STARTUP: nofnadjust}.},
+renumbering and sorting footnotes can be automatic after each
+insertion or deletion.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c}
+@kindex C-c C-c
+If point is on a footnote reference, jump to the definition.  If it
+is at the definition, jump back to the reference.  When called at
+a footnote location with a prefix argument, offer the same menu as
+@kbd{C-c C-x f}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-o} or @kbd{mouse-1/2}
+@kindex C-c C-o
+@kindex mouse-1
+@kindex mouse-2
+Footnote labels are also links to the corresponding definition or
+reference, and you can use the usual commands to follow these links.
+@end table
+
+@node Exporting
+@chapter Exporting
+
+@cindex exporting
+
+At some point you might want to print your notes, publish them on the
+web, or share them with people not using Org.  Org can convert and
+export documents to a variety of other formats while retaining as much
+structure (see @ref{Document Structure}) and markup (see @ref{Markup for Rich Contents}) as possible.
+
+@cindex export back-end
+The libraries responsible for translating Org files to other formats
+are called @emph{back-ends}.  Org ships with support for the following
+back-ends:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+@emph{ascii} (ASCII format)
+@item
+@emph{beamer} (@LaTeX{} Beamer format)
+@item
+@emph{html} (HTML format)
+@item
+@emph{icalendar} (iCalendar format)
+@item
+@emph{latex} (@LaTeX{} format)
+@item
+@emph{md} (Markdown format)
+@item
+@emph{odt} (OpenDocument Text format)
+@item
+@emph{org} (Org format)
+@item
+@emph{texinfo} (Texinfo format)
+@item
+@emph{man} (Man page format)
+@end itemize
+
+Users can install libraries for additional formats from the Emacs
+packaging system.  For easy discovery, these packages have a common
+naming scheme: @code{ox-NAME}, where @var{NAME} is a format.  For
+example, @code{ox-koma-letter} for @emph{koma-letter} back-end.  More libraries
+can be found in the @samp{org-contrib} repository (see @ref{Installation}).
+
+@vindex org-export-backends
+Org only loads back-ends for the following formats by default: ASCII,
+HTML, iCalendar, @LaTeX{}, and ODT@.  Additional back-ends can be loaded
+in either of two ways: by configuring the @code{org-export-backends}
+variable, or by requiring libraries in the Emacs init file.  For
+example, to load the Markdown back-end, add this to your Emacs config:
+
+@lisp
+(require 'ox-md)
+@end lisp
+
+@menu
+* The Export Dispatcher::        The main interface.
+* Export Settings::              Common export settings.
+* Table of Contents::            The if and where of the table of contents.
+* Include Files::                Include additional files into a document.
+* Macro Replacement::            Use macros to create templates.
+* Comment Lines::                What will not be exported.
+* ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export::   Exporting to flat files with encoding.
+* Beamer Export::                Producing presentations and slides.
+* HTML Export::                  Exporting to HTML.
+* @LaTeX{} Export::              Exporting to @LaTeX{} and processing to PDF.
+* Markdown Export::              Exporting to Markdown.
+* OpenDocument Text Export::     Exporting to OpenDocument Text.
+* Org Export::                   Exporting to Org.
+* Texinfo Export::               Exporting to Texinfo.
+* iCalendar Export::             Exporting to iCalendar.
+* Other Built-in Back-ends::     Exporting to a man page.
+* Advanced Export Configuration:: Fine-tuning the export output.
+* Export in Foreign Buffers::    Author tables and lists in Org syntax.
+@end menu
+
+@node The Export Dispatcher
+@section The Export Dispatcher
+
+@cindex dispatcher, for export commands
+@cindex export, dispatcher
+
+The export dispatcher is the main interface for Org's exports.
+A hierarchical menu presents the currently configured export formats.
+Options are shown as easy toggle switches on the same screen.
+
+@vindex org-export-dispatch-use-expert-ui
+Org also has a minimal prompt interface for the export dispatcher.
+When the variable @code{org-export-dispatch-use-expert-ui} is set to
+a non-@code{nil} value, Org prompts in the minibuffer.  To switch back to
+the hierarchical menu, press @kbd{?}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e} (@code{org-export})
+@kindex C-c C-e
+@findex org-export
+
+Invokes the export dispatcher interface.  The options show default
+settings.  The @kbd{C-u} prefix argument preserves options from
+the previous export, including any sub-tree selections.
+@end table
+
+Org exports the entire buffer by default.  If the Org buffer has an
+active region, then Org exports just that region.
+
+Within the dispatcher interface, the following key combinations can
+further alter what is exported, and how.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-a}
+@kindex C-c C-e C-a
+
+Toggle asynchronous export.  Asynchronous export uses an external
+Emacs process with a specially configured initialization file to
+complete the exporting process in the background, without tying-up
+Emacs.  This is particularly useful when exporting long documents.
+
+Output from an asynchronous export is saved on the @emph{export stack}.
+To view this stack, call the export dispatcher with a double
+@kbd{C-u} prefix argument.  If already in the export dispatcher
+menu, @kbd{&} displays the stack.
+
+@vindex org-export-in-background
+You can make asynchronous export the default by setting
+@code{org-export-in-background}.
+
+@vindex org-export-async-init-file
+You can set the initialization file used by the background process
+by setting @code{org-export-async-init-file}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-b}
+@kindex C-c C-e C-b
+
+Toggle body-only export.  Useful for excluding headers and footers
+in the export.  Affects only those back-end formats that have
+sections like @samp{<head>...</head>} in HTML@.
+
+@item @kbd{C-s}
+@kindex C-c C-e C-s
+
+Toggle sub-tree export.  When turned on, Org exports only the
+sub-tree starting from point position at the time the export
+dispatcher was invoked.  Org uses the top heading of this sub-tree
+as the document's title.  If point is not on a heading, Org uses the
+nearest enclosing header.  If point is in the document preamble, Org
+signals an error and aborts export.
+
+@vindex org-export-initial-scope
+To make sub-tree export the default, customize the variable
+@code{org-export-initial-scope}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-v}
+@kindex C-c C-e C-v
+
+Toggle visible-only export.  This is useful for exporting only
+certain parts of an Org document by adjusting the visibility of
+particular headings.  See also @ref{Sparse Trees}.
+@end table
+
+@node Export Settings
+@section Export Settings
+
+@cindex options, for export
+@cindex Export, settings
+
+@cindex @samp{OPTIONS}, keyword
+Export options can be set: globally with variables; for an individual
+file by making variables buffer-local with in-buffer settings (see
+@ref{In-buffer Settings}); by setting individual keywords or
+specifying them in compact form with the @samp{OPTIONS} keyword; or for
+a tree by setting properties (see @ref{Properties and Columns}).  Options
+set at a specific level override options set at a more general level.
+
+@cindex @samp{SETUPFILE}, keyword
+In-buffer settings may appear anywhere in the file, either directly or
+indirectly through a file included using @samp{#+SETUPFILE: filename or
+URL} syntax.  Option keyword sets tailored to a particular back-end
+can be inserted from the export dispatcher (see @ref{The Export Dispatcher}) using the @samp{Insert template} command by pressing
+@kbd{#}.  To insert keywords individually, a good way to make
+sure the keyword is correct is to type @samp{#+} and then to use
+@kbd{M-@key{TAB}}@footnote{Many desktops intercept @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} to switch windows.
+Use @kbd{C-M-i} or @kbd{@key{ESC} @key{TAB}} instead.} for completion.
+
+The export keywords available for every back-end, and their equivalent
+global variables, include:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{AUTHOR}
+@cindex @samp{AUTHOR}, keyword
+@vindex user-full-name
+The document author (@code{user-full-name}).
+
+@item @samp{CREATOR}
+@cindex @samp{CREATOR}, keyword
+@vindex org-expot-creator-string
+Entity responsible for output generation
+(@code{org-export-creator-string}).
+
+@item @samp{DATE}
+@cindex @samp{DATE}, keyword
+@vindex org-export-date-timestamp-format
+A date or a time-stamp@footnote{The variable @code{org-export-date-timestamp-format} defines how
+this timestamp are exported.}.
+
+@item @samp{EMAIL}
+@cindex @samp{EMAIL}, keyword
+@vindex user-mail-address
+The email address (@code{user-mail-address}).
+
+@item @samp{LANGUAGE}
+@cindex @samp{LANGUAGE}, keyword
+@vindex org-export-default-language
+Language to use for translating certain strings
+(@code{org-export-default-language}).  With @samp{#+LANGUAGE: fr}, for
+example, Org translates @samp{Table of contents} to the French @samp{Table des
+  matières}@footnote{For export to @LaTeX{} format---or @LaTeX{}-related formats such as
+Beamer---, the @samp{org-latex-package-alist} variable needs further
+configuration.  See @ref{@LaTeX{} specific export settings}.}.
+
+@item @samp{SELECT_TAGS}
+@cindex @samp{SELECT_TAGS}, keyword
+@vindex org-export-select-tags
+The default value is @samp{("export")}.  When a tree is tagged with
+@samp{export} (@code{org-export-select-tags}), Org selects that tree and its
+sub-trees for export.  Org excludes trees with @samp{noexport} tags, see
+below.  When selectively exporting files with @samp{export} tags set, Org
+does not export any text that appears before the first headline.
+
+@item @samp{EXCLUDE_TAGS}
+@cindex @samp{EXCLUDE_TAGS}, keyword
+@vindex org-export-exclude-tags
+The default value is @samp{("noexport")}.  When a tree is tagged with
+@samp{noexport} (@code{org-export-exclude-tags}), Org excludes that tree and
+its sub-trees from export.  Entries tagged with @samp{noexport} are
+unconditionally excluded from the export, even if they have an
+@samp{export} tag.  Even if a sub-tree is not exported, Org executes any
+code blocks contained there.
+
+@item @samp{TITLE}
+@cindex @samp{TITLE}, keyword
+@cindex document title
+Org displays this title.  For long titles, use multiple @samp{#+TITLE}
+lines.
+
+@item @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME}
+@cindex @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME}, keyword
+The name of the output file to be generated.  Otherwise, Org
+generates the file name based on the buffer name and the extension
+based on the back-end format.
+@end table
+
+The @samp{OPTIONS} keyword is a compact form.  To configure multiple
+options, use several @samp{OPTIONS} lines.  @samp{OPTIONS} recognizes the
+following arguments.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{'}
+@vindex org-export-with-smart-quotes
+Toggle smart quotes (@code{org-export-with-smart-quotes}).  Depending on
+the language used, when activated, Org treats pairs of double quotes
+as primary quotes, pairs of single quotes as secondary quotes, and
+single quote marks as apostrophes.
+
+@item @code{*}
+@vindex org-export-with-emphasize
+Toggle emphasized text (@code{org-export-with-emphasize}).
+
+@item @code{-}
+@vindex org-export-with-special-strings
+Toggle conversion of special strings
+(@code{org-export-with-special-strings}).
+
+@item @code{:}
+@vindex org-export-with-fixed-width
+Toggle fixed-width sections (@code{org-export-with-fixed-width}).
+
+@item @code{<}
+@vindex org-export-with-timestamps
+Toggle inclusion of time/date active/inactive stamps
+(@code{org-export-with-timestamps}).
+
+@item @code{\n}
+@vindex org-export-preserve-breaks
+Toggles whether to preserve line breaks
+(@code{org-export-preserve-breaks}).
+
+@item @code{^}
+@vindex org-export-with-sub-superscripts
+Toggle @TeX{}-like syntax for sub- and superscripts.  If you write
+@samp{^:@{@}}, @samp{a_@{b@}} is interpreted, but the simple @samp{a_b} is left as it
+is (@code{org-export-with-sub-superscripts}).
+
+@item @code{arch}
+@vindex org-export-with-archived-trees
+Configure how archived trees are exported.  When set to @code{headline},
+the export process skips the contents and processes only the
+headlines (@code{org-export-with-archived-trees}).
+
+@item @code{author}
+@vindex org-export-with-author
+Toggle inclusion of author name into exported file
+(@code{org-export-with-author}).
+
+@item @code{broken-links}
+@vindex org-export-with-broken-links
+Toggles if Org should continue exporting upon finding a broken
+internal link.  When set to @code{mark}, Org clearly marks the problem
+link in the output (@code{org-export-with-broken-links}).
+
+@item @code{c}
+@vindex org-export-with-clocks
+Toggle inclusion of @samp{CLOCK} keywords (@code{org-export-with-clocks}).
+
+@item @code{creator}
+@vindex org-export-with-creator
+Toggle inclusion of creator information in the exported file
+(@code{org-export-with-creator}).
+
+@item @code{d}
+@vindex org-export-with-drawers
+Toggles inclusion of drawers, or list of drawers to include, or list
+of drawers to exclude (@code{org-export-with-drawers}).
+
+@item @code{date}
+@vindex org-export-with-date
+Toggle inclusion of a date into exported file
+(@code{org-export-with-date}).
+
+@item @code{e}
+@vindex org-export-with-entities
+Toggle inclusion of entities (@code{org-export-with-entities}).
+
+@item @code{email}
+@vindex org-export-with-email
+Toggle inclusion of the author's e-mail into exported file
+(@code{org-export-with-email}).
+
+@item @code{f}
+@vindex org-export-with-footnotes
+Toggle the inclusion of footnotes (@code{org-export-with-footnotes}).
+
+@item @code{H}
+@vindex org-export-headline-levels
+Set the number of headline levels for export
+(@code{org-export-headline-levels}).  Below that level, headlines are
+treated differently.  In most back-ends, they become list items.
+
+@item @code{inline}
+@vindex org-export-with-inlinetasks
+Toggle inclusion of inlinetasks (@code{org-export-with-inlinetasks}).
+
+@item @code{num}
+@vindex org-export-with-section-numbers
+@cindex @samp{UNNUMBERED}, property
+Toggle section-numbers (@code{org-export-with-section-numbers}).  When
+set to number N, Org numbers only those headlines at level N or
+above.  Set @samp{UNNUMBERED} property to non-@code{nil} to disable numbering
+of heading and subheadings entirely.  Moreover, when the value is
+@samp{notoc} the headline, and all its children, do not appear in the
+table of contents either (see @ref{Table of Contents}).
+
+@item @code{p}
+@vindex org-export-with-planning
+Toggle export of planning information (@code{org-export-with-planning}).
+``Planning information'' comes from lines located right after the
+headline and contain any combination of these cookies: @samp{SCHEDULED},
+@samp{DEADLINE}, or @samp{CLOSED}.
+
+@item @code{pri}
+@vindex org-export-with-priority
+Toggle inclusion of priority cookies
+(@code{org-export-with-priority}).
+
+@item @code{prop}
+@vindex org-export-with-properties
+Toggle inclusion of property drawers, or list the properties to
+include (@code{org-export-with-properties}).
+
+@item @code{stat}
+@vindex org-export-with-statistics-cookies
+Toggle inclusion of statistics cookies
+(@code{org-export-with-statistics-cookies}).
+
+@item @code{tags}
+@vindex org-export-with-tags
+Toggle inclusion of tags, may also be @code{not-in-toc}
+(@code{org-export-with-tags}).
+
+@item @code{tasks}
+@vindex org-export-with-tasks
+Toggle inclusion of tasks (TODO items); or @code{nil} to remove all
+tasks; or @code{todo} to remove done tasks; or list the keywords to keep
+(@code{org-export-with-tasks}).
+
+@item @code{tex}
+@vindex org-export-with-latex
+@code{nil} does not export; @code{t} exports; @code{verbatim} keeps everything in
+verbatim (@code{org-export-with-latex}).
+
+@item @code{timestamp}
+@vindex org-export-time-stamp-file
+Toggle inclusion of the creation time in the exported file
+(@code{org-export-time-stamp-file}).
+
+@item @code{title}
+@vindex org-export-with-title
+Toggle inclusion of title (@code{org-export-with-title}).
+
+@item @code{toc}
+@vindex org-export-with-toc
+Toggle inclusion of the table of contents, or set the level limit
+(@code{org-export-with-toc}).
+
+@item @code{todo}
+@vindex org-export-with-todo-keywords
+Toggle inclusion of TODO keywords into exported text
+(@code{org-export-with-todo-keywords}).
+
+@item @code{|}
+@vindex org-export-with-tables
+Toggle inclusion of tables (@code{org-export-with-tables}).
+@end table
+
+When exporting sub-trees, special node properties can override the
+above keywords.  These properties have an @samp{EXPORT_} prefix.  For
+example, @samp{DATE} becomes, @samp{EXPORT_DATE} when used for a specific
+sub-tree.  Except for @samp{SETUPFILE}, all other keywords listed above
+have an @samp{EXPORT_} equivalent.
+
+@cindex @samp{BIND}, keyword
+@vindex org-export-allow-bind-keywords
+If @code{org-export-allow-bind-keywords} is non-@code{nil}, Emacs variables can
+become buffer-local during export by using the @samp{BIND} keyword.  Its
+syntax is @samp{#+BIND: variable value}.  This is particularly useful for
+in-buffer settings that cannot be changed using keywords.
+
+@node Table of Contents
+@section Table of Contents
+
+@cindex table of contents
+@cindex list of tables
+@cindex list of listings
+
+@cindex @samp{toc}, in @samp{OPTIONS} keyword
+@vindex org-export-with-toc
+The table of contents includes all headlines in the document.  Its
+depth is therefore the same as the headline levels in the file.  If
+you need to use a different depth, or turn it off entirely, set the
+@code{org-export-with-toc} variable accordingly.  You can achieve the same
+on a per file basis, using the following @samp{toc} item in @samp{OPTIONS}
+keyword:
+
+@example
+#+OPTIONS: toc:2          (only include two levels in TOC)
+#+OPTIONS: toc:nil        (no default TOC at all)
+@end example
+
+@cindex excluding entries from table of contents
+@cindex table of contents, exclude entries
+Org includes both numbered and unnumbered headlines in the table of
+contents@footnote{At the moment, some export back-ends do not obey this
+specification.  For example, @LaTeX{} export excludes every unnumbered
+headline from the table of contents.}.  If you need to exclude an unnumbered headline,
+along with all its children, set the @samp{UNNUMBERED} property to @samp{notoc}
+value.
+
+@example
+* Subtree not numbered, not in table of contents either
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :UNNUMBERED: notoc
+  :END:
+@end example
+
+@cindex @samp{TOC}, keyword
+Org normally inserts the table of contents directly before the first
+headline of the file.  To move the table of contents to a different
+location, first turn off the default with @code{org-export-with-toc}
+variable or with @samp{#+OPTIONS: toc:nil}.  Then insert @samp{#+TOC: headlines
+N} at the desired location(s).
+
+@example
+#+OPTIONS: toc:nil
+...
+#+TOC: headlines 2
+@end example
+
+To adjust the table of contents depth for a specific section of the
+Org document, append an additional @samp{local} parameter.  This parameter
+becomes a relative depth for the current level.  The following example
+inserts a local table of contents, with direct children only.
+
+@example
+* Section
+#+TOC: headlines 1 local
+@end example
+
+Note that for this feature to work properly in @LaTeX{} export, the Org
+file requires the inclusion of the titletoc package.  Because of
+compatibility issues, titletoc has to be loaded @emph{before} hyperref.
+Customize the @code{org-latex-default-packages-alist} variable.
+
+The following example inserts a table of contents that links to the
+children of the specified target.
+
+@example
+* Target
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :CUSTOM_ID: TargetSection
+  :END:
+** Heading A
+** Heading B
+* Another section
+#+TOC: headlines 1 :target #TargetSection
+@end example
+
+The @samp{:target} attribute is supported in HTML, Markdown, ODT, and ASCII export.
+
+Use the @samp{TOC} keyword to generate list of tables---respectively, all
+listings---with captions.
+
+@example
+#+TOC: listings
+#+TOC: tables
+@end example
+
+@cindex @samp{ALT_TITLE}, property
+Normally Org uses the headline for its entry in the table of contents.
+But with @samp{ALT_TITLE} property, a different entry can be specified for
+the table of contents.
+
+@node Include Files
+@section Include Files
+
+@cindex include files, during export
+@cindex export, include files
+@cindex @samp{INCLUDE}, keyword
+
+During export, you can include the content of another file.  For
+example, to include your @samp{.emacs} file, you could use:
+
+@example
+#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" src emacs-lisp
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+The first parameter is the file name to include.  The optional second
+parameter specifies the block type: @samp{example}, @samp{export} or @samp{src}.  The
+optional third parameter specifies the source code language to use for
+formatting the contents.  This is relevant to both @samp{export} and @samp{src}
+block types.
+
+If an included file is specified as having a markup language, Org
+neither checks for valid syntax nor changes the contents in any way.
+For example and source blocks, Org code-escapes the contents before
+inclusion.
+
+@cindex @samp{minlevel}, include
+If an included file is not specified as having any markup language,
+Org assumes it be in Org format and proceeds as usual with a few
+exceptions.  Org makes the footnote labels (see @ref{Creating Footnotes})
+in the included file local to that file.  The contents of the included
+file belong to the same structure---headline, item---containing the
+@samp{INCLUDE} keyword.  In particular, headlines within the file become
+children of the current section.  That behavior can be changed by
+providing an additional keyword parameter, @samp{:minlevel}.  It shifts the
+headlines in the included file to become the lowest level.  For
+example, this syntax makes the included file a sibling of the current
+top-level headline:
+
+@example
+#+INCLUDE: "~/my-book/chapter2.org" :minlevel 1
+@end example
+
+
+@cindex @samp{lines}, include
+Inclusion of only portions of files are specified using ranges
+parameter with @samp{:lines} keyword.  The line at the upper end of the
+range will not be included.  The start and/or the end of the range may
+be omitted to use the obvious defaults.
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" :lines "5-10"}
+@tab Include lines 5 to 10, 10 excluded
+@item @samp{#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" :lines "-10"}
+@tab Include lines 1 to 10, 10 excluded
+@item @samp{#+INCLUDE: "~/.emacs" :lines "10-"}
+@tab Include lines from 10 to EOF
+@end multitable
+
+Inclusions may specify a file-link to extract an object matched by
+@code{org-link-search}@footnote{Note that @code{org-link-search-must-match-exact-headline} is
+locally bound to non-@code{nil}.  Therefore, @code{org-link-search} only matches
+headlines and named elements.} (see @ref{Search Options}).  The
+ranges for @samp{:lines} keyword are relative to the requested element.
+Therefore,
+
+@example
+#+INCLUDE: "./paper.org::*conclusion" :lines 1-20
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+includes the first 20 lines of the headline named @samp{conclusion}.
+
+@cindex @samp{only-contents}, include
+To extract only the contents of the matched object, set
+@samp{:only-contents} property to non-@code{nil}.  This omits any planning lines
+or property drawers.  For example, to include the body of the heading
+with the custom ID @samp{theory}, you can use
+
+@example
+#+INCLUDE: "./paper.org::#theory" :only-contents t
+@end example
+
+
+The following command allows navigating to the included document:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c '} (@code{org-edit~special})
+@kindex C-c '
+@findex org-edit-special
+
+Visit the included file at point.
+@end table
+
+@node Macro Replacement
+@section Macro Replacement
+
+@cindex macro replacement, during export
+@cindex @samp{MACRO}, keyword
+
+@vindex org-export-global-macros
+Macros replace text snippets during export.  Macros are defined
+globally in @code{org-export-global-macros}, or document-wise with the
+following syntax:
+
+@example
+#+MACRO: name   replacement text; $1, $2 are arguments
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+which can be referenced using @samp{@{@{@{name(arg1, arg2)@}@}@}}@footnote{Since commas separate the arguments, commas within arguments
+have to be escaped with the backslash character.  So only those
+backslash characters before a comma need escaping with another
+backslash character.}.  For
+example
+
+@example
+#+MACRO: poem Rose is $1, violet's $2. Life's ordered: Org assists you.
+@{@{@{poem(red,blue)@}@}@}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+becomes
+
+@example
+Rose is red, violet's blue.  Life's ordered: Org assists you.
+@end example
+
+
+As a special case, Org parses any replacement text starting with
+@samp{(eval} as an Emacs Lisp expression and evaluates it accordingly.
+Within such templates, arguments become strings.  Thus, the following
+macro
+
+@example
+#+MACRO: gnustamp (eval (concat "GNU/" (capitalize $1)))
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+turns @samp{@{@{@{gnustamp(linux)@}@}@}} into @samp{GNU/Linux} during export.
+
+Org recognizes macro references in following Org markup areas:
+paragraphs, headlines, verse blocks, tables cells and lists.  Org also
+recognizes macro references in keywords, such as @samp{CAPTION}, @samp{TITLE},
+@samp{AUTHOR}, @samp{DATE}, and for some back-end specific export options.
+
+Org comes with following pre-defined macros:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{@{@{@{keyword(NAME)@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{title@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{author@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{email@}@}@}}
+@cindex @samp{keyword}, macro
+@cindex @samp{title}, macro
+@cindex @samp{author}, macro
+@cindex @samp{email}, macro
+The @samp{keyword} macro collects all values from @var{NAME}
+keywords throughout the buffer, separated with white space.
+@samp{title}, @samp{author} and @samp{email} macros are shortcuts for,
+respectively, @samp{@{@{@{keyword(TITLE)@}@}@}}, @samp{@{@{@{keyword(AUTHOR)@}@}@}} and
+@samp{@{@{@{keyword(EMAIL)@}@}@}}.
+
+@item @samp{@{@{@{date@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{date(FORMAT)@}@}@}}
+@cindex @samp{date}, macro
+This macro refers to the @samp{DATE} keyword.  @var{FORMAT} is an
+optional argument to the @samp{date} macro that is used only if @samp{DATE} is
+a single timestamp.  @var{FORMAT} should be a format string
+understood by @code{format-time-string}.
+
+@item @samp{@{@{@{time(FORMAT)@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{modification-time(FORMAT, VC)@}@}@}}
+@cindex @samp{time}, macro
+@cindex @samp{modification-time}, macro
+These macros refer to the document's date and time of export and
+date and time of modification.  @var{FORMAT} is a string
+understood by @code{format-time-string}.  If the second argument to the
+@code{modification-time} macro is non-@code{nil}, Org uses @samp{vc.el} to retrieve
+the document's modification time from the version control system.
+Otherwise Org reads the file attributes.
+
+@item @samp{@{@{@{input-file@}@}@}}
+@cindex @samp{input-file}, macro
+This macro refers to the filename of the exported file.
+
+@item @samp{@{@{@{property(PROPERTY-NAME)@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{property(PROPERTY-NAME, SEARCH OPTION)@}@}@}}
+@cindex @samp{property}, macro
+This macro returns the value of property @var{PROPERTY-NAME} in
+the current entry.  If @var{SEARCH-OPTION} (see @ref{Search Options}) refers to a remote entry, use it instead.
+
+@item @samp{@{@{@{n@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{n(NAME)@}@}@}}
+@itemx @samp{@{@{@{n(NAME, ACTION)@}@}@}}
+@cindex @samp{n}, macro
+@cindex counter, macro
+This macro implements custom counters by returning the number of
+times the macro has been expanded so far while exporting the buffer.
+You can create more than one counter using different @var{NAME}
+values.  If @var{ACTION} is @samp{-}, previous value of the counter
+is held, i.e., the specified counter is not incremented.  If the
+value is a number, the specified counter is set to that value.  If
+it is any other non-empty string, the specified counter is reset
+to 1.  You may leave @var{NAME} empty to reset the default
+counter.
+@end table
+
+@cindex @samp{results}, macro
+Moreover, inline source blocks (see @ref{Structure of Code Blocks}) use the
+special @samp{results} macro to mark their output.  As such, you are
+advised against re-defining it, unless you know what you are doing.
+
+@vindex org-hide-macro-markers
+The surrounding brackets can be made invisible by setting
+@code{org-hide-macro-markers} to a non-@code{nil} value.
+
+Org expands macros at the very beginning of the export process.
+
+@node Comment Lines
+@section Comment Lines
+
+@cindex exporting, not
+
+@cindex comment lines
+Lines starting with zero or more whitespace characters followed by one
+@samp{#} and a whitespace are treated as comments and, as such, are not
+exported.
+
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_COMMENT}
+@cindex comment block
+Likewise, regions surrounded by @samp{#+BEGIN_COMMENT} @dots{} @samp{#+END_COMMENT}
+are not exported.
+
+@cindex comment trees
+Finally, a @samp{COMMENT} keyword at the beginning of an entry, but after
+any other keyword or priority cookie, comments out the entire subtree.
+In this case, the subtree is not exported and no code block within it
+is executed either@footnote{For a less drastic behavior, consider using a select tag (see
+@ref{Export Settings}) instead.}.  The command below helps changing the
+comment status of a headline.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c ;} (@code{org-toggle-comment})
+@kindex C-c ;
+@findex org-toggle-comment
+
+Toggle the @samp{COMMENT} keyword at the beginning of an entry.
+@end table
+
+@node ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export
+@section ASCII/Latin-1/UTF-8 export
+
+@cindex ASCII export
+@cindex Latin-1 export
+@cindex UTF-8 export
+
+ASCII export produces an output file containing only plain ASCII
+characters.  This is the simplest and most direct text output.  It
+does not contain any Org markup.  Latin-1 and UTF-8 export use
+additional characters and symbols available in these encoding
+standards.  All three of these export formats offer the most basic of
+text output for maximum portability.
+
+@vindex org-ascii-text-width
+On export, Org fills and justifies text according to the text width
+set in @code{org-ascii-text-width}.
+
+@vindex org-ascii-links-to-notes
+Org exports links using a footnote-like style where the descriptive
+part is in the text and the link is in a note before the next heading.
+See the variable @code{org-ascii-links-to-notes} for details.
+
+@anchor{ASCII export commands}
+@subheading ASCII export commands
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e t a} (@code{org-ascii-export-to-ascii})
+@itemx @kbd{C-c C-e t l}
+@itemx @kbd{C-c C-e t u}
+@kindex C-c C-e t a
+@kindex C-c C-e t l
+@kindex C-c C-e t u
+@findex org-ascii-export-to-ascii
+
+Export as an ASCII file with a @samp{.txt} extension.  For @samp{myfile.org},
+Org exports to @samp{myfile.txt}, overwriting without warning.  For
+@samp{myfile.txt}, Org exports to @samp{myfile.txt.txt} in order to prevent
+data loss.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e t A} (@code{org-ascii-export-to-ascii})
+@itemx @kbd{C-c C-e t L}
+@itemx @kbd{C-c C-e t U}
+@kindex C-c C-e t A
+@kindex C-c C-e t L
+@kindex C-c C-e t U
+@findex org-ascii-export-as-ascii
+
+Export to a temporary buffer.  Does not create a file.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{ASCII specific export settings}
+@subheading ASCII specific export settings
+
+The ASCII export back-end has one extra keyword for customizing ASCII
+output.  Setting this keyword works similar to the general options
+(see @ref{Export Settings}).
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{SUBTITLE}
+@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword
+The document subtitle.  For long subtitles, use multiple
+@samp{#+SUBTITLE} lines in the Org file.  Org prints them on one
+continuous line, wrapping into multiple lines if necessary.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Header and sectioning structure}
+@subheading Header and sectioning structure
+
+Org converts the first three outline levels into headlines for ASCII
+export.  The remaining levels are turned into lists.  To change this
+cut-off point where levels become lists, see @ref{Export Settings}.
+
+@anchor{Quoting ASCII text}
+@subheading Quoting ASCII text
+
+To insert text within the Org file by the ASCII back-end, use one the
+following constructs, inline, keyword, or export block:
+
+@cindex @samp{ASCII}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT ascii}
+@example
+Inline text @@@@ascii:and additional text@@@@ within a paragraph.
+
+#+ASCII: Some text
+
+#+BEGIN_EXPORT ascii
+Org exports text in this block only when using ASCII back-end.
+#+END_EXPORT
+@end example
+
+@anchor{ASCII specific attributes}
+@subheading ASCII specific attributes
+
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_ASCII}, keyword
+@cindex horizontal rules, in ASCII export
+
+ASCII back-end recognizes only one attribute, @samp{:width}, which
+specifies the width of a horizontal rule in number of characters.  The
+keyword and syntax for specifying widths is:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_ASCII: :width 10
+-----
+@end example
+
+@anchor{ASCII special blocks}
+@subheading ASCII special blocks
+
+@cindex special blocks, in ASCII export
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_JUSTIFYLEFT}
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_JUSTIFYRIGHT}
+
+Besides @samp{#+BEGIN_CENTER} blocks (see @ref{Paragraphs}), ASCII back-end has
+these two left and right justification blocks:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_JUSTIFYLEFT
+It's just a jump to the left...
+#+END_JUSTIFYLEFT
+
+#+BEGIN_JUSTIFYRIGHT
+...and then a step to the right.
+#+END_JUSTIFYRIGHT
+@end example
+
+@node Beamer Export
+@section Beamer Export
+
+@cindex Beamer export
+
+Org uses Beamer export to convert an Org file tree structure into
+high-quality interactive slides for presentations.  Beamer is a @LaTeX{}
+document class for creating presentations in PDF, HTML, and other
+popular display formats.
+
+@menu
+* Beamer export commands::       For creating Beamer documents.
+* Beamer specific export settings:: For customizing Beamer export.
+* Frames and Blocks in Beamer::  For composing Beamer slides.
+* Beamer specific syntax::       For using in Org documents.
+* Editing support::              Editing support.
+* A Beamer example::             A complete presentation.
+@end menu
+
+@node Beamer export commands
+@subsection Beamer export commands
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l b} (@code{org-beamer-export-to-latex})
+@kindex C-c C-e l b
+@findex org-beamer-export-to-latex
+
+Export as @LaTeX{} file with a @samp{.tex} extension.  For @samp{myfile.org}, Org
+exports to @samp{myfile.tex}, overwriting without warning.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l B} (@code{org-beamer-export-as-latex})
+@kindex C-c C-e l B
+@findex org-beamer-export-as-latex
+
+Export to a temporary buffer.  Does not create a file.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l P} (@code{org-beamer-export-to-pdf})
+@kindex C-c C-e l P
+@findex org-beamer-export-to-pdf
+
+Export as @LaTeX{} file and then convert it to PDF format.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l O}
+@kindex C-c C-e l O
+
+Export as @LaTeX{} file, convert it to PDF format, and then open the
+PDF file.
+@end table
+
+@node Beamer specific export settings
+@subsection Beamer specific export settings
+
+Beamer export back-end has several additional keywords for customizing
+Beamer output.  These keywords work similar to the general options
+settings (see @ref{Export Settings}).
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{BEAMER_THEME}
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_THEME}, keyword
+@vindex org-beamer-theme
+The Beamer layout theme (@code{org-beamer-theme}).  Use square brackets
+for options.  For example:
+
+@example
+#+BEAMER_THEME: Rochester [height=20pt]
+@end example
+
+@item @samp{BEAMER_FONT_THEME}
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_FONT_THEME}, keyword
+The Beamer font theme.
+
+@item @samp{BEAMER_INNER_THEME}
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_INNER_THEME}, keyword
+The Beamer inner theme.
+
+@item @samp{BEAMER_OUTER_THEME}
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_OUTER_THEME}, keyword
+The Beamer outer theme.
+
+@item @samp{BEAMER_HEADER}
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_HEADER}, keyword
+Arbitrary lines inserted in the preamble, just before the @samp{hyperref}
+settings.
+
+@item @samp{DESCRIPTION}
+@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, keyword
+The document description.  For long descriptions, use multiple
+@samp{DESCRIPTION} keywords.  By default, @samp{hyperref} inserts
+@samp{DESCRIPTION} as metadata.  Use @code{org-latex-hyperref-template} to
+configure document metadata.  Use @code{org-latex-title-command} to
+configure typesetting of description as part of front matter.
+
+@item @samp{KEYWORDS}
+@cindex @samp{KEYWORDS}, keyword
+The keywords for defining the contents of the document.  Use
+multiple @samp{KEYWORDS} lines if necessary.  By default, @samp{hyperref}
+inserts @samp{KEYWORDS} as metadata.  Use @code{org-latex-hyperref-template}
+to configure document metadata.  Use @code{org-latex-title-command} to
+configure typesetting of keywords as part of front matter.
+
+@item @samp{SUBTITLE}
+@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword
+Document's subtitle.  For typesetting, use
+@code{org-beamer-subtitle-format} string.  Use
+@code{org-latex-hyperref-template} to configure document metadata.  Use
+@code{org-latex-title-command} to configure typesetting of subtitle as
+part of front matter.
+@end table
+
+@node Frames and Blocks in Beamer
+@subsection Frames and Blocks in Beamer
+
+Org transforms heading levels into Beamer's sectioning elements,
+frames and blocks.  Any Org tree with a not-too-deep-level nesting
+should in principle be exportable as a Beamer presentation.
+
+@itemize
+@item
+@vindex org-beamer-frame-level
+Org headlines become Beamer frames when the heading level in Org is
+equal to @code{org-beamer-frame-level} or @samp{H} value in a @samp{OPTIONS} line
+(see @ref{Export Settings}).
+
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_ENV}, property
+Org overrides headlines to frames conversion for the current tree of
+an Org file if it encounters the @samp{BEAMER_ENV} property set to
+@samp{frame} or @samp{fullframe}.  Org ignores whatever
+@code{org-beamer-frame-level} happens to be for that headline level in
+the Org tree.  In Beamer terminology, a full frame is a frame
+without its title.
+
+@item
+Org exports a Beamer frame's objects as block environments.  Org can
+enforce wrapping in special block types when @samp{BEAMER_ENV} property
+is set@footnote{If @samp{BEAMER_ENV} is set, Org export adds @samp{B_environment} tag
+to make it visible.  The tag serves as a visual aid and has no
+semantic relevance.}.  For valid values see
+@code{org-beamer-environments-default}.  To add more values, see
+@code{org-beamer-environments-extra}.
+@vindex org-beamer-environments-default
+@vindex org-beamer-environments-extra
+
+@item
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_REF}, property
+If @samp{BEAMER_ENV} is set to @samp{appendix}, Org exports the entry as an
+appendix.  When set to @samp{note}, Org exports the entry as a note
+within the frame or between frames, depending on the entry's heading
+level.  When set to @samp{noteNH}, Org exports the entry as a note
+without its title.  When set to @samp{againframe}, Org exports the entry
+with @samp{\againframe} command, which makes setting the @samp{BEAMER_REF}
+property mandatory because @samp{\againframe} needs frame to resume.
+
+When @samp{ignoreheading} is set, Org export ignores the entry's headline
+but not its content.  This is useful for inserting content between
+frames.  It is also useful for properly closing a @samp{column}
+environment.  @@end itemize
+
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_ACT}, property
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_OPT}, property
+When @samp{BEAMER_ACT} is set for a headline, Org export translates that
+headline as an overlay or action specification.  When enclosed in
+square brackets, Org export makes the overlay specification
+a default.  Use @samp{BEAMER_OPT} to set any options applicable to the
+current Beamer frame or block.  The Beamer export back-end wraps
+with appropriate angular or square brackets.  It also adds the
+@samp{fragile} option for any code that may require a verbatim block.
+
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER_COL}, property
+To create a column on the Beamer slide, use the @samp{BEAMER_COL}
+property for its headline in the Org file.  Set the value of
+@samp{BEAMER_COL} to a decimal number representing the fraction of the
+total text width.  Beamer export uses this value to set the column's
+width and fills the column with the contents of the Org entry.  If
+the Org entry has no specific environment defined, Beamer export
+ignores the heading.  If the Org entry has a defined environment,
+Beamer export uses the heading as title.  Behind the scenes, Beamer
+export automatically handles @LaTeX{} column separations for contiguous
+headlines.  To manually adjust them for any unique configurations
+needs, use the @samp{BEAMER_ENV} property.
+@end itemize
+
+@node Beamer specific syntax
+@subsection Beamer specific syntax
+
+Since Org's Beamer export back-end is an extension of the @LaTeX{}
+back-end, it recognizes other @LaTeX{} specific syntax---for example,
+@samp{#+LATEX:} or @samp{#+ATTR_LATEX:}.  See @ref{@LaTeX{} Export}, for details.
+
+Beamer export wraps the table of contents generated with @samp{toc:t}
+@samp{OPTION} keyword in a @samp{frame} environment.  Beamer export does not
+wrap the table of contents generated with @samp{TOC} keyword (see @ref{Table of Contents}).  Use square brackets for specifying options.
+
+@example
+#+TOC: headlines [currentsection]
+@end example
+
+
+Insert Beamer-specific code using the following constructs:
+
+@cindex @samp{BEAMER}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT beamer}
+@example
+#+BEAMER: \pause
+
+#+BEGIN_EXPORT beamer
+  Only Beamer export back-end exports this.
+#+END_BEAMER
+
+Text @@@@beamer:some code@@@@ within a paragraph.
+@end example
+
+Inline constructs, such as the last one above, are useful for adding
+overlay specifications to objects with @code{bold}, @code{item}, @code{link},
+@code{radio-target} and @code{target} types.  Enclose the value in angular
+brackets and place the specification at the beginning of the object as
+shown in this example:
+
+@example
+A *@@@@beamer:<2->@@@@useful* feature
+@end example
+
+
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_BEAMER}, keyword
+Beamer export recognizes the @samp{ATTR_BEAMER} keyword with the following
+attributes from Beamer configurations: @samp{:environment} for changing
+local Beamer environment, @samp{:overlay} for specifying Beamer overlays in
+angular or square brackets, and @samp{:options} for inserting optional
+arguments.
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_BEAMER: :environment nonindentlist
+- item 1, not indented
+- item 2, not indented
+- item 3, not indented
+@end example
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_BEAMER: :overlay <+->
+- item 1
+- item 2
+@end example
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_BEAMER: :options [Lagrange]
+Let $G$ be a finite group, and let $H$ be
+a subgroup of $G$.  Then the order of $H$ divides the order of $G$.
+@end example
+
+@node Editing support
+@subsection Editing support
+
+Org Beamer mode is a special minor mode for faster editing of Beamer
+documents.
+
+@example
+#+STARTUP: beamer
+@end example
+
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-b} (@code{org-beamer-select-environment})
+@kindex C-c C-b
+@findex org-beamer-select-environment
+
+Org Beamer mode provides this key for quicker selections in Beamer
+normal environments, and for selecting the @samp{BEAMER_COL} property.
+@end table
+
+@node A Beamer example
+@subsection A Beamer example
+
+Here is an example of an Org document ready for Beamer export.
+
+@example
+#+TITLE: Example Presentation
+#+AUTHOR: Carsten Dominik
+#+OPTIONS: H:2 toc:t num:t
+#+LATEX_CLASS: beamer
+#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [presentation]
+#+BEAMER_THEME: Madrid
+#+COLUMNS: %45ITEM %10BEAMER_ENV(Env) %10BEAMER_ACT(Act) %4BEAMER_COL(Col)
+
+* This is the first structural section
+
+** Frame 1
+*** Thanks to Eric Fraga                                           :B_block:
+    :PROPERTIES:
+    :BEAMER_COL: 0.48
+    :BEAMER_ENV: block
+    :END:
+    for the first viable Beamer setup in Org
+*** Thanks to everyone else                                        :B_block:
+    :PROPERTIES:
+    :BEAMER_COL: 0.48
+    :BEAMER_ACT: <2->
+    :BEAMER_ENV: block
+    :END:
+    for contributing to the discussion
+**** This will be formatted as a beamer note                       :B_note:
+     :PROPERTIES:
+     :BEAMER_env: note
+     :END:
+** Frame 2 (where we will not use columns)
+*** Request
+    Please test this stuff!
+@end example
+
+@node HTML Export
+@section HTML Export
+
+@cindex HTML export
+
+Org mode contains an HTML exporter with extensive HTML formatting
+compatible with XHTML 1.0 strict standard.
+
+@menu
+* HTML export commands::         Invoking HTML export.
+* HTML specific export settings:: Settings for HTML export.
+* HTML doctypes::                Exporting various (X)HTML flavors.
+* HTML preamble and postamble::  Inserting preamble and postamble.
+* Quoting HTML tags::            Using direct HTML in Org files.
+* Headlines in HTML export::     Formatting headlines.
+* Links in HTML export::         Inserting and formatting links.
+* Tables in HTML export::        How to modify the formatting of tables.
+* Images in HTML export::        How to insert figures into HTML output.
+* Math formatting in HTML export:: Beautiful math also on the web.
+* Text areas in HTML export::    An alternate way to show an example.
+* CSS support::                  Changing the appearance of the output.
+* JavaScript support::           Info and folding in a web browser.
+@end menu
+
+@node HTML export commands
+@subsection HTML export commands
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e h h} (@code{org-html-export-to-html})
+@kindex C-c C-e h h
+@kindex C-c C-e h o
+@findex org-html-export-to-html
+
+Export as HTML file with a @samp{.html} extension.  For @samp{myfile.org}, Org
+exports to @samp{myfile.html}, overwriting without warning.  @kbd{C-c C-e h o} exports to HTML and opens it in a web browser.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e h H} (@code{org-html-export-as-html})
+@kindex C-c C-e h H
+@findex org-html-export-as-html
+
+Exports to a temporary buffer.  Does not create a file.
+@end table
+
+@node HTML specific export settings
+@subsection HTML specific export settings
+
+HTML export has a number of keywords, similar to the general options
+settings described in @ref{Export Settings}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{DESCRIPTION}
+@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, keyword
+This is the document's description, which the HTML exporter inserts
+it as a HTML meta tag in the HTML file.  For long descriptions, use
+multiple @samp{DESCRIPTION} lines.  The exporter takes care of wrapping
+the lines properly.
+
+The exporter includes a number of other meta tags, which can be customized
+by modifying @code{org-html-meta-tags}.
+
+@item @samp{HTML_DOCTYPE}
+@cindex @samp{HTML_DOCTYPE}, keyword
+@vindex org-html-doctype
+Specify the document type, for example: HTML5 (@code{org-html-doctype}).
+
+@item @samp{HTML_CONTAINER}
+@cindex @samp{HTML_CONTAINER}, keyword
+@vindex org-html-container-element
+Specify the HTML container, such as @samp{div}, for wrapping sections and
+elements (@code{org-html-container-element}).
+
+@item @samp{HTML_LINK_HOME}
+@cindex @samp{HTML_LINK_HOME}, keyword
+@vindex org-html-link-home
+The URL for home link (@code{org-html-link-home}).
+
+@item @samp{HTML_LINK_UP}
+@cindex @samp{HTML_LINK_UP}, keyword
+@vindex org-html-link-up
+The URL for the up link of exported HTML pages (@code{org-html-link-up}).
+
+@item @samp{HTML_MATHJAX}
+@cindex @samp{HTML_MATHJAX}, keyword
+@vindex org-html-mathjax-options
+Options for MathJax (@code{org-html-mathjax-options}).  MathJax is used
+to typeset @LaTeX{} math in HTML documents.  See @ref{Math formatting in HTML export}, for an example.
+
+@item @samp{HTML_HEAD}
+@cindex @samp{HTML_HEAD}, keyword
+@vindex org-html-head
+Arbitrary lines for appending to the HTML document's head
+(@code{org-html-head}).
+
+@item @samp{HTML_HEAD_EXTRA}
+@cindex @samp{HTML_HEAD_EXTRA}, keyword
+@vindex org-html-head-extra
+More arbitrary lines for appending to the HTML document's head
+(@code{org-html-head-extra}).
+
+@item @samp{KEYWORDS}
+@cindex @samp{KEYWORDS}, keyword
+Keywords to describe the document's content.  HTML exporter inserts
+these keywords as HTML meta tags.  For long keywords, use multiple
+@samp{KEYWORDS} lines.
+
+@item @samp{LATEX_HEADER}
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_HEADER}, keyword
+Arbitrary lines for appending to the preamble; HTML exporter appends
+when transcoding @LaTeX{} fragments to images (see @ref{Math formatting in HTML export}).
+
+@item @samp{SUBTITLE}
+@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword
+The document's subtitle.  HTML exporter formats subtitle if document
+type is @samp{HTML5} and the CSS has a @samp{subtitle} class.
+@end table
+
+Some of these keywords are explained in more detail in the following
+sections of the manual.
+
+@node HTML doctypes
+@subsection HTML doctypes
+
+Org can export to various (X)HTML flavors.
+
+@vindex org-html-doctype
+@vindex org-html-doctype-alist
+Set the @code{org-html-doctype} variable for different (X)HTML variants.
+Depending on the variant, the HTML exporter adjusts the syntax of HTML
+conversion accordingly.  Org includes the following ready-made
+variants:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+@code{"html4-strict"}
+@item
+@code{"html4-transitional"}
+@item
+@code{"html4-frameset"}
+@item
+@code{"xhtml-strict"}
+@item
+@code{"xhtml-transitional"}
+@item
+@code{"xhtml-frameset"}
+@item
+@code{"xhtml-11"}
+@item
+@code{"html5"}
+@item
+@code{"xhtml5"}
+@end itemize
+
+@noindent
+See the variable @code{org-html-doctype-alist} for details.  The default is
+@code{"xhtml-strict"}.
+
+@vindex org-html-html5-fancy
+@cindex @samp{HTML5}, export new elements
+Org's HTML exporter does not by default enable new block elements
+introduced with the HTML5 standard.  To enable them, set
+@code{org-html-html5-fancy} to non-@code{nil}.  Or use an @samp{OPTIONS} line in the
+file to set @samp{html5-fancy}.
+
+HTML5 documents can now have arbitrary @samp{#+BEGIN} @dots{} @samp{#+END} blocks.
+For example:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_aside
+  Lorem ipsum
+#+END_aside
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+exports to:
+
+@example
+<aside>
+  <p>Lorem ipsum</p>
+</aside>
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+while this:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_HTML: :controls controls :width 350
+#+BEGIN_video
+#+HTML: <source src="movie.mp4" type="video/mp4">
+#+HTML: <source src="movie.ogg" type="video/ogg">
+Your browser does not support the video tag.
+#+END_video
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+exports to:
+
+@example
+<video controls="controls" width="350">
+  <source src="movie.mp4" type="video/mp4">
+  <source src="movie.ogg" type="video/ogg">
+  <p>Your browser does not support the video tag.</p>
+</video>
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-html-html5-elements
+When special blocks do not have a corresponding HTML5 element, the
+HTML exporter reverts to standard translation (see
+@code{org-html-html5-elements}).  For example, @samp{#+BEGIN_lederhosen} exports
+to @code{<div class="lederhosen">}.
+
+Special blocks cannot have headlines.  For the HTML exporter to wrap
+the headline and its contents in @code{<section>} or @code{<article>} tags, set
+the @samp{HTML_CONTAINER} property for the headline.
+
+@node HTML preamble and postamble
+@subsection HTML preamble and postamble
+
+@vindex org-html-preamble
+@vindex org-html-postamble
+@vindex org-html-preamble-format
+@vindex org-html-postamble-format
+@vindex org-html-validation-link
+@vindex org-export-creator-string
+@vindex org-export-time-stamp-file
+
+The HTML exporter has delineations for preamble and postamble.  The
+default value for @code{org-html-preamble} is @code{t}, which makes the HTML
+exporter insert the preamble.  See the variable
+@code{org-html-preamble-format} for the format string.
+
+Set @code{org-html-preamble} to a string to override the default format
+string.  If the string is a function, the HTML exporter expects the
+function to return a string upon execution.  The HTML exporter inserts
+this string in the preamble.  The HTML exporter does not insert
+a preamble if @code{org-html-preamble} is set @code{nil}.
+
+The default value for @code{org-html-postamble} is @code{auto}, which makes the
+HTML exporter build a postamble from looking up author's name, email
+address, creator's name, and date.  Set @code{org-html-postamble} to @code{t} to
+insert the postamble in the format specified in the
+@code{org-html-postamble-format} variable.  The HTML exporter does not
+insert a postamble if @code{org-html-postamble} is set to @code{nil}.
+
+@node Quoting HTML tags
+@subsection Quoting HTML tags
+
+The HTML export back-end transforms @samp{<} and @samp{>} to @samp{&lt;} and @samp{&gt;}.
+To include raw HTML code in the Org file so the HTML export back-end
+can insert that HTML code in the output, use this inline syntax:
+@samp{@@@@html:...@@@@}.  For example:
+
+@example
+@@@@html:<b>@@@@bold text@@@@html:</b>@@@@
+@end example
+
+
+@cindex @samp{HTML}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT html}
+For larger raw HTML code blocks, use these HTML export code blocks:
+
+@example
+#+HTML: Literal HTML code for export
+
+#+BEGIN_EXPORT html
+  All lines between these markers are exported literally
+#+END_EXPORT
+@end example
+
+@node Headlines in HTML export
+@subsection Headlines in HTML export
+
+@cindex headlines, in HTML export
+
+Headlines are exported to @samp{<h1>}, @samp{<h2>}, etc.  Each headline gets the
+@samp{id} attribute from @samp{CUSTOM_ID} property, or a unique generated value,
+see @ref{Internal Links}.
+
+@vindex org-html-self-link-headlines
+When @code{org-html-self-link-headlines} is set to a non-@code{nil} value, the
+text of the headlines is also wrapped in @samp{<a>} tags.  These tags have
+a @samp{href} attribute making the headlines link to themselves.
+
+@node Links in HTML export
+@subsection Links in HTML export
+
+@cindex links, in HTML export
+@cindex internal links, in HTML export
+@cindex external links, in HTML export
+
+The HTML export back-end transforms Org's internal links (see
+@ref{Internal Links}) to equivalent HTML links in the output.  The back-end
+similarly handles Org's automatic links created by radio targets (see
+@ref{Radio Targets}) similarly.  For Org links to external files, the
+back-end transforms the links to @emph{relative} paths.
+
+@vindex org-html-link-org-files-as-html
+For Org links to other @samp{.org} files, the back-end automatically
+changes the file extension to @samp{.html} and makes file paths relative.
+If the @samp{.org} files have an equivalent @samp{.html} version at the same
+location, then the converted links should work without any further
+manual intervention.  However, to disable this automatic path
+translation, set @code{org-html-link-org-files-as-html} to @code{nil}.  When
+disabled, the HTML export back-end substitutes the ID-based links in
+the HTML output.  For more about linking files when publishing to
+a directory, see @ref{Publishing links}.
+
+Org files can also have special directives to the HTML export
+back-end.  For example, by using @samp{#+ATTR_HTML} lines to specify new
+format attributes to @code{<a>} or @code{<img>} tags.  This example shows
+changing the link's title and style:
+
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_HTML}, keyword
+@example
+#+ATTR_HTML: :title The Org mode homepage :style color:red;
+[[https://orgmode.org]]
+@end example
+
+@node Tables in HTML export
+@subsection Tables in HTML export
+
+@cindex tables, in HTML
+@vindex org-export-html-table-tag
+
+The HTML export back-end uses @code{org-html-table-default-attributes} when
+exporting Org tables to HTML@.  By default, the exporter does not draw
+frames and cell borders.  To change for this for a table, use the
+following lines before the table in the Org file:
+
+@cindex @samp{CAPTION}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_HTML}, keyword
+@example
+#+CAPTION: This is a table with lines around and between cells
+#+ATTR_HTML: :border 2 :rules all :frame border
+@end example
+
+The HTML export back-end preserves column groupings in Org tables (see
+@ref{Column Groups}) when exporting to HTML@.
+
+Additional options for customizing tables for HTML export.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-html-table-align-individual-fields}
+@vindex org-html-table-align-individual-fields
+Non-@code{nil} attaches style attributes for alignment to each table
+field.
+
+@item @code{org-html-table-caption-above}
+@vindex org-html-table-caption-above
+Non-@code{nil} places caption string at the beginning of the table.
+
+@item @code{org-html-table-data-tags}
+@vindex org-html-table-data-tags
+Opening and ending tags for table data fields.
+
+@item @code{org-html-table-default-attributes}
+@vindex org-html-table-default-attributes
+Default attributes and values for table tags.
+
+@item @code{org-html-table-header-tags}
+@vindex org-html-table-header-tags
+Opening and ending tags for table's header fields.
+
+@item @code{org-html-table-row-tags}
+@vindex org-html-table-row-tags
+Opening and ending tags for table rows.
+
+@item @code{org-html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column}
+@vindex org-html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column
+Non-@code{nil} formats column one in tables with header tags.
+@end table
+
+@node Images in HTML export
+@subsection Images in HTML export
+
+@cindex images, inline in HTML
+@cindex inlining images in HTML
+
+The HTML export back-end has features to convert Org image links to
+HTML inline images and HTML clickable image links.
+
+@vindex org-html-inline-images
+When the link in the Org file has no description, the HTML export
+back-end by default in-lines that image.  For example:
+@samp{[[file:myimg.jpg]]} is in-lined, while @samp{[[file:myimg.jpg][the image]]} links to the text,
+@samp{the image}.  For more details, see the variable
+@code{org-html-inline-images}.
+
+On the other hand, if the description part of the Org link is itself
+another link, such as @samp{file:} or @samp{http:} URL pointing to an image, the
+HTML export back-end in-lines this image and links to the main image.
+This Org syntax enables the back-end to link low-resolution thumbnail
+to the high-resolution version of the image, as shown in this example:
+
+@example
+[[file:highres.jpg][file:thumb.jpg]]
+@end example
+
+
+To change attributes of in-lined images, use @samp{#+ATTR_HTML} lines in
+the Org file.  This example shows realignment to right, and adds @code{alt}
+and @code{title} attributes in support of text viewers and modern web
+accessibility standards.
+
+@cindex @samp{CAPTION}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_HTML}, keyword
+@example
+#+CAPTION: A black cat stalking a spider
+#+ATTR_HTML: :alt cat/spider image :title Action! :align right
+[[./img/a.jpg]]
+@end example
+
+The HTML export back-end copies the @samp{http} links from the Org file
+as-is.
+
+@node Math formatting in HTML export
+@subsection Math formatting in HTML export
+
+@cindex MathJax
+@cindex dvipng
+@cindex dvisvgm
+@cindex ImageMagick
+
+@vindex org-html-mathjax-options~
+@LaTeX{} math snippets (see @ref{@LaTeX{} fragments}) can be displayed in two
+different ways on HTML pages.  The default is to use the @uref{https://www.mathjax.org, MathJax},
+which should work out of the box with Org@footnote{By default Org loads MathJax from @uref{https://cdnjs.com, cdnjs.com} as recommended by
+@uref{https://www.mathjax.org, MathJax}.}@footnote{Please note that exported formulas are part of an HTML
+document, and that signs such as @samp{<}, @samp{>}, or @samp{&} have special
+meanings.  See @uref{http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/tex.html#tex-and-latex-in-html-documents, MathJax @TeX{} and @LaTeX{} support}.}.  Some MathJax
+display options can be configured via @code{org-html-mathjax-options}, or
+in the buffer.  For example, with the following settings,
+
+@example
+#+HTML_MATHJAX: align: left indent: 5em tagside: left font: Neo-Euler
+#+HTML_MATHJAX: cancel.js noErrors.js
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+equation labels are displayed on the left margin and equations are
+five em from the left margin.  In addition, it loads the two MathJax
+extensions @samp{cancel.js} and @samp{noErrors.js}@footnote{See @uref{http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/tex.html#tex-extensions, @TeX{} and @LaTeX{} extensions} in the @uref{http://docs.mathjax.org, MathJax manual} to learn
+about extensions.}.
+
+@vindex org-html-mathjax-template
+See the docstring of @code{org-html-mathjax-options} for all supported
+variables.  The MathJax template can be configure via
+@code{org-html-mathjax-template}.
+
+If you prefer, you can also request that @LaTeX{} fragments are processed
+into small images that will be inserted into the browser page.  Before
+the availability of MathJax, this was the default method for Org
+files.  This method requires that the dvipng program, dvisvgm or
+ImageMagick suite is available on your system.  You can still get this
+processing with
+
+@example
+#+OPTIONS: tex:dvipng
+@end example
+
+
+@example
+#+OPTIONS: tex:dvisvgm
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+or
+
+@example
+#+OPTIONS: tex:imagemagick
+@end example
+
+@node Text areas in HTML export
+@subsection Text areas in HTML export
+
+@cindex text areas, in HTML
+Before Org mode's Babel, one popular approach to publishing code in
+HTML was by using @samp{:textarea}.  The advantage of this approach was
+that copying and pasting was built into browsers with simple
+JavaScript commands.  Even editing before pasting was made simple.
+
+The HTML export back-end can create such text areas.  It requires an
+@samp{#+ATTR_HTML} line as shown in the example below with the @samp{:textarea}
+option.  This must be followed by either an example or a source code
+block.  Other Org block types do not honor the @samp{:textarea} option.
+
+By default, the HTML export back-end creates a text area 80 characters
+wide and height just enough to fit the content.  Override these
+defaults with @samp{:width} and @samp{:height} options on the @samp{#+ATTR_HTML}
+line.
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_HTML: :textarea t :width 40
+#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
+  (defun org-xor (a b)
+     "Exclusive or."
+     (if a (not b) b))
+#+END_EXAMPLE
+@end example
+
+@node CSS support
+@subsection CSS support
+
+@cindex CSS, for HTML export
+@cindex HTML export, CSS
+
+@vindex org-export-html-todo-kwd-class-prefix
+@vindex org-export-html-tag-class-prefix
+You can modify the CSS style definitions for the exported file.  The
+HTML exporter assigns the following special CSS classes@footnote{If the classes on TODO keywords and tags lead to conflicts,
+use the variables @code{org-html-todo-kwd-class-prefix} and
+@code{org-html-tag-class-prefix} to make them unique.} to
+appropriate parts of the document---your style specifications may
+change these, in addition to any of the standard classes like for
+headlines, tables, etc.
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{p.author}
+@tab author information, including email
+@item @code{p.date}
+@tab publishing date
+@item @code{p.creator}
+@tab creator info, about org mode version
+@item @code{.title}
+@tab document title
+@item @code{.subtitle}
+@tab document subtitle
+@item @code{.todo}
+@tab TODO keywords, all not-done states
+@item @code{.done}
+@tab the DONE keywords, all states that count as done
+@item @code{.WAITING}
+@tab each TODO keyword also uses a class named after itself
+@item @code{.timestamp}
+@tab timestamp
+@item @code{.timestamp-kwd}
+@tab keyword associated with a timestamp, like @samp{SCHEDULED}
+@item @code{.timestamp-wrapper}
+@tab span around keyword plus timestamp
+@item @code{.tag}
+@tab tag in a headline
+@item @code{._HOME}
+@tab each tag uses itself as a class, ``@@'' replaced by ``_''
+@item @code{.target}
+@tab target for links
+@item @code{.linenr}
+@tab the line number in a code example
+@item @code{.code-highlighted}
+@tab for highlighting referenced code lines
+@item @code{div.outline-N}
+@tab div for outline level N (headline plus text)
+@item @code{div.outline-text-N}
+@tab extra div for text at outline level N
+@item @code{.section-number-N}
+@tab section number in headlines, different for each level
+@item @code{.figure-number}
+@tab label like ``Figure 1:''
+@item @code{.table-number}
+@tab label like ``Table 1:''
+@item @code{.listing-number}
+@tab label like ``Listing 1:''
+@item @code{div.figure}
+@tab how to format an in-lined image
+@item @code{pre.src}
+@tab formatted source code
+@item @code{pre.example}
+@tab normal example
+@item @code{p.verse}
+@tab verse paragraph
+@item @code{div.footnotes}
+@tab footnote section headline
+@item @code{p.footnote}
+@tab footnote definition paragraph, containing a footnote
+@item @code{.footref}
+@tab a footnote reference number (always a <sup>)
+@item @code{.footnum}
+@tab footnote number in footnote definition (always <sup>)
+@item @code{.org-svg}
+@tab default class for a linked @samp{.svg} image
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-html-style-default
+@vindex org-html-head
+@vindex org-html-head-extra
+@cindex @samp{HTML_INCLUDE_STYLE}, keyword
+The HTML export back-end includes a compact default style in each
+exported HTML file.  To override the default style with another style,
+use these keywords in the Org file.  They will replace the global
+defaults the HTML exporter uses.
+
+@cindex @samp{HTML_HEAD}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{HTML_HEAD_EXTRA}, keyword
+@example
+#+HTML_HEAD: <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="style1.css" />
+#+HTML_HEAD_EXTRA: <link rel="alternate stylesheet" type="text/css" href="style2.css" />
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-html-head-include-default-style
+To just turn off the default style, customize
+@code{org-html-head-include-default-style} variable, or use this option
+line in the Org file.
+
+@cindex @samp{html-style}, @samp{OPTIONS} item
+@example
+#+OPTIONS: html-style:nil
+@end example
+
+
+For longer style definitions, either use several @samp{HTML_HEAD} and
+@samp{HTML_HEAD_EXTRA} keywords, or use @code{<style> ... </style>} blocks
+around them.  Both of these approaches can avoid referring to an
+external file.
+
+@cindex @samp{HTML_CONTAINER_CLASS}, property
+@cindex @samp{HTML_HEADLINE_CLASS}, property
+In order to add styles to a sub-tree, use the @samp{HTML_CONTAINER_CLASS}
+property to assign a class to the tree.  In order to specify CSS
+styles for a particular headline, you can use the ID specified in
+a @samp{CUSTOM_ID} property.  You can also assign a specific class to
+a headline with the @samp{HTML_HEADLINE_CLASS} property.
+
+Never change the @code{org-html-style-default} constant.  Instead use other
+simpler ways of customizing as described above.
+
+@node JavaScript support
+@subsection JavaScript supported display of web pages
+
+Sebastian Rose has written a JavaScript program especially designed to
+allow two different ways of viewing HTML files created with Org.  One
+is an @emph{Info}-like mode where each section is displayed separately and
+navigation can be done with the @kbd{n} and @kbd{p} keys, and some other
+keys as well, press @kbd{?} for an overview of the available keys.  The
+second one has a @emph{folding} view, much like Org provides inside Emacs.
+The script is available at @uref{https://orgmode.org/org-info.js} and the
+documentation at @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/code/org-info-js/}.  The
+script is hosted on @uref{https://orgmode.org}, but for reliability, prefer
+installing it on your own web server.
+
+To use this program, just add this line to the Org file:
+
+@cindex @samp{INFOJS_OPT}, keyword
+@example
+#+INFOJS_OPT: view:info toc:nil
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+The HTML header now has the code needed to automatically invoke the
+script.  For setting options, use the syntax from the above line for
+options described below:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{path:}
+The path to the script.  The default is to grab the script from
+@uref{https://orgmode.org/org-info.js}, but you might want to have a local
+copy and use a path like @samp{../scripts/org-info.js}.
+
+@item @samp{view:}
+Initial view when the website is first shown.  Possible values are:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{info}
+@tab Info-like interface with one section per page
+@item @samp{overview}
+@tab Folding interface, initially showing only top-level
+@item @samp{content}
+@tab Folding interface, starting with all headlines visible
+@item @samp{showall}
+@tab Folding interface, all headlines and text visible
+@end multitable
+
+@item @samp{sdepth:}
+Maximum headline level still considered as an independent section
+for info and folding modes.  The default is taken from
+@code{org-export-headline-levels}, i.e., the @samp{H} switch in @samp{OPTIONS}.  If
+this is smaller than in @code{org-export-headline-levels}, each
+info/folding section can still contain child headlines.
+
+@item @samp{toc:}
+Should the table of contents @emph{initially} be visible?  Even when
+@samp{nil}, you can always get to the ``toc'' with @kbd{i}.
+
+@item @samp{tdepth:}
+The depth of the table of contents.  The defaults are taken from the
+variables @code{org-export-headline-levels} and @code{org-export-with-toc}.
+
+@item @samp{ftoc:}
+Does the CSS of the page specify a fixed position for the ``toc''?  If
+yes, the toc is displayed as a section.
+
+@item @samp{ltoc:}
+Should there be short contents (children) in each section?  Make
+this @samp{above} if the section should be above initial text.
+
+@item @samp{mouse:}
+Headings are highlighted when the mouse is over them.  Should be
+@samp{underline} (default) or a background color like @samp{#cccccc}.
+
+@item @samp{buttons:}
+Should view-toggle buttons be everywhere?  When @samp{nil} (the default),
+only one such button is present.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-infojs-options
+@vindex org-export-html-use-infojs
+You can choose default values for these options by customizing the
+variable @code{org-infojs-options}.  If you always want to apply the script
+to your pages, configure the variable @code{org-export-html-use-infojs}.
+
+@node @LaTeX{} Export
+@section @LaTeX{} Export
+
+@cindex @LaTeX{} export
+@cindex PDF export
+
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end can handle complex documents, incorporate
+standard or custom @LaTeX{} document classes, generate documents using
+alternate @LaTeX{} engines, and produce fully linked PDF files with
+indexes, bibliographies, and tables of contents, destined for
+interactive online viewing or high-quality print publication.
+
+While the details are covered in-depth in this section, here are some
+quick references to variables for the impatient: for engines, see
+@code{org-latex-compiler}; for build sequences, see
+@code{org-latex-pdf-process}; for packages, see
+@code{org-latex-default-packages-alist} and @code{org-latex-packages-alist}.
+
+An important note about the @LaTeX{} export back-end: it is sensitive to
+blank lines in the Org document.  That's because @LaTeX{} itself depends
+on blank lines to tell apart syntactical elements, such as paragraphs.
+
+@menu
+* @LaTeX{}/PDF export commands:: For producing @LaTeX{} and PDF documents.
+* @LaTeX{} specific export settings:: Unique to this @LaTeX{} back-end.
+* @LaTeX{} header and sectioning:: Setting up the export file structure.
+* Quoting @LaTeX{} code::        Incorporating literal @LaTeX{} code.
+* Tables in @LaTeX{} export::    Options for exporting tables to @LaTeX{}.
+* Images in @LaTeX{} export::    How to insert figures into @LaTeX{} output.
+* Plain lists in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to lists.
+* Source blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to source code blocks.
+* Example blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to example blocks.
+* Special blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to special blocks.
+* Horizontal rules in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to horizontal rules.
+* Verse blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to special blocks.
+* Quote blocks in @LaTeX{} export:: Attributes specific to quote blocks.
+@end menu
+
+@node @LaTeX{}/PDF export commands
+@subsection @LaTeX{}/PDF export commands
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l l} (@code{org-latex-export-to-latex})
+@kindex C-c C-e l l
+@findex org-latex-export-to-latex~
+Export to a @LaTeX{} file with a @samp{.tex} extension.  For @samp{myfile.org},
+Org exports to @samp{myfile.tex}, overwriting without warning.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l L} (@code{org-latex-export-as-latex})
+@kindex C-c C-e l L
+@findex org-latex-export-as-latex
+Export to a temporary buffer.  Do not create a file.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l p} (@code{org-latex-export-to-pdf})
+@kindex C-c C-e l p
+@findex org-latex-export-to-pdf
+Export as @LaTeX{} file and convert it to PDF file.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e l o}
+@kindex C-c C-e l o
+Export as @LaTeX{} file and convert it to PDF, then open the PDF using
+the default viewer.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-export-region-as-latex}
+Convert the region to @LaTeX{} under the assumption that it was in Org
+mode syntax before.  This is a global command that can be invoked in
+any buffer.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-latex-compiler
+@vindex org-latex-bibtex-compiler
+@vindex org-latex-default-packages-alist
+@cindex pdflatex
+@cindex xelatex
+@cindex lualatex
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_COMPILER}, keyword
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end can use any of these @LaTeX{} engines:
+@samp{pdflatex}, @samp{xelatex}, and @samp{lualatex}.  These engines compile @LaTeX{}
+files with different compilers, packages, and output options.  The
+@LaTeX{} export back-end finds the compiler version to use from
+@code{org-latex-compiler} variable or the @samp{#+LATEX_COMPILER} keyword in the
+Org file.  See the docstring for the
+@code{org-latex-default-packages-alist} for loading packages with certain
+compilers.  Also see @code{org-latex-bibtex-compiler} to set the
+bibliography compiler@footnote{This does not allow setting different bibliography compilers
+for different files.  However, ``smart'' @LaTeX{} compilation systems, such
+as latexmk, can select the correct bibliography compiler.}.
+
+@node @LaTeX{} specific export settings
+@subsection @LaTeX{} specific export settings
+
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end has several additional keywords for
+customizing @LaTeX{} output.  Setting these keywords works similar to the
+general options (see @ref{Export Settings}).
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{DESCRIPTION}
+@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, keyword
+@vindex org-latex-hyperref-template
+@vindex org-latex-title-command
+The document's description.  The description along with author name,
+keywords, and related file metadata are inserted in the output file
+by the hyperref package.  See @code{org-latex-hyperref-template} for
+customizing metadata items.  See @code{org-latex-title-command} for
+typesetting description into the document's front matter.  Use
+multiple @samp{DESCRIPTION} keywords for long descriptions.
+
+@item @samp{LANGUAGE}
+@cindex @samp{LANGUAGE}, keyword
+@vindex org-latex-packages-alist
+In order to be effective, the @samp{babel} or @samp{polyglossia}
+packages---according to the @LaTeX{} compiler used---must be loaded
+with the appropriate language as argument.  This can be accomplished
+by modifying the @code{org-latex-packages-alist} variable, e.g., with the
+following snippet:
+
+@lisp
+(add-to-list 'org-latex-packages-alist
+             '("AUTO" "babel" t ("pdflatex")))
+(add-to-list 'org-latex-packages-alist
+             '("AUTO" "polyglossia" t ("xelatex" "lualatex")))
+@end lisp
+
+@item @samp{LATEX_CLASS}
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_CLASS}, keyword
+@vindex org-latex-default-class
+@vindex org-latex-classes
+This is @LaTeX{} document class, such as @emph{article}, @emph{report}, @emph{book},
+and so on, which contain predefined preamble and headline level
+mapping that the @LaTeX{} export back-end needs.  The back-end reads
+the default class name from the @code{org-latex-default-class} variable.
+Org has @emph{article} as the default class.  A valid default class must
+be an element of @code{org-latex-classes}.
+
+@item @samp{LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS}
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS}, keyword
+Options the @LaTeX{} export back-end uses when calling the @LaTeX{}
+document class.
+
+@item @samp{LATEX_COMPILER}
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_COMPILER}, keyword
+@vindex org-latex-compiler
+The compiler, such as @samp{pdflatex}, @samp{xelatex}, @samp{lualatex}, for
+producing the PDF@.  See @code{org-latex-compiler}.
+
+@item @samp{LATEX_HEADER}
+@itemx @samp{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA}
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_HEADER}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA}, keyword
+@vindex org-latex-classes
+Arbitrary lines to add to the document's preamble, before the
+hyperref settings.  See @code{org-latex-classes} for adjusting the
+structure and order of the @LaTeX{} headers.
+
+@item @samp{KEYWORDS}
+@cindex @samp{KEYWORDS}, keyword
+@vindex org-latex-hyperref-template
+@vindex org-latex-title-command
+The keywords for the document.  The description along with author
+name, keywords, and related file metadata are inserted in the output
+file by the hyperref package.  See @code{org-latex-hyperref-template} for
+customizing metadata items.  See @code{org-latex-title-command} for
+typesetting description into the document's front matter.  Use
+multiple @samp{KEYWORDS} lines if necessary.
+
+@item @samp{SUBTITLE}
+@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword
+@vindex org-latex-subtitle-separate
+@vindex org-latex-subtitle-format
+The document's subtitle.  It is typeset as per
+@code{org-latex-subtitle-format}.  If @code{org-latex-subtitle-separate} is
+non-@code{nil}, it is typed outside of the @code{\title} macro.  See
+@code{org-latex-hyperref-template} for customizing metadata items.  See
+@code{org-latex-title-command} for typesetting description into the
+document's front matter.
+@end table
+
+The following sections have further details.
+
+@node @LaTeX{} header and sectioning
+@subsection @LaTeX{} header and sectioning structure
+
+@cindex @LaTeX{} class
+@cindex @LaTeX{} sectioning structure
+@cindex @LaTeX{} header
+@cindex header, for @LaTeX{} files
+@cindex sectioning structure, for @LaTeX{} export
+
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end converts the first three of Org's outline
+levels into @LaTeX{} headlines.  The remaining Org levels are exported as
+lists.  To change this globally for the cut-off point between levels
+and lists, (see @ref{Export Settings}).
+
+By default, the @LaTeX{} export back-end uses the @emph{article} class.
+
+@vindex org-latex-default-class
+@vindex org-latex-classes
+@vindex org-latex-default-packages-alist
+@vindex org-latex-packages-alist
+To change the default class globally, edit @code{org-latex-default-class}.
+To change the default class locally in an Org file, add option lines
+@samp{#+LATEX_CLASS: myclass}.  To change the default class for just a part
+of the Org file, set a sub-tree property, @samp{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS}.  The
+class name entered here must be valid member of @code{org-latex-classes}.
+This variable defines a header template for each class into which the
+exporter splices the values of @code{org-latex-default-packages-alist} and
+@code{org-latex-packages-alist}.  Use the same three variables to define
+custom sectioning or custom classes.
+
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_CLASS}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS}, property
+@cindex @samp{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS}, property
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end sends the @samp{LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS} keyword and
+@samp{EXPORT_LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS} property as options to the @LaTeX{}
+@code{\documentclass} macro.  The options and the syntax for specifying
+them, including enclosing them in square brackets, follow @LaTeX{}
+conventions.
+
+@example
+#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [a4paper,11pt,twoside,twocolumn]
+@end example
+
+
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_HEADER}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA}, keyword
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end appends values from @samp{LATEX_HEADER} and
+@samp{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA} keywords to the @LaTeX{} header.  The docstring for
+@code{org-latex-classes} explains in more detail.  Also note that @LaTeX{}
+export back-end does not append @samp{LATEX_HEADER_EXTRA} to the header
+when previewing @LaTeX{} snippets (see @ref{Previewing @LaTeX{} fragments}).
+
+A sample Org file with the above headers:
+
+@example
+#+LATEX_CLASS: article
+#+LATEX_CLASS_OPTIONS: [a4paper]
+#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage@{xyz@}
+
+* Headline 1
+  some text
+* Headline 2
+  some more text
+@end example
+
+@node Quoting @LaTeX{} code
+@subsection Quoting @LaTeX{} code
+
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end can insert any arbitrary @LaTeX{} code, see
+@ref{Embedded @LaTeX{}}.  There are three ways to embed such code in the Org
+file and they all use different quoting syntax.
+
+@cindex inline, in @LaTeX{} export
+Inserting in-line quoted with @@ symbols:
+
+@example
+Code embedded in-line @@@@latex:any arbitrary LaTeX code@@@@ in a paragraph.
+@end example
+
+
+@cindex @samp{LATEX}, keyword
+Inserting as one or more keyword lines in the Org file:
+
+@example
+#+LATEX: any arbitrary LaTeX code
+@end example
+
+
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT latex}
+Inserting as an export block in the Org file, where the back-end
+exports any code between begin and end markers:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_EXPORT latex
+  any arbitrary LaTeX code
+#+END_EXPORT
+@end example
+
+@node Tables in @LaTeX{} export
+@subsection Tables in @LaTeX{} export
+
+@cindex tables, in @LaTeX{} export
+
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end can pass several @LaTeX{} attributes for table
+contents and layout.  Besides specifying a label (see @ref{Internal Links})
+and a caption (see @ref{Captions}), the other valid @LaTeX{} attributes
+include:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{:mode}
+@vindex org-latex-default-table-mode
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end wraps the table differently depending on
+the mode for accurate rendering of math symbols.  Mode is either
+@samp{table}, @samp{math}, @samp{inline-math} or @samp{verbatim}.
+
+For @samp{math} or @samp{inline-math} mode, @LaTeX{} export back-end wraps the
+table in a math environment, but every cell in it is exported as-is.
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end determines the default mode from
+@code{org-latex-default-table-mode}.  The @LaTeX{} export back-end merges
+contiguous tables in the same mode into a single environment.
+
+@item @samp{:environment}
+@vindex org-latex-default-table-environment
+Set the default @LaTeX{} table environment for the @LaTeX{} export
+back-end to use when exporting Org tables.  Common @LaTeX{} table
+environments are provided by these packages: tabularx, longtable,
+array, tabu, and bmatrix.  For packages, such as tabularx and tabu,
+or any newer replacements, include them in the
+@code{org-latex-packages-alist} variable so the @LaTeX{} export back-end can
+insert the appropriate load package headers in the converted @LaTeX{}
+file.  Look in the docstring for the @code{org-latex-packages-alist}
+variable for configuring these packages for @LaTeX{} snippet previews,
+if any.
+
+@item @samp{:caption}
+Use @samp{CAPTION} keyword to set a simple caption for a table (see
+@ref{Captions}).  For custom captions, use @samp{:caption} attribute, which
+accepts raw @LaTeX{} code.  @samp{:caption} value overrides @samp{CAPTION} value.
+
+@item @samp{:float}
+@itemx @samp{:placement}
+The table environments by default are not floats in @LaTeX{}.  To make
+them floating objects use @samp{:float} with one of the following
+options: @samp{sideways}, @samp{multicolumn}, @samp{t}, and @samp{nil}.
+
+@LaTeX{} floats can also have additional layout @samp{:placement}
+attributes.  These are the usual @samp{[h t b p ! H]} permissions
+specified in square brackets.  Note that for @samp{:float sideways}
+tables, the @LaTeX{} export back-end ignores @samp{:placement} attributes.
+
+@item @samp{:align}
+@itemx @samp{:font}
+@itemx @samp{:width}
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end uses these attributes for regular tables
+to set their alignments, fonts, and widths.
+
+@item @samp{:spread}
+When @samp{:spread} is non-@code{nil}, the @LaTeX{} export back-end spreads or
+shrinks the table by the @samp{:width} for tabu and longtabu
+environments.  @samp{:spread} has no effect if @samp{:width} is not set.
+
+@item @samp{:booktabs}
+@itemx @samp{:center}
+@itemx @samp{:rmlines}
+@vindex org-latex-tables-booktabs
+@vindex org-latex-tables-centered
+All three commands are toggles.  @samp{:booktabs} brings in modern
+typesetting enhancements to regular tables.  The booktabs package
+has to be loaded through @code{org-latex-packages-alist}.  @samp{:center} is
+for centering the table.  @samp{:rmlines} removes all but the very first
+horizontal line made of ASCII characters from ``table.el'' tables
+only.
+
+@item @samp{:math-prefix}
+@itemx @samp{:math-suffix}
+@itemx @samp{:math-arguments}
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end inserts @samp{:math-prefix} string value in
+a math environment before the table.  The @LaTeX{} export back-end
+inserts @samp{:math-suffix} string value in a math environment after the
+table.  The @LaTeX{} export back-end inserts @samp{:math-arguments} string
+value between the macro name and the table's contents.
+@samp{:math-arguments} comes in use for matrix macros that require more
+than one argument, such as @samp{qbordermatrix}.
+@end table
+
+@LaTeX{} table attributes help formatting tables for a wide range of
+situations, such as matrix product or spanning multiple pages:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :environment longtable :align l|lp@{3cm@}r|l
+| ... | ... |
+| ... | ... |
+
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :mode math :environment bmatrix :math-suffix \times
+| a | b |
+| c | d |
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :mode math :environment bmatrix
+| 1 | 2 |
+| 3 | 4 |
+@end example
+
+Set the caption with the @LaTeX{} command
+@samp{\bicaption@{HeadingA@}@{HeadingB@}}:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :caption \bicaption@{HeadingA@}@{HeadingB@}
+| ... | ... |
+| ... | ... |
+@end example
+
+@node Images in @LaTeX{} export
+@subsection Images in @LaTeX{} export
+
+@cindex images, inline in LaTeX
+@cindex inlining images in LaTeX
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword
+
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end processes image links in Org files that do
+not have descriptions, such as these links @samp{[[file:img.jpg]]} or
+@samp{[[./img.jpg]]}, as direct image insertions in the final PDF output.  In
+the PDF, they are no longer links but actual images embedded on the
+page.  The @LaTeX{} export back-end uses @samp{\includegraphics} macro to
+insert the image.  But for TikZ (@uref{http://sourceforge.net/projects/pgf/})
+images, the back-end uses an @code{\input} macro wrapped within
+a @code{tikzpicture} environment.
+
+For specifying image @samp{:width}, @samp{:height}, @samp{:scale} and other @samp{:options},
+use this syntax:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :width 5cm :options angle=90
+[[./img/sed-hr4049.pdf]]
+@end example
+
+A @samp{:scale} attribute overrides both @samp{:width} and @samp{:height} attributes.
+
+For custom commands for captions, use the @samp{:caption} attribute.  It
+overrides the default @samp{#+CAPTION} value:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :caption \bicaption@{HeadingA@}@{HeadingB@}
+[[./img/sed-hr4049.pdf]]
+@end example
+
+When captions follow the method as described in @ref{Captions}, the @LaTeX{}
+export back-end wraps the picture in a floating @samp{figure} environment.
+To float an image without specifying a caption, set the @samp{:float}
+attribute to one of the following:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{t}
+For a standard @samp{figure} environment; used by default whenever an
+image has a caption.
+
+@item @samp{multicolumn}
+To span the image across multiple columns of a page; the back-end
+wraps the image in a @samp{figure*} environment.
+
+@item @samp{wrap}
+For text to flow around the image on the right; the figure occupies
+the left half of the page.
+
+@item @samp{sideways}
+For a new page with the image sideways, rotated ninety degrees, in
+a @samp{sidewaysfigure} environment; overrides @samp{:placement} setting.
+
+@item @samp{nil}
+To avoid a @samp{:float} even if using a caption.
+@end table
+
+Use the @samp{placement} attribute to modify a floating environment's
+placement.
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :float wrap :width 0.38\textwidth :placement @{r@}@{0.4\textwidth@}
+[[./img/hst.png]]
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-latex-images-centered
+@cindex center image in LaTeX export
+@cindex image, centering in LaTeX export
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end centers all images by default.  Setting
+@samp{:center} to @samp{nil} disables centering.  To disable centering globally,
+set @code{org-latex-images-centered} to @samp{nil}.
+
+Set the @samp{:comment-include} attribute to non-@code{nil} value for the @LaTeX{}
+export back-end to comment out the @samp{\includegraphics} macro.
+
+@node Plain lists in @LaTeX{} export
+@subsection Plain lists in @LaTeX{} export
+
+@cindex plain lists, in @LaTeX{} export
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end accepts the @samp{environment} and @samp{options}
+attributes for plain lists.  Both attributes work together for
+customizing lists, as shown in the examples:
+
+@example
+#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage[inline]@{enumitem@}
+Some ways to say "Hello":
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :environment itemize*
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :options [label=@{@}, itemjoin=@{,@}, itemjoin*=@{, and@}]
+- Hola
+- Bonjour
+- Guten Tag.
+@end example
+
+Since @LaTeX{} supports only four levels of nesting for lists, use an
+external package, such as @samp{enumitem} in @LaTeX{}, for levels deeper than
+four:
+
+@example
+#+LATEX_HEADER: \usepackage@{enumitem@}
+#+LATEX_HEADER: \renewlist@{itemize@}@{itemize@}@{9@}
+#+LATEX_HEADER: \setlist[itemize]@{label=$\circ$@}
+- One
+  - Two
+    - Three
+      - Four
+        - Five
+@end example
+
+@node Source blocks in @LaTeX{} export
+@subsection Source blocks in @LaTeX{} export
+
+@cindex source blocks, in @LaTeX{} export
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword
+
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end can make source code blocks into floating
+objects through the attributes @samp{:float} and @samp{:options}.  For @samp{:float}:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{t}
+Makes a source block float; by default floats any source block with
+a caption.
+
+@item @samp{multicolumn}
+Spans the source block across multiple columns of a page.
+
+@item @samp{nil}
+Avoids a @samp{:float} even if using a caption; useful for source code
+blocks that may not fit on a page.
+@end table
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :float nil
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
+  Lisp code that may not fit in a single page.
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-latex-listings-options
+@vindex org-latex-minted-options
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end passes string values in @samp{:options} to @LaTeX{}
+packages for customization of that specific source block.  In the
+example below, the @samp{:options} are set for Minted.  Minted is a source
+code highlighting @LaTeX{} package with many configurable options@footnote{Minted uses an external Python package for code highlighting,
+which requires the flag @samp{-shell-escape} to be added to
+@code{org-latex-pdf-process}.}.
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :options commentstyle=\bfseries
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
+  (defun Fib (n)
+    (if (< n 2) n (+ (Fib (- n 1)) (Fib (- n 2)))))
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+To apply similar configuration options for all source blocks in
+a file, use the @code{org-latex-listings-options} and
+@code{org-latex-minted-options} variables.
+
+@node Example blocks in @LaTeX{} export
+@subsection Example blocks in @LaTeX{} export
+
+@cindex example blocks, in @LaTeX{} export
+@cindex verbatim blocks, in @LaTeX{} export
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword
+
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end wraps the contents of example blocks in
+a @samp{verbatim} environment.  To change this behavior to use another
+environment globally, specify an appropriate export filter (see
+@ref{Advanced Export Configuration}).  To change this behavior to use
+another environment for each block, use the @samp{:environment} parameter
+to specify a custom environment.
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :environment myverbatim
+#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
+  This sentence is false.
+#+END_EXAMPLE
+@end example
+
+@node Special blocks in @LaTeX{} export
+@subsection Special blocks in @LaTeX{} export
+
+@cindex special blocks, in @LaTeX{} export
+@cindex abstract, in @LaTeX{} export
+@cindex proof, in @LaTeX{} export
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword
+
+For other special blocks in the Org file, the @LaTeX{} export back-end
+makes a special environment of the same name.  The back-end also takes
+@samp{:options}, if any, and appends as-is to that environment's opening
+string.  For example:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_abstract
+  We demonstrate how to solve the Syracuse problem.
+#+END_abstract
+
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :options [Proof of important theorem]
+#+BEGIN_proof
+  ...
+  Therefore, any even number greater than 2 is the sum of two primes.
+#+END_proof
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+exports to
+
+@example
+\begin@{abstract@}
+  We demonstrate how to solve the Syracuse problem.
+\end@{abstract@}
+
+\begin@{proof@}[Proof of important theorem]
+  ...
+  Therefore, any even number greater than 2 is the sum of two primes.
+\end@{proof@}
+@end example
+
+If you need to insert a specific caption command, use @samp{:caption}
+attribute.  It overrides standard @samp{CAPTION} value, if any.  For
+example:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :caption \MyCaption@{HeadingA@}
+#+BEGIN_proof
+  ...
+#+END_proof
+@end example
+
+@node Horizontal rules in @LaTeX{} export
+@subsection Horizontal rules in @LaTeX{} export
+
+@cindex horizontal rules, in @LaTeX{} export
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword
+
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end converts horizontal rules by the specified
+@samp{:width} and @samp{:thickness} attributes.  For example:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :width .6\textwidth :thickness 0.8pt
+-----
+@end example
+
+@node Verse blocks in @LaTeX{} export
+@subsection Verse blocks in @LaTeX{} export
+
+@cindex verse blocks, in @LaTeX{} export
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword
+
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end accepts four attributes for verse blocks:
+@samp{:lines}, @samp{:center}, @samp{:versewidth} and @samp{:latexcode}.  The three first
+require the external @LaTeX{} package @samp{verse.sty}, which is an extension
+of the standard @LaTeX{} environment.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{:lines}
+To add marginal verse numbering.  Its value is an
+integer, the sequence in which the verses should be numbered.
+@item @samp{:center}
+With value @samp{t} all the verses on the page are optically
+centered (a typographic convention for poetry), taking as a
+reference the longest verse, which must be indicated by the
+attribute @samp{:versewidth}.
+@item @samp{:versewidth}
+Its value is a literal text string with the longest
+verse.
+@item @samp{:latexcode}
+It accepts any arbitrary @LaTeX{} code that can be
+included within a @LaTeX{} @samp{verse} environment.
+@end table
+
+A complete example with Shakespeare's first sonnet:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :center t :latexcode \color@{red@} :lines 5
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :versewidth Feed’st thy light’s flame with self-substantial fuel,
+#+BEGIN_VERSE
+From fairest creatures we desire increase,
+That thereby beauty’s rose might never die,
+But as the riper should by time decease
+His tender heir might bear his memory
+But thou, contracted to thine own bright eyes,
+Feed’st thy light’s flame with self-substantial fuel,
+Making a famine where abundance lies,
+Thyself thy foe, to thy sweet self too cruel.
+Thou that art now the world’s fresh ornament,
+And only herald to the gaudy spring,
+Within thine own bud buriest thy content,
+And, tender churl, mak’st waste in niggardly.
+Pity the world, or else this glutton be,
+To eat the world’s due, by the grave and thee.
+#+END_VERSE
+@end example
+
+@node Quote blocks in @LaTeX{} export
+@subsection Quote blocks in @LaTeX{} export
+
+@cindex quote blocks, in @LaTeX{} export
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_LATEX}, keyword
+@cindex org-latex-default-quote-environment
+
+The @LaTeX{} export back-end accepts two attributes for quote blocks:
+@samp{:environment}, for an arbitrary quoting environment (the default
+value is that of @code{org-latex-default-quote-environment}: @code{"quote"}) and
+@samp{:options}.  For example, to choose the environment @samp{quotation},
+included as an alternative to @samp{quote} in standard @LaTeX{} classes:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :environment quotation
+#+BEGIN_QUOTE
+some text...
+#+END_QUOTE
+@end example
+
+To choose the @samp{foreigndisplayquote} environment, included in the @LaTeX{}
+package @samp{csquotes}, with the @samp{german} option, use this syntax:
+
+@example
+#+LATEX_HEADER:\usepackage[autostyle=true]@{csquotes@}
+#+ATTR_LATEX: :environment foreigndisplayquote :options @{german@}
+#+BEGIN_QUOTE
+some text in German...
+#+END_QUOTE
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+which is exported to @LaTeX{} as
+
+@example
+\begin@{foreigndisplayquote@}@{german@}
+some text in German...
+\end@{foreigndisplayquote@}
+@end example
+
+@node Markdown Export
+@section Markdown Export
+
+@cindex Markdown export
+
+The Markdown export back-end, ``md'', converts an Org file to Markdown
+format, as defined at @uref{http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/}.
+
+Since it is built on top of the HTML back-end (see @ref{HTML Export}), it
+converts every Org construct not defined in Markdown syntax, such as
+tables, to HTML@.
+
+@anchor{Markdown export commands}
+@subheading Markdown export commands
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e m m} (@code{org-md-export-to-markdown})
+@kindex C-c C-c m m
+@findex org-md-export-to-markdown
+Export to a text file with Markdown syntax.  For @samp{myfile.org}, Org
+exports to @samp{myfile.md}, overwritten without warning.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e m M} (@code{org-md-export-as-markdown})
+@kindex C-c C-c m M
+@findex org-md-export-as-markdown
+Export to a temporary buffer.  Does not create a file.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e m o}
+@kindex C-c C-e m o
+Export as a text file with Markdown syntax, then open it.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Header and sectioning structure (1)}
+@subheading Header and sectioning structure
+
+@vindex org-md-headline-style
+Based on @code{org-md-headline-style}, Markdown export can generate
+headlines of both @emph{atx} and @emph{setext} types.  @emph{atx} limits headline
+levels to two whereas @emph{setext} limits headline levels to six.  Beyond
+these limits, the export back-end converts headlines to lists.  To set
+a limit to a level before the absolute limit (see @ref{Export Settings}).
+
+@node OpenDocument Text Export
+@section OpenDocument Text Export
+
+@cindex ODT
+@cindex OpenDocument
+@cindex export, OpenDocument
+@cindex LibreOffice
+
+The ODT export back-end handles creating of OpenDocument Text (ODT)
+format.  Documents created by this exporter use the
+@cite{OpenDocument-v1.2 specification}@footnote{See @uref{http://docs.oasis-open.org/office/v1.2/OpenDocument-v1.2.html, Open Document Format for Office Applications
+(OpenDocument) Version 1.2}.} and are compatible
+with LibreOffice 3.4.
+
+@menu
+* Pre-requisites for ODT export:: Required packages.
+* ODT export commands::          Invoking export.
+* ODT specific export settings:: Configuration options.
+* Extending ODT export::         Producing DOC, PDF files.
+* Applying custom styles::       Styling the output.
+* Links in ODT export::          Handling and formatting links.
+* Tables in ODT export::         Org tables conversions.
+* Images in ODT export::         Inserting images.
+* Math formatting in ODT export:: Formatting @LaTeX{} fragments.
+* Labels and captions in ODT export:: Rendering objects.
+* Literal examples in ODT export:: For source code and example blocks.
+* Advanced topics in ODT export:: For power users.
+@end menu
+
+@node Pre-requisites for ODT export
+@subsection Pre-requisites for ODT export
+
+@cindex zip
+
+The ODT export back-end relies on the zip program to create the final
+compressed ODT output.  Check if @samp{zip} is locally available and
+executable.  Without it, export cannot finish.
+
+@node ODT export commands
+@subsection ODT export commands
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e o o} (@code{org-export-to-odt})
+@kindex C-c C-e o o
+@findex org-export-to-odt
+Export as OpenDocument Text file.
+
+@cindex @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME}, property
+@vindex org-odt-preferred-output-format
+
+If @code{org-odt-preferred-output-format} is specified, the ODT export
+back-end automatically converts the exported file to that format.
+
+For @samp{myfile.org}, Org exports to @samp{myfile.odt}, overwriting without
+warning.  The ODT export back-end exports a region only if a region
+was active.
+
+If the selected region is a single tree, the ODT export back-end
+makes the tree head the document title.  Incidentally, @kbd{C-c @@} selects the current sub-tree.  If the tree head entry has, or
+inherits, an @samp{EXPORT_FILE_NAME} property, the ODT export back-end
+uses that for file name.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e o O}
+@kindex C-c C-e o O
+Export as an OpenDocument Text file and open the resulting file.
+
+@vindex org-export-odt-preferred-output-format
+If @code{org-export-odt-preferred-output-format} is specified, open the
+converted file instead.  See @ref{Automatically exporting to other formats}.
+@end table
+
+@node ODT specific export settings
+@subsection ODT specific export settings
+
+The ODT export back-end has several additional keywords for
+customizing ODT output.  Setting these keywords works similar to the
+general options (see @ref{Export Settings}).
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{DESCRIPTION}
+@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, keyword
+This is the document's description, which the ODT export back-end
+inserts as document metadata.  For long descriptions, use multiple
+lines, prefixed with @samp{DESCRIPTION}.
+
+@item @samp{KEYWORDS}
+@cindex @samp{KEYWORDS}, keyword
+The keywords for the document.  The ODT export back-end inserts the
+description along with author name, keywords, and related file
+metadata as metadata in the output file.  Use multiple @samp{KEYWORDS} if
+necessary.
+
+@item @samp{ODT_STYLES_FILE}
+@cindex @samp{ODT_STYLES_FILE}, keyword
+@vindex org-odt-styles-file
+The ODT export back-end uses the @code{org-odt-styles-file} by default.
+See @ref{Applying custom styles} for details.
+
+@item @samp{SUBTITLE}
+@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword
+The document subtitle.
+@end table
+
+@node Extending ODT export
+@subsection Extending ODT export
+
+The ODT export back-end can produce documents in other formats besides
+ODT using a specialized ODT converter process.  Its common interface
+works with popular converters to produce formats such as @samp{doc}, or
+convert a document from one format, say @samp{csv}, to another format, say
+@samp{xls}.
+
+@cindex @file{unoconv}
+@vindex org-odt-convert-process
+Customize @code{org-odt-convert-process} variable to point to @samp{unoconv},
+which is the ODT's preferred converter.  Working installations of
+LibreOffice would already have @samp{unoconv} installed.  Alternatively,
+other converters may be substituted here.  See @ref{Configuring a document converter}.
+
+@anchor{Automatically exporting to other formats}
+@subsubheading Automatically exporting to other formats
+
+@vindex org-odt-preferred-output-format
+If ODT format is just an intermediate step to get to other formats,
+such as @samp{doc}, @samp{docx}, @samp{rtf}, or @samp{pdf}, etc., then extend the ODT
+export back-end to directly produce that format.  Specify the final
+format in the @code{org-odt-preferred-output-format} variable.  This is one
+way to extend (see @ref{ODT export commands}).
+
+@anchor{Converting between document formats}
+@subsubheading Converting between document formats
+
+The Org export back-end is made to be inter-operable with a wide range
+of text document format converters.  Newer generation converters, such
+as LibreOffice and Pandoc, can handle hundreds of formats at once.
+Org provides a consistent interaction with whatever converter is
+installed.  Here are some generic commands:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-odt-convert}
+@findex org-odt-convert
+Convert an existing document from one format to another.  With
+a prefix argument, opens the newly produced file.
+@end table
+
+@node Applying custom styles
+@subsection Applying custom styles
+
+@cindex styles, custom
+@cindex template, custom
+
+The ODT export back-end comes with many OpenDocument styles (see
+@ref{Working with OpenDocument style files}).  To expand or further
+customize these built-in style sheets, either edit the style sheets
+directly or generate them using an application such as LibreOffice.
+The example here shows creating a style using LibreOffice.
+
+@anchor{Applying custom styles the easy way}
+@subsubheading Applying custom styles: the easy way
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+Create a sample @samp{example.org} file with settings as shown below,
+and export it to ODT format.
+
+@example
+#+OPTIONS: H:10 num:t
+@end example
+
+@item
+Open the above @samp{example.odt} using LibreOffice.  Use the @emph{Stylist}
+to locate the target styles, which typically have the ``Org'' prefix.
+Open one, modify, and save as either OpenDocument Text (ODT) or
+OpenDocument Template (OTT) file.
+
+@item
+@vindex org-odt-styles-file
+Customize the variable @code{org-odt-styles-file} and point it to the
+newly created file.  For additional configuration options, see
+@ref{x-overriding-factory-styles, , Overriding factory styles}.
+
+@cindex @samp{ODT_STYLES_FILE}, keyword
+To apply an ODT style to a particular file, use the
+@samp{ODT_STYLES_FILE} keyword as shown in the example below:
+
+@example
+#+ODT_STYLES_FILE: "/path/to/example.ott"
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+or
+
+@example
+#+ODT_STYLES_FILE: ("/path/to/file.ott" ("styles.xml" "image/hdr.png"))
+@end example
+@end enumerate
+
+@anchor{Using third-party styles and templates}
+@subsubheading Using third-party styles and templates
+
+The ODT export back-end relies on many templates and style names.
+Using third-party styles and templates can lead to mismatches.
+Templates derived from built in ODT templates and styles seem to have
+fewer problems.
+
+@node Links in ODT export
+@subsection Links in ODT export
+
+@cindex links, in ODT export
+
+ODT exporter creates native cross-references for internal links.  It
+creates Internet-style links for all other links.
+
+A link with no description and pointing to a regular, un-itemized,
+outline heading is replaced with a cross-reference and section number
+of the heading.
+
+A @samp{\ref@{label@}}-style reference to an image, table etc., is replaced
+with a cross-reference and sequence number of the labeled entity.  See
+@ref{Labels and captions in ODT export}.
+
+@node Tables in ODT export
+@subsection Tables in ODT export
+
+@cindex tables, in ODT export
+
+The ODT export back-end handles native Org mode tables (see @ref{Tables})
+and simple @samp{table.el} tables.  Complex @samp{table.el} tables having column
+or row spans are not supported.  Such tables are stripped from the
+exported document.
+
+By default, the ODT export back-end exports a table with top and
+bottom frames and with ruled lines separating row and column groups
+(see @ref{Column Groups}).  All tables are typeset to occupy the same
+width.  The ODT export back-end honors any table alignments and
+relative widths for columns (see @ref{Column Width and Alignment}).
+
+Note that the ODT export back-end interprets column widths as weighted
+ratios, the default weight being 1.
+
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_ODT}, keyword
+Specifying @samp{:rel-width} property on an @samp{ATTR_ODT} line controls the
+width of the table.  For example:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_ODT: :rel-width 50
+| Area/Month    |   Jan |   Feb |   Mar |   Sum |
+|---------------+-------+-------+-------+-------|
+| /             |     < |       |       |     < |
+| <l13>         |  <r5> |  <r5> |  <r5> |  <r6> |
+| North America |     1 |    21 |   926 |   948 |
+| Middle East   |     6 |    75 |   844 |   925 |
+| Asia Pacific  |     9 |    27 |   790 |   826 |
+|---------------+-------+-------+-------+-------|
+| Sum           |    16 |   123 |  2560 |  2699 |
+@end example
+
+On export, the above table takes 50% of text width area.  The exporter
+sizes the columns in the ratio: 13:5:5:5:6.  The first column is
+left-aligned and rest of the columns, right-aligned.  Vertical rules
+separate the header and the last column.  Horizontal rules separate
+the header and the last row.
+
+For even more customization, create custom table styles and associate
+them with a table using the @samp{ATTR_ODT} keyword.  See @ref{Customizing tables in ODT export}.
+
+@node Images in ODT export
+@subsection Images in ODT export
+
+@cindex images, embedding in ODT
+@cindex embedding images in ODT
+
+@anchor{Embedding images}
+@subsubheading Embedding images
+
+The ODT export back-end processes image links in Org files that do not
+have descriptions, such as these links @samp{[[file:img.jpg]]} or @samp{[[./img.jpg]]},
+as direct image insertions in the final output.  Either of these
+examples works:
+
+@example
+[[file:img.png]]
+@end example
+
+
+@example
+[[./img.png]]
+@end example
+
+@anchor{Embedding clickable images}
+@subsubheading Embedding clickable images
+
+For clickable images, provide a link whose description is another link
+to an image file.  For example, to embed an image
+@samp{org-mode-unicorn.png} which when clicked jumps to @uref{https://orgmode.org}
+website, do the following
+
+@example
+[[https://orgmode.org][./org-mode-unicorn.png]]
+@end example
+
+@anchor{Sizing and scaling of embedded images}
+@subsubheading Sizing and scaling of embedded images
+
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_ODT}, keyword
+
+Control the size and scale of the embedded images with the @samp{ATTR_ODT}
+attribute.
+
+@cindex identify, ImageMagick
+@vindex org-odt-pixels-per-inch
+The ODT export back-end starts with establishing the size of the image
+in the final document.  The dimensions of this size are measured in
+centimeters.  The back-end then queries the image file for its
+dimensions measured in pixels.  For this measurement, the back-end
+relies on ImageMagick's identify program or Emacs @code{create-image} and
+@code{image-size} API@.  ImageMagick is the preferred choice for large file
+sizes or frequent batch operations.  The back-end then converts the
+pixel dimensions using @code{org-odt-pixels-per-inch} into the familiar 72
+dpi or 96 dpi.  The default value for this is in
+@code{display-pixels-per-inch}, which can be tweaked for better results
+based on the capabilities of the output device.  Here are some common
+image scaling operations:
+
+@table @asis
+@item Explicitly size the image
+To embed @samp{img.png} as a 10 cm x 10 cm image, do the following:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_ODT: :width 10 :height 10
+[[./img.png]]
+@end example
+
+@item Scale the image
+To embed @samp{img.png} at half its size, do the following:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_ODT: :scale 0.5
+[[./img.png]]
+@end example
+
+@item Scale the image to a specific width
+To embed @samp{img.png} with a width of 10 cm while retaining the
+original height:width ratio, do the following:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_ODT: :width 10
+[[./img.png]]
+@end example
+
+@item Scale the image to a specific height
+To embed @samp{img.png} with a height of 10 cm while retaining the
+original height:width ratio, do the following:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_ODT: :height 10
+[[./img.png]]
+@end example
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Anchoring of images}
+@subsubheading Anchoring of images
+
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_ODT}, keyword
+The ODT export back-end can anchor images to @samp{as-char}, @samp{paragraph},
+or @samp{page}.  Set the preferred anchor using the @samp{:anchor} property of
+the @samp{ATTR_ODT} line.
+
+To create an image that is anchored to a page:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_ODT: :anchor page
+[[./img.png]]
+@end example
+
+@node Math formatting in ODT export
+@subsection Math formatting in ODT export
+
+The ODT exporter has special support for handling math.
+
+@menu
+* @LaTeX{} math snippets::       Embedding in @LaTeX{} format.
+* MathML and OpenDocument formula files:: Embedding in native format.
+@end menu
+
+@node @LaTeX{} math snippets
+@subsubsection @LaTeX{} math snippets
+
+@LaTeX{} math snippets (see @ref{@LaTeX{} fragments}) can be embedded in the ODT
+document in one of the following ways:
+
+@table @asis
+@item MathML
+@cindex MathML
+Add this line to the Org file.  This option is activated on
+a per-file basis.
+
+@example
+#+OPTIONS: tex:t
+@end example
+
+
+With this option, @LaTeX{} fragments are first converted into MathML
+fragments using an external @LaTeX{}-to-MathML converter program.  The
+resulting MathML fragments are then embedded as an OpenDocument
+Formula in the exported document.
+
+@vindex org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command
+@vindex org-latex-to-mathml-jar-file
+You can specify the @LaTeX{}-to-MathML converter by customizing the
+variables @code{org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command} and
+@code{org-latex-to-mathml-jar-file}.
+
+If you prefer to use MathToWeb@footnote{See @uref{http://www.mathtoweb.com/cgi-bin/mathtoweb_home.pl, MathToWeb}.} as your converter, you can
+configure the above variables as shown below.
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command
+      "java -jar %j -unicode -force -df %o %I"
+      org-latex-to-mathml-jar-file
+      "/path/to/mathtoweb.jar")
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+or, to use @LaTeX{}​ML@footnote{See @uref{http://dlmf.nist.gov/LaTeXML/}.} instead,
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-latex-to-mathml-convert-command
+      "latexmlmath \"%i\" --presentationmathml=%o")
+@end lisp
+
+To quickly verify the reliability of the @LaTeX{}-to-MathML
+converter, use the following commands:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-x org-export-as-odf}
+Convert a @LaTeX{} math snippet to an OpenDocument formula (@samp{.odf})
+file.
+
+@item @kbd{M-x org-export-as-odf-and-open}
+Convert a @LaTeX{} math snippet to an OpenDocument formula (@samp{.odf})
+file and open the formula file with the system-registered
+application.
+@end table
+
+@item PNG images
+@cindex dvipng
+@cindex dvisvgm
+@cindex ImageMagick
+Add this line to the Org file.  This option is activated on
+a per-file basis.
+
+@example
+#+OPTIONS: tex:dvipng
+@end example
+
+
+@example
+#+OPTIONS: tex:dvisvgm
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+or
+
+@example
+#+OPTIONS: tex:imagemagick
+@end example
+
+
+Under this option, @LaTeX{} fragments are processed into PNG or SVG
+images and the resulting images are embedded in the exported
+document.  This method requires dvipng program, dvisvgm or
+ImageMagick programs.
+@end table
+
+@node MathML and OpenDocument formula files
+@subsubsection MathML and OpenDocument formula files
+
+When embedding @LaTeX{} math snippets in ODT documents is not reliable,
+there is one more option to try.  Embed an equation by linking to its
+MathML (@samp{.mml}) source or its OpenDocument formula (@samp{.odf}) file as
+shown below:
+
+@example
+[[./equation.mml]]
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+or
+
+@example
+[[./equation.odf]]
+@end example
+
+@node Labels and captions in ODT export
+@subsection Labels and captions in ODT export
+
+ODT format handles labeling and captioning of objects based on their
+types.  Inline images, tables, @LaTeX{} fragments, and Math formulas are
+numbered and captioned separately.  Each object also gets a unique
+sequence number based on its order of first appearance in the Org
+file.  Each category has its own sequence.  A caption is just a label
+applied to these objects.
+
+@example
+#+CAPTION: Bell curve
+#+NAME:   fig:SED-HR4049
+[[./img/a.png]]
+@end example
+
+When rendered, it may show as follows in the exported document:
+
+@example
+Figure 2: Bell curve
+@end example
+
+
+@vindex org-odt-category-map-alist
+To modify the category component of the caption, customize the option
+@code{org-odt-category-map-alist}.  For example, to tag embedded images
+with the string ``Illustration'' instead of the default string ``Figure'',
+use the following setting:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-odt-category-map-alist
+      '(("__Figure__" "Illustration" "value" "Figure" org-odt--enumerable-image-p)))
+@end lisp
+
+With the above modification, the previous example changes to:
+
+@example
+Illustration 2: Bell curve
+@end example
+
+@node Literal examples in ODT export
+@subsection Literal examples in ODT export
+
+The ODT export back-end supports literal examples (see @ref{Literal Examples}) with full fontification.  Internally, the ODT export
+back-end relies on @samp{htmlfontify.el} to generate the style definitions
+needed for fancy listings.  The auto-generated styles get @samp{OrgSrc}
+prefix and inherit colors from the faces used by Emacs Font Lock
+library for that source language.
+
+@vindex org-odt-fontify-srcblocks
+For custom fontification styles, customize the
+@code{org-odt-create-custom-styles-for-srcblocks} option.
+
+@vindex org-odt-create-custom-styles-for-srcblocks
+To turn off fontification of literal examples, customize the
+@code{org-odt-fontify-srcblocks} option.
+
+@node Advanced topics in ODT export
+@subsection Advanced topics in ODT export
+
+The ODT export back-end has extensive features useful for power users
+and frequent uses of ODT formats.
+
+@anchor{Configuring a document converter}
+@subsubheading Configuring a document converter
+
+@cindex convert
+@cindex doc, docx, rtf
+@cindex converter
+
+The ODT export back-end works with popular converters with little or
+no extra configuration.  See @ref{Extending ODT export}.  The following is
+for unsupported converters or tweaking existing defaults.
+
+@table @asis
+@item Register the converter
+@vindex org-export-odt-convert-processes
+Add the name of the converter to the @code{org-odt-convert-processes}
+variable.  Note that it also requires how the converter is invoked
+on the command line.  See the variable's docstring for details.
+
+@item Configure its capabilities
+@vindex org-export-odt-convert-capabilities
+Specify which formats the converter can handle by customizing the
+variable @code{org-odt-convert-capabilities}.  Use the entry for the
+default values in this variable for configuring the new converter.
+Also see its docstring for details.
+
+@item Choose the converter
+@vindex org-export-odt-convert-process
+Select the newly added converter as the preferred one by customizing
+the option @code{org-odt-convert-process}.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Working with OpenDocument style files}
+@subsubheading Working with OpenDocument style files
+
+@cindex styles, custom
+@cindex template, custom
+
+This section explores the internals of the ODT exporter; the means by which
+it produces styled documents; the use of automatic and custom OpenDocument
+styles.
+
+The ODT exporter relies on two files for generating its output.  These
+files are bundled with the distribution under the directory pointed to
+by the variable @code{org-odt-styles-dir}.  The two files are:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{OrgOdtStyles.xml} @anchor{x-orgodtstyles-xml}
+This file contributes to the @samp{styles.xml} file of the final ODT
+document.  This file gets modified for the following purposes:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+To control outline numbering based on user settings;
+
+@item
+To add styles generated by @samp{htmlfontify.el} for fontification of
+code blocks.
+@end enumerate
+
+@item @samp{OrgOdtContentTemplate.xml} @anchor{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml}
+This file contributes to the @samp{content.xml} file of the final ODT
+document.  The contents of the Org outline are inserted between the
+@samp{<office:text>} @dots{} @samp{</office:text>} elements of this file.
+
+Apart from serving as a template file for the final @samp{content.xml},
+the file serves the following purposes:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+It contains automatic styles for formatting of tables which are
+referenced by the exporter;
+
+@item
+It contains @samp{<text:sequence-decl>} @dots{} @samp{</text:sequence-decl>}
+elements that control numbering of tables, images, equations, and
+similar entities.
+@end enumerate
+@end table
+
+@anchor{x-overriding-factory-styles} The following two variables control
+the location from where the ODT exporter picks up the custom styles
+and content template files.  Customize these variables to override the
+factory styles used by the exporter.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-odt-styles-file}
+The ODT export back-end uses the file pointed to by this variable,
+such as @samp{styles.xml}, for the final output.  It can take one of the
+following values:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{FILE.xml}
+Use this file instead of the default @samp{styles.xml}
+
+@item @samp{FILE.odt} or @samp{FILE.ott}
+Use the @samp{styles.xml} contained in the specified OpenDocument
+Text or Template file
+
+@item @samp{FILE.odt} or @samp{FILE.ott} and a subset of included files
+Use the @samp{styles.xml} contained in the specified OpenDocument Text
+or Template file.  Additionally extract the specified member files
+and embed those within the final ODT document.
+
+Use this option if the @samp{styles.xml} file references additional
+files like header and footer images.
+
+@item @code{nil}
+Use the default @samp{styles.xml}.
+@end table
+
+@item @code{org-odt-content-template-file}
+Use this variable to specify the blank @samp{content.xml} used in the
+final output.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Creating one-off styles}
+@subsubheading Creating one-off styles
+
+The ODT export back-end can read embedded raw OpenDocument XML from
+the Org file.  Such direct formatting is useful for one-off instances.
+
+@table @asis
+@item Embedding ODT tags as part of regular text
+Enclose OpenDocument syntax in @samp{@@@@odt:...@@@@} for inline markup.  For
+example, to highlight a region of text do the following:
+
+@example
+@@@@odt:<text:span text:style-name="Highlight">This is highlighted
+text</text:span>@@@@.  But this is regular text.
+@end example
+
+@strong{Hint:} To see the above example in action, edit the @samp{styles.xml}
+(see @ref{x-orgodtstyles-xml, , Factory styles}) and add a custom @emph{Highlight} style as shown
+below:
+
+@example
+<style:style style:name="Highlight" style:family="text">
+  <style:text-properties fo:background-color="#ff0000"/>
+</style:style>
+@end example
+
+@item Embedding a one-line OpenDocument XML
+@cindex @samp{ODT}, keyword
+The ODT export back-end can read one-liner options with @samp{#+ODT:} in
+the Org file.  For example, to force a page break:
+
+@example
+#+ODT: <text:p text:style-name="PageBreak"/>
+@end example
+
+@strong{Hint:} To see the above example in action, edit your
+@samp{styles.xml} (see @ref{x-orgodtstyles-xml, , Factory styles}) and add a custom @samp{PageBreak}
+style as shown below.
+
+@example
+<style:style style:name="PageBreak" style:family="paragraph"
+             style:parent-style-name="Text_20_body">
+  <style:paragraph-properties fo:break-before="page"/>
+</style:style>
+@end example
+
+@item Embedding a block of OpenDocument XML
+The ODT export back-end can also read ODT export blocks for
+OpenDocument XML@.  Such blocks use the @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT odt}
+@dots{} @samp{#+END_EXPORT} constructs.
+
+For example, to create a one-off paragraph that uses bold text, do
+the following:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_EXPORT odt
+  <text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body_20_bold">
+  This paragraph is specially formatted and uses bold text.
+  </text:p>
+#+END_EXPORT
+@end example
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Customizing tables in ODT export}
+@subsubheading Customizing tables in ODT export
+
+@cindex tables, in ODT export
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_ODT}, keyword
+
+Override the default table format by specifying a custom table style
+with the @samp{#+ATTR_ODT} line.  For a discussion on default formatting of
+tables, see @ref{Tables in ODT export}.
+
+This feature closely mimics the way table templates are defined in the
+OpenDocument-v1.2 specification@footnote{@uref{http://docs.oasis-open.org/office/v1.2/OpenDocument-v1.2.html, OpenDocument-v1.2 Specification}}.
+
+@vindex org-odt-table-styles
+For quick preview of this feature, install the settings below and export the
+table that follows:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-export-odt-table-styles
+      (append org-export-odt-table-styles
+              '(("TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn" "Custom"
+                 ((use-first-row-styles . t)
+                  (use-first-column-styles . t)))
+                ("TableWithFirstRowandLastRow" "Custom"
+                 ((use-first-row-styles . t)
+                  (use-last-row-styles . t))))))
+@end lisp
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_ODT: :style TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn
+| Name  | Phone | Age |
+| Peter |  1234 |  17 |
+| Anna  |  4321 |  25 |
+@end example
+
+The example above used @samp{Custom} template and installed two table
+styles @samp{TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn} and
+@samp{TableWithFirstRowandLastRow}.  @strong{Important:} The OpenDocument styles
+needed for producing the above template were pre-defined.  They are
+available in the section marked @samp{Custom Table Template} in
+@samp{OrgOdtContentTemplate.xml} (see @ref{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml, , Factory styles}).  For adding new
+templates, define new styles there.
+
+To use this feature proceed as follows:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+Create a table template@footnote{See the @samp{<table:table-template>} element of the
+OpenDocument-v1.2 specification.}.
+
+A table template is set of @samp{table-cell} and @samp{paragraph} styles for
+each of the following table cell categories:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+Body
+@item
+First column
+@item
+Last column
+@item
+First row
+@item
+Last row
+@item
+Even row
+@item
+Odd row
+@item
+Even column
+@item
+Odd Column
+@end itemize
+
+The names for the above styles must be chosen based on the name of
+the table template using a well-defined convention.
+
+The naming convention is better illustrated with an example.  For
+a table template with the name @samp{Custom}, the needed style names are
+listed in the following table.
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@headitem Cell type
+@tab Cell style
+@tab Paragraph style
+@item Body
+@tab @samp{CustomTableCell}
+@tab @samp{CustomTableParagraph}
+@item First column
+@tab @samp{CustomFirstColumnTableCell}
+@tab @samp{CustomFirstColumnTableParagraph}
+@item Last column
+@tab @samp{CustomLastColumnTableCell}
+@tab @samp{CustomLastColumnTableParagraph}
+@item First row
+@tab @samp{CustomFirstRowTableCell}
+@tab @samp{CustomFirstRowTableParagraph}
+@item Last row
+@tab @samp{CustomLastRowTableCell}
+@tab @samp{CustomLastRowTableParagraph}
+@item Even row
+@tab @samp{CustomEvenRowTableCell}
+@tab @samp{CustomEvenRowTableParagraph}
+@item Odd row
+@tab @samp{CustomOddRowTableCell}
+@tab @samp{CustomOddRowTableParagraph}
+@item Even column
+@tab @samp{CustomEvenColumnTableCell}
+@tab @samp{CustomEvenColumnTableParagraph}
+@item Odd column
+@tab @samp{CustomOddColumnTableCell}
+@tab @samp{CustomOddColumnTableParagraph}
+@end multitable
+
+To create a table template with the name @samp{Custom}, define the above
+styles in the @samp{<office:automatic-styles>} @dots{}
+@samp{</office:automatic-styles>} element of the content template file
+(see @ref{x-orgodtcontenttemplate-xml, , Factory styles}).
+
+@item
+Define a table style@footnote{See the attributes @samp{table:template-name},
+@samp{table:use-first-row-styles}, @samp{table:use-last-row-styles},
+@samp{table:use-first-column-styles}, @samp{table:use-last-column-styles},
+@samp{table:use-banding-rows-styles}, and @samp{table:use-banding-column-styles}
+of the @samp{<table:table>} element in the OpenDocument-v1.2 specification.}.
+
+@vindex org-odt-table-styles
+To define a table style, create an entry for the style in the
+variable @code{org-odt-table-styles} and specify the following:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+the name of the table template created in step (1),
+@item
+the set of cell styles in that template that are to be activated.
+@end itemize
+
+For example, the entry below defines two different table styles
+@samp{TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn} and @samp{TableWithFirstRowandLastRow}
+based on the same template @samp{Custom}.  The styles achieve their
+intended effect by selectively activating the individual cell
+styles in that template.
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-export-odt-table-styles
+      (append org-export-odt-table-styles
+              '(("TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn" "Custom"
+                 ((use-first-row-styles . t)
+                  (use-first-column-styles . t)))
+                ("TableWithFirstRowandLastRow" "Custom"
+                 ((use-first-row-styles . t)
+                  (use-last-row-styles . t))))))
+@end lisp
+
+@item
+Associate a table with the table style.
+
+To do this, specify the table style created in step (2) as part of
+the @samp{ATTR_ODT} line as shown below.
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_ODT: :style TableWithHeaderRowAndColumn
+| Name  | Phone | Age |
+| Peter |  1234 |  17 |
+| Anna  |  4321 |  25 |
+@end example
+@end enumerate
+
+@anchor{Validating OpenDocument XML}
+@subsubheading Validating OpenDocument XML
+
+Sometimes ODT format files may not open due to @samp{.odt} file corruption.
+To verify if such a file is corrupt, validate it against the
+OpenDocument Relax NG Compact (RNC) syntax schema.  But first the
+@samp{.odt} files have to be decompressed using @samp{zip}.  Note that @samp{.odt}
+files are ZIP archives: @ref{File Archives,,,emacs,}.  The contents of
+ODT files are in XML@.  For general help with validation---and
+schema-sensitive editing---of XML files: @ref{Introduction,,,nxml-mode,}.
+
+@vindex org-export-odt-schema-dir
+Customize @code{org-odt-schema-dir} to point to a directory with
+OpenDocument RNC files and the needed schema-locating rules.  The ODT
+export back-end takes care of updating the
+@code{rng-schema-locating-files}.
+
+@node Org Export
+@section Org Export
+
+@cindex Org export
+@emph{org} export back-end creates a normalized version of the Org document
+in current buffer.  The exporter evaluates Babel code (see @ref{Evaluating Code Blocks}) and removes content specific to other back-ends.
+
+@anchor{Org export commands}
+@subheading Org export commands
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e O o} (@code{org-org-export-to-org})
+@kindex C-c C-e O o
+@findex org-org-export-to-org
+Export as an Org file with a @samp{.org} extension.  For @samp{myfile.org},
+Org exports to @samp{myfile.org.org}, overwriting without warning.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e O v} (~~)
+@kindex C-c C-e O v
+Export to an Org file, then open it.
+@end table
+
+@node Texinfo Export
+@section Texinfo Export
+
+@menu
+* Texinfo export commands::      Invoking commands.
+* Texinfo specific export settings:: Setting the environment.
+* Texinfo file header::          Generating the header.
+* Texinfo title and copyright page:: Creating preamble pages.
+* Info directory file::          Installing a manual in Info file hierarchy.
+* Headings and sectioning structure:: Building document structure.
+* Indices::                      Creating indices.
+* Quoting Texinfo code::         Incorporating literal Texinfo code.
+* Plain lists in Texinfo export:: List attributes.
+* Tables in Texinfo export::     Table attributes.
+* Images in Texinfo export::     Image attributes.
+* Quotations in Texinfo export:: Quote block attributes.
+* Special blocks in Texinfo export:: Special block attributes.
+* A Texinfo example::            Processing Org to Texinfo.
+@end menu
+
+@node Texinfo export commands
+@subsection Texinfo export commands
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e i t} (@code{org-texinfo-export-to-texinfo})
+@kindex C-c C-e i t
+@findex org-texinfo-export-to-texinfo
+Export as a Texinfo file with @samp{.texi} extension.  For @samp{myfile.org},
+Org exports to @samp{myfile.texi}, overwriting without warning.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e i i} (@code{org-texinfo-export-to-info})
+@kindex C-c C-e i i
+@findex org-texinfo-export-to-info
+@vindex org-texinfo-info-process
+Export to Texinfo format first and then process it to make an Info
+file.  To generate other formats, such as DocBook, customize the
+@code{org-texinfo-info-process} variable.
+@end table
+
+@node Texinfo specific export settings
+@subsection Texinfo specific export settings
+
+The Texinfo export back-end has several additional keywords for
+customizing Texinfo output.  Setting these keywords works similar to
+the general options (see @ref{Export Settings}).
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{SUBTITLE}
+@cindex @samp{SUBTITLE}, keyword
+The document subtitle.
+
+@item @samp{SUBAUTHOR}
+@cindex @samp{SUBAUTHOR}, keyword
+Additional authors for the document.
+
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_FILENAME}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_FILENAME}, keyword
+The Texinfo filename.
+
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS}, keyword
+@vindex org-texinfo-default-class
+The default document class (@code{org-texinfo-default-class}), which must
+be a member of @code{org-texinfo-classes}.
+
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_HEADER}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_HEADER}, keyword
+Arbitrary lines inserted at the end of the header.
+
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_POST_HEADER}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_POST_HEADER}, keyword
+Arbitrary lines inserted after the end of the header.
+
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY}, keyword
+The directory category of the document.
+
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE}, keyword
+The directory title of the document.
+
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_DESC}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_DESC}, keyword
+The directory description of the document.
+
+@item @samp{TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE}
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE}, keyword
+The printed title of the document.
+@end table
+
+@node Texinfo file header
+@subsection Texinfo file header
+
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_FILENAME}, keyword
+After creating the header for a Texinfo file, the Texinfo back-end
+automatically generates a name and destination path for the Info file.
+To override this default with a more sensible path and name, specify
+the @samp{TEXINFO_FILENAME} keyword.
+
+@vindex org-texinfo-coding-system
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_HEADER}, keyword
+Along with the output's file name, the Texinfo header also contains
+language details (see @ref{Export Settings}) and encoding system as set in
+the @code{org-texinfo-coding-system} variable.  Insert @samp{TEXINFO_HEADER}
+keywords for each additional command in the header, for example:
+
+@example
+#+TEXINFO_HEADER: @@synindex
+@end example
+
+
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS}, keyword
+@vindex org-texinfo-classes
+Instead of repeatedly installing the same set of commands, define
+a class in @code{org-texinfo-classes} once, and then activate it in the
+document by setting the @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS} keyword to that class.
+
+@node Texinfo title and copyright page
+@subsection Texinfo title and copyright page
+
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE}, keyword
+The default template for hard copy output has a title page with
+@samp{TITLE} and @samp{AUTHOR} keywords (see @ref{Export Settings}).  To replace the
+regular title with something different for the printed version, use
+the @samp{TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE} and @samp{SUBTITLE} keywords.  Both expect raw
+Texinfo code for setting their values.
+
+@cindex @samp{SUBAUTHOR}, keyword
+If one @samp{AUTHOR} line is not sufficient, add multiple @samp{SUBAUTHOR}
+keywords.  They have to be set in raw Texinfo code.
+
+@example
+#+AUTHOR: Jane Smith
+#+SUBAUTHOR: John Doe
+#+TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE: This Long Title@@@@inlinefmt@{tex,@@*@} Is Broken in @@TeX@{@}
+@end example
+
+@cindex @samp{COPYING}, property
+Copying material is defined in a dedicated headline with a non-@code{nil}
+@samp{COPYING} property.  The back-end inserts the contents within
+a @samp{@@copying} command at the beginning of the document.  The heading
+itself does not appear in the structure of the document.
+
+Copyright information is printed on the back of the title page.
+
+@example
+* Legalese
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :COPYING: t
+  :END:
+
+  This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file, version 1.0.
+
+  Copyright \copy 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@end example
+
+@node Info directory file
+@subsection Info directory file
+
+@cindex @samp{dir} file, in Texinfo export
+@cindex Info directory file, in Texinfo export
+@cindex @code{install-info}, in Texinfo export
+
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_DESC}, keyword
+The end result of the Texinfo export process is the creation of an
+Info file.  This Info file's metadata has variables for category,
+title, and description: @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY}, @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE},
+and @samp{TEXINFO_DIR_DESC} keywords that establish where in the Info
+hierarchy the file fits.
+
+Here is an example that writes to the Info directory file:
+
+@example
+#+TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY: Emacs
+#+TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE: Org Mode: (org)
+#+TEXINFO_DIR_DESC: Outline-based notes management and organizer
+@end example
+
+@node Headings and sectioning structure
+@subsection Headings and sectioning structure
+
+@vindex org-texinfo-classes
+@vindex org-texinfo-default-class
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS}, keyword
+The Texinfo export back-end uses a pre-defined scheme to convert Org
+headlines to equivalent Texinfo structuring commands.  A scheme like
+this maps top-level headlines to numbered chapters tagged as
+@code{@@chapter} and lower-level headlines to unnumbered chapters tagged as
+@code{@@unnumbered}.  To override such mappings to introduce @code{@@part} or
+other Texinfo structuring commands, define a new class in
+@code{org-texinfo-classes}.  Activate the new class with the
+@samp{TEXINFO_CLASS} keyword.  When no new class is defined and activated,
+the Texinfo export back-end defaults to the
+@code{org-texinfo-default-class}.
+
+If an Org headline's level has no associated Texinfo structuring
+command, or is below a certain threshold (see @ref{Export Settings}), then
+the Texinfo export back-end makes it into a list item.
+
+@cindex @samp{APPENDIX}, property
+The Texinfo export back-end makes any headline with a non-@code{nil}
+@samp{APPENDIX} property into an appendix.  This happens independent of the
+Org headline level or the @samp{TEXINFO_CLASS} keyword.
+
+@cindex @samp{ALT_TITLE}, property
+@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, property
+The Texinfo export back-end creates a menu entry after the Org
+headline for each regular sectioning structure.  To override this with
+a shorter menu entry, use the @samp{ALT_TITLE} property (see @ref{Table of Contents}).  Texinfo menu entries also have an option for a longer
+@samp{DESCRIPTION} property.  Here's an example that uses both to override
+the default menu entry:
+
+@example
+* Controlling Screen Display
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :ALT_TITLE: Display
+  :DESCRIPTION: Controlling Screen Display
+  :END:
+@end example
+
+@cindex Top node, in Texinfo export
+The text before the first headline belongs to the @emph{Top} node, i.e.,
+the node in which a reader enters an Info manual.  As such, it is
+expected not to appear in printed output generated from the @samp{.texi}
+file.  See @ref{The Top Node,,,texinfo,}, for more information.
+
+@node Indices
+@subsection Indices
+
+@cindex @samp{CINDEX}, keyword
+@cindex concept index, in Texinfo export
+@cindex @samp{FINDEX}, keyword
+@cindex function index, in Texinfo export
+@cindex @samp{KINDEX}, keyword
+@cindex keystroke index, in Texinfo export
+@cindex @samp{PINDEX}, keyword
+@cindex program index, in Texinfo export
+@cindex @samp{TINDEX}, keyword
+@cindex data type index, in Texinfo export
+@cindex @samp{VINDEX}, keyword
+@cindex variable index, in Texinfo export
+The Texinfo export back-end recognizes these indexing keywords if used
+in the Org file: @samp{CINDEX}, @samp{FINDEX}, @samp{KINDEX}, @samp{PINDEX}, @samp{TINDEX} and
+@samp{VINDEX}.  Write their value as verbatim Texinfo code; in particular,
+@samp{@{}, @samp{@}} and @samp{@@} characters need to be escaped with @samp{@@} if they do not
+belong to a Texinfo command.
+
+@example
+#+CINDEX: Defining indexing entries
+@end example
+
+
+@cindex @samp{INDEX}, property
+For the back-end to generate an index entry for a headline, set the
+@samp{INDEX} property to @samp{cp} or @samp{vr}.  These abbreviations come from
+Texinfo that stand for concept index and variable index.  The Texinfo
+manual has abbreviations for all other kinds of indexes.  The back-end
+exports the headline as an unnumbered chapter or section command, and
+then inserts the index after its contents.
+
+@example
+* Concept Index
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :INDEX: cp
+  :END:
+@end example
+
+@node Quoting Texinfo code
+@subsection Quoting Texinfo code
+
+Use any of the following three methods to insert or escape raw Texinfo
+code:
+
+@cindex @samp{TEXINFO}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT texinfo}
+@example
+Richard @@@@texinfo:@@sc@{@@@@Stallman@@@@texinfo:@}@@@@ commence' GNU.
+
+#+TEXINFO: @@need800
+This paragraph is preceded by...
+
+#+BEGIN_EXPORT texinfo
+  @@auindex Johnson, Mark
+  @@auindex Lakoff, George
+#+END_EXPORT
+@end example
+
+@node Plain lists in Texinfo export
+@subsection Plain lists in Texinfo export
+
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_TEXINFO}, keyword
+@cindex two-column tables, in Texinfo export
+@cindex table-type, Texinfo attribute
+The Texinfo export back-end by default converts description lists in
+the Org file using the default command @samp{@@table}, which results in
+a table with two columns.  To change this behavior, set @samp{:table-type}
+attribute to either @samp{ftable} or @samp{vtable} value.  For more information,
+see @ref{Two-column Tables,,,texinfo,}.
+
+@vindex org-texinfo-table-default-markup
+@cindex indic, Texinfo attribute
+The Texinfo export back-end by default also applies a text highlight
+based on the defaults stored in @code{org-texinfo-table-default-markup}.
+To override the default highlight command, specify another one with
+the @samp{:indic} attribute.
+
+@cindex multiple items in Texinfo lists
+@cindex sep, Texinfo attribute
+Org syntax is limited to one entry per list item.  Nevertheless, the
+Texinfo export back-end can split that entry according to any text
+provided through the @samp{:sep} attribute.  Each part then becomes a new
+entry in the first column of the table.
+
+The following example illustrates all the attributes above:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :table-type vtable :sep , :indic asis
+- foo, bar :: This is the common text for variables foo and bar.
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+becomes
+
+@example
+@@vtable @@asis
+@@item foo
+@@itemx bar
+This is the common text for variables foo and bar.
+@@end table
+@end example
+
+@cindex lettered lists, in Texinfo export
+@cindex enum, Texinfo attribute
+Ordered lists are numbered when exported to Texinfo format.  Such
+numbering obeys any counter (see @ref{Plain Lists}) in the first item of
+the list.  The @samp{:enum} attribute also let you start the list at
+a specific number, or switch to a lettered list, as illustrated here
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :enum A
+1. Alpha
+2. Bravo
+3. Charlie
+@end example
+
+@node Tables in Texinfo export
+@subsection Tables in Texinfo export
+
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_TEXINFO}, keyword
+When exporting tables, the Texinfo export back-end uses the widest
+cell width in each column.  To override this and instead specify as
+fractions of line length, use the @samp{:columns} attribute.  See example
+below.
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :columns .5 .5
+| a cell | another cell |
+@end example
+
+@node Images in Texinfo export
+@subsection Images in Texinfo export
+
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_TEXINFO}, keyword
+Insert a file link to the image in the Org file, and the Texinfo
+export back-end inserts the image.  These links must have the usual
+supported image extensions and no descriptions.  To scale the image,
+use @samp{:width} and @samp{:height} attributes.  For alternate text, use @samp{:alt}
+and specify the text using Texinfo code, as shown in the example:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :width 1in :alt Alternate @@i@{text@}
+[[ridt.pdf]]
+@end example
+
+@node Quotations in Texinfo export
+@subsection Quotations in Texinfo export
+
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_TEXINFO}, keyword
+You can write the text of a quotation within a quote block (see
+@ref{Paragraphs}).  You may also emphasize some text at the beginning of
+the quotation with the @samp{:tag} attribute.
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :tag Warning
+#+BEGIN_QUOTE
+Striking your thumb with a hammer may cause severe pain and discomfort.
+#+END_QUOTE
+@end example
+
+To specify the author of the quotation, use the @samp{:author} attribute.
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :author King Arthur
+#+BEGIN_QUOTE
+The Lady of the Lake, her arm clad in the purest shimmering samite,
+held aloft Excalibur from the bosom of the water, signifying by divine
+providence that I, Arthur, was to carry Excalibur.  That is why I am
+your king.
+#+END_QUOTE
+@end example
+
+@node Special blocks in Texinfo export
+@subsection Special blocks in Texinfo export
+
+@cindex @samp{ATTR_TEXINFO}, keyword
+
+The Texinfo export back-end converts special blocks to commands with
+the same name.  It also adds any @samp{:options} attributes to the end of
+the command, as shown in this example:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_TEXINFO: :options org-org-export-to-org ...
+#+BEGIN_defun
+  A somewhat obsessive function name.
+#+END_defun
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+becomes
+
+@example
+@@defun org-org-export-to-org ...
+  A somewhat obsessive function name.
+@@end defun
+@end example
+
+@node A Texinfo example
+@subsection A Texinfo example
+
+Here is a more detailed example Org file.  See
+@ref{GNU Sample Texts,,,texinfo,} for an equivalent example using
+Texinfo code.
+
+@example
+#+TITLE: GNU Sample @{@{@{version@}@}@}
+#+SUBTITLE: for version @{@{@{version@}@}@}, @{@{@{updated@}@}@}
+#+AUTHOR: A.U. Thor
+#+EMAIL: bug-sample@@gnu.org
+
+#+OPTIONS: ':t toc:t author:t email:t
+#+LANGUAGE: en
+
+#+MACRO: version 2.0
+#+MACRO: updated last updated 4 March 2014
+
+#+TEXINFO_FILENAME: sample.info
+#+TEXINFO_HEADER: @@syncodeindex pg cp
+
+#+TEXINFO_DIR_CATEGORY: Texinfo documentation system
+#+TEXINFO_DIR_TITLE: sample: (sample)
+#+TEXINFO_DIR_DESC: Invoking sample
+
+#+TEXINFO_PRINTED_TITLE: GNU Sample
+
+This manual is for GNU Sample (version @{@{@{version@}@}@},
+@{@{@{updated@}@}@}).
+
+* Copying
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :COPYING:  t
+  :END:
+
+  This manual is for GNU Sample (version @{@{@{version@}@}@},
+  @{@{@{updated@}@}@}), which is an example in the Texinfo documentation.
+
+  Copyright \copy 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+  #+BEGIN_QUOTE
+  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+  document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+  Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
+  Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts,
+  and with no Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in
+  the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
+  #+END_QUOTE
+
+* Invoking sample
+
+  #+PINDEX: sample
+  #+CINDEX: invoking @@command@{sample@}
+
+  This is a sample manual.  There is no sample program to invoke, but
+  if there were, you could see its basic usage and command line
+  options here.
+
+* GNU Free Documentation License
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :APPENDIX: t
+  :END:
+
+  #+INCLUDE: fdl.org
+
+* Index
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :INDEX:    cp
+  :END:
+@end example
+
+@node iCalendar Export
+@section iCalendar Export
+
+@cindex iCalendar export
+
+A large part of Org mode's interoperability success is its ability to
+easily export to or import from external applications.  The iCalendar
+export back-end takes calendar data from Org files and exports to the
+standard iCalendar format.
+
+@vindex org-icalendar-include-todo
+@vindex org-icalendar-use-deadline
+@vindex org-icalendar-use-scheduled
+The iCalendar export back-end can also incorporate TODO entries based
+on the configuration of the @code{org-icalendar-include-todo} variable.
+The back-end exports plain timestamps as @samp{VEVENT}, TODO items as
+@samp{VTODO}, and also create events from deadlines that are in non-TODO
+items.  The back-end uses the deadlines and scheduling dates in Org
+TODO items for setting the start and due dates for the iCalendar TODO
+entry.  Consult the @code{org-icalendar-use-deadline} and
+@code{org-icalendar-use-scheduled} variables for more details.
+
+@vindex org-icalendar-categories
+@vindex org-icalendar-alarm-time
+For tags on the headline, the iCalendar export back-end makes them
+into iCalendar categories.  To tweak the inheritance of tags and TODO
+states, configure the variable @code{org-icalendar-categories}.  To assign
+clock alarms based on time, configure the @code{org-icalendar-alarm-time}
+variable.
+
+@vindex org-icalendar-store-UID
+@cindex @samp{ID}, property
+The iCalendar format standard requires globally unique identifier---or
+UID---for each entry.  The iCalendar export back-end creates UIDs
+during export.  To save a copy of the UID in the Org file set the
+variable @code{org-icalendar-store-UID}.  The back-end looks for the @samp{ID}
+property of the entry for re-using the same UID for subsequent
+exports.
+
+Since a single Org entry can result in multiple iCalendar
+entries---timestamp, deadline, scheduled item, or TODO item---Org adds
+prefixes to the UID, depending on which part of the Org entry
+triggered the creation of the iCalendar entry.  Prefixing ensures UIDs
+remains unique, yet enable synchronization programs trace the
+connections.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e c f} (@code{org-icalendar-export-to-ics})
+@kindex C-c C-e c f
+@findex org-icalendar-export-to-ics
+Create iCalendar entries from the current Org buffer and store them
+in the same directory, using a file extension @samp{.ics}.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e c a} (@code{org-icalendar-export-agenda-files})
+@kindex C-c C-e c a
+@findex org-icalendar-export-agenda-files
+Create iCalendar entries from Org files in @code{org-agenda-files} and
+store in a separate iCalendar file for each Org file.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e c c} (@code{org-icalendar-combine-agenda-files})
+@kindex C-c C-e c c
+@findex org-icalendar-combine-agenda-files
+@vindex org-icalendar-combined-agenda-file
+Create a combined iCalendar file from Org files in
+@code{org-agenda-files} and write it to
+@code{org-icalendar-combined-agenda-file} file name.
+@end table
+
+@cindex @samp{SUMMARY}, property
+@cindex @samp{DESCRIPTION}, property
+@cindex @samp{LOCATION}, property
+@cindex @samp{TIMEZONE}, property
+@cindex @samp{CLASS}, property
+The iCalendar export back-end includes @samp{SUMMARY}, @samp{DESCRIPTION},
+@samp{LOCATION}, @samp{TIMEZONE} and @samp{CLASS} properties from the Org entries
+when exporting.  To force the back-end to inherit the @samp{LOCATION},
+@samp{TIMEZONE} and @samp{CLASS} properties, configure the
+@code{org-use-property-inheritance} variable.
+
+@vindex org-icalendar-include-body
+When Org entries do not have @samp{SUMMARY}, @samp{DESCRIPTION}, @samp{LOCATION} and
+@samp{CLASS} properties, the iCalendar export back-end derives the summary
+from the headline, and derives the description from the body of the
+Org item.  The @code{org-icalendar-include-body} variable limits the
+maximum number of characters of the content are turned into its
+description.
+
+The @samp{TIMEZONE} property can be used to specify a per-entry time zone,
+and is applied to any entry with timestamp information.  Time zones
+should be specified as per the IANA time zone database format, e.g.,
+@samp{Asia/Almaty}.  Alternately, the property value can be @samp{UTC}, to force
+UTC time for this entry only.
+
+The @samp{CLASS} property can be used to specify a per-entry visibility
+class or access restrictions, and is applied to any entry with class
+information.  The iCalendar standard defines three visibility classes:
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{PUBLIC}
+The entry is publicly visible (this is the default).
+@item @samp{CONFIDENTIAL}
+Only a limited group of clients get access to the
+event.
+@item @samp{PRIVATE}
+The entry can be retrieved only by its owner.
+@end table
+The server should treat unknown class properties the same as
+@samp{PRIVATE}.
+
+Exporting to iCalendar format depends in large part on the
+capabilities of the destination application.  Some are more lenient
+than others.  Consult the Org mode FAQ for advice on specific
+applications.
+
+@node Other Built-in Back-ends
+@section Other Built-in Back-ends
+
+Other export back-ends included with Org are:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+@samp{ox-man.el}: Export to a man page.
+@end itemize
+
+To activate such back-ends, either customize @code{org-export-backends} or
+load directly with @samp{(require 'ox-man)}.  On successful load, the
+back-end adds new keys in the export dispatcher (see @ref{The Export Dispatcher}).
+
+Follow the comment section of such files, for example, @samp{ox-man.el},
+for usage and configuration details.
+
+@node Advanced Export Configuration
+@section Advanced Export Configuration
+
+
+
+@anchor{Export hooks}
+@subheading Export hooks
+
+@vindex org-export-before-processing-hook
+@vindex org-export-before-parsing-hook
+The export process executes two hooks before the actual exporting
+begins.  The first hook, @code{org-export-before-processing-hook}, runs
+before any expansions of macros, Babel code, and include keywords in
+the buffer.  The second hook, @code{org-export-before-parsing-hook}, runs
+before the buffer is parsed.
+
+Functions added to these hooks are called with a single argument: the
+export back-end actually used, as a symbol.  You may use them for
+heavy duty structural modifications of the document.  For example, you
+can remove every headline in the buffer during export like this:
+
+@lisp
+(defun my-headline-removal (backend)
+  "Remove all headlines in the current buffer.
+BACKEND is the export back-end being used, as a symbol."
+  (org-map-entries
+   (lambda () (delete-region (point) (line-beginning-position 2)))))
+
+(add-hook 'org-export-before-parsing-hook #'my-headline-removal)
+@end lisp
+
+@anchor{Filters}
+@subheading Filters
+
+@cindex Filters, exporting
+Filters are lists of functions to be applied to certain parts for
+a given back-end.  The output from the first function in the filter is
+passed on to the next function in the filter.  The final output is the
+output from the final function in the filter.
+
+The Org export process has many filter sets applicable to different
+types of objects, plain text, parse trees, export options, and final
+output formats.  The filters are named after the element type or
+object type: @code{org-export-filter-TYPE-functions}, where @var{TYPE}
+is the type targeted by the filter.  Valid types are:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.33 0.33 0.33
+@item body
+@tab bold
+@tab babel-call
+@item center-block
+@tab clock
+@tab code
+@item diary-sexp
+@tab drawer
+@tab dynamic-block
+@item entity
+@tab example-block
+@tab export-block
+@item export-snippet
+@tab final-output
+@tab fixed-width
+@item footnote-definition
+@tab footnote-reference
+@tab headline
+@item horizontal-rule
+@tab inline-babel-call
+@tab inline-src-block
+@item inlinetask
+@tab italic
+@tab item
+@item keyword
+@tab latex-environment
+@tab latex-fragment
+@item line-break
+@tab link
+@tab node-property
+@item options
+@tab paragraph
+@tab parse-tree
+@item plain-list
+@tab plain-text
+@tab planning
+@item property-drawer
+@tab quote-block
+@tab radio-target
+@item section
+@tab special-block
+@tab src-block
+@item statistics-cookie
+@tab strike-through
+@tab subscript
+@item superscript
+@tab table
+@tab table-cell
+@item table-row
+@tab target
+@tab timestamp
+@item underline
+@tab verbatim
+@tab verse-block
+@end multitable
+
+Here is an example filter that replaces non-breaking spaces @code{ } in the
+Org buffer with @samp{~} for the @LaTeX{} back-end.
+
+@lisp
+(defun my-latex-filter-nobreaks (text backend info)
+  "Ensure \" \" are properly handled in LaTeX export."
+  (when (org-export-derived-backend-p backend 'latex)
+    (replace-regexp-in-string " " "~" text)))
+
+(add-to-list 'org-export-filter-plain-text-functions
+             'my-latex-filter-nobreaks)
+@end lisp
+
+A filter requires three arguments: the code to be transformed, the
+name of the back-end, and some optional information about the export
+process.  The third argument can be safely ignored.  Note the use of
+@code{org-export-derived-backend-p} predicate that tests for @emph{latex}
+back-end or any other back-end, such as @emph{beamer}, derived from
+@emph{latex}.
+
+@anchor{Defining filters for individual files}
+@subheading Defining filters for individual files
+
+The Org export can filter not just for back-ends, but also for
+specific files through the @samp{BIND} keyword.  Here is an example with
+two filters; one removes brackets from time stamps, and the other
+removes strike-through text.  The filter functions are defined in
+a code block in the same Org file, which is a handy location for
+debugging.
+
+@example
+#+BIND: org-export-filter-timestamp-functions (tmp-f-timestamp)
+#+BIND: org-export-filter-strike-through-functions (tmp-f-strike-through)
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :exports results :results none
+  (defun tmp-f-timestamp (s backend info)
+    (replace-regexp-in-string "&[lg]t;\\|[][]" "" s))
+  (defun tmp-f-strike-through (s backend info) "")
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+@anchor{Extending an existing back-end}
+@subheading Extending an existing back-end
+
+Some parts of the conversion process can be extended for certain
+elements so as to introduce a new or revised translation.  That is how
+the HTML export back-end was extended to handle Markdown format.  The
+extensions work seamlessly so any aspect of filtering not done by the
+extended back-end is handled by the original back-end.  Of all the
+export customization in Org, extending is very powerful as it operates
+at the parser level.
+
+For this example, make the @emph{ascii} back-end display the language used
+in a source code block.  Also make it display only when some attribute
+is non-@code{nil}, like the following:
+
+@example
+#+ATTR_ASCII: :language t
+@end example
+
+
+Then extend ASCII back-end with a custom ``my-ascii'' back-end.
+
+@lisp
+(defun my-ascii-src-block (src-block contents info)
+  "Transcode a SRC-BLOCK element from Org to ASCII.
+CONTENTS is nil.  INFO is a plist used as a communication
+channel."
+  (if (not (org-export-read-attribute :attr_ascii src-block :language))
+      (org-export-with-backend 'ascii src-block contents info)
+    (concat
+     (format ",--[ %s ]--\n%s`----"
+             (org-element-property :language src-block)
+             (replace-regexp-in-string
+              "^" "| "
+              (org-element-normalize-string
+               (org-export-format-code-default src-block info)))))))
+
+(org-export-define-derived-backend 'my-ascii 'ascii
+  :translate-alist '((src-block . my-ascii-src-block)))
+@end lisp
+
+The @code{my-ascii-src-block} function looks at the attribute above the
+current element.  If not true, hands over to @emph{ascii} back-end.  If
+true, which it is in this example, it creates a box around the code
+and leaves room for the inserting a string for language.  The last
+form creates the new back-end that springs to action only when
+translating @code{src-block} type elements.
+
+To use the newly defined back-end, evaluate the following from an Org
+buffer:
+
+@lisp
+(org-export-to-buffer 'my-ascii "*Org MY-ASCII Export*")
+@end lisp
+
+Further steps to consider would be an interactive function,
+self-installing an item in the export dispatcher menu, and other
+user-friendly improvements.
+
+@node Export in Foreign Buffers
+@section Export in Foreign Buffers
+
+The export back-ends in Org often include commands to convert selected
+regions.  A convenient feature of this in-place conversion is that the
+exported output replaces the original source.  Here are such
+functions:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-ascii-convert-region-to-ascii}
+@findex org-ascii-convert-region-to-ascii
+Convert the selected region into ASCII@.
+
+@item @code{org-ascii-convert-region-to-utf8}
+@findex org-ascii-convert-region-to-utf8
+Convert the selected region into UTF-8.
+
+@item @code{org-html-convert-region-to-html}
+@findex org-html-convert-region-to-html
+Convert the selected region into HTML@.
+
+@item @code{org-latex-convert-region-to-latex}
+@findex org-latex-convert-region-to-latex
+Convert the selected region into @LaTeX{}.
+
+@item @code{org-texinfo-convert-region-to-texinfo}
+@findex org-texinfo-convert-region-to-texinfo
+Convert the selected region into Texinfo.
+
+@item @code{org-md-convert-region-to-md}
+@findex org-md-convert-region-to-md
+Convert the selected region into Markdown.
+@end table
+
+In-place conversions are particularly handy for quick conversion of
+tables and lists in foreign buffers.  For example, in an HTML buffer,
+write a list in Org syntax, select it, and convert it to HTML with
+@kbd{M-x org-html-convert-region-to-html}.
+
+@menu
+* Bare HTML::                    Exporting HTML without CSS, Javascript, etc.
+@end menu
+
+@node Bare HTML
+@subsection Exporting to minimal HTML
+
+If you want to output a minimal HTML file, with no CSS, no Javascript,
+no preamble or postamble, here are the variable you would need to set:
+
+@vindex org-html-head
+@vindex org-html-head-extra
+@vindex org-html-head-include-default-style
+@vindex org-html-head-include-scripts
+@vindex org-html-preamble
+@vindex org-html-postamble
+@vindex org-html-use-infojs
+@lisp
+(setq org-html-head ""
+      org-html-head-extra ""
+      org-html-head-include-default-style nil
+      org-html-head-include-scripts nil
+      org-html-preamble nil
+      org-html-postamble nil
+      org-html-use-infojs nil)
+@end lisp
+
+@node Publishing
+@chapter Publishing
+
+@cindex publishing
+
+Org includes a publishing management system that allows you to
+configure automatic HTML conversion of @emph{projects} composed of
+interlinked Org files.  You can also configure Org to automatically
+upload your exported HTML pages and related attachments, such as
+images and source code files, to a web server.
+
+You can also use Org to convert files into PDF, or even combine HTML
+and PDF conversion so that files are available in both formats on the
+server.
+
+Publishing has been contributed to Org by David O'Toole.
+
+@menu
+* Configuration::                Defining projects.
+* Uploading Files::              How to get files up on the server.
+* Sample Configuration::         Example projects.
+* Triggering Publication::       Publication commands.
+@end menu
+
+@node Configuration
+@section Configuration
+
+Publishing needs significant configuration to specify files,
+destination and many other properties of a project.
+
+@menu
+* Project alist::                The central configuration variable.
+* Sources and destinations::     From here to there.
+* Selecting files::              What files are part of the project?
+* Publishing action::            Setting the function doing the publishing.
+* Publishing options::           Tweaking HTML/@LaTeX{} export.
+* Publishing links::             Which links keep working after publishing?
+* Site map::                     Generating a list of all pages.
+* Generating an index::          An index that reaches across pages.
+@end menu
+
+@node Project alist
+@subsection The variable @code{org-publish-project-alist}
+
+@cindex projects, for publishing
+
+@vindex org-publish-project-alist
+Publishing is configured almost entirely through setting the value of
+one variable, called @code{org-publish-project-alist}.  Each element of the
+list configures one project, and may be in one of the two following
+forms:
+
+@lisp
+("project-name" :property value :property value ...)
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+i.e., a well-formed property list with alternating keys and values,
+or:
+
+@lisp
+("project-name" :components ("project-name" "project-name" ...))
+@end lisp
+
+In both cases, projects are configured by specifying property values.
+A project defines the set of files that are to be published, as well
+as the publishing configuration to use when publishing those files.
+When a project takes the second form listed above, the individual
+members of the @code{:components} property are taken to be sub-projects,
+which group together files requiring different publishing options.
+When you publish such a ``meta-project'', all the components are also
+published, in the sequence given.
+
+@node Sources and destinations
+@subsection Sources and destinations for files
+
+@cindex directories, for publishing
+
+Most properties are optional, but some should always be set.  In
+particular, Org needs to know where to look for source files, and
+where to put published files.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{:base-directory}
+Directory containing publishing source files.
+
+@item @code{:publishing-directory}
+Directory where output files are published.  You can directly
+publish to a webserver using a file name syntax appropriate for the
+Emacs tramp package.  Or you can publish to a local directory and
+use external tools to upload your website (see @ref{Uploading Files}).
+
+@item @code{:preparation-function}
+Function or list of functions to be called before starting the
+publishing process, for example, to run @samp{make} for updating files to
+be published.  Each preparation function is called with a single
+argument, the project property list.
+
+@item @code{:completion-function}
+Function or list of functions called after finishing the publishing
+process, for example, to change permissions of the resulting files.
+Each completion function is called with a single argument, the
+project property list.
+@end table
+
+@node Selecting files
+@subsection Selecting files
+
+@cindex files, selecting for publishing
+
+By default, all files with extension @samp{.org} in the base directory are
+considered part of the project.  This can be modified by setting the
+following properties
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{:base-extension}
+Extension---without the dot---of source files.  This actually is
+a regular expression.  Set this to the symbol @code{any} if you want to
+get all files in @code{:base-directory}, even without extension.
+
+@item @code{:exclude}
+Regular expression to match file names that should not be published,
+even though they have been selected on the basis of their extension.
+
+@item @code{:include}
+List of files to be included regardless of @code{:base-extension} and
+@code{:exclude}.
+
+@item @code{:recursive}
+Non-@code{nil} means, check base-directory recursively for files to
+publish.
+@end table
+
+@node Publishing action
+@subsection Publishing action
+
+@cindex action, for publishing
+
+Publishing means that a file is copied to the destination directory
+and possibly transformed in the process.  The default transformation
+is to export Org files as HTML files, and this is done by the function
+@code{org-html-publish-to-html} which calls the HTML exporter (see @ref{HTML Export}).  But you can also publish your content as PDF files using
+@code{org-latex-publish-to-pdf}, or as ASCII, Texinfo, etc., using the
+corresponding functions.
+
+If you want to publish the Org file as an @samp{.org} file but with
+@emph{archived}, @emph{commented}, and @emph{tag-excluded} trees removed, use
+@code{org-org-publish-to-org}.  This produces @samp{file.org} and puts it in the
+publishing directory.  If you want a htmlized version of this file,
+set the parameter @code{:htmlized-source} to @code{t}.  It produces
+@samp{file.org.html} in the publishing directory@footnote{If the publishing directory is the same as the source
+directory, @samp{file.org} is exported as @samp{file.org.org}, so you probably
+do not want to do this.}.
+
+Other files like images only need to be copied to the publishing
+destination; for this you can use @code{org-publish-attachment}.  For
+non-Org files, you always need to specify the publishing function:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{:publishing-function}
+Function executing the publication of a file.  This may also be
+a list of functions, which are all called in turn.
+
+@item @code{:htmlized-source}
+Non-@code{nil} means, publish htmlized source.
+@end table
+
+The function must accept three arguments: a property list containing
+at least a @code{:publishing-directory} property, the name of the file to
+be published, and the path to the publishing directory of the output
+file.  It should take the specified file, make the necessary
+transformation, if any, and place the result into the destination
+folder.
+
+@node Publishing options
+@subsection Options for the exporters
+
+@cindex options, for publishing
+@cindex publishing options
+
+The property list can be used to set many export options for the HTML
+and @LaTeX{} exporters.  In most cases, these properties correspond to
+user variables in Org.  The table below lists these properties along
+with the variable they belong to.  See the documentation string for
+the respective variable for details.
+
+@vindex org-publish-project-alist
+When a property is given a value in @code{org-publish-project-alist}, its
+setting overrides the value of the corresponding user variable, if
+any, during publishing.  Options set within a file (see @ref{Export Settings}), however, override everything.
+
+@anchor{Generic properties}
+@subsubheading Generic properties
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:archived-trees}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-archived-trees}
+@item @code{:exclude-tags}
+@tab @code{org-export-exclude-tags}
+@item @code{:headline-levels}
+@tab @code{org-export-headline-levels}
+@item @code{:language}
+@tab @code{org-export-default-language}
+@item @code{:preserve-breaks}
+@tab @code{org-export-preserve-breaks}
+@item @code{:section-numbers}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-section-numbers}
+@item @code{:select-tags}
+@tab @code{org-export-select-tags}
+@item @code{:with-author}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-author}
+@item @code{:with-broken-links}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-broken-links}
+@item @code{:with-clocks}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-clocks}
+@item @code{:with-creator}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-creator}
+@item @code{:with-date}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-date}
+@item @code{:with-drawers}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-drawers}
+@item @code{:with-email}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-email}
+@item @code{:with-emphasize}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-emphasize}
+@item @code{:with-fixed-width}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-fixed-width}
+@item @code{:with-footnotes}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-footnotes}
+@item @code{:with-latex}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-latex}
+@item @code{:with-planning}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-planning}
+@item @code{:with-priority}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-priority}
+@item @code{:with-properties}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-properties}
+@item @code{:with-special-strings}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-special-strings}
+@item @code{:with-sub-superscript}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-sub-superscripts}
+@item @code{:with-tables}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-tables}
+@item @code{:with-tags}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-tags}
+@item @code{:with-tasks}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-tasks}
+@item @code{:with-timestamps}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-timestamps}
+@item @code{:with-title}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-title}
+@item @code{:with-toc}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-toc}
+@item @code{:with-todo-keywords}
+@tab @code{org-export-with-todo-keywords}
+@end multitable
+
+@anchor{ASCII specific properties}
+@subsubheading ASCII specific properties
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:ascii-bullets}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-bullets}
+@item @code{:ascii-caption-above}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-caption-above}
+@item @code{:ascii-charset}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-charset}
+@item @code{:ascii-global-margin}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-global-margin}
+@item @code{:ascii-format-drawer-function}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-format-drawer-function}
+@item @code{:ascii-format-inlinetask-function}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-format-inlinetask-function}
+@item @code{:ascii-headline-spacing}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-headline-spacing}
+@item @code{:ascii-indented-line-width}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-indented-line-width}
+@item @code{:ascii-inlinetask-width}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-inlinetask-width}
+@item @code{:ascii-inner-margin}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-inner-margin}
+@item @code{:ascii-links-to-notes}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-links-to-notes}
+@item @code{:ascii-list-margin}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-list-margin}
+@item @code{:ascii-paragraph-spacing}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-paragraph-spacing}
+@item @code{:ascii-quote-margin}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-quote-margin}
+@item @code{:ascii-table-keep-all-vertical-lines}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-table-keep-all-vertical-lines}
+@item @code{:ascii-table-use-ascii-art}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-table-use-ascii-art}
+@item @code{:ascii-table-widen-columns}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-table-widen-columns}
+@item @code{:ascii-text-width}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-text-width}
+@item @code{:ascii-underline}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-underline}
+@item @code{:ascii-verbatim-format}
+@tab @code{org-ascii-verbatim-format}
+@end multitable
+
+@anchor{Beamer specific properties}
+@subsubheading Beamer specific properties
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:beamer-theme}
+@tab @code{org-beamer-theme}
+@item @code{:beamer-column-view-format}
+@tab @code{org-beamer-column-view-format}
+@item @code{:beamer-environments-extra}
+@tab @code{org-beamer-environments-extra}
+@item @code{:beamer-frame-default-options}
+@tab @code{org-beamer-frame-default-options}
+@item @code{:beamer-outline-frame-options}
+@tab @code{org-beamer-outline-frame-options}
+@item @code{:beamer-outline-frame-title}
+@tab @code{org-beamer-outline-frame-title}
+@item @code{:beamer-subtitle-format}
+@tab @code{org-beamer-subtitle-format}
+@end multitable
+
+@anchor{HTML specific properties}
+@subsubheading HTML specific properties
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:html-allow-name-attribute-in-anchors}
+@tab @code{org-html-allow-name-attribute-in-anchors}
+@item @code{:html-checkbox-type}
+@tab @code{org-html-checkbox-type}
+@item @code{:html-container}
+@tab @code{org-html-container-element}
+@item @code{:html-divs}
+@tab @code{org-html-divs}
+@item @code{:html-doctype}
+@tab @code{org-html-doctype}
+@item @code{:html-extension}
+@tab @code{org-html-extension}
+@item @code{:html-footnote-format}
+@tab @code{org-html-footnote-format}
+@item @code{:html-footnote-separator}
+@tab @code{org-html-footnote-separator}
+@item @code{:html-footnotes-section}
+@tab @code{org-html-footnotes-section}
+@item @code{:html-format-drawer-function}
+@tab @code{org-html-format-drawer-function}
+@item @code{:html-format-headline-function}
+@tab @code{org-html-format-headline-function}
+@item @code{:html-format-inlinetask-function}
+@tab @code{org-html-format-inlinetask-function}
+@item @code{:html-head-extra}
+@tab @code{org-html-head-extra}
+@item @code{:html-head-include-default-style}
+@tab @code{org-html-head-include-default-style}
+@item @code{:html-head-include-scripts}
+@tab @code{org-html-head-include-scripts}
+@item @code{:html-head}
+@tab @code{org-html-head}
+@item @code{:html-home/up-format}
+@tab @code{org-html-home/up-format}
+@item @code{:html-html5-fancy}
+@tab @code{org-html-html5-fancy}
+@item @code{:html-indent}
+@tab @code{org-html-indent}
+@item @code{:html-infojs-options}
+@tab @code{org-html-infojs-options}
+@item @code{:html-infojs-template}
+@tab @code{org-html-infojs-template}
+@item @code{:html-inline-image-rules}
+@tab @code{org-html-inline-image-rules}
+@item @code{:html-inline-images}
+@tab @code{org-html-inline-images}
+@item @code{:html-link-home}
+@tab @code{org-html-link-home}
+@item @code{:html-link-org-files-as-html}
+@tab @code{org-html-link-org-files-as-html}
+@item @code{:html-link-up}
+@tab @code{org-html-link-up}
+@item @code{:html-link-use-abs-url}
+@tab @code{org-html-link-use-abs-url}
+@item @code{:html-mathjax-options}
+@tab @code{org-html-mathjax-options}
+@item @code{:html-mathjax-template}
+@tab @code{org-html-mathjax-template}
+@item @code{:html-equation-reference-format}
+@tab @code{org-html-equation-reference-format}
+@item @code{:html-metadata-timestamp-format}
+@tab @code{org-html-metadata-timestamp-format}
+@item @code{:html-postamble-format}
+@tab @code{org-html-postamble-format}
+@item @code{:html-postamble}
+@tab @code{org-html-postamble}
+@item @code{:html-preamble-format}
+@tab @code{org-html-preamble-format}
+@item @code{:html-preamble}
+@tab @code{org-html-preamble}
+@item @code{:html-self-link-headlines}
+@tab @code{org-html-self-link-headlines}
+@item @code{:html-table-align-individual-field}
+@tab @code{de@{org-html-table-align-individual-fields}
+@item @code{:html-table-attributes}
+@tab @code{org-html-table-default-attributes}
+@item @code{:html-table-caption-above}
+@tab @code{org-html-table-caption-above}
+@item @code{:html-table-data-tags}
+@tab @code{org-html-table-data-tags}
+@item @code{:html-table-header-tags}
+@tab @code{org-html-table-header-tags}
+@item @code{:html-table-row-tags}
+@tab @code{org-html-table-row-tags}
+@item @code{:html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column}
+@tab @code{org-html-table-use-header-tags-for-first-column}
+@item @code{:html-tag-class-prefix}
+@tab @code{org-html-tag-class-prefix}
+@item @code{:html-text-markup-alist}
+@tab @code{org-html-text-markup-alist}
+@item @code{:html-todo-kwd-class-prefix}
+@tab @code{org-html-todo-kwd-class-prefix}
+@item @code{:html-toplevel-hlevel}
+@tab @code{org-html-toplevel-hlevel}
+@item @code{:html-use-infojs}
+@tab @code{org-html-use-infojs}
+@item @code{:html-validation-link}
+@tab @code{org-html-validation-link}
+@item @code{:html-viewport}
+@tab @code{org-html-viewport}
+@item @code{:html-wrap-src-lines}
+@tab @code{org-html-wrap-src-lines}
+@item @code{:html-xml-declaration}
+@tab @code{org-html-xml-declaration}
+@end multitable
+
+@anchor{@LaTeX{} specific properties}
+@subsubheading @LaTeX{} specific properties
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:latex-active-timestamp-format}
+@tab @code{org-latex-active-timestamp-format}
+@item @code{:latex-caption-above}
+@tab @code{org-latex-caption-above}
+@item @code{:latex-classes}
+@tab @code{org-latex-classes}
+@item @code{:latex-class}
+@tab @code{org-latex-default-class}
+@item @code{:latex-compiler}
+@tab @code{org-latex-compiler}
+@item @code{:latex-default-figure-position}
+@tab @code{org-latex-default-figure-position}
+@item @code{:latex-default-table-environment}
+@tab @code{org-latex-default-table-environment}
+@item @code{:latex-default-table-mode}
+@tab @code{org-latex-default-table-mode}
+@item @code{:latex-diary-timestamp-format}
+@tab @code{org-latex-diary-timestamp-format}
+@item @code{:latex-footnote-defined-format}
+@tab @code{org-latex-footnote-defined-format}
+@item @code{:latex-footnote-separator}
+@tab @code{org-latex-footnote-separator}
+@item @code{:latex-format-drawer-function}
+@tab @code{org-latex-format-drawer-function}
+@item @code{:latex-format-headline-function}
+@tab @code{org-latex-format-headline-function}
+@item @code{:latex-format-inlinetask-function}
+@tab @code{org-latex-format-inlinetask-function}
+@item @code{:latex-hyperref-template}
+@tab @code{org-latex-hyperref-template}
+@item @code{:latex-image-default-height}
+@tab @code{org-latex-image-default-height}
+@item @code{:latex-image-default-option}
+@tab @code{org-latex-image-default-option}
+@item @code{:latex-image-default-width}
+@tab @code{org-latex-image-default-width}
+@item @code{:latex-images-centered}
+@tab @code{org-latex-images-centered}
+@item @code{:latex-inactive-timestamp-format}
+@tab @code{org-latex-inactive-timestamp-format}
+@item @code{:latex-inline-image-rules}
+@tab @code{org-latex-inline-image-rules}
+@item @code{:latex-link-with-unknown-path-format}
+@tab @code{org-latex-link-with-unknown-path-format}
+@item @code{:latex-listings-langs}
+@tab @code{org-latex-listings-langs}
+@item @code{:latex-listings-options}
+@tab @code{org-latex-listings-options}
+@item @code{:latex-listings}
+@tab @code{org-latex-listings}
+@item @code{:latex-minted-langs}
+@tab @code{org-latex-minted-langs}
+@item @code{:latex-minted-options}
+@tab @code{org-latex-minted-options}
+@item @code{:latex-prefer-user-labels}
+@tab @code{org-latex-prefer-user-labels}
+@item @code{:latex-subtitle-format}
+@tab @code{org-latex-subtitle-format}
+@item @code{:latex-subtitle-separate}
+@tab @code{org-latex-subtitle-separate}
+@item @code{:latex-table-scientific-notation}
+@tab @code{org-latex-table-scientific-notation}
+@item @code{:latex-tables-booktabs}
+@tab @code{org-latex-tables-booktabs}
+@item @code{:latex-tables-centered}
+@tab @code{org-latex-tables-centered}
+@item @code{:latex-text-markup-alist}
+@tab @code{org-latex-text-markup-alist}
+@item @code{:latex-title-command}
+@tab @code{org-latex-title-command}
+@item @code{:latex-toc-command}
+@tab @code{org-latex-toc-command}
+@end multitable
+
+@anchor{Markdown specific properties}
+@subsubheading Markdown specific properties
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:md-footnote-format}
+@tab @code{org-md-footnote-format}
+@item @code{:md-footnotes-section}
+@tab @code{org-md-footnotes-section}
+@item @code{:md-headline-style}
+@tab @code{org-md-headline-style}
+@end multitable
+
+@anchor{ODT specific properties}
+@subsubheading ODT specific properties
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:odt-content-template-file}
+@tab @code{org-odt-content-template-file}
+@item @code{:odt-display-outline-level}
+@tab @code{org-odt-display-outline-level}
+@item @code{:odt-fontify-srcblocks}
+@tab @code{org-odt-fontify-srcblocks}
+@item @code{:odt-format-drawer-function}
+@tab @code{org-odt-format-drawer-function}
+@item @code{:odt-format-headline-function}
+@tab @code{org-odt-format-headline-function}
+@item @code{:odt-format-inlinetask-function}
+@tab @code{org-odt-format-inlinetask-function}
+@item @code{:odt-inline-formula-rules}
+@tab @code{org-odt-inline-formula-rules}
+@item @code{:odt-inline-image-rules}
+@tab @code{org-odt-inline-image-rules}
+@item @code{:odt-pixels-per-inch}
+@tab @code{org-odt-pixels-per-inch}
+@item @code{:odt-styles-file}
+@tab @code{org-odt-styles-file}
+@item @code{:odt-table-styles}
+@tab @code{org-odt-table-styles}
+@item @code{:odt-use-date-fields}
+@tab @code{org-odt-use-date-fields}
+@end multitable
+
+@anchor{Texinfo specific properties}
+@subsubheading Texinfo specific properties
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{:texinfo-active-timestamp-format}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-active-timestamp-format}
+@item @code{:texinfo-classes}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-classes}
+@item @code{:texinfo-class}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-default-class}
+@item @code{:texinfo-table-default-markup}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-table-default-markup}
+@item @code{:texinfo-diary-timestamp-format}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-diary-timestamp-format}
+@item @code{:texinfo-filename}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-filename}
+@item @code{:texinfo-format-drawer-function}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-format-drawer-function}
+@item @code{:texinfo-format-headline-function}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-format-headline-function}
+@item @code{:texinfo-format-inlinetask-function}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-format-inlinetask-function}
+@item @code{:texinfo-inactive-timestamp-format}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-inactive-timestamp-format}
+@item @code{:texinfo-link-with-unknown-path-format}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-link-with-unknown-path-format}
+@item @code{:texinfo-node-description-column}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-node-description-column}
+@item @code{:texinfo-table-scientific-notation}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-table-scientific-notation}
+@item @code{:texinfo-tables-verbatim}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-tables-verbatim}
+@item @code{:texinfo-text-markup-alist}
+@tab @code{org-texinfo-text-markup-alist}
+@end multitable
+
+@node Publishing links
+@subsection Publishing links
+
+@cindex links, publishing
+
+To create a link from one Org file to another, you would use something
+like @samp{[[file:foo.org][The foo]]} or simply @samp{[[file:foo.org]]} (see @ref{External Links}).  When
+published, this link becomes a link to @samp{foo.html}.  You can thus
+interlink the pages of your ``Org web'' project and the links will work
+as expected when you publish them to HTML@.  If you also publish the
+Org source file and want to link to it, use an @samp{http} link instead of
+a @samp{file:} link, because @samp{file} links are converted to link to the
+corresponding @samp{.html} file.
+
+You may also link to related files, such as images.  Provided you are
+careful with relative file names, and provided you have also
+configured Org to upload the related files, these links will work too.
+See @ref{Complex example}, for an example of this
+usage.
+
+Eventually, links between published documents can contain some search
+options (see @ref{Search Options}), which will be resolved to
+the appropriate location in the linked file.  For example, once
+published to HTML, the following links all point to a dedicated anchor
+in @samp{foo.html}.
+
+@example
+[[file:foo.org::*heading]]
+[[file:foo.org::#custom-id]]
+[[file:foo.org::target]]
+@end example
+
+@node Site map
+@subsection Generating a sitemap
+
+@cindex sitemap, of published pages
+
+The following properties may be used to control publishing of
+a map of files for a given project.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{:auto-sitemap}
+When non-@code{nil}, publish a sitemap during
+@code{org-publish-current-project} or @code{org-publish-all}.
+
+@item @code{:sitemap-filename}
+Filename for output of sitemap.  Defaults to @samp{sitemap.org}, which
+becomes @samp{sitemap.html}.
+
+@item @code{:sitemap-title}
+Title of sitemap page.  Defaults to name of file.
+
+@item @code{:sitemap-format-entry}
+@findex org-publish-find-date
+@findex org-publish-find-property
+@findex org-publish-find-title
+With this option one can tell how a site-map entry is formatted in
+the site-map.  It is a function called with three arguments: the
+file or directory name relative to base directory of the project,
+the site-map style and the current project.  It is expected to
+return a string.  Default value turns file names into links and use
+document titles as descriptions.  For specific formatting needs, one
+can use @code{org-publish-find-date}, @code{org-publish-find-title} and
+@code{org-publish-find-property}, to retrieve additional information
+about published documents.
+
+@item @code{:sitemap-function}
+Plug-in function to use for generation of the sitemap.  It is called
+with two arguments: the title of the site-map and a representation
+of the files and directories involved in the project as a nested
+list, which can further be transformed using @code{org-list-to-generic},
+@code{org-list-to-subtree} and alike.  Default value generates a plain
+list of links to all files in the project.
+
+@item @code{:sitemap-sort-folders}
+Where folders should appear in the sitemap.  Set this to @code{first}
+(default) or @code{last} to display folders first or last, respectively.
+When set to @code{ignore}, folders are ignored altogether.  Any other
+value mixes files and folders.  This variable has no effect when
+site-map style is @code{tree}.
+
+@item @code{:sitemap-sort-files}
+How the files are sorted in the site map.  Set this to
+@code{alphabetically} (default), @code{chronologically} or
+@code{anti-chronologically}.  @code{chronologically} sorts the files with
+older date first while @code{anti-chronologically} sorts the files with
+newer date first.  @code{alphabetically} sorts the files alphabetically.
+The date of a file is retrieved with @code{org-publish-find-date}.
+
+@item @code{:sitemap-ignore-case}
+Should sorting be case-sensitive?  Default @code{nil}.
+
+@item @code{:sitemap-file-entry-format}
+With this option one can tell how a sitemap's entry is formatted in
+the sitemap.  This is a format string with some escape sequences:
+@code{%t} stands for the title of the file, @code{%a} stands for the author of
+the file and @code{%d} stands for the date of the file.  The date is
+retrieved with the @code{org-publish-find-date} function and formatted
+with @code{org-publish-sitemap-date-format}.  Default @code{%t}.
+
+@item @code{:sitemap-date-format}
+Format string for the @code{format-time-string} function that tells how
+a sitemap entry's date is to be formatted.  This property bypasses
+@code{org-publish-sitemap-date-format} which defaults to @code{%Y-%m-%d}.
+@end table
+
+@node Generating an index
+@subsection Generating an index
+
+@cindex index, in a publishing project
+
+Org mode can generate an index across the files of a publishing project.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{:makeindex}
+When non-@code{nil}, generate in index in the file @samp{theindex.org} and
+publish it as @samp{theindex.html}.
+@end table
+
+The file is created when first publishing a project with the
+@code{:makeindex} set.  The file only contains a statement @samp{#+INCLUDE:
+"theindex.inc"}.  You can then build around this include statement by
+adding a title, style information, etc.
+
+@cindex @samp{INDEX}, keyword
+Index entries are specified with @samp{INDEX} keyword.  An entry that
+contains an exclamation mark creates a sub item.
+
+@example
+*** Curriculum Vitae
+#+INDEX: CV
+#+INDEX: Application!CV
+@end example
+
+@node Uploading Files
+@section Uploading Files
+
+@cindex rsync
+@cindex unison
+
+For those people already utilizing third party sync tools such as
+Rsync or Unison, it might be preferable not to use the built-in remote
+publishing facilities of Org mode which rely heavily on Tramp.  Tramp,
+while very useful and powerful, tends not to be so efficient for
+multiple file transfer and has been known to cause problems under
+heavy usage.
+
+Specialized synchronization utilities offer several advantages.  In
+addition to timestamp comparison, they also do content and
+permissions/attribute checks.  For this reason you might prefer to
+publish your web to a local directory---possibly even @emph{in place} with
+your Org files---and then use Unison or Rsync to do the
+synchronization with the remote host.
+
+Since Unison, for example, can be configured as to which files to
+transfer to a certain remote destination, it can greatly simplify the
+project publishing definition.  Simply keep all files in the correct
+location, process your Org files with @code{org-publish} and let the
+synchronization tool do the rest.  You do not need, in this scenario,
+to include attachments such as JPG, CSS or PNG files in the project
+definition since the third-party tool syncs them.
+
+Publishing to a local directory is also much faster than to a remote
+one, so that you can afford more easily to republish entire projects.
+If you set @code{org-publish-use-timestamps-flag} to @code{nil}, you gain the
+main benefit of re-including any changed external files such as source
+example files you might include with @samp{INCLUDE} keyword.  The timestamp
+mechanism in Org is not smart enough to detect if included files have
+been modified.
+
+@node Sample Configuration
+@section Sample Configuration
+
+Below we provide two example configurations.  The first one is
+a simple project publishing only a set of Org files.  The second
+example is more complex, with a multi-component project.
+
+@menu
+* Simple example::               One-component publishing.
+* Complex example::              A multi-component publishing example.
+@end menu
+
+@node Simple example
+@subsection Example: simple publishing configuration
+
+This example publishes a set of Org files to the @samp{public_html}
+directory on the local machine.
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-publish-project-alist
+      '(("org"
+         :base-directory "~/org/"
+         :publishing-function org-html-publish-to-html
+         :publishing-directory "~/public_html"
+         :section-numbers nil
+         :with-toc nil
+         :html-head "<link rel=\"stylesheet\"
+                    href=\"../other/mystyle.css\"
+                    type=\"text/css\"/>")))
+@end lisp
+
+@node Complex example
+@subsection Example: complex publishing configuration
+
+This more complicated example publishes an entire website, including
+Org files converted to HTML, image files, Emacs Lisp source code, and
+style sheets.  The publishing directory is remote and private files
+are excluded.
+
+To ensure that links are preserved, care should be taken to replicate
+your directory structure on the web server, and to use relative file
+paths.  For example, if your Org files are kept in @samp{~/org/} and your
+publishable images in @samp{~/images/}, you would link to an image with
+
+@example
+file:../images/myimage.png
+@end example
+
+
+On the web server, the relative path to the image should be the same.
+You can accomplish this by setting up an @samp{images/} folder in the right
+place on the web server, and publishing images to it.
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-publish-project-alist
+      '(("orgfiles"
+         :base-directory "~/org/"
+         :base-extension "org"
+         :publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/notebook/"
+         :publishing-function org-html-publish-to-html
+         :exclude "PrivatePage.org" ;; regexp
+         :headline-levels 3
+         :section-numbers nil
+         :with-toc nil
+         :html-head "<link rel=\"stylesheet\"
+                  href=\"../other/mystyle.css\" type=\"text/css\"/>"
+         :html-preamble t)
+
+        ("images"
+         :base-directory "~/images/"
+         :base-extension "jpg\\|gif\\|png"
+         :publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/images/"
+         :publishing-function org-publish-attachment)
+
+        ("other"
+         :base-directory "~/other/"
+         :base-extension "css\\|el"
+         :publishing-directory "/ssh:user@@host:~/html/other/"
+         :publishing-function org-publish-attachment)
+        ("website" :components ("orgfiles" "images" "other"))))
+@end lisp
+
+@node Triggering Publication
+@section Triggering Publication
+
+Once properly configured, Org can publish with the following commands:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e P x} (@code{org-publish})
+@kindex C-c C-e P x
+@findex org-publish
+Prompt for a specific project and publish all files that belong to
+it.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e P p} (@code{org-publish-current-project})
+@kindex C-c C-e P p
+@findex org-publish-current-project
+Publish the project containing the current file.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e P f} (@code{org-publish-current-file})
+@kindex C-c C-e P f
+@findex org-publish-current-file
+Publish only the current file.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c C-e P a} (@code{org-publish-all})
+@kindex C-c C-e P a
+@findex org-publish-all
+Publish every project.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-publish-use-timestamps-flag
+Org uses timestamps to track when a file has changed.  The above
+functions normally only publish changed files.  You can override this
+and force publishing of all files by giving a prefix argument to any
+of the commands above, or by customizing the variable
+@code{org-publish-use-timestamps-flag}.  This may be necessary in
+particular if files include other files via @samp{SETUPFILE} or @samp{INCLUDE}
+keywords.
+
+@node Citation handling
+@chapter Citation handling
+
+@cindex citation
+
+The @samp{oc.el} library provides tooling to handle citations in Org via
+``citation processors'' that offer some or all of the following
+capabilities:
+
+@table @asis
+@item activate
+Fontification, tooltip preview, etc.
+@item follow
+At-point actions on citations via @code{org-open-at-point}.
+@item insert
+Add and edit citations via @code{org-cite-insert}.
+@item export
+Via different libraries for different target formats.
+@end table
+
+The user can configure these with @code{org-cite-activate-processor},
+@code{org-cite-follow-processor}, @code{org-cite-insert-processor}, and
+@code{org-cite-export-processors} respectively.
+
+The included ``basic'' processor provides all four capabilities.
+
+@menu
+* Citations::
+* Citation export processors::
+@end menu
+
+@node Citations
+@section Citations
+
+Before adding citations, first set one-or-more bibliographies, either
+globally with @code{org-cite-global-bibliography}, or locally using one or
+more ``bibliography'' keywords.
+
+@example
+#+bibliography: SomeFile.bib
+#+bibliography: /some/other/file.json
+#+bibliography: "/some/file/with spaces/in its name.bib"
+@end example
+
+@kindex C-c C-x @@
+@findex org-cite-insert
+One can then insert and edit citations using @code{org-cite-insert}, called
+with @kbd{C-c C-x @@}.
+
+A @emph{citation} requires one or more citation @emph{key(s)}, elements
+identifying a reference in the bibliography.
+
+@itemize
+@item
+Each citation is surrounded by brackets and uses the @samp{cite} type.
+
+@item
+Each key starts with the character @samp{@@}.
+
+@item
+Each key can be qualified by a @emph{prefix} (e.g.@tie{}``see '') and/or
+a @emph{suffix} (e.g.@tie{}``p.@tie{}123''), giving information useful or necessary
+fo the comprehension of the citation but not included in the
+reference.
+
+@item
+A single citation can cite more than one reference ; the keys are
+separated by semicolons ; the formatting of such citation groups is
+specified by the style.
+
+@item
+One can also specify a stylistic variation for the citations by
+inserting a @samp{/} and a style name between the @samp{cite} keyword and the
+colon; this usually makes sense only for the author-year styles.
+@end itemize
+
+@example
+[cite/style:common prefix ;prefix @@key suffix; ... ; common suffix]
+@end example
+
+
+The only mandatory elements are:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+The @samp{cite} keyword and the colon.
+@item
+The @samp{@@} character immediately preceding each key.
+@item
+The brackets surrounding the citation(s) (group).
+@end itemize
+
+@node Citation export processors
+@section Citation export processors
+
+Org currently includes the following export processors:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+Two processors can export to a variety of formats, including @samp{latex}
+(and therefore @samp{pdf}), @samp{html}, @samp{odt} and plain (UTF8) text:
+
+@table @asis
+@item basic
+a basic export processor, well adapted to situations
+where backward compatibility is not a requirement and formatting
+needs are minimal;
+
+@item csl
+this export processor uses format files written in @uref{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Citation_Style_Language, Citation
+Style Language} via @uref{https://github.com/andras-simonyi/citeproc-el, citeproc-el};
+@end table
+
+@item
+In contrast, two other processors target @LaTeX{} and @LaTeX{}-derived
+formats exclusively:
+
+@table @asis
+@item natbib
+this export processor uses Bib@TeX{}, the historical
+bibliographic processor used with @LaTeX{}, thus allowing the use of
+data and style files compatible with this processor (including
+a large number of publishers' styles).  It uses citation commands
+implemented in the @LaTeX{} package @samp{natbib}, allowing more stylistic
+variants that @LaTeX{}'s @samp{\cite} command.
+
+@item biblatex
+this backend allows the use of data and formats
+prepared for Bib@LaTeX{}, an alternate bibliographic processor used
+with @LaTeX{}, which overcomes some serious Bib@TeX{} limitations, but
+has not (yet?)@tie{}been widely adopted by publishers.
+@end table
+@end itemize
+
+The @samp{CITE_EXPORT} keyword specifies the export processor and the
+citation (and possibly reference) style(s); for example (all arguments
+are optional)
+
+@example
+#+cite_export: basic author author-year
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+specifies the ``basic'' export processor with citations inserted as
+author's name and references indexed by author's names and year;
+
+@example
+#+cite_export: csl /some/path/to/vancouver-brackets.csl
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+specifies the ``csl'' processor and CSL style, which in this case
+defines numeric citations and numeric references according to the
+@samp{Vancouver} specification (as style used in many medical journals),
+following a typesetting variation putting citations between brackets;
+
+@example
+#+cite_export: natbib kluwer
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+specifies the @samp{natbib} export processor with a label citation style
+conformant to the Harvard style and the specification of the
+Wolkers-Kluwer publisher; since it relies on the @code{bibtex} processor of
+your @LaTeX{} installation, it won't export to anything but PDF@.
+
+@node Working with Source Code
+@chapter Working with Source Code
+
+@cindex source code, working with
+
+Source code here refers to any plain text collection of computer
+instructions, possibly with comments, written using a human-readable
+programming language.  Org can manage source code in an Org document
+when the source code is identified with begin and end markers.
+Working with source code begins with identifying source code blocks.
+A source code block can be placed almost anywhere in an Org document;
+it is not restricted to the preamble or the end of the document.
+However, Org cannot manage a source code block if it is placed inside
+an Org comment or within a fixed width section.
+
+Here is an example source code block in the Emacs Lisp language:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
+  (defun org-xor (a b)
+     "Exclusive or."
+     (if a (not b) b))
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+Source code blocks are one of many Org block types, which also include
+``center'', ``comment'', ``dynamic'', ``example'', ``export'', ``quote'',
+``special'', and ``verse''.  This section pertains to blocks between
+@samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} and @samp{#+END_SRC}.
+
+Details of Org's facilities for working with source code are described
+in the following sections.
+
+@menu
+* Features Overview::            Enjoy the versatility of source blocks.
+* Structure of Code Blocks::     Code block syntax described.
+* Using Header Arguments::       Different ways to set header arguments.
+* Environment of a Code Block::  Arguments, sessions, working directory...
+* Evaluating Code Blocks::       Place results of evaluation in the Org buffer.
+* Results of Evaluation::        Choosing a results type, post-processing...
+* Exporting Code Blocks::        Export contents and/or results.
+* Extracting Source Code::       Create pure source code files.
+* Languages::                    List of supported code block languages.
+* Editing Source Code::          Language major-mode editing.
+* Noweb Reference Syntax::       Literate programming in Org mode.
+* Library of Babel::             Use and contribute to a library of useful code blocks.
+* Key bindings and Useful Functions:: Work quickly with code blocks.
+* Batch Execution::              Call functions from the command line.
+@end menu
+
+@node Features Overview
+@section Features Overview
+
+Org can manage the source code in the block delimited by @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC}
+@dots{} @samp{#+END_SRC} in several ways that can simplify housekeeping tasks
+essential to modern source code maintenance.  Org can edit, format,
+extract, export, and publish source code blocks.  Org can also compile
+and execute a source code block, then capture the results.  The Org
+mode literature sometimes refers to source code blocks as @emph{live code}
+blocks because they can alter the content of the Org document or the
+material that it exports.  Users can control the ``liveliness'' of each
+source code block by tweaking the header arguments (see @ref{Using Header Arguments}) for compiling, execution, extraction, and exporting.
+
+For editing and formatting a source code block, Org uses an
+appropriate Emacs major mode that includes features specifically
+designed for source code in that language.
+
+Org can extract one or more source code blocks and write them to one
+or more source files---a process known as @emph{tangling} in literate
+programming terminology.
+
+For exporting and publishing, Org's back-ends can format a source code
+block appropriately, often with native syntax highlighting.
+
+For executing and compiling a source code block, the user can
+configure Org to select the appropriate compiler.  Org provides
+facilities to collect the result of the execution or compiler output,
+insert it into the Org document, and/or export it.  In addition to
+text results, Org can insert links to other data types, including
+audio, video, and graphics.  Org can also link a compiler error
+message to the appropriate line in the source code block.
+
+An important feature of Org's management of source code blocks is the
+ability to pass variables, functions, and results to one another using
+a common syntax for source code blocks in any language.  Although most
+literate programming facilities are restricted to one language or
+another, Org's language-agnostic approach lets the literate programmer
+match each programming task with the appropriate computer language and
+to mix them all together in a single Org document.  This
+interoperability among languages explains why Org's source code
+management facility was named @emph{Org Babel} by its originators, Eric
+Schulte and Dan Davison.
+
+Org mode fulfills the promise of easy verification and maintenance of
+publishing reproducible research by keeping text, data, code,
+configuration settings of the execution environment, the results of
+the execution, and associated narratives, claims, references, and
+internal and external links in a single Org document.
+
+@node Structure of Code Blocks
+@section Structure of Code Blocks
+
+@cindex code block, structure
+@cindex source code, block structure
+@cindex @samp{NAME} keyword, in source blocks
+@cindex @samp{BEGIN_SRC}
+
+Org offers two ways to structure source code in Org documents: in
+a source code block, and directly inline.  Both specifications are
+shown below.
+
+A source code block conforms to this structure:
+
+@example
+#+NAME: <name>
+#+BEGIN_SRC <language> <switches> <header arguments>
+  <body>
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+Do not be put-off by having to remember the source block syntax.  Org
+mode offers a command for wrapping existing text in a block (see
+@ref{Structure Templates}).  Org also works with other completion systems
+in Emacs, some of which predate Org and have custom domain-specific
+languages for defining templates.  Regular use of templates reduces
+errors, increases accuracy, and maintains consistency.
+
+@cindex source code, inline
+An inline code block conforms to this structure:
+
+@example
+src_<language>@{<body>@}
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+or
+
+@example
+src_<language>[<header arguments>]@{<body>@}
+@end example
+
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{#+NAME: <name>}
+Optional.  Names the source block so it can be called, like
+a function, from other source blocks or inline code to evaluate or
+to capture the results.  Code from other blocks, other files, and
+from table formulas (see @ref{The Spreadsheet}) can use the name to
+reference a source block.  This naming serves the same purpose as
+naming Org tables.  Org mode requires unique names.  For duplicate
+names, Org mode's behavior is undefined.
+
+@item @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} @dots{} @samp{#+END_SRC}
+Mandatory.  They mark the start and end of a block that Org
+requires.  The @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} line takes additional arguments, as
+described next.
+
+@item @samp{<language>}
+@cindex language, in code blocks
+Mandatory.  It is the identifier of the source code language in the
+block.  See @ref{Languages}, for identifiers of supported languages.
+
+@item @samp{<switches>}
+@cindex switches, in code blocks
+Optional.  Switches provide finer control of the code execution,
+export, and format (see the discussion of switches in @ref{Literal Examples}).
+
+@item @samp{<header arguments>}
+@cindex header arguments, in code blocks
+Optional.  Heading arguments control many aspects of evaluation,
+export and tangling of code blocks (see @ref{Using Header Arguments}).
+Using Org's properties feature, header arguments can be selectively
+applied to the entire buffer or specific sub-trees of the Org
+document.
+
+@item @samp{<body>}
+Source code in the dialect of the specified language identifier.
+@end table
+
+@node Using Header Arguments
+@section Using Header Arguments
+
+Org comes with many header arguments common to all languages.  New
+header arguments are added for specific languages as they become
+available for use in source code blocks.  A header argument is
+specified with an initial colon followed by the argument's name in
+lowercase.
+
+Since header arguments can be set in several ways, Org prioritizes
+them in case of overlaps or conflicts by giving local settings
+a higher priority.  Header values in function calls, for example,
+override header values from global defaults.
+
+@anchor{System-wide header arguments}
+@subheading System-wide header arguments
+
+@vindex org-babel-default-header-args
+
+@vindex org-babel-default-header-args
+System-wide values of header arguments can be specified by customizing
+the @code{org-babel-default-header-args} variable, which defaults to the
+following values:
+
+@example
+:session    => "none"
+:results    => "replace"
+:exports    => "code"
+:cache      => "no"
+:noweb      => "no"
+@end example
+
+The example below sets @samp{:noweb} header arguments to @samp{yes}, which makes
+Org expand @samp{:noweb} references by default.
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-babel-default-header-args
+      (cons '(:noweb . "yes")
+            (assq-delete-all :noweb org-babel-default-header-args)))
+@end lisp
+
+@cindex language specific default header arguments
+@cindex default header arguments per language
+Each language can have separate default header arguments by
+customizing the variable @code{org-babel-default-header-args:<LANG>}, where
+@var{<LANG>} is the name of the language.  For details, see the
+language-specific online documentation at
+@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/babel/}.
+
+@anchor{Header arguments in Org mode properties}
+@subheading Header arguments in Org mode properties
+
+For header arguments applicable to the buffer, use @samp{PROPERTY} keyword
+anywhere in the Org file (see @ref{Property Syntax}).
+
+The following example makes all the R code blocks execute in the same
+session.  Setting @samp{:results} to @samp{silent} ignores the results of
+executions for all blocks, not just R code blocks; no results inserted
+for any block.
+
+@example
+#+PROPERTY: header-args:R  :session *R*
+#+PROPERTY: header-args    :results silent
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-use-property-inheritance
+Header arguments set through Org's property drawers (see @ref{Property Syntax}) apply at the sub-tree level on down.  Since these property
+drawers can appear anywhere in the file hierarchy, Org uses outermost
+call or source block to resolve the values.  Org ignores
+@code{org-use-property-inheritance} setting.
+
+In this example, @samp{:cache} defaults to @samp{yes} for all code blocks in the
+sub-tree.
+
+@example
+* sample header
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :header-args:    :cache yes
+  :END:
+@end example
+
+@kindex C-c C-x p
+@findex org-set-property
+Properties defined through @code{org-set-property} function, bound to
+@kbd{C-c C-x p}, apply to all active languages.  They override
+properties set in @code{org-babel-default-header-args}.
+
+@cindex language specific header arguments properties
+@cindex header arguments per language
+Language-specific header arguments are also read from properties
+@samp{header-args:<LANG>} where @var{<LANG>} is the language
+identifier.  For example,
+
+@example
+* Heading
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :header-args:clojure:    :session *clojure-1*
+  :header-args:R:          :session *R*
+  :END:
+** Subheading
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :header-args:clojure:    :session *clojure-2*
+  :END:
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+would force separate sessions for Clojure blocks in @samp{Heading} and
+@samp{Subheading}, but use the same session for all R blocks.  Blocks in
+@samp{Subheading} inherit settings from @samp{Heading}.
+
+@anchor{Code block specific header arguments}
+@subheading Code block specific header arguments
+
+Header arguments are most commonly set at the source code block level,
+on the @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} line.  Arguments set at this level take
+precedence over those set in the @code{org-babel-default-header-args}
+variable, and also those set as header properties.
+
+In the following example, setting @samp{:results} to @samp{silent} makes it
+ignore results of the code execution.  Setting @samp{:exports} to @samp{code}
+exports only the body of the code block to HTML or @LaTeX{}.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: factorial
+#+BEGIN_SRC haskell :results silent :exports code :var n=0
+  fac 0 = 1
+  fac n = n * fac (n-1)
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+The same header arguments in an inline code block:
+
+@example
+src_haskell[:exports both]@{fac 5@}
+@end example
+
+
+@cindex @samp{HEADER}, keyword
+Code block header arguments can span multiple lines using @samp{#+HEADER:}
+on each line.  Note that Org currently accepts the plural spelling of
+@samp{#+HEADER:} only as a convenience for backward-compatibility.  It may
+be removed at some point.
+
+Multi-line header arguments on an unnamed code block:
+
+@example
+#+HEADER: :var data1=1
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var data2=2
+   (message "data1:%S, data2:%S" data1 data2)
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS:
+: data1:1, data2:2
+@end example
+
+Multi-line header arguments on a named code block:
+
+@example
+#+NAME: named-block
+#+HEADER: :var data=2
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
+  (message "data:%S" data)
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS: named-block
+  : data:2
+@end example
+
+@anchor{Header arguments in function calls}
+@subheading Header arguments in function calls
+
+Header arguments in function calls are the most specific and override
+all other settings in case of an overlap.  They get the highest
+priority.  Two @samp{#+CALL:} examples are shown below.  For the complete
+syntax of @samp{CALL} keyword, see @ref{Evaluating Code Blocks}.
+
+In this example, @samp{:exports results} header argument is applied to the
+evaluation of the @samp{#+CALL:} line.
+
+@example
+#+CALL: factorial(n=5) :exports results
+@end example
+
+
+In this example, @samp{:session special} header argument is applied to the
+evaluation of @samp{factorial} code block.
+
+@example
+#+CALL: factorial[:session special](n=5)
+@end example
+
+@node Environment of a Code Block
+@section Environment of a Code Block
+
+
+
+@anchor{Passing arguments}
+@subheading Passing arguments
+
+@cindex passing arguments to code blocks
+@cindex arguments, in code blocks
+@cindex @samp{var}, header argument
+Use @samp{var} for passing arguments to source code blocks.  The specifics
+of variables in code blocks vary by the source language and are
+covered in the language-specific documentation.  The syntax for @samp{var},
+however, is the same for all languages.  This includes declaring
+a variable, and assigning a default value.
+
+The following syntax is used to pass arguments to code blocks using
+the @samp{var} header argument.
+
+@example
+:var NAME=ASSIGN
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+@var{NAME} is the name of the variable bound in the code block
+body.  @var{ASSIGN} is a literal value, such as a string,
+a number, a reference to a table, a list, a literal example, another
+code block---with or without arguments---or the results of evaluating
+a code block.  @var{ASSIGN} may specify a filename for references
+to elements in a different file, using a @samp{:} to separate the filename
+from the reference.
+
+@example
+:var NAME=FILE:REFERENCE
+@end example
+
+
+Here are examples of passing values by reference:
+
+@table @asis
+@item table
+A table named with a @samp{NAME} keyword.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: example-table
+| 1 |
+| 2 |
+| 3 |
+| 4 |
+
+#+NAME: table-length
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var table=example-table
+  (length table)
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS: table-length
+: 4
+@end example
+
+When passing a table, you can treat specially the row, or the
+column, containing labels for the columns, or the rows, in the
+table.
+
+@cindex @samp{colnames}, header argument
+The @samp{colnames} header argument accepts @samp{yes}, @samp{no}, or @samp{nil} values.
+The default value is @samp{nil}: if an input table has column
+names---because the second row is a horizontal rule---then Org
+removes the column names, processes the table, puts back the column
+names, and then writes the table to the results block.  Using @samp{yes},
+Org does the same to the first row, even if the initial table does
+not contain any horizontal rule.  When set to @samp{no}, Org does not
+pre-process column names at all.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: less-cols
+| a |
+|---|
+| b |
+| c |
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=less-cols :colnames nil
+  return [[val + '*' for val in row] for row in tab]
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS:
+| a  |
+|----|
+| b* |
+| c* |
+@end example
+
+@cindex @samp{rownames}, header argument
+Similarly, the @samp{rownames} header argument can take two values: @samp{yes}
+or @samp{no}.  When set to @samp{yes}, Org removes the first column, processes
+the table, puts back the first column, and then writes the table to
+the results block.  The default is @samp{no}, which means Org does not
+pre-process the first column.  Note that Emacs Lisp code blocks
+ignore @samp{rownames} header argument because of the ease of
+table-handling in Emacs.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: with-rownames
+| one | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |  5 |
+| two | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 |
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=with-rownames :rownames yes
+  return [[val + 10 for val in row] for row in tab]
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS:
+| one | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 |
+| two | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 |
+@end example
+@end table
+
+To refer to a table in another file, join the filename and table name with
+a colon, for example: @samp{:var table=other-file.org:example-table}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item list
+A simple named list.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: example-list
+- simple
+  - not
+  - nested
+- list
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var x=example-list
+  (print x)
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS:
+| simple | list |
+@end example
+
+Note that only the top level list items are passed along.  Nested
+list items are ignored.
+
+@item code block without arguments
+A code block name, as assigned by @samp{NAME} keyword from the example
+above, optionally followed by parentheses.
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var length=table-length()
+  (* 2 length)
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS:
+: 8
+@end example
+
+@item code block with arguments
+A code block name, as assigned by @samp{NAME} keyword, followed by
+parentheses and optional arguments passed within the parentheses.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: double
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var input=8
+  (* 2 input)
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS: double
+: 16
+
+#+NAME: squared
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var input=double(input=1)
+  (* input input)
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS: squared
+: 4
+@end example
+
+@item literal example
+A literal example block named with a @samp{NAME} keyword.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: literal-example
+#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE
+  A literal example
+  on two lines
+#+END_EXAMPLE
+
+#+NAME: read-literal-example
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var x=literal-example
+  (concatenate #'string x " for you.")
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS: read-literal-example
+: A literal example
+: on two lines for you.
+@end example
+@end table
+
+Indexing variable values enables referencing portions of a variable.
+Indexes are 0 based with negative values counting backwards from the
+end.  If an index is separated by commas then each subsequent section
+indexes as the next dimension.  Note that this indexing occurs
+@emph{before} other table-related header arguments are applied, such as
+@samp{hlines}, @samp{colnames} and @samp{rownames}.  The following example assigns
+the last cell of the first row the table @samp{example-table} to the
+variable @samp{data}:
+
+@example
+#+NAME: example-table
+| 1 | a |
+| 2 | b |
+| 3 | c |
+| 4 | d |
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var data=example-table[0,-1]
+  data
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS:
+: a
+@end example
+
+Two integers separated by a colon reference a range of variable
+values.  In that case the entire inclusive range is referenced.  For
+example the following assigns the middle three rows of @samp{example-table}
+to @samp{data}.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: example-table
+| 1 | a |
+| 2 | b |
+| 3 | c |
+| 4 | d |
+| 5 | 3 |
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var data=example-table[1:3]
+  data
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS:
+| 2 | b |
+| 3 | c |
+| 4 | d |
+@end example
+
+To pick the entire range, use an empty index, or the single character
+@samp{*}.  @samp{0:-1} does the same thing.  Example below shows how to
+reference the first column only.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: example-table
+| 1 | a |
+| 2 | b |
+| 3 | c |
+| 4 | d |
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var data=example-table[,0]
+  data
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS:
+| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
+@end example
+
+Index referencing can be used for tables and code blocks.  Index
+referencing can handle any number of dimensions.  Commas delimit
+multiple dimensions, as shown below.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: 3D
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
+  '(((1  2  3)  (4  5  6)  (7  8  9))
+    ((10 11 12) (13 14 15) (16 17 18))
+    ((19 20 21) (22 23 24) (25 26 27)))
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var data=3D[1,,1]
+  data
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS:
+| 11 | 14 | 17 |
+@end example
+
+Note that row names and column names are not removed prior to variable
+indexing.  You need to take them into account, even when @samp{colnames} or
+@samp{rownames} header arguments remove them.
+
+Emacs lisp code can also set the values for variables.  To
+differentiate a value from Lisp code, Org interprets any value
+starting with @samp{(}, @samp{[}, @samp{'} or @samp{`} as Emacs Lisp code.  The result of
+evaluating that code is then assigned to the value of that variable.
+The following example shows how to reliably query and pass the file
+name of the Org mode buffer to a code block using headers.  We need
+reliability here because the file's name could change once the code in
+the block starts executing.
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC sh :var filename=(buffer-file-name) :exports both
+  wc -w $filename
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+Note that values read from tables and lists are not mistakenly
+evaluated as Emacs Lisp code, as illustrated in the following example.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: table
+| (a b c) |
+
+#+HEADER: :var data=table[0,0]
+#+BEGIN_SRC perl
+  $data
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS:
+: (a b c)
+@end example
+
+@anchor{Using sessions}
+@subheading Using sessions
+
+@cindex using sessions in code blocks
+@cindex @samp{session}, header argument
+Two code blocks can share the same environment.  The @samp{session} header
+argument is for running multiple source code blocks under one session.
+Org runs code blocks with the same session name in the same
+interpreter process.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{none}
+Default.  Each code block gets a new interpreter process to execute.
+The process terminates once the block is evaluated.
+
+@item @var{STRING}
+Any string besides @samp{none} turns that string into the name of that
+session.  For example, @samp{:session STRING} names it @samp{STRING}.  If
+@samp{session} has no value, then the session name is derived from the
+source language identifier.  Subsequent blocks with the same source
+code language use the same session.  Depending on the language,
+state variables, code from other blocks, and the overall interpreted
+environment may be shared.  Some interpreted languages support
+concurrent sessions when subsequent source code language blocks
+change session names.
+@end table
+
+Only languages that provide interactive evaluation can have session
+support.  Not all languages provide this support, such as C and ditaa.
+Even languages, such as Python and Haskell, that do support
+interactive evaluation impose limitations on allowable language
+constructs that can run interactively.  Org inherits those limitations
+for those code blocks running in a session.
+
+@anchor{Choosing a working directory}
+@subheading Choosing a working directory
+
+@cindex working directory, in a code block
+@cindex @samp{dir}, header argument
+@cindex @samp{mkdirp}, header argument
+The @samp{dir} header argument specifies the default directory during code
+block execution.  If it is absent, then the directory associated with
+the current buffer is used.  In other words, supplying @samp{:dir
+DIRECTORY} temporarily has the same effect as changing the current
+directory with @kbd{M-x cd @key{RET} DIRECTORY}, and then not setting
+@samp{dir}.  Under the surface, @samp{dir} simply sets the value of the Emacs
+variable @code{default-directory}.  Setting @samp{mkdirp} header argument to
+a non-@code{nil} value creates the directory, if necessary.
+
+For example, to save the plot file in the @samp{Work/} folder of the home
+directory---notice tilde is expanded:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC R :file myplot.png :dir ~/Work
+  matplot(matrix(rnorm(100), 10), type="l")
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+To evaluate the code block on a remote machine, supply a remote
+directory name using Tramp syntax.  For example:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC R :file plot.png :dir /scp:dand@@yakuba.princeton.edu:
+  plot(1:10, main=system("hostname", intern=TRUE))
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+Org first captures the text results as usual for insertion in the Org
+file.  Then Org also inserts a link to the remote file, thanks to
+Emacs Tramp.  Org constructs the remote path to the file name from
+@samp{dir} and @code{default-directory}, as illustrated here:
+
+@example
+[[file:/scp:dand@@yakuba.princeton.edu:/home/dand/plot.png][plot.png]]
+@end example
+
+
+When @samp{dir} is used with @samp{session}, Org sets the starting directory for
+a new session.  But Org does not alter the directory of an already
+existing session.
+
+Do not use @samp{dir} with @samp{:exports results} or with @samp{:exports both} to
+avoid Org inserting incorrect links to remote files.  That is because
+Org does not expand @code{default directory} to avoid some underlying
+portability issues.
+
+@anchor{Inserting headers and footers}
+@subheading Inserting headers and footers
+
+@cindex headers, in code blocks
+@cindex footers, in code blocks
+@cindex @samp{prologue}, header argument
+The @samp{prologue} header argument is for appending to the top of the code
+block for execution, like a reset instruction.  For example, you may
+use @samp{:prologue "reset"} in a Gnuplot code block or, for every such
+block:
+
+@lisp
+(add-to-list 'org-babel-default-header-args:gnuplot
+             '((:prologue . "reset")))
+
+@end lisp
+
+@cindex @samp{epilogue}, header argument
+Likewise, the value of the @samp{epilogue} header argument is for appending
+to the end of the code block for execution.
+
+@node Evaluating Code Blocks
+@section Evaluating Code Blocks
+
+@cindex code block, evaluating
+@cindex source code, evaluating
+@cindex @samp{RESULTS}, keyword
+
+A note about security: With code evaluation comes the risk of harm.
+Org safeguards by prompting for user's permission before executing any
+code in the source block.  To customize this safeguard, or disable it,
+see @ref{Code Evaluation Security}.
+
+@anchor{How to evaluate source code}
+@subheading How to evaluate source code
+
+Org captures the results of the code block evaluation and inserts them
+in the Org file, right after the code block.  The insertion point is
+after a newline and the @samp{RESULTS} keyword.  Org creates the @samp{RESULTS}
+keyword if one is not already there.
+
+By default, Org enables only Emacs Lisp code blocks for execution.
+See @ref{Languages} to enable other languages.
+
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@kindex C-c C-v e
+@findex org-babel-execute-src-block
+Org provides many ways to execute code blocks.  @kbd{C-c C-c} or
+@kbd{C-c C-v e} with the point on a code block@footnote{The option @code{org-babel-no-eval-on-ctrl-c-ctrl-c} can be used
+to remove code evaluation from the @kbd{C-c C-c} key binding.} calls the
+@code{org-babel-execute-src-block} function, which executes the code in the
+block, collects the results, and inserts them in the buffer.
+
+@cindex @samp{CALL}, keyword
+@vindex org-babel-inline-result-wrap
+By calling a named code block@footnote{Actually, the constructs @samp{call_<name>()} and @samp{src_<lang>@{@}}
+are not evaluated when they appear in a keyword (see @ref{In-buffer Settings}).} from an Org mode buffer or
+a table.  Org can call the named code blocks from the current Org mode
+buffer or from the ``Library of Babel'' (see @ref{Library of Babel}).
+
+The syntax for @samp{CALL} keyword is:
+
+@example
+#+CALL: <name>(<arguments>)
+#+CALL: <name>[<inside header arguments>](<arguments>) <end header arguments>
+@end example
+
+The syntax for inline named code blocks is:
+
+@example
+... call_<name>(<arguments>) ...
+... call_<name>[<inside header arguments>](<arguments>)[<end header arguments>] ...
+@end example
+
+When inline syntax is used, the result is wrapped based on the
+variable @code{org-babel-inline-result-wrap}, which by default is set to
+@code{"=%s="} to produce verbatim text suitable for markup.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{<name>}
+This is the name of the code block (see @ref{Structure of Code Blocks})
+to be evaluated in the current document.  If the block is located in
+another file, start @samp{<name>} with the file name followed by
+a colon.  For example, in order to execute a block named @samp{clear-data}
+in @samp{file.org}, you can write the following:
+
+@example
+#+CALL: file.org:clear-data()
+@end example
+
+@item @samp{<arguments>}
+Org passes arguments to the code block using standard function call
+syntax.  For example, a @samp{#+CALL:} line that passes @samp{4} to a code
+block named @samp{double}, which declares the header argument @samp{:var n=2},
+would be written as:
+
+@example
+#+CALL: double(n=4)
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+Note how this function call syntax is different from the header
+argument syntax.
+
+@item @samp{<inside header arguments>}
+Org passes inside header arguments to the named code block using the
+header argument syntax.  Inside header arguments apply to code block
+evaluation.  For example, @samp{[:results output]} collects results
+printed to stdout during code execution of that block.  Note how
+this header argument syntax is different from the function call
+syntax.
+
+@item @samp{<end header arguments>}
+End header arguments affect the results returned by the code block.
+For example, @samp{:results html} wraps the results in a @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT
+  html} block before inserting the results in the Org buffer.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Limit code block evaluation}
+@subheading Limit code block evaluation
+
+@cindex @samp{eval}, header argument
+@cindex control code block evaluation
+The @samp{eval} header argument can limit evaluation of specific code
+blocks and @samp{CALL} keyword.  It is useful for protection against
+evaluating untrusted code blocks by prompting for a confirmation.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{never} or @samp{no}
+Org never evaluates the source code.
+
+@item @samp{query}
+Org prompts the user for permission to evaluate the source code.
+
+@item @samp{never-export} or @samp{no-export}
+Org does not evaluate the source code when exporting, yet the user
+can evaluate it interactively.
+
+@item @samp{query-export}
+Org prompts the user for permission to evaluate the source code
+during export.
+@end table
+
+If @samp{eval} header argument is not set, then Org determines whether to
+evaluate the source code from the @code{org-confirm-babel-evaluate}
+variable (see @ref{Code Evaluation Security}).
+
+@anchor{Cache results of evaluation}
+@subheading Cache results of evaluation
+
+@cindex @samp{cache}, header argument
+@cindex cache results of code evaluation
+The @samp{cache} header argument is for caching results of evaluating code
+blocks.  Caching results can avoid re-evaluating a code block that
+have not changed since the previous run.  To benefit from the cache
+and avoid redundant evaluations, the source block must have a result
+already present in the buffer, and neither the header
+arguments---including the value of @samp{var} references---nor the text of
+the block itself has changed since the result was last computed.  This
+feature greatly helps avoid long-running calculations.  For some edge
+cases, however, the cached results may not be reliable.
+
+The caching feature is best for when code blocks are pure functions,
+that is functions that return the same value for the same input
+arguments (see @ref{Environment of a Code Block}), and that do not have
+side effects, and do not rely on external variables other than the
+input arguments.  Functions that depend on a timer, file system
+objects, and random number generators are clearly unsuitable for
+caching.
+
+A note of warning: when @samp{cache} is used in a session, caching may
+cause unexpected results.
+
+When the caching mechanism tests for any source code changes, it does
+not expand noweb style references (see @ref{Noweb Reference Syntax}).
+
+The @samp{cache} header argument can have one of two values: @samp{yes} or @samp{no}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{no}
+Default.  No caching of results; code block evaluated every time.
+
+@item @samp{yes}
+Whether to run the code or return the cached results is determined
+by comparing the SHA1 hash value of the combined code block and
+arguments passed to it.  This hash value is packed on the
+@samp{#+RESULTS:} line from previous evaluation.  When hash values match,
+Org does not evaluate the code block.  When hash values mismatch,
+Org evaluates the code block, inserts the results, recalculates the
+hash value, and updates @samp{#+RESULTS:} line.
+@end table
+
+In this example, both functions are cached.  But @samp{caller} runs only if
+the result from @samp{random} has changed since the last run.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: random
+#+BEGIN_SRC R :cache yes
+  runif(1)
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS[a2a72cd647ad44515fab62e144796432793d68e1]: random
+0.4659510825295
+
+#+NAME: caller
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var x=random :cache yes
+  x
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS[bec9c8724e397d5df3b696502df3ed7892fc4f5f]: caller
+0.254227238707244
+@end example
+
+@node Results of Evaluation
+@section Results of Evaluation
+
+@cindex code block, results of evaluation
+@cindex source code, results of evaluation
+
+@cindex @samp{results}, header argument
+How Org handles results of a code block execution depends on many
+header arguments working together.  The primary determinant, however,
+is the @samp{results} header argument.  It accepts four classes of options.
+Each code block can take only one option per class:
+
+@table @asis
+@item Collection
+For how the results should be collected from the code block;
+
+@item Type
+For which type of result the code block will return; affects how Org
+processes and inserts results in the Org buffer;
+
+@item Format
+For the result; affects how Org processes results;
+
+@item Handling
+For inserting results once they are properly formatted.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Collection}
+@subheading Collection
+
+Collection options specify the results.  Choose one of the options;
+they are mutually exclusive.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{value}
+Default for most Babel libraries@footnote{Actually, the constructs @samp{call_<name>()} and @samp{src_<lang>@{@}}
+are not evaluated when they appear in a keyword (see @ref{In-buffer Settings}).}.  Functional mode.  Org
+gets the value by wrapping the code in a function definition in the
+language of the source block.  That is why when using @samp{:results
+  value}, code should execute like a function and return a value.  For
+languages like Python, an explicit @code{return} statement is mandatory
+when using @samp{:results value}.  Result is the value returned by the
+last statement in the code block.
+
+When evaluating the code block in a session (see @ref{Environment of a Code Block}), Org passes the code to an interpreter running as an
+interactive Emacs inferior process.  Org gets the value from the
+source code interpreter's last statement output.  Org has to use
+language-specific methods to obtain the value.  For example, from
+the variable @code{_} in Ruby, and the value of @code{.Last.value} in R@.
+
+@item @samp{output}
+Scripting mode.  Org passes the code to an external process running
+the interpreter.  Org returns the contents of the standard output
+stream as text results.
+
+When using a session, Org passes the code to the interpreter running
+as an interactive Emacs inferior process.  Org concatenates any text
+output from the interpreter and returns the collection as a result.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Type}
+@subheading Type
+
+Type tells what result types to expect from the execution of the code
+block.  Choose one of the options; they are mutually exclusive.  The
+default behavior is to automatically determine the result type.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{table}
+@itemx @samp{vector}
+Interpret the results as an Org table.  If the result is a single
+value, create a table with one row and one column.  Usage example:
+@samp{:results value table}.
+
+@cindex @samp{hlines}, header argument
+In-between each table row or below the table headings, sometimes
+results have horizontal lines, which are also known as ``hlines''.
+The @samp{hlines} argument with the default @samp{no} value strips such lines
+from the input table.  For most code, this is desirable, or else
+those @samp{hline} symbols raise unbound variable errors.  A @samp{yes}
+accepts such lines, as demonstrated in the following example.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: many-cols
+| a | b | c |
+|---+---+---|
+| d | e | f |
+|---+---+---|
+| g | h | i |
+
+#+NAME: no-hline
+#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=many-cols :hlines no
+  return tab
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS: no-hline
+| a | b | c |
+| d | e | f |
+| g | h | i |
+
+#+NAME: hlines
+#+BEGIN_SRC python :var tab=many-cols :hlines yes
+  return tab
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS: hlines
+| a | b | c |
+|---+---+---|
+| d | e | f |
+|---+---+---|
+| g | h | i |
+@end example
+
+@item @samp{list}
+Interpret the results as an Org list.  If the result is a single
+value, create a list of one element.
+
+@item @samp{scalar}
+@itemx @samp{verbatim}
+Interpret literally and insert as quoted text.  Do not create
+a table.  Usage example: @samp{:results value verbatim}.
+
+@item @samp{file}
+Interpret as a filename.  Save the results of execution of the code
+block to that file, then insert a link to it.  You can control both
+the filename and the description associated to the link.
+
+@cindex @samp{file}, header argument
+@cindex @samp{output-dir}, header argument
+Org first tries to generate the filename from the value of the
+@samp{file} header argument and the directory specified using the
+@samp{output-dir} header arguments.  If @samp{output-dir} is not specified,
+Org assumes it is the current directory.
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC asymptote :results value file :file circle.pdf :output-dir img/
+  size(2cm);
+  draw(unitcircle);
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+@cindex @samp{file-ext}, header argument
+If @samp{file} header argument is missing, Org generates the base name of
+the output file from the name of the code block, and its extension
+from the @samp{file-ext} header argument.  In that case, both the name
+and the extension are mandatory.
+
+@example
+#+name: circle
+#+BEGIN_SRC asymptote :results value file :file-ext pdf
+  size(2cm);
+  draw(unitcircle);
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+@cindex @samp{file-desc}, header argument
+The @samp{file-desc} header argument defines the description (see @ref{Link Format}) for the link.  If @samp{file-desc} is present but has no value,
+the @samp{file} value is used as the link description.  When this
+argument is not present, the description is omitted.  If you want to
+provide the @samp{file-desc} argument but omit the description, you can
+provide it with an empty vector (i.e., :file-desc []).
+
+@cindex @samp{sep}, header argument
+By default, Org assumes that a table written to a file has
+TAB-delimited output.  You can choose a different separator with
+the @samp{sep} header argument.
+
+@cindex @samp{file-mode}, header argument
+The @samp{file-mode} header argument defines the file permissions.  To
+make it executable, use @samp{:file-mode (identity #o755)}.
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC shell :results file :file script.sh :file-mode (identity #o755)
+  echo "#!/bin/bash"
+  echo "echo Hello World"
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Format}
+@subheading Format
+
+Format pertains to the type of the result returned by the code block.
+Choose one of the options; they are mutually exclusive.  The default
+follows from the type specified above.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{code}
+Result enclosed in a code block.  Useful for parsing.  Usage
+example: @samp{:results value code}.
+
+@item @samp{drawer}
+Result wrapped in a @samp{RESULTS} drawer.  Useful for containing @samp{raw}
+or @samp{org} results for later scripting and automated processing.
+Usage example: @samp{:results value drawer}.
+
+@item @samp{html}
+Results enclosed in a @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT html} block.  Usage example:
+@samp{:results value html}.
+
+@item @samp{latex}
+Results enclosed in a @samp{BEGIN_EXPORT latex} block.  Usage example:
+@samp{:results value latex}.
+
+@item @samp{link}
+@itemx @samp{graphics}
+When used along with @samp{file} type, the result is a link to the file
+specified in @samp{:file} header argument.  However, unlike plain @samp{file}
+type, nothing is written to the disk.  The block is used for its
+side-effects only, as in the following example:
+
+@example
+#+begin_src shell :results file link :file "download.tar.gz"
+wget -c "https://example.com/download.tar.gz"
+#+end_src
+@end example
+
+@item @samp{org}
+Results enclosed in a @samp{BEGIN_SRC org} block.  For comma-escape,
+either @kbd{@key{TAB}} in the block, or export the file.  Usage
+example: @samp{:results value org}.
+
+@item @samp{pp}
+Result converted to pretty-print source code.  Enclosed in a code
+block.  Languages supported: Emacs Lisp, Python, and Ruby.  Usage
+example: @samp{:results value pp}.
+
+@item @samp{raw}
+Interpreted as raw Org mode.  Inserted directly into the buffer.
+Aligned if it is a table.  Usage example: @samp{:results value raw}.
+@end table
+
+@cindex @samp{wrap}, header argument
+The @samp{wrap} header argument unconditionally marks the results block by
+appending strings to @samp{#+BEGIN_} and @samp{#+END_}.  If no string is
+specified, Org wraps the results in a @samp{#+BEGIN_results}
+@dots{} @samp{#+END_results} block.  It takes precedent over the @samp{results}
+value listed above.  E.g.,
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :results html :wrap EXPORT markdown
+"<blink>Welcome back to the 90's</blink>"
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS:
+#+BEGIN_EXPORT markdown
+<blink>Welcome back to the 90's</blink>
+#+END_EXPORT
+@end example
+
+@anchor{Handling}
+@subheading Handling
+
+Handling options after collecting the results.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{replace}
+Default.  Insert results in the Org buffer.  Remove previous
+results.  Usage example: @samp{:results output replace}.
+
+@item @samp{silent}
+Do not insert results in the Org mode buffer, but echo them in the
+minibuffer.  Usage example: @samp{:results output silent}.
+
+@item @samp{none}
+Do not process results at all.  No inserting in the Org mode buffer
+nor echo them in the minibuffer.  Usage example: @samp{:results none}.
+
+@item @samp{append}
+Append results to the Org buffer.  Latest results are at the bottom.
+Does not remove previous results.  Usage example: @samp{:results output
+  append}.
+
+@item @samp{prepend}
+Prepend results to the Org buffer.  Latest results are at the top.
+Does not remove previous results.  Usage example: @samp{:results output
+  prepend}.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Post-processing}
+@subheading Post-processing
+
+@cindex @samp{post}, header argument
+@cindex @samp{*this*}, in @samp{post} header argument
+The @samp{post} header argument is for post-processing results from block
+evaluation.  When @samp{post} has any value, Org binds the results to
+@code{*this*} variable for easy passing to @samp{var} header argument
+specifications (see @ref{Environment of a Code Block}).  That makes results
+available to other code blocks, or even for direct Emacs Lisp code
+execution.
+
+The following two examples illustrate @samp{post} header argument in
+action.  The first one shows how to attach an @samp{ATTR_LATEX} keyword
+using @samp{post}.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: attr_wrap
+#+BEGIN_SRC sh :var data="" :var width="\\textwidth" :results output
+  echo "#+ATTR_LATEX: :width $width"
+  echo "$data"
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+HEADER: :file /tmp/it.png
+#+BEGIN_SRC dot :post attr_wrap(width="5cm", data=*this*) :results drawer
+  digraph@{
+          a -> b;
+          b -> c;
+          c -> a;
+  @}
+#+end_src
+
+#+RESULTS:
+:RESULTS:
+#+ATTR_LATEX :width 5cm
+[[file:/tmp/it.png]]
+:END:
+@end example
+
+The second example shows use of @samp{colnames} header argument in @samp{post}
+to pass data between code blocks.
+
+@example
+#+NAME: round-tbl
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :var tbl="" fmt="%.3f"
+  (mapcar (lambda (row)
+            (mapcar (lambda (cell)
+                      (if (numberp cell)
+                          (format fmt cell)
+                        cell))
+                    row))
+          tbl)
+#+end_src
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC R :colnames yes :post round-tbl[:colnames yes](*this*)
+  set.seed(42)
+  data.frame(foo=rnorm(1))
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+RESULTS:
+|   foo |
+|-------|
+| 1.371 |
+@end example
+
+@node Exporting Code Blocks
+@section Exporting Code Blocks
+
+@cindex code block, exporting
+@cindex source code, exporting
+
+It is possible to export the @emph{code} of code blocks, the @emph{results} of
+code block evaluation, @emph{both} the code and the results of code block
+evaluation, or @emph{none}.  Org defaults to exporting @emph{code} for most
+languages.  For some languages, such as ditaa, Org defaults to
+@emph{results}.  To export just the body of code blocks, see @ref{Literal Examples}.  To selectively export sub-trees of an Org document, see
+@ref{Exporting}.
+
+@cindex @samp{exports}, header argument
+The @samp{exports} header argument is to specify if that part of the Org
+file is exported to, say, HTML or @LaTeX{} formats.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{code}
+The default.  The body of code is included into the exported file.
+Example: @samp{:exports code}.
+
+@item @samp{results}
+The results of evaluation of the code is included in the exported
+file.  Example: @samp{:exports results}.
+
+@item @samp{both}
+Both the code and results of evaluation are included in the exported
+file.  Example: @samp{:exports both}.
+
+@item @samp{none}
+Neither the code nor the results of evaluation is included in the
+exported file.  Whether the code is evaluated at all depends on
+other options.  Example: @samp{:exports none}.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-export-use-babel
+To stop Org from evaluating code blocks to speed exports, use the
+header argument @samp{:eval never-export} (see @ref{Evaluating Code Blocks}).
+To stop Org from evaluating code blocks for greater security, set the
+@code{org-export-use-babel} variable to @code{nil}, but understand that header
+arguments will have no effect.
+
+Turning off evaluation comes in handy when batch processing.  For
+example, markup languages for wikis, which have a high risk of
+untrusted code.  Stopping code block evaluation also stops evaluation
+of all header arguments of the code block.  This may not be desirable
+in some circumstances.  So during export, to allow evaluation of just
+the header arguments but not any code evaluation in the source block,
+set @samp{:eval never-export} (see @ref{Evaluating Code Blocks}).
+
+Org never evaluates code blocks in commented sub-trees when exporting
+(see @ref{Comment Lines}).  On the other hand, Org does evaluate code
+blocks in sub-trees excluded from export (see @ref{Export Settings}).
+
+@node Extracting Source Code
+@section Extracting Source Code
+
+@cindex tangling
+@cindex source code, extracting
+@cindex code block, extracting source code
+
+Extracting source code from code blocks is a basic task in literate
+programming.  Org has features to make this easy.  In literate
+programming parlance, documents on creation are @emph{woven} with code and
+documentation, and on export, the code is tangled for execution by
+a computer.  Org facilitates weaving and tangling for producing,
+maintaining, sharing, and exporting literate programming documents.
+Org provides extensive customization options for extracting source
+code.
+
+When Org tangles code blocks, it expands, merges, and transforms them.
+Then Org recomposes them into one or more separate files, as
+configured through the options.  During this tangling process, Org
+expands variables in the source code, and resolves any noweb style
+references (see @ref{Noweb Reference Syntax}).
+
+@anchor{Header arguments}
+@subheading Header arguments
+
+@cindex @samp{tangle}, header argument
+The @samp{tangle} header argument specifies if the code block is exported
+to source file(s).
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{yes}
+Export the code block to source file.  The file name for the source
+file is derived from the name of the Org file, and the file
+extension is derived from the source code language identifier.
+Example: @samp{:tangle yes}.
+
+@item @samp{no}
+The default.  Do not extract the code in a source code file.
+Example: @samp{:tangle no}.
+
+@item @var{FILENAME}
+Export the code block to source file whose file name is derived from
+any string passed to the @samp{tangle} header argument.  Org derives the
+file name as being relative to the directory of the Org file's
+location.  Example: @samp{:tangle FILENAME}.
+@end table
+
+@cindex @samp{mkdirp}, header argument
+The @samp{mkdirp} header argument creates parent directories for tangled
+files if the directory does not exist.  A @samp{yes} value enables
+directory creation whereas @samp{no} inhibits it.
+
+@cindex @samp{comments}, header argument
+The @samp{comments} header argument controls inserting comments into
+tangled files.  These are above and beyond whatever comments may
+already exist in the code block.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{no}
+The default.  Do not insert any extra comments during tangling.
+
+@item @samp{link}
+Wrap the code block in comments.  Include links pointing back to the
+place in the Org file from where the code was tangled.
+
+@item @samp{yes}
+Kept for backward compatibility; same as @samp{link}.
+
+@item @samp{org}
+Nearest headline text from Org file is inserted as comment.  The
+exact text that is inserted is picked from the leading context of
+the source block.
+
+@item @samp{both}
+Includes both @samp{link} and @samp{org} options.
+
+@item @samp{noweb}
+Includes @samp{link} option, expands noweb references (see @ref{Noweb Reference Syntax}), and wraps them in link comments inside the body
+of the code block.
+@end table
+
+@cindex @samp{padline}, header argument
+The @samp{padline} header argument controls insertion of newlines to pad
+source code in the tangled file.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{yes}
+Default.  Insert a newline before and after each code block in the
+tangled file.
+
+@item @samp{no}
+Do not insert newlines to pad the tangled code blocks.
+@end table
+
+@cindex @samp{shebang}, header argument
+The @samp{shebang} header argument can turn results into executable script
+files.  By setting it to a string value---for example, @samp{:shebang
+"#!/bin/bash"}---Org inserts that string as the first line of the
+tangled file that the code block is extracted to.  Org then turns on
+the tangled file's executable permission.
+
+@cindex @samp{tangle-mode}, header argument
+The @samp{tangle-mode} header argument specifies what permissions to set
+for tangled files by @code{set-file-modes}.  For example, to make
+a read-only tangled file, use @samp{:tangle-mode (identity #o444)}.  To
+make it executable, use @samp{:tangle-mode (identity #o755)}.  It also
+overrides executable permission granted by @samp{shebang}.  When multiple
+source code blocks tangle to a single file with different and
+conflicting @samp{tangle-mode} header arguments, Org's behavior is
+undefined.
+
+@cindex @samp{no-expand}, header argument
+By default Org expands code blocks during tangling.  The @samp{no-expand}
+header argument turns off such expansions.  Note that one side-effect
+of expansion by @code{org-babel-expand-src-block} also assigns values (see
+@ref{Environment of a Code Block}) to variables.  Expansions also replace
+noweb references with their targets (see @ref{Noweb Reference Syntax}).
+Some of these expansions may cause premature assignment, hence this
+option.  This option makes a difference only for tangling.  It has no
+effect when exporting since code blocks for execution have to be
+expanded anyway.
+
+@anchor{Functions}
+@subheading Functions
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-babel-tangle}
+@findex org-babel-tangle
+@kindex C-c C-v t
+Tangle the current file.  Bound to @kbd{C-c C-v t}.
+
+With prefix argument only tangle the current code block.
+
+@item @code{org-babel-tangle-file}
+@findex org-babel-tangle-file
+@kindex C-c C-v f
+Choose a file to tangle.  Bound to @kbd{C-c C-v f}.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Tangle hooks}
+@subheading Tangle hooks
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-babel-post-tangle-hook}
+@vindex org-babel-post-tangle-hook
+This hook is run from within code files tangled by
+@code{org-babel-tangle}, making it suitable for post-processing,
+compilation, and evaluation of code in the tangled files.
+@end table
+
+@anchor{Jumping between code and Org}
+@subheading Jumping between code and Org
+
+@findex org-babel-tangle-jump-to-org
+Debuggers normally link errors and messages back to the source code.
+But for tangled files, we want to link back to the Org file, not to
+the tangled source file.  To make this extra jump, Org uses
+@code{org-babel-tangle-jump-to-org} function with two additional source
+code block header arguments:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+Set @samp{padline} to true---this is the default setting.
+@item
+Set @samp{comments} to @samp{link}, which makes Org insert links to the Org
+file.
+@end enumerate
+
+@node Languages
+@section Languages
+
+@cindex babel, languages
+@cindex source code, languages
+@cindex code block, languages
+
+Code blocks in dozens of languages are supported.  See Worg for
+@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/babel/languages/index.html, language specific documentation}.
+
+@vindex org-babel-load-languages
+By default, only Emacs Lisp is enabled for evaluation.  To enable or
+disable other languages, customize the @code{org-babel-load-languages}
+variable either through the Emacs customization interface, or by
+adding code to the init file as shown next.
+
+In this example, evaluation is disabled for Emacs Lisp, and enabled
+for R@.
+
+@lisp
+(org-babel-do-load-languages
+ 'org-babel-load-languages
+ '((emacs-lisp . nil)
+   (R . t)))
+@end lisp
+
+Note that this is not the only way to enable a language.  Org also
+enables languages when loaded with @code{require} statement.  For example,
+the following enables execution of Clojure code blocks:
+
+@lisp
+(require 'ob-clojure)
+@end lisp
+
+@node Editing Source Code
+@section Editing Source Code
+
+@cindex code block, editing
+@cindex source code, editing
+
+@kindex C-c '
+Use @kbd{C-c '} to edit the current code block.  It opens a new
+major mode edit buffer containing the body of the source code block,
+ready for any edits.  Use @kbd{C-c '} again to close the buffer
+and return to the Org buffer.
+
+@kindex C-x C-s
+@vindex org-edit-src-auto-save-idle-delay
+@cindex auto-save, in code block editing
+@kbd{C-x C-s} saves the buffer and updates the contents of the
+Org buffer.  Set @code{org-edit-src-auto-save-idle-delay} to save the base
+buffer after a certain idle delay time.  Set
+@code{org-edit-src-turn-on-auto-save} to auto-save this buffer into
+a separate file using Auto-save mode.
+
+While editing the source code in the major mode, the Org Src minor
+mode remains active.  It provides these customization variables as
+described below.  For even more variables, look in the customization
+group @code{org-edit-structure}.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{org-src-lang-modes}
+@vindex org-src-lang-modes
+If an Emacs major-mode named @code{<LANG>-mode} exists, where
+@var{<LANG>} is the language identifier from code block's
+header line, then the edit buffer uses that major mode.  Use this
+variable to arbitrarily map language identifiers to major modes.
+
+@item @code{org-src-window-setup}
+@vindex org-src-window-setup
+For specifying Emacs window arrangement when the new edit buffer is
+created.
+
+@item @code{org-src-preserve-indentation}
+@cindex indentation, in code blocks
+@vindex org-src-preserve-indentation
+Default is @code{nil}.  Source code is indented.  This indentation
+applies during export or tangling, and depending on the context, may
+alter leading spaces and tabs.  When non-@code{nil}, source code is
+aligned with the leftmost column.  No lines are modified during
+export or tangling, which is very useful for white-space sensitive
+languages, such as Python.
+
+@item @code{org-src-ask-before-returning-to-edit-buffer}
+@vindex org-src-ask-before-returning-to-edit-buffer
+When @code{nil}, Org returns to the edit buffer without further prompts.
+The default prompts for a confirmation.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-src-fontify-natively
+@vindex org-src-block-faces
+Set @code{org-src-fontify-natively} to non-@code{nil} to turn on native code
+fontification in the @emph{Org} buffer.  Fontification of code blocks can
+give visual separation of text and code on the display page.  To
+further customize the appearance of @code{org-block} for specific
+languages, customize @code{org-src-block-faces}.  The following example
+shades the background of regular blocks, and colors source blocks only
+for Python and Emacs Lisp languages.
+
+@lisp
+(require 'color)
+(set-face-attribute 'org-block nil :background
+                    (color-darken-name
+                     (face-attribute 'default :background) 3))
+
+(setq org-src-block-faces '(("emacs-lisp" (:background "#EEE2FF"))
+                            ("python" (:background "#E5FFB8"))))
+@end lisp
+
+@node Noweb Reference Syntax
+@section Noweb Reference Syntax
+
+@cindex code block, noweb reference
+@cindex syntax, noweb
+@cindex source code, noweb reference
+
+@cindex @samp{noweb-ref}, header argument
+Source code blocks can include references to other source code blocks,
+using a noweb@footnote{For noweb literate programming details, see
+@uref{http://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/noweb/}.} style syntax:
+
+@example
+<<CODE-BLOCK-ID>>
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+where @var{CODE-BLOCK-ID} refers to either the @samp{NAME} of a single
+source code block, or a collection of one or more source code blocks
+sharing the same @samp{noweb-ref} header argument (see @ref{Using Header Arguments}).  Org can replace such references with the source code of
+the block or blocks being referenced, or, in the case of a single
+source code block named with @samp{NAME}, with the results of an evaluation
+of that block.
+
+@cindex @samp{noweb}, header argument
+The @samp{noweb} header argument controls expansion of noweb syntax
+references.  Expansions occur when source code blocks are evaluated,
+tangled, or exported.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{no}
+Default.  No expansion of noweb syntax references in the body of the
+code when evaluating, tangling, or exporting.
+
+@item @samp{yes}
+Expansion of noweb syntax references in the body of the code block
+when evaluating, tangling, or exporting.
+
+@item @samp{tangle}
+Expansion of noweb syntax references in the body of the code block
+when tangling.  No expansion when evaluating or exporting.
+
+@item @samp{no-export}
+Expansion of noweb syntax references in the body of the code block
+when evaluating or tangling.  No expansion when exporting.
+
+@item @samp{strip-export}
+Expansion of noweb syntax references in the body of the code block
+when expanding prior to evaluating or tangling.  Removes noweb
+syntax references when exporting.
+
+@item @samp{eval}
+Expansion of noweb syntax references in the body of the code block
+only before evaluating.
+@end table
+
+In the most simple case, the contents of a single source block is
+inserted within other blocks.  Thus, in following example,
+
+@example
+#+NAME: initialization
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp
+  (setq sentence "Never a foot too far, even.")
+#+END_SRC
+
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :noweb yes
+  <<initialization>>
+  (reverse sentence)
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+the second code block is expanded as
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC emacs-lisp :noweb yes
+  (setq sentence "Never a foot too far, even.")
+  (reverse sentence)
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+You may also include the contents of multiple blocks sharing a common
+@samp{noweb-ref} header argument, which can be set at the file, sub-tree,
+or code block level.  In the example Org file shown next, the body of
+the source code in each block is extracted for concatenation to a pure
+code file when tangled.
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC sh :tangle yes :noweb yes :shebang #!/bin/sh
+  <<fullest-disk>>
+#+END_SRC
+* the mount point of the fullest disk
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :header-args: :noweb-ref fullest-disk
+  :END:
+
+** query all mounted disks
+#+BEGIN_SRC sh
+  df \
+#+END_SRC
+
+** strip the header row
+#+BEGIN_SRC sh
+  |sed '1d' \
+#+END_SRC
+
+** output mount point of fullest disk
+#+BEGIN_SRC sh
+  |awk '@{if (u < +$5) @{u = +$5; m = $6@}@} END @{print m@}'
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+@cindex @samp{noweb-sep}, header argument
+By default a newline separates each noweb reference concatenation.  To
+use a different separator, edit the @samp{noweb-sep} header argument.
+
+Alternatively, Org can include the results of evaluation of a single
+code block rather than its body.  Evaluation occurs when parentheses,
+possibly including arguments, are appended to the code block name, as
+shown below.
+
+@example
+<<NAME(optional arguments)>>
+@end example
+
+
+Note that in this case, a code block name set by @samp{NAME} keyword is
+required; the reference set by @samp{noweb-ref} will not work when
+evaluation is desired.
+
+Here is an example that demonstrates how the exported content changes
+when noweb style references are used with parentheses versus without.
+Given:
+
+@example
+#+NAME: some-code
+#+BEGIN_SRC python :var num=0 :results output :exports none
+  print(num*10)
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+this code block:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC text :noweb yes
+  <<some-code>>
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+expands to:
+
+@example
+print(num*10)
+@end example
+
+
+Below, a similar noweb style reference is used, but with parentheses,
+while setting a variable @samp{num} to 10:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC text :noweb yes
+  <<some-code(num=10)>>
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Note that the expansion now contains the results of the code block
+@samp{some-code}, not the code block itself:
+
+@example
+100
+@end example
+
+
+Noweb insertions honor prefix characters that appear before the noweb
+syntax reference.  This behavior is illustrated in the following
+example.  Because the @samp{<<example>>} noweb reference appears behind the
+SQL comment syntax, each line of the expanded noweb reference is
+commented.  With:
+
+@example
+#+NAME: example
+#+BEGIN_SRC text
+  this is the
+  multi-line body of example
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+this code block:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC sql :noweb yes
+ ---<<example>>
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+expands to:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN_SRC sql :noweb yes
+ ---this is the
+ ---multi-line body of example
+#+END_SRC
+@end example
+
+Since this change does not affect noweb replacement text without
+newlines in them, inline noweb references are acceptable.
+
+This feature can also be used for management of indentation in
+exported code snippets.  With:
+
+@example
+#+NAME: if-true
+#+BEGIN_SRC python :exports none
+  print('do things when true')
+#+end_src
+
+#+name: if-false
+#+begin_src python :exports none
+  print('do things when false')
+#+end_src
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+this code block:
+
+@example
+#+begin_src python :noweb yes :results output
+  if true:
+      <<if-true>>
+  else:
+      <<if-false>>
+#+end_src
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+expands to:
+
+@example
+if true:
+    print('do things when true')
+else:
+    print('do things when false')
+@end example
+
+When in doubt about the outcome of a source code block expansion, you
+can preview the results with the following command:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v v} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-v} (@code{org-babel-expand-src-block})
+@findex org-babel-expand-src-block
+@kindex C-c C-v v
+@kindex C-c C-v C-v
+Expand the current source code block according to its header
+arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
+@end table
+
+@node Library of Babel
+@section Library of Babel
+
+@cindex babel, library of
+@cindex source code, library
+@cindex code block, library
+
+The ``Library of Babel'' is a collection of code blocks.  Like
+a function library, these code blocks can be called from other Org
+files.  A collection of useful code blocks is available on @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/library-of-babel.html, Worg}.  For
+remote code block evaluation syntax, see @ref{Evaluating Code Blocks}.
+
+@kindex C-c C-v i
+@findex org-babel-lob-ingest
+For any user to add code to the library, first save the code in
+regular code blocks of an Org file, and then load the Org file with
+@code{org-babel-lob-ingest}, which is bound to @kbd{C-c C-v i}.
+
+@node Key bindings and Useful Functions
+@section Key bindings and Useful Functions
+
+@cindex code block, key bindings
+
+Many common Org mode key sequences are re-bound depending on
+the context.
+
+Active key bindings in code blocks:
+
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@findex org-babel-execute-src-block
+@kindex C-c C-o
+@findex org-babel-open-src-block-result
+@kindex M-UP
+@findex org-babel-load-in-session
+@kindex M-DOWN
+@findex org-babel-pop-to-session
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.55
+@headitem Key binding
+@tab Function
+@item @kbd{C-c C-c}
+@tab @code{org-babel-execute-src-block}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-o}
+@tab @code{org-babel-open-src-block-result}
+@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}}
+@tab @code{org-babel-load-in-session}
+@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}}
+@tab @code{org-babel-pop-to-session}
+@end multitable
+
+Active key bindings in Org mode buffer:
+
+@kindex C-c C-v p
+@kindex C-c C-v C-p
+@kindex C-c C-v n
+@kindex C-c C-v C-n
+@kindex C-c C-v e
+@kindex C-c C-v C-e
+@kindex C-c C-v o
+@kindex C-c C-v C-o
+@kindex C-c C-v v
+@kindex C-c C-v C-v
+@kindex C-c C-v u
+@kindex C-c C-v C-u
+@kindex C-c C-v g
+@kindex C-c C-v C-g
+@kindex C-c C-v r
+@kindex C-c C-v C-r
+@kindex C-c C-v b
+@kindex C-c C-v C-b
+@kindex C-c C-v s
+@kindex C-c C-v C-s
+@kindex C-c C-v d
+@kindex C-c C-v C-d
+@kindex C-c C-v t
+@kindex C-c C-v C-t
+@kindex C-c C-v f
+@kindex C-c C-v C-f
+@kindex C-c C-v c
+@kindex C-c C-v C-c
+@kindex C-c C-v j
+@kindex C-c C-v C-j
+@kindex C-c C-v l
+@kindex C-c C-v C-l
+@kindex C-c C-v i
+@kindex C-c C-v C-i
+@kindex C-c C-v I
+@kindex C-c C-v C-I
+@kindex C-c C-v z
+@kindex C-c C-v C-z
+@kindex C-c C-v a
+@kindex C-c C-v C-a
+@kindex C-c C-v h
+@kindex C-c C-v C-h
+@kindex C-c C-v x
+@kindex C-c C-v C-x
+@findex org-babel-previous-src-block
+@findex org-babel-next-src-block
+@findex org-babel-execute-maybe
+@findex org-babel-open-src-block-result
+@findex org-babel-expand-src-block
+@findex org-babel-goto-src-block-head
+@findex org-babel-goto-named-src-block
+@findex org-babel-goto-named-result
+@findex org-babel-execute-buffer
+@findex org-babel-execute-subtree
+@findex org-babel-demarcate-block
+@findex org-babel-tangle
+@findex org-babel-tangle-file
+@findex org-babel-check-src-block
+@findex org-babel-insert-header-arg
+@findex org-babel-load-in-session
+@findex org-babel-lob-ingest
+@findex org-babel-view-src-block-info
+@findex org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code
+@findex org-babel-sha1-hash
+@findex org-babel-describe-bindings
+@findex org-babel-do-key-sequence-in-edit-buffer
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.45 0.55
+@headitem Key binding
+@tab Function
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v p} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-p}
+@tab @code{org-babel-previous-src-block}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v n} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-n}
+@tab @code{org-babel-next-src-block}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v e} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-e}
+@tab @code{org-babel-execute-maybe}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v o} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-o}
+@tab @code{org-babel-open-src-block-result}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v v} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-v}
+@tab @code{org-babel-expand-src-block}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v u} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-u}
+@tab @code{org-babel-goto-src-block-head}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v g} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-g}
+@tab @code{org-babel-goto-named-src-block}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v r} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-r}
+@tab @code{org-babel-goto-named-result}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v b} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-b}
+@tab @code{org-babel-execute-buffer}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v s} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-s}
+@tab @code{org-babel-execute-subtree}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v d} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-d}
+@tab @code{org-babel-demarcate-block}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v t} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-t}
+@tab @code{org-babel-tangle}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v f} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-f}
+@tab @code{org-babel-tangle-file}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v c} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-c}
+@tab @code{org-babel-check-src-block}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v j} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-j}
+@tab @code{org-babel-insert-header-arg}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v l} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-l}
+@tab @code{org-babel-load-in-session}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v i} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-i}
+@tab @code{org-babel-lob-ingest}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v I} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-I}
+@tab @code{org-babel-view-src-block-info}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v z} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-z}
+@tab @code{org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v a} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-a}
+@tab @code{org-babel-sha1-hash}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v h} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-h}
+@tab @code{org-babel-describe-bindings}
+@item @kbd{C-c C-v x} or @kbd{C-c C-v C-x}
+@tab @code{org-babel-do-key-sequence-in-edit-buffer}
+@end multitable
+
+@node Batch Execution
+@section Batch Execution
+
+@cindex code block, batch execution
+@cindex source code, batch execution
+
+Org mode features, including working with source code facilities can
+be invoked from the command line.  This enables building shell scripts
+for batch processing, running automated system tasks, and expanding
+Org mode's usefulness.
+
+The sample script shows batch processing of multiple files using
+@code{org-babel-tangle}.
+
+@example
+#!/bin/sh
+# Tangle files with Org mode
+#
+emacs -Q --batch --eval "
+    (progn
+      (require 'ob-tangle)
+      (dolist (file command-line-args-left)
+        (with-current-buffer (find-file-noselect file)
+          (org-babel-tangle))))
+  " "$@@"
+@end example
+
+@node Miscellaneous
+@chapter Miscellaneous
+
+@menu
+* Completion::                   @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} guesses completions.
+* Structure Templates::          Quick insertion of structural elements.
+* Speed Keys::                   Electric commands at the beginning of a headline.
+* Clean View::                   Getting rid of leading stars in the outline.
+* Execute commands in the active region:: Execute commands on multiple items in Org or agenda view.
+* Dynamic Headline Numbering::   Display and update outline numbering.
+* The Very Busy @kbd{C-c C-c} Key:: When in doubt, press @kbd{C-c C-c}.
+* In-buffer Settings::           Overview of keywords.
+* Regular Expressions::          Elisp regular expressions.
+* Org Syntax::                   Formal description of Org's syntax.
+* Documentation Access::         Read documentation about current syntax.
+* Escape Character::             Prevent Org from interpreting your writing.
+* Code Evaluation Security::     Org files evaluate in-line code.
+* Interaction::                  With other Emacs packages.
+* TTY Keys::                     Using Org on a tty.
+* Protocols::                    External access to Emacs and Org.
+* Org Crypt::                    Encrypting Org files.
+* Org Mobile::                   Viewing and capture on a mobile device.
+@end menu
+
+@node Completion
+@section Completion
+
+@cindex completion, of @TeX{} symbols
+@cindex completion, of TODO keywords
+@cindex completion, of dictionary words
+@cindex completion, of option keywords
+@cindex completion, of tags
+@cindex completion, of property keys
+@cindex completion, of link abbreviations
+@cindex @TeX{} symbol completion
+@cindex TODO keywords completion
+@cindex dictionary word completion
+@cindex option keyword completion
+@cindex tag completion
+@cindex link abbreviations, completion of
+
+Org has in-buffer completions.  Unlike minibuffer completions, which
+are useful for quick command interactions, Org's in-buffer completions
+are more suitable for content creation in Org documents.  Type one or
+more letters and invoke the hot key to complete the text in-place.
+Depending on the context and the keys, Org offers different types of
+completions.  No minibuffer is involved.  Such mode-specific hot keys
+have become an integral part of Emacs and Org provides several
+shortcuts.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}
+@kindex M-TAB
+
+Complete word at point.
+
+@itemize
+@item
+At the beginning of an empty headline, complete TODO keywords.
+
+@item
+After @samp{\}, complete @TeX{} symbols supported by the exporter.
+
+@item
+After @samp{:} in a headline, complete tags.  Org deduces the list of
+tags from the @samp{TAGS} in-buffer option (see @ref{Setting Tags}), the
+variable @code{org-tag-alist}, or from all tags used in the current
+buffer.
+
+@item
+After @samp{:} and not in a headline, complete property keys.  The list
+of keys is constructed dynamically from all keys used in the
+current buffer.
+
+@item
+After @samp{[[}, complete link abbreviations (see @ref{Link Abbreviations}).
+
+@item
+After @samp{[[*}, complete headlines in the current buffer so that they
+can be used in search links like: @samp{[[*find this headline]]}
+
+@item
+After @samp{#+}, complete the special keywords like @samp{TYP_TODO} or
+file-specific @samp{OPTIONS}.  After option keyword is complete,
+pressing @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} again inserts example settings for this
+keyword.
+
+@item
+After @samp{STARTUP} keyword, complete startup items.
+
+@item
+When point is anywhere else, complete dictionary words using
+Ispell.
+@end itemize
+@end table
+
+@node Structure Templates
+@section Structure Templates
+
+@cindex template insertion
+@cindex insertion, of templates
+
+With just a few keystrokes, it is possible to insert empty structural
+blocks, such as @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} @dots{} @samp{#+END_SRC}, or to wrap existing
+text in such a block.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-,} (@code{org-insert-structure-template})
+@findex org-insert-structure-template
+@kindex C-c C-,
+Prompt for a type of block structure, and insert the block at point.
+If the region is active, it is wrapped in the block.  First prompts
+the user for keys, which are used to look up a structure type from
+the variable below.  If the key is @kbd{@key{TAB}}, @kbd{@key{RET}},
+or @kbd{@key{SPC}}, the user is prompted to enter a block type.
+@end table
+
+@vindex org-structure-template-alist
+Available structure types are defined in
+@code{org-structure-template-alist}, see the docstring for adding or
+changing values.
+
+@cindex Tempo
+@cindex template expansion
+@cindex insertion, of templates
+@vindex org-tempo-keywords-alist
+Org Tempo expands snippets to structures defined in
+@code{org-structure-template-alist} and @code{org-tempo-keywords-alist}.  For
+example, @kbd{< s @key{TAB}} creates a code block.  Enable it by
+customizing @code{org-modules} or add @samp{(require 'org-tempo)} to your Emacs
+init file@footnote{For more information, please refer to the commentary section
+in @samp{org-tempo.el}.}.
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.1 0.9
+@item @kbd{a}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT ascii} @dots{} @samp{#+END_EXPORT}
+@item @kbd{c}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_CENTER} @dots{} @samp{#+END_CENTER}
+@item @kbd{C}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_COMMENT} @dots{} @samp{#+END_COMMENT}
+@item @kbd{e}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXAMPLE} @dots{} @samp{#+END_EXAMPLE}
+@item @kbd{E}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT} @dots{} @samp{#+END_EXPORT}
+@item @kbd{h}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT html} @dots{} @samp{#+END_EXPORT}
+@item @kbd{l}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_EXPORT latex} @dots{} @samp{#+END_EXPORT}
+@item @kbd{q}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_QUOTE} @dots{} @samp{#+END_QUOTE}
+@item @kbd{s}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_SRC} @dots{} @samp{#+END_SRC}
+@item @kbd{v}
+@tab @samp{#+BEGIN_VERSE} @dots{} @samp{#+END_VERSE}
+@end multitable
+
+@node Speed Keys
+@section Speed Keys
+
+@cindex speed keys
+
+Single keystrokes can execute custom commands in an Org file when
+point is on a headline.  Without the extra burden of a meta or
+modifier key, Speed Keys can speed navigation or execute custom
+commands.  Besides faster navigation, Speed Keys may come in handy on
+small mobile devices that do not have full keyboards.  Speed Keys may
+also work on TTY devices known for their problems when entering Emacs
+key chords.
+
+@vindex org-use-speed-commands
+By default, Org has Speed Keys disabled.  To activate Speed Keys, set
+the variable @code{org-use-speed-commands} to a non-@code{nil} value.  To
+trigger a Speed Key, point must be at the beginning of an Org
+headline, before any of the stars.
+
+@vindex org-speed-commands
+@findex org-speed-command-help
+Org comes with a pre-defined list of Speed Keys.  To add or modify
+Speed Keys, customize the option @code{org-speed-commands}.  For more
+details, see the variable's docstring.  With Speed Keys activated,
+@kbd{M-x org-speed-command-help}, or @kbd{?} when point is at the
+beginning of an Org headline, shows currently active Speed Keys,
+including the user-defined ones.
+
+@node Clean View
+@section A Cleaner Outline View
+
+@cindex hiding leading stars
+@cindex dynamic indentation
+@cindex odd-levels-only outlines
+@cindex clean outline view
+
+Org's outline with stars and no indents can look cluttered for short
+documents.  For @emph{book-like} long documents, the effect is not as
+noticeable.  Org provides an alternate stars and indentation scheme,
+as shown on the right in the following table.  It displays only one
+star and indents text to line up with the heading:
+
+@example
+* Top level headline             |    * Top level headline
+** Second level                  |      * Second level
+*** Third level                  |        * Third level
+some text                        |          some text
+*** Third level                  |        * Third level
+more text                        |          more text
+* Another top level headline     |    * Another top level headline
+@end example
+
+Org can achieve this in two ways, (1) by just displaying the buffer in
+this way without changing it, or (2) by actually indenting every line
+in the desired amount with hard spaces and hiding leading stars.
+
+@menu
+* Org Indent Mode::
+* Hard indentation::
+@end menu
+
+@node Org Indent Mode
+@subsection Org Indent Mode
+
+@cindex Indent mode
+@findex org-indent-mode
+To display the buffer in the indented view, activate Org Indent minor
+mode, using @kbd{M-x org-indent-mode}.  Text lines that are not
+headlines are prefixed with virtual spaces to vertically align with
+the headline text@footnote{Org Indent mode also sets @code{wrap-prefix} correctly for
+indenting and wrapping long lines of headlines or text.  This minor
+mode also handles Visual Line mode and directly applied settings
+through @code{word-wrap}.}.
+
+@vindex org-indent-indentation-per-level
+To make more horizontal space, the headlines are shifted by two
+characters.  Configure @code{org-indent-indentation-per-level} variable for
+a different number.
+
+@vindex org-indent-mode-turns-on-hiding-stars
+@vindex org-indent-mode-turns-off-org-adapt-indentation
+By default, Org Indent mode turns off @code{org-adapt-indentation} and does
+hide leading stars by locally setting @code{org-hide-leading-stars} to @code{t}:
+only one star on each headline is visible, the rest are masked with
+the same font color as the background.  If you want to customize this
+default behavior, see @code{org-indent-mode-turns-on-hiding-stars} and
+@code{org-indent-mode-turns-off-org-adapt-indentation}.
+
+@vindex org-startup-indented
+To globally turn on Org Indent mode for all files, customize the
+variable @code{org-startup-indented}.  To control it for individual files,
+use @samp{STARTUP} keyword as follows:
+
+@example
+#+STARTUP: indent
+#+STARTUP: noindent
+@end example
+
+@node Hard indentation
+@subsection Hard indentation
+
+It is possible to use hard spaces to achieve the indentation instead,
+if the bare ASCII file should have the indented look also outside
+Emacs@footnote{This works, but requires extra effort.  Org Indent mode is
+more convenient for most applications.}.  With Org's support, you have to indent all lines to
+line up with the outline headers.  You would use these
+settings@footnote{@code{org-adapt-indentation} can also be set to @samp{'headline-data},
+in which case only data lines below the headline will be indented.}:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-adapt-indentation t
+      org-hide-leading-stars t
+      org-odd-levels-only t)
+@end lisp
+
+@table @asis
+@item @emph{Indentation of text below headlines} (@code{org-adapt-indentation})
+@vindex org-adapt-indentation
+The first setting modifies paragraph filling, line wrapping, and
+structure editing commands to preserving or adapting the indentation
+as appropriate.
+
+@item @emph{Hiding leading stars} (@code{org-hide-leading-stars})
+@vindex org-hide-leading-stars
+@vindex org-hide, face
+The second setting makes leading stars invisible by applying the
+face @code{org-hide} to them.  For per-file preference, use these file
+@samp{STARTUP} options:
+
+@example
+#+STARTUP: hidestars
+#+STARTUP: showstars
+@end example
+
+@item @emph{Odd levels} (@code{org-odd-levels-only})
+@vindex org-odd-levels-only
+The third setting makes Org use only odd levels, 1, 3, 5, @dots{}, in
+the outline to create more indentation.  On a per-file level,
+control this with:
+
+@example
+#+STARTUP: odd
+#+STARTUP: oddeven
+@end example
+
+To convert a file between single and double stars layouts, use
+@kbd{M-x org-convert-to-odd-levels} and @kbd{M-x org-convert-to-oddeven-levels}.
+@end table
+
+@node Execute commands in the active region
+@section Execute commands in the active region
+
+@vindex org-loop-over-headlines-in-active-region
+When in an Org buffer and the region is active, some commands will
+apply to all the subtrees in the active region.  For example, hitting
+@kbd{C-c C-s} when multiple headlines are within the active region will
+successively prompt you for a new schedule date and time.  To disable
+this, set the option @code{org-loop-over-headlines-in-active-region} to
+non-@code{t}, activate the region and run the command normally.
+
+@vindex org-agenda-loop-over-headlines-in-active-region
+@code{org-agenda-loop-over-headlines-in-active-region} is the equivalent
+option of the agenda buffer, where you can also use @ref{Bulk remote editing selected entries, , bulk editing of
+selected entries}.
+
+Not all commands can loop in the active region and what subtrees or
+headlines are considered can be refined: see the docstrings of these
+options for more details.
+
+@node Dynamic Headline Numbering
+@section Dynamic Headline Numbering
+
+@cindex Org Num mode
+@cindex number headlines
+The Org Num minor mode, toggled with @kbd{M-x org-num-mode},
+displays outline numbering on top of headlines.  It also updates it
+automatically upon changes to the structure of the document.
+
+@vindex org-num-max-level
+@vindex org-num-skip-tags
+@vindex org-num-skip-commented
+@vindex org-num-skip-unnumbered
+By default, all headlines are numbered.  You can limit numbering to
+specific headlines according to their level, tags, @samp{COMMENT} keyword,
+or @samp{UNNUMBERED} property.  Set @code{org-num-max-level},
+@code{org-num-skip-tags}, @code{org-num-skip-commented},
+@code{org-num-skip-unnumbered}, or @code{org-num-skip-footnotes} accordingly.
+
+@vindex org-num-skip-footnotes
+If @code{org-num-skip-footnotes} is non-@code{nil}, footnotes sections (see
+@ref{Creating Footnotes}) are not numbered either.
+
+@vindex org-num-face
+@vindex org-num-format-function
+You can control how the numbering is displayed by setting
+@code{org-num-face} and @code{org-num-format-function}.
+
+@vindex org-startup-numerated
+You can also turn this mode globally for all Org files by setting the
+option @code{org-startup-numerated} to @samp{t}, or locally on a file by using
+@samp{#+startup: num}.
+
+@node The Very Busy @kbd{C-c C-c} Key
+@section The Very Busy @kbd{C-c C-c} Key
+
+@kindex C-c C-c
+@cindex @kbd{C-c C-c}, overview
+
+The @kbd{C-c C-c} key in Org serves many purposes depending on
+the context.  It is probably the most over-worked, multi-purpose key
+combination in Org.  Its uses are well documented throughout this
+manual, but here is a consolidated list for easy reference.
+
+@itemize
+@item
+If column view (see @ref{Column View}) is on, exit column view.
+
+@item
+If any highlights shown in the buffer from the creation of a sparse
+tree, or from clock display, remove such highlights.
+
+@item
+If point is in one of the special @samp{KEYWORD} lines, scan the buffer
+for these lines and update the information.  Also reset the Org file
+cache used to temporary store the contents of URLs used as values
+for keywords like @samp{SETUPFILE}.
+
+@item
+If point is inside a table, realign the table.
+
+@item
+If point is on a @samp{TBLFM} keyword, re-apply the formulas to the
+entire table.
+
+@item
+If the current buffer is a capture buffer, close the note and file
+it.  With a prefix argument, also jump to the target location after
+saving the note.
+
+@item
+If point is on a @samp{<<<target>>>}, update radio targets and
+corresponding links in this buffer.
+
+@item
+If point is on a property line or at the start or end of a property
+drawer, offer property commands.
+
+@item
+If point is at a footnote reference, go to the corresponding
+definition, and @emph{vice versa}.
+
+@item
+If point is on a statistics cookie, update it.
+
+@item
+If point is in a plain list item with a checkbox, toggle the status
+of the checkbox.
+
+@item
+If point is on a numbered item in a plain list, renumber the ordered
+list.
+
+@item
+If point is on the @samp{#+BEGIN} line of a dynamic block, the block is
+updated.
+
+@item
+If point is at a timestamp, fix the day name in the timestamp.
+@end itemize
+
+@node In-buffer Settings
+@section Summary of In-Buffer Settings
+
+@cindex in-buffer settings
+@cindex special keywords
+
+In-buffer settings start with @samp{#+}, followed by a keyword, a colon,
+and then a word for each setting.  Org accepts multiple settings on
+the same line.  Org also accepts multiple lines for a keyword.  This
+manual describes these settings throughout.  A summary follows here.
+
+@cindex refresh set-up
+@kbd{C-c C-c} activates any changes to the in-buffer settings.
+Closing and reopening the Org file in Emacs also activates the
+changes.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{#+ARCHIVE: %s_done::}
+@cindex @samp{ARCHIVE}, keyword
+@vindex org-archive-location
+Sets the archive location of the agenda file.  The corresponding
+variable is @code{org-archive-location}.
+
+@item @samp{#+CATEGORY}
+@cindex @samp{CATEGORY}, keyword
+Sets the category of the agenda file, which applies to the entire
+document.
+
+@item @samp{#+COLUMNS: %25ITEM ...}
+@cindex @samp{COLUMNS}, property
+Set the default format for columns view.  This format applies when
+columns view is invoked in locations where no @samp{COLUMNS} property
+applies.
+
+@item @samp{#+CONSTANTS: name1=value1 ...}
+@cindex @samp{CONSTANTS}, keyword
+@vindex org-table-formula-constants
+@vindex org-table-formula
+Set file-local values for constants that table formulas can use.
+This line sets the local variable
+@code{org-table-formula-constants-local}.  The global version of this
+variable is @code{org-table-formula-constants}.
+
+@item @samp{#+FILETAGS: :tag1:tag2:tag3:}
+@cindex @samp{FILETAGS}, keyword
+Set tags that all entries in the file inherit from, including the
+top-level entries.
+
+@item @samp{#+LINK: linkword replace}
+@cindex @samp{LINK}, keyword
+@vindex org-link-abbrev-alist
+Each line specifies one abbreviation for one link.  Use multiple
+@samp{LINK} keywords for more, see @ref{Link Abbreviations}.  The
+corresponding variable is @code{org-link-abbrev-alist}.
+
+@item @samp{#+PRIORITIES: highest lowest default}
+@cindex @samp{PRIORITIES}, keyword
+@vindex org-priority-highest
+@vindex org-priority-lowest
+@vindex org-priority-default
+This line sets the limits and the default for the priorities.  All
+three must be either letters A--Z or numbers 0--9.  The highest
+priority must have a lower ASCII number than the lowest priority.
+
+@item @samp{#+PROPERTY: Property_Name Value}
+@cindex @samp{PROPERTY}, keyword
+This line sets a default inheritance value for entries in the
+current buffer, most useful for specifying the allowed values of
+a property.
+
+@item @samp{#+SETUPFILE: file}
+@cindex @samp{SETUPFILE}, keyword
+The setup file or a URL pointing to such file is for additional
+in-buffer settings.  Org loads this file and parses it for any
+settings in it only when Org opens the main file.  If URL is
+specified, the contents are downloaded and stored in a temporary
+file cache.  @kbd{C-c C-c} on the settings line parses and
+loads the file, and also resets the temporary file cache.  Org also
+parses and loads the document during normal exporting process.  Org
+parses the contents of this document as if it was included in the
+buffer.  It can be another Org file.  To visit the file---not
+a URL---use @kbd{C-c '} while point is on the line with the
+file name.
+
+@item @samp{#+STARTUP:}
+@cindex @samp{STARTUP}, keyword
+Startup options Org uses when first visiting a file.
+
+@vindex org-startup-folded
+The first set of options deals with the initial visibility of the
+outline tree.  The corresponding variable for global default
+settings is @code{org-startup-folded} with a default value of
+@code{showeverything}.
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{overview}
+@tab Top-level headlines only.
+@item @samp{content}
+@tab All headlines.
+@item @samp{showall}
+@tab No folding on any entry.
+@item @samp{show2levels}
+@tab Headline levels 1-2.
+@item @samp{show3levels}
+@tab Headline levels 1-3.
+@item @samp{show4levels}
+@tab Headline levels 1-4.
+@item @samp{show5levels}
+@tab Headline levels 1-5.
+@item @samp{showeverything}
+@tab Show even drawer contents.
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-startup-indented
+Dynamic virtual indentation is controlled by the variable
+@code{org-startup-indented}@footnote{Note that Org Indent mode also sets the @code{wrap-prefix}
+property, such that Visual Line mode (or purely setting @code{word-wrap})
+wraps long lines, including headlines, correctly indented.}.
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{indent}
+@tab Start with Org Indent mode turned on.
+@item @samp{noindent}
+@tab Start with Org Indent mode turned off.
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-startup-numerated
+Dynamic virtual numeration of headlines is controlled by the variable
+@code{org-startup-numerated}.
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{num}
+@tab Start with Org num mode turned on.
+@item @samp{nonum}
+@tab Start with Org num mode turned off.
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-startup-align-all-tables
+Aligns tables consistently upon visiting a file.  The
+corresponding variable is @code{org-startup-align-all-tables} with
+@code{nil} as default value.
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{align}
+@tab Align all tables.
+@item @samp{noalign}
+@tab Do not align tables on startup.
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-startup-shrink-all-tables
+Shrink table columns with a width cookie.  The corresponding
+variable is @code{org-startup-shrink-all-tables} with @code{nil} as
+default value.
+
+@vindex org-startup-with-inline-images
+When visiting a file, inline images can be automatically
+displayed.  The corresponding variable is
+@code{org-startup-with-inline-images}, with a default value @code{nil} to
+avoid delays when visiting a file.
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{inlineimages}
+@tab Show inline images.
+@item @samp{noinlineimages}
+@tab Do not show inline images on startup.
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-log-done
+@vindex org-log-note-clock-out
+@vindex org-log-repeat
+Logging the closing and reopening of TODO items and clock
+intervals can be configured using these options (see variables
+@code{org-log-done}, @code{org-log-note-clock-out}, and @code{org-log-repeat}).
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{logdone}
+@tab Record a timestamp when an item is marked as done.
+@item @samp{lognotedone}
+@tab Record timestamp and a note when DONE@.
+@item @samp{nologdone}
+@tab Do not record when items are marked as done.
+@item @samp{logrepeat}
+@tab Record a time when reinstating a repeating item.
+@item @samp{lognoterepeat}
+@tab Record a note when reinstating a repeating item.
+@item @samp{nologrepeat}
+@tab Do not record when reinstating repeating item.
+@item @samp{lognoteclock-out}
+@tab Record a note when clocking out.
+@item @samp{nolognoteclock-out}
+@tab Do not record a note when clocking out.
+@item @samp{logreschedule}
+@tab Record a timestamp when scheduling time changes.
+@item @samp{lognotereschedule}
+@tab Record a note when scheduling time changes.
+@item @samp{nologreschedule}
+@tab Do not record when a scheduling date changes.
+@item @samp{logredeadline}
+@tab Record a timestamp when deadline changes.
+@item @samp{lognoteredeadline}
+@tab Record a note when deadline changes.
+@item @samp{nologredeadline}
+@tab Do not record when a deadline date changes.
+@item @samp{logrefile}
+@tab Record a timestamp when refiling.
+@item @samp{lognoterefile}
+@tab Record a note when refiling.
+@item @samp{nologrefile}
+@tab Do not record when refiling.
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-hide-leading-stars
+@vindex org-odd-levels-only
+Here are the options for hiding leading stars in outline
+headings, and for indenting outlines.  The corresponding
+variables are @code{org-hide-leading-stars} and
+@code{org-odd-levels-only}, both with a default setting @code{nil}
+(meaning @samp{showstars} and @samp{oddeven}).
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{hidestars}
+@tab Make all but one of the stars starting a headline invisible.
+@item @samp{showstars}
+@tab Show all stars starting a headline.
+@item @samp{indent}
+@tab Virtual indentation according to outline level.
+@item @samp{noindent}
+@tab No virtual indentation according to outline level.
+@item @samp{odd}
+@tab Allow only odd outline levels (1, 3, @dots{}).
+@item @samp{oddeven}
+@tab Allow all outline levels.
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-put-time-stamp-overlays
+@vindex org-time-stamp-overlay-formats
+To turn on custom format overlays over timestamps (variables
+@code{org-put-time-stamp-overlays} and
+@code{org-time-stamp-overlay-formats}), use:
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{customtime}
+@tab Overlay custom time format.
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex constants-unit-system
+The following options influence the table spreadsheet (variable
+@code{constants-unit-system}).
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{constcgs}
+@tab @samp{constants.el} should use the c-g-s unit system.
+@item @samp{constSI}
+@tab @samp{constants.el} should use the SI unit system.
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-footnote-define-inline
+@vindex org-footnote-auto-label
+@vindex org-footnote-auto-adjust
+To influence footnote settings, use the following keywords.  The
+corresponding variables are @code{org-footnote-define-inline},
+@code{org-footnote-auto-label}, and @code{org-footnote-auto-adjust}.
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{fninline}
+@tab Define footnotes inline.
+@item @samp{fnnoinline}
+@tab Define footnotes in separate section.
+@item @samp{fnlocal}
+@tab Define footnotes near first reference, but not inline.
+@item @samp{fnprompt}
+@tab Prompt for footnote labels.
+@item @samp{fnauto}
+@tab Create @samp{[fn:1]}-like labels automatically (default).
+@item @samp{fnconfirm}
+@tab Offer automatic label for editing or confirmation.
+@item @samp{fnadjust}
+@tab Automatically renumber and sort footnotes.
+@item @samp{nofnadjust}
+@tab Do not renumber and sort automatically.
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-hide-block-startup
+To hide blocks on startup, use these keywords.  The
+corresponding variable is @code{org-hide-block-startup}.
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{hideblocks}
+@tab Hide all begin/end blocks on startup.
+@item @samp{nohideblocks}
+@tab Do not hide blocks on startup.
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-pretty-entities
+The display of entities as UTF-8 characters is governed by the
+variable @code{org-pretty-entities} and the keywords
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @samp{entitiespretty}
+@tab Show entities as UTF-8 characters where possible.
+@item @samp{entitiesplain}
+@tab Leave entities plain.
+@end multitable
+
+@item @samp{#+TAGS: TAG1(c1) TAG2(c2)}
+@cindex @samp{TAGS}, keyword
+@vindex org-tag-alist
+These lines (several such lines are allowed) specify the valid tags
+in this file, and (potentially) the corresponding @emph{fast tag
+selection} keys.  The corresponding variable is @code{org-tag-alist}.
+
+@item @samp{#+TODO:}
+@itemx @samp{#+SEQ_TODO:}
+@itemx @samp{#+TYP_TODO:}
+@cindex @samp{SEQ_TODO}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{TODO}, keyword
+@cindex @samp{TYP_TODO}, keyword
+@vindex org-todo-keywords
+These lines set the TODO keywords and their interpretation in the
+current file.  The corresponding variable is @code{org-todo-keywords}.
+@end table
+
+@node Regular Expressions
+@section Regular Expressions
+
+@cindex regular expressions syntax
+@cindex regular expressions, in searches
+
+Org, as an Emacs mode, makes use of Elisp regular expressions for
+searching, matching and filtering.  Elisp regular expressions have a
+somewhat different syntax then some common standards.  Most notably,
+alternation is indicated using @samp{\|} and matching groups are denoted by
+@samp{\(...\)}.  For example the string @samp{home\|work} matches either @samp{home}
+or @samp{work}.
+
+For more information, see @ref{Regexps,Regular Expressions in Emacs,,emacs,}.
+
+@node Org Syntax
+@section Org Syntax
+
+A reference document providing a formal description of Org's syntax is
+available as @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/dev/org-syntax.html, a draft on Worg}, written and maintained by Nicolas
+Goaziou.  It defines Org's core internal concepts such as ``headlines'',
+``sections'', ``affiliated keywords'', ``(greater) elements'' and ``objects''.
+Each part of an Org document belongs to one of the previous
+categories.
+
+To explore the abstract structure of an Org buffer, run this in
+a buffer:
+
+@example
+M-: (org-element-parse-buffer) <RET>
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+It outputs a list containing the buffer's content represented as an
+abstract structure.  The export engine relies on the information
+stored in this list.  Most interactive commands---e.g., for structure
+editing---also rely on the syntactic meaning of the surrounding
+context.
+
+@cindex syntax checker
+@cindex linter
+@findex org-lint
+You can probe the syntax of your documents with the command
+
+@example
+M-x org-lint <RET>
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+It runs a number of checks to find common mistakes.  It then displays
+their location in a dedicated buffer, along with a description and
+a ``trust level'', since false-positive are possible.  From there, you
+can operate on the reports with the following keys:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.22 0.78
+@item @kbd{C-j}, @kbd{@key{TAB}}
+@tab Display the offending line
+@item @kbd{@key{RET}}
+@tab Move point to the offending line
+@item @kbd{g}
+@tab Check the document again
+@item @kbd{h}
+@tab Hide all reports from the same checker
+@item @kbd{i}
+@tab Also remove them from all subsequent checks
+@item @kbd{S}
+@tab Sort reports by the column at point
+@end multitable
+
+@node Documentation Access
+@section Context Dependent Documentation
+
+@cindex documentation
+@cindex Info
+
+@findex org-info-find-node
+@kindex C-c C-x I
+@kbd{C-c C-x I} in an Org file tries to open a suitable section
+of the Org manual depending on the syntax at point.  For example,
+using it on a headline displays ``Document Structure'' section.
+
+@kbd{q} closes the Info window.
+
+@node Escape Character
+@section Escape Character
+
+@cindex escape character
+@cindex zero width space
+You may sometimes want to write text that looks like Org syntax, but
+should really read as plain text.  Org may use a specific escape
+character in some situations, i.e., a backslash in macros (see @ref{Macro Replacement}) and links (see @ref{Link Format}), or a comma in source and
+example blocks (see @ref{Literal Examples}).  In the general case, however,
+we suggest to use the zero width space.  You can insert one with any
+of the following:
+
+@example
+C-x 8 <RET> zero width space <RET>
+C-x 8 <RET> 200B <RET>
+@end example
+
+
+For example, in order to write @samp{[[1,2]]} as-is in your document, you
+may write instead
+
+@example
+[X[1,2]]
+@end example
+
+
+where @samp{X} denotes the zero width space character.
+
+@node Code Evaluation Security
+@section Code Evaluation and Security Issues
+
+Unlike plain text, running code comes with risk.  Each source code
+block, in terms of risk, is equivalent to an executable file.  Org
+therefore puts a few confirmation prompts by default.  This is to
+alert the casual user from accidentally running untrusted code.
+
+For users who do not run code blocks or write code regularly, Org's
+default settings should suffice.  However, some users may want to
+tweak the prompts for fewer interruptions.  To weigh the risks of
+automatic execution of code blocks, here are some details about code
+evaluation.
+
+Org evaluates code in the following circumstances:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @emph{Source code blocks}
+Org evaluates source code blocks in an Org file during export.  Org
+also evaluates a source code block with the @kbd{C-c C-c} key
+chord.  Users exporting or running code blocks must load files only
+from trusted sources.  Be wary of customizing variables that remove
+or alter default security measures.
+
+@defopt org-confirm-babel-evaluate
+When @code{t}, Org prompts the user for confirmation before executing
+each code block.  When @code{nil}, Org executes code blocks without
+prompting the user for confirmation.  When this option is set to
+a custom function, Org invokes the function with these two
+arguments: the source code language and the body of the code block.
+The custom function must return either a @code{t} or @code{nil}, which
+determines if the user is prompted.  Each source code language can
+be handled separately through this function argument.
+@end defopt
+
+For example, here is how to execute ditaa code blocks without
+prompting:
+
+@lisp
+(defun my-org-confirm-babel-evaluate (lang body)
+  (not (string= lang "ditaa")))  ;don't ask for ditaa
+(setq org-confirm-babel-evaluate #'my-org-confirm-babel-evaluate)
+@end lisp
+
+@item @emph{Following @samp{shell} and @samp{elisp} links}
+Org has two link types that can directly evaluate code (see
+@ref{External Links}).  Because such code is not visible, these links
+have a potential risk.  Org therefore prompts the user when it
+encounters such links.  The customization variables are:
+
+@defopt org-link-shell-confirm-function
+Function that prompts the user before executing a shell link.
+@end defopt
+
+@defopt org-link-elisp-confirm-function
+Function that prompts the user before executing an Emacs Lisp link.
+@end defopt
+
+@item @emph{Formulas in tables}
+Formulas in tables (see @ref{The Spreadsheet}) are code that is evaluated
+either by the Calc interpreter, or by the Emacs Lisp interpreter.
+@end table
+
+@node Interaction
+@section Interaction with Other Packages
+
+@cindex packages, interaction with other
+
+Org's compatibility and the level of interaction with other Emacs
+packages are documented here.
+
+@menu
+* Cooperation::                  Packages Org cooperates with.
+* Conflicts::                    Packages that lead to conflicts.
+@end menu
+
+@node Cooperation
+@subsection Packages that Org cooperates with
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{calc.el} by Dave Gillespie
+@cindex @file{calc.el}
+
+Org uses the Calc package for implementing spreadsheet functionality
+in its tables (see @ref{The Spreadsheet}).  Org also uses Calc for
+embedded calculations.  See @ref{Embedded Mode,GNU Emacs Calc Manual,,calc,}.
+
+@item @samp{constants.el} by Carsten Dominik
+@cindex @file{constants.el}
+@vindex org-table-formula-constants
+
+Org can use names for constants in formulas in tables.  Org can also
+use calculation suffixes for units, such as @samp{M} for @samp{Mega}.  For
+a standard collection of such constants, install the @samp{constants}
+package.  Install version 2.0 of this package, available at
+@uref{http://www.astro.uva.nl/~dominik/Tools}.  Org checks if the function
+@code{constants-get} has been autoloaded.  Installation instructions are
+in the file @samp{constants.el}.
+
+@item @samp{cdlatex.el} by Carsten Dominik
+@cindex @file{cdlatex.el}
+
+Org mode can make use of the CD@LaTeX{} package to efficiently enter
+@LaTeX{} fragments into Org files.  See @ref{CD@LaTeX{} mode}.
+
+@item @samp{imenu.el} by Ake Stenhoff and Lars Lindberg
+@cindex @file{imenu.el}
+
+Imenu creates dynamic menus based on an index of items in a file.
+Org mode supports Imenu menus.  Enable it with a mode hook as
+follows:
+
+@lisp
+(add-hook 'org-mode-hook
+          (lambda () (imenu-add-to-menubar "Imenu")))
+@end lisp
+
+@vindex org-imenu-depth
+By default the index is two levels deep---you can modify the
+depth using the option @code{org-imenu-depth}.
+
+@item @samp{speedbar.el} by Eric@tie{}M@.@tie{}Ludlam
+@cindex @file{speedbar.el}
+
+Speedbar package creates a special Emacs frame for displaying files
+and index items in files.  Org mode supports Speedbar; users can
+drill into Org files directly from the Speedbar.  The @kbd{<}
+in the Speedbar frame tweaks the agenda commands to that file or to
+a subtree.
+
+@item @samp{table.el} by Takaaki Ota
+@cindex table editor, @file{table.el}
+@cindex @file{table.el}
+
+Complex ASCII tables with automatic line wrapping, column- and
+row-spanning, and alignment can be created using the Emacs table
+package by Takaaki Ota.  Org mode recognizes such tables and exports
+them properly.  @kbd{C-c '} to edit these tables in a special
+buffer, much like Org's code blocks.  Because of interference with
+other Org mode functionality, Takaaki Ota tables cannot be edited
+directly in the Org buffer.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c '} (@code{org-edit-special})
+@kindex C-c '
+@findex org-edit-special
+Edit a @samp{table.el} table.  Works when point is in a @samp{table.el}
+table.
+
+@item @kbd{C-c ~​} (@code{org-table-create-with-table.el})
+@kindex C-c ~
+@findex org-table-create-with-table.el
+Insert a @samp{table.el} table.  If there is already a table at point,
+this command converts it between the @samp{table.el} format and the Org
+mode format.  See the documentation string of the command
+@code{org-convert-table} for the restrictions under which this is
+possible.
+@end table
+@end table
+
+@node Conflicts
+@subsection Packages that conflict with Org mode
+
+@cindex shift-selection
+@vindex org-support-shift-select
+In Emacs, shift-selection combines motions of point with shift key to
+enlarge regions.  Emacs sets this mode by default.  This conflicts
+with Org's use of @kbd{S-<cursor>} commands to change timestamps,
+TODO keywords, priorities, and item bullet types, etc.  Since
+@kbd{S-<cursor>} commands outside of specific contexts do not do
+anything, Org offers the variable @code{org-support-shift-select} for
+customization.  Org mode accommodates shift selection by (i) making it
+available outside of the special contexts where special commands
+apply, and (ii) extending an existing active region even if point
+moves across a special context.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{cua.el} by Kim@tie{}F@.@tie{}Storm
+@cindex @file{cua.el}
+@vindex org-replace-disputed-keys
+Org key bindings conflict with @kbd{S-<cursor>} keys used by
+CUA mode.  For Org to relinquish these bindings to CUA mode,
+configure the variable @code{org-replace-disputed-keys}.  When set, Org
+moves the following key bindings in Org files, and in the agenda
+buffer---but not during date selection.
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.4 0.4
+@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}}      @result{}  @kbd{M-p}
+@tab @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}}     @result{}  @kbd{M-n}
+@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}    @result{}  @kbd{M--}
+@tab @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}    @result{}  @kbd{M-+}
+@item @kbd{C-S-@key{LEFT}}  @result{}  @kbd{M-S--}
+@tab @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}}  @result{}  @kbd{M-S-+}
+@end multitable
+
+@vindex org-disputed-keys
+Yes, these are unfortunately more difficult to remember.  If you
+want to have other replacement keys, look at the variable
+@code{org-disputed-keys}.
+
+@item @samp{ecomplete.el} by Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen
+@cindex @file{ecomplete.el}
+Ecomplete provides ``electric'' address completion in address header
+lines in message buffers.  Sadly Orgtbl mode cuts Ecomplete's power
+supply: no completion happens when Orgtbl mode is enabled in message
+buffers while entering text in address header lines.  If one wants
+to use ecomplete one should @emph{not} follow the advice to automagically
+turn on Orgtbl mode in message buffers (see @ref{Orgtbl Mode}),
+but instead---after filling in the message headers---turn on Orgtbl
+mode manually when needed in the messages body.
+
+@item @samp{filladapt.el} by Kyle Jones
+@cindex @file{filladapt.el}
+Org mode tries to do the right thing when filling paragraphs, list
+items and other elements.  Many users reported problems using both
+@samp{filladapt.el} and Org mode, so a safe thing to do is to disable
+filladapt like this:
+
+@lisp
+(add-hook 'org-mode-hook 'turn-off-filladapt-mode)
+@end lisp
+
+@item @samp{viper.el} by Michael Kifer
+@cindex @file{viper.el}
+@kindex C-c /
+
+Viper uses @kbd{C-c /} and therefore makes this key not access
+the corresponding Org mode command @code{org-sparse-tree}.  You need to
+find another key for this command, or override the key in
+@code{viper-vi-global-user-map} with
+
+@lisp
+(define-key viper-vi-global-user-map "C-c /" 'org-sparse-tree)
+@end lisp
+
+@item @samp{windmove.el} by Hovav Shacham
+@cindex @file{windmove.el}
+
+This package also uses the @kbd{S-<cursor>} keys, so everything
+written in the paragraph above about CUA mode also applies here.  If
+you want to make the windmove function active in locations where Org
+mode does not have special functionality on @kbd{S-<cursor>},
+add this to your configuration:
+
+@lisp
+;; Make windmove work in Org mode:
+(add-hook 'org-shiftup-final-hook 'windmove-up)
+(add-hook 'org-shiftleft-final-hook 'windmove-left)
+(add-hook 'org-shiftdown-final-hook 'windmove-down)
+(add-hook 'org-shiftright-final-hook 'windmove-right)
+@end lisp
+
+@item @samp{yasnippet.el}
+@cindex @file{yasnippet.el}
+The way Org mode binds the @kbd{@key{TAB}} key (binding to @code{[tab]}
+instead of @code{"\t"}) overrules YASnippet's access to this key.  The
+following code fixed this problem:
+
+@lisp
+(add-hook 'org-mode-hook
+          (lambda ()
+            (setq-local yas/trigger-key [tab])
+            (define-key yas/keymap [tab] 'yas/next-field-or-maybe-expand)))
+@end lisp
+
+The latest version of YASnippet does not play well with Org mode.
+If the above code does not fix the conflict, start by defining
+the following function:
+
+@lisp
+(defun yas/org-very-safe-expand ()
+  (let ((yas/fallback-behavior 'return-nil)) (yas/expand)))
+@end lisp
+
+Then, tell Org mode to use that function:
+
+@lisp
+(add-hook 'org-mode-hook
+          (lambda ()
+            (make-variable-buffer-local 'yas/trigger-key)
+            (setq yas/trigger-key [tab])
+            (add-to-list 'org-tab-first-hook 'yas/org-very-safe-expand)
+            (define-key yas/keymap [tab] 'yas/next-field)))
+@end lisp
+@end table
+
+@node TTY Keys
+@section Using Org on a TTY
+
+@cindex tty key bindings
+
+Org provides alternative key bindings for TTY and modern mobile
+devices that cannot perform movement commands on point and key
+bindings with modifier keys.  Some of these workarounds may be more
+cumbersome than necessary.  Users should look into customizing these
+further based on their usage needs.  For example, the normal
+@kbd{S-<cursor>} for editing timestamp might be better with
+@kbd{C-c .} chord.
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.28 0.15 0.21
+@headitem Default
+@tab Alternative 1
+@tab Speed key
+@tab Alternative 2
+@item @kbd{S-@key{TAB}}
+@tab @kbd{C-u @key{TAB}}
+@tab @kbd{C}
+@tab 
+@item @kbd{M-@key{LEFT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x l}
+@tab @kbd{l}
+@tab @kbd{Esc @key{LEFT}}
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{LEFT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x L}
+@tab @kbd{L}
+@tab 
+@item @kbd{M-@key{RIGHT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x r}
+@tab @kbd{r}
+@tab @kbd{Esc @key{RIGHT}}
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x R}
+@tab @kbd{R}
+@tab 
+@item @kbd{M-@key{UP}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x u}
+@tab 
+@tab @kbd{Esc @key{UP}}
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{UP}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x U}
+@tab @kbd{U}
+@tab 
+@item @kbd{M-@key{DOWN}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x d}
+@tab 
+@tab @kbd{Esc @key{DOWN}}
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{DOWN}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x D}
+@tab @kbd{D}
+@tab 
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RET}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x c}
+@tab 
+@tab 
+@item @kbd{M-@key{RET}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x m}
+@tab 
+@tab @kbd{Esc @key{RET}}
+@item @kbd{M-S-@key{RET}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x M}
+@tab 
+@tab 
+@item @kbd{S-@key{LEFT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c @key{LEFT}}
+@tab 
+@tab 
+@item @kbd{S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c @key{RIGHT}}
+@tab 
+@tab 
+@item @kbd{S-@key{UP}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c @key{UP}}
+@tab 
+@tab 
+@item @kbd{S-@key{DOWN}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c @key{DOWN}}
+@tab 
+@tab 
+@item @kbd{C-S-@key{LEFT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x @key{LEFT}}
+@tab 
+@tab 
+@item @kbd{C-S-@key{RIGHT}}
+@tab @kbd{C-c C-x @key{RIGHT}}
+@tab 
+@tab 
+@end multitable
+
+@node Protocols
+@section Protocols for External Access
+
+@cindex protocols, for external access
+
+Org protocol is a tool to trigger custom actions in Emacs from
+external applications.  Any application that supports calling external
+programs with an URL as argument may be used with this functionality.
+For example, you can configure bookmarks in your web browser to send a
+link to the current page to Org and create a note from it using
+capture (see @ref{Capture}).  You can also create a bookmark that tells
+Emacs to open the local source file of a remote website you are
+browsing.
+
+@cindex Org protocol, set-up
+@cindex Installing Org protocol
+In order to use Org protocol from an application, you need to register
+@samp{org-protocol://} as a valid scheme-handler.  External calls are
+passed to Emacs through the @samp{emacsclient} command, so you also need to
+ensure an Emacs server is running.  More precisely, when the
+application calls
+
+@example
+emacsclient "org-protocol://PROTOCOL?key1=val1&key2=val2"
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+Emacs calls the handler associated to @var{PROTOCOL} with
+argument @samp{(:key1 val1 :key2 val2)}.
+
+@cindex protocol, new protocol
+@cindex defining new protocols
+Org protocol comes with three predefined protocols, detailed in the
+following sections.  Configure @code{org-protocol-protocol-alist} to define
+your own.
+
+@menu
+* The @code{store-link} protocol:: Store a link, push URL to kill-ring.
+* The @code{capture} protocol::  Fill a buffer with external information.
+* The @code{open-source} protocol:: Edit published contents.
+@end menu
+
+@node The @code{store-link} protocol
+@subsection The @code{store-link} protocol
+
+@cindex store-link protocol
+@cindex protocol, store-link
+
+Using the @code{store-link} handler, you can copy links, to that they can
+be inserted using @kbd{M-x org-insert-link} or yanking.  More
+precisely, the command
+
+@example
+emacsclient "org-protocol://store-link?url=URL&title=TITLE"
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+stores the following link:
+
+@example
+[[URL][TITLE]]
+@end example
+
+
+In addition, @var{URL} is pushed on the kill-ring for yanking.
+You need to encode @var{URL} and @var{TITLE} if they contain
+slashes, and probably quote those for the shell.
+
+To use this feature from a browser, add a bookmark with an arbitrary
+name, e.g., @samp{Org: store-link} and enter this as @emph{Location}:
+
+@example
+javascript:location.href='org-protocol://store-link?' +
+      new URLSearchParams(@{url:location.href, title:document.title@});
+@end example
+
+Title is an optional parameter.  Another expression was recommended earlier:
+
+@example
+javascript:location.href='org-protocol://store-link?url='+
+      encodeURIComponent(location.href);
+@end example
+
+The latter form is compatible with older Org versions from 9.0 to 9.4.
+
+@node The @code{capture} protocol
+@subsection The @code{capture} protocol
+
+@cindex capture protocol
+@cindex protocol, capture
+
+Activating the ``capture'' handler pops up a @samp{Capture} buffer in Emacs,
+using acapture template.
+
+@example
+emacsclient "org-protocol://capture?template=X&url=URL&title=TITLE&body=BODY"
+@end example
+
+
+To use this feature, add a bookmark with an arbitrary name, e.g.,
+@samp{Org: capture}, and enter this as @samp{Location}:
+
+@example
+javascript:location.href='org-protocol://capture?' +
+      new URLSearchParams(@{
+            template: 'x', url: window.location.href,
+            title: document.title, body: window.getSelection()@});
+@end example
+
+You might have seen another expression:
+
+@example
+javascript:location.href='org-protocol://capture?template=x'+
+      '&url='+encodeURIComponent(window.location.href)+
+      '&title='+encodeURIComponent(document.title)+
+      '&body='+encodeURIComponent(window.getSelection());
+@end example
+
+It is a bit more cluttered than the former one, but it is compatible
+with previous Org versions 9.0-9.4.  In these versions encoding of
+space as ``+'' character was not supported by URI decoder.
+
+@vindex org-protocol-default-template-key
+The capture template to be used can be specified in the bookmark (like
+@samp{X} above).  If unspecified, the template key is set in the variable
+@code{org-protocol-default-template-key}.  The following template
+placeholders are available:
+
+@example
+%:link          The URL
+%:description   The webpage title
+%:annotation    Equivalent to [[%:link][%:description]]
+%i              The selected text
+@end example
+
+@node The @code{open-source} protocol
+@subsection The @code{open-source} protocol
+
+@cindex open-source protocol
+@cindex protocol, open-source
+
+The @code{open-source} handler is designed to help with editing local
+sources when reading a document.  To that effect, you can use
+a bookmark with the following location:
+
+@example
+javascript:location.href='org-protocol://open-source?&url='+
+      encodeURIComponent(location.href)
+@end example
+
+@vindex org-protocol-project-alist
+The variable @code{org-protocol-project-alist} maps URLs to local file
+names, by stripping URL parameters from the end and replacing the
+@code{:base-url} with @code{:working-directory} and @code{:online-suffix} with
+@code{:working-suffix}.  For example, assuming you own a local copy of
+@samp{https://orgmode.org/worg/} contents at @samp{/home/user/worg}, you can set
+@code{org-protocol-project-alist} to the following
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-protocol-project-alist
+      '(("Worg"
+         :base-url "https://orgmode.org/worg/"
+         :working-directory "/home/user/worg/"
+         :online-suffix ".html"
+         :working-suffix ".org")))
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+If you are now browsing
+@samp{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/org-protocol.html} and find
+a typo or have an idea about how to enhance the documentation, simply
+click the bookmark and start editing.
+
+@cindex rewritten URL in open-source protocol
+@cindex protocol, open-source rewritten URL
+However, such mapping may not always yield the desired results.
+Suppose you maintain an online store located at @samp{https://example.com/}.
+The local sources reside in @samp{/home/user/example/}.  It is common
+practice to serve all products in such a store through one file and
+rewrite URLs that do not match an existing file on the server.  That
+way, a request to @samp{https://example.com/print/posters.html} might be
+rewritten on the server to something like
+@samp{https://example.com/shop/products.php/posters.html.php}.  The
+@code{open-source} handler probably cannot find a file named
+@samp{/home/user/example/print/posters.html.php} and fails.
+
+Such an entry in @code{org-protocol-project-alist} may hold an additional
+property @code{:rewrites}.  This property is a list of cons cells, each of
+which maps a regular expression to a path relative to the
+@code{:working-directory}.
+
+Now map the URL to the path @samp{/home/user/example/products.php} by
+adding @code{:rewrites} rules like this:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-protocol-project-alist
+      '(("example.com"
+         :base-url "https://example.com/"
+         :working-directory "/home/user/example/"
+         :online-suffix ".php"
+         :working-suffix ".php"
+         :rewrites (("example.com/print/" . "products.php")
+                    ("example.com/$" . "index.php")))))
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+Since @samp{example.com/$} is used as a regular expression, it maps
+@samp{http://example.com/}, @samp{https://example.com},
+@samp{http://www.example.com/} and similar to
+@samp{/home/user/example/index.php}.
+
+The @code{:rewrites} rules are searched as a last resort if and only if no
+existing file name is matched.
+
+@cindex protocol, open-source, set-up mapping
+@cindex mappings in open-source protocol
+@findex org-protocol-create
+@findex org-protocol-create-for-org
+Two functions can help you filling @code{org-protocol-project-alist} with
+valid contents: @code{org-protocol-create} and
+@code{org-protocol-create-for-org}.  The latter is of use if you're editing
+an Org file that is part of a publishing project.
+
+@node Org Crypt
+@section Org Crypt
+
+Org Crypt encrypts the text of an entry, but not the headline, or
+properties.  Behind the scene, it uses the @ref{Top,Emacs EasyPG Library,,epa,} to
+encrypt and decrypt files, and EasyPG needs a correct @ref{Top,GnuPG,,gnupg,} setup.
+
+@vindex org-crypt-tag-matcher
+Any text below a headline that has a @samp{crypt} tag is automatically
+encrypted when the file is saved.  To use a different tag, customize
+the @code{org-crypt-tag-matcher} setting.
+
+Here is a suggestion for Org Crypt settings in Emacs init file:
+
+@lisp
+(require 'org-crypt)
+(org-crypt-use-before-save-magic)
+(setq org-tags-exclude-from-inheritance '("crypt"))
+
+(setq org-crypt-key nil)
+;; GPG key to use for encryption
+;; Either the Key ID or set to nil to use symmetric encryption.
+
+(setq auto-save-default nil)
+;; Auto-saving does not cooperate with org-crypt.el: so you need to
+;; turn it off if you plan to use org-crypt.el quite often.  Otherwise,
+;; you'll get an (annoying) message each time you start Org.
+
+;; To turn it off only locally, you can insert this:
+;;
+;; # -*- buffer-auto-save-file-name: nil; -*-
+@end lisp
+
+It's possible to use different keys for different headings by
+specifying the respective key as property @samp{CRYPTKEY}, e.g.:
+
+@example
+* Totally secret :crypt:
+  :PROPERTIES:
+  :CRYPTKEY: 0x0123456789012345678901234567890123456789
+  :END:
+@end example
+
+Excluding the @samp{crypt} tag from inheritance prevents already encrypted
+text from being encrypted again.
+
+@node Org Mobile
+@section Org Mobile
+
+@cindex smartphone
+
+Org Mobile is a protocol for synchronizing Org files between Emacs and
+other applications, e.g., on mobile devices.  It enables offline-views
+and capture support for an Org mode system that is rooted on a ``real''
+computer.  The external application can also record changes to
+existing entries.
+
+This appendix describes Org's support for agenda view formats
+compatible with Org Mobile.  It also describes synchronizing changes,
+such as to notes, between the mobile application and the computer.
+
+To change tags and TODO states in the mobile application, first
+customize the variables @code{org-todo-keywords}, @code{org-tag-alist} and
+@code{org-tag-persistent-alist}.  These should cover all the important tags
+and TODO keywords, even if Org files use only some of them.  Though
+the mobile application is expected to support in-buffer settings, it
+is required to understand TODO states @emph{sets} (see @ref{Per-file keywords}) and @emph{mutually exclusive} tags (see @ref{Setting Tags}) only for those set in these variables.
+
+@menu
+* Setting up the staging area::  For the mobile device.
+* Pushing to the mobile application:: Uploading Org files and agendas.
+* Pulling from the mobile application:: Integrating captured and flagged items.
+@end menu
+
+@node Setting up the staging area
+@subsection Setting up the staging area
+
+@vindex org-mobile-directory
+The mobile application needs access to a file directory on
+a server@footnote{For a server to host files, consider using a WebDAV server,
+such as @uref{https://nextcloud.com, Nextcloud}.  Additional help is at this @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-faq.html#mobileorg_webdav, FAQ entry}.} to interact with Emacs.  Pass its location through
+the @code{org-mobile-directory} variable.  If you can mount that directory
+locally just set the variable to point to that directory:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-mobile-directory "~/orgmobile/")
+@end lisp
+
+Alternatively, by using TRAMP (see @ref{Top,TRAMP User Manual,,tramp,}),
+@code{org-mobile-directory} may point to a remote directory accessible
+through, for example, SSH, SCP, or DAVS:
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-mobile-directory "/davs:user@@remote.host:/org/webdav/")
+@end lisp
+
+@vindex org-mobile-encryption
+With a public server, consider encrypting the files.  Org also
+requires OpenSSL installed on the local computer.  To turn on
+encryption, set the same password in the mobile application and in
+Emacs.  Set the password in the variable
+@code{org-mobile-use-encryption}@footnote{If Emacs is configured for safe storing of passwords, then
+configure the variable @code{org-mobile-encryption-password}; please read
+the docstring of that variable.}.  Note that even after the mobile
+application encrypts the file contents, the file name remains visible
+on the file systems of the local computer, the server, and the mobile
+device.
+
+@node Pushing to the mobile application
+@subsection Pushing to the mobile application
+
+@findex org-mobile-push
+@vindex org-mobile-files
+The command @code{org-mobile-push} copies files listed in
+@code{org-mobile-files} into the staging area.  Files include agenda files
+(as listed in @code{org-agenda-files}).  Customize @code{org-mobile-files} to
+add other files.  File names are staged with paths relative to
+@code{org-directory}, so all files should be inside this directory@footnote{Symbolic links in @code{org-directory} need to have the same name
+as their targets.}.
+
+Push creates a special Org file @samp{agendas.org} with custom agenda views
+defined by the user@footnote{While creating the agendas, Org mode forces @samp{ID} properties
+on all referenced entries, so that these entries can be uniquely
+identified if Org Mobile flags them for further action.  To avoid
+setting properties configure the variable
+@code{org-mobile-force-id-on-agenda-items} to @code{nil}.  Org mode then relies
+on outline paths, assuming they are unique.}.
+
+Finally, Org writes the file @samp{index.org}, containing links to other
+files.  The mobile application reads this file first from the server
+to determine what other files to download for agendas.  For faster
+downloads, it is expected to only read files whose checksums@footnote{Checksums are stored automatically in the file
+@samp{checksums.dat}.}
+have changed.
+
+@node Pulling from the mobile application
+@subsection Pulling from the mobile application
+
+@findex org-mobile-pull
+The command @code{org-mobile-pull} synchronizes changes with the server.
+More specifically, it first pulls the Org files for viewing.  It then
+appends captured entries and pointers to flagged or changed entries to
+the file @samp{mobileorg.org} on the server.  Org ultimately integrates its
+data in an inbox file format, through the following steps:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+@vindex org-mobile-inbox-for-pull
+Org moves all entries found in @samp{mobileorg.org}@footnote{The file will be empty after this operation.} and appends
+them to the file pointed to by the variable
+@code{org-mobile-inbox-for-pull}.  It should reside neither in the
+staging area nor on the server.  Each captured entry and each
+editing event is a top-level entry in the inbox file.
+
+@item
+@cindex @samp{FLAGGED}, tag
+After moving the entries, Org processes changes to the shared
+files.  Some of them are applied directly and without user
+interaction.  Examples include changes to tags, TODO state,
+headline and body text.  Entries requiring further action are
+tagged as @samp{FLAGGED}.  Org marks entries with problems with an error
+message in the inbox.  They have to be resolved manually.
+
+@item
+Org generates an agenda view for flagged entries for user
+intervention to clean up.  For notes stored in flagged entries, Org
+displays them in the echo area when point is on the corresponding
+agenda item.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{?}
+Pressing @kbd{?} displays the entire flagged note in another
+window.  Org also pushes it to the kill ring.  To store flagged
+note as a normal note, use @kbd{? z C-y C-c C-c}.  Pressing
+@kbd{?} twice does these things: first it removes the
+@samp{FLAGGED} tag; second, it removes the flagged note from the
+property drawer; third, it signals that manual editing of the
+flagged entry is now finished.
+@end table
+@end enumerate
+
+@kindex ? @r{(Agenda dispatcher)}
+From the agenda dispatcher, @kbd{?} returns to the view to finish
+processing flagged entries.  Note that these entries may not be the
+most recent since the mobile application searches files that were last
+pulled.  To get an updated agenda view with changes since the last
+pull, pull again.
+
+@node Hacking
+@appendix Hacking
+
+@cindex hacking
+
+This appendix describes some ways a user can extend the functionality
+of Org.
+
+@menu
+* Hooks::                        How to reach into Org's internals.
+* Add-on Packages::              Available extensions.
+* Adding Hyperlink Types::       New custom link types.
+* Adding Export Back-ends::      How to write new export back-ends.
+* Tables in Arbitrary Syntax::   Orgtbl for LaTeX and other programs.
+* Dynamic Blocks::               Automatically filled blocks.
+* Special Agenda Views::         Customized views.
+* Speeding Up Your Agendas::     Tips on how to speed up your agendas.
+* Extracting Agenda Information:: Post-processing agenda information.
+* Using the Property API::       Writing programs that use entry properties.
+* Using the Mapping API::        Mapping over all or selected entries.
+@end menu
+
+@node Hooks
+@appendixsec Hooks
+
+@cindex hooks
+
+Org has a large number of hook variables for adding functionality.
+This appendix illustrates using a few.  A complete list of hooks with
+documentation is maintained by the Worg project at
+@uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/doc.html#hooks}.
+
+@node Add-on Packages
+@appendixsec Add-on Packages
+
+@cindex add-on packages
+
+Various authors wrote a large number of add-on packages for Org.  Some
+of these packages used to be part of the @samp{org-mode} repository but are
+now hosted in a separate @samp{org-contrib} repository
+@uref{https://git.sr.ht/~bzg/org-contrib, here}.  A Worg page with more
+information is at: @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/org-contrib/}.
+
+@node Adding Hyperlink Types
+@appendixsec Adding Hyperlink Types
+
+@cindex hyperlinks, adding new types
+
+Org has many built-in hyperlink types (see @ref{Hyperlinks}), and an
+interface for adding new link types.  The following example shows the
+process of adding Org links to Unix man pages, which look like this
+
+@example
+[[man:printf][The printf manual]]
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+The following @samp{ol-man.el} file implements it
+
+@lisp
+;;; ol-man.el - Support for links to man pages in Org mode
+(require 'ol)
+
+(org-link-set-parameters "man"
+                         :follow #'org-man-open
+                         :export #'org-man-export
+                         :store #'org-man-store-link)
+
+(defcustom org-man-command 'man
+  "The Emacs command to be used to display a man page."
+  :group 'org-link
+  :type '(choice (const man) (const woman)))
+
+(defun org-man-open (path _)
+  "Visit the manpage on PATH.
+PATH should be a topic that can be thrown at the man command."
+  (funcall org-man-command path))
+
+(defun org-man-store-link ()
+  "Store a link to a man page."
+  (when (memq major-mode '(Man-mode woman-mode))
+    ;; This is a man page, we do make this link.
+    (let* ((page (org-man-get-page-name))
+           (link (concat "man:" page))
+           (description (format "Man page for %s" page)))
+      (org-link-store-props
+       :type "man"
+       :link link
+       :description description))))
+
+(defun org-man-get-page-name ()
+  "Extract the page name from the buffer name."
+  ;; This works for both `Man-mode' and `woman-mode'.
+  (if (string-match " \\(\\S-+\\)\\*" (buffer-name))
+      (match-string 1 (buffer-name))
+    (error "Cannot create link to this man page")))
+
+(defun org-man-export (link description format _)
+  "Export a man page link from Org files."
+  (let ((path (format "http://man.he.net/?topic=%s&section=all" link))
+        (desc (or description link)))
+    (pcase format
+      (`html (format "<a target=\"_blank\" href=\"%s\">%s</a>" path desc))
+      (`latex (format "\\href@{%s@}@{%s@}" path desc))
+      (`texinfo (format "@@uref@{%s,%s@}" path desc))
+      (`ascii (format "%s (%s)" desc path))
+      (t path))))
+
+(provide ol-man)
+;;; ol-man.el ends here
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+To activate links to man pages in Org, enter this in the Emacs init
+file:
+
+@lisp
+(require 'ol-man)
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+A review of @samp{ol-man.el}:
+
+@enumerate
+@item
+First, @samp{(require 'ol)} ensures that @samp{ol.el} is loaded.
+
+@item
+@findex org-link-set-parameters
+@vindex org-link-parameters
+Then @code{org-link-set-parameters} defines a new link type with @samp{man}
+prefix and associates functions for following, exporting and
+storing such links.  See the variable @code{org-link-parameters} for
+a complete list of possible associations.
+
+@item
+The rest of the file implements necessary variables and functions.
+
+For example, @code{org-man-store-link} is responsible for storing a link
+when @code{org-store-link} (see @ref{Handling Links}) is called from a buffer
+displaying a man page.  It first checks if the major mode is
+appropriate.  If check fails, the function returns @code{nil}, which
+means it isn't responsible for creating a link to the current
+buffer.  Otherwise the function makes a link string by combining
+the @samp{man:} prefix with the man topic.  It also provides a default
+description.  The function @code{org-insert-link} can insert it back
+into an Org buffer later on.
+@end enumerate
+
+@node Adding Export Back-ends
+@appendixsec Adding Export Back-ends
+
+@cindex Export, writing back-ends
+
+Org's export engine makes it easy for writing new back-ends.  The
+framework on which the engine was built makes it easy to derive new
+back-ends from existing ones.
+
+@findex org-export-define-backend
+@findex org-export-define-derived-backend
+The two main entry points to the export engine are:
+@code{org-export-define-backend} and @code{org-export-define-derived-backend}.
+To grok these functions, see @samp{ox-latex.el} for an example of defining
+a new back-end from scratch, and @samp{ox-beamer.el} for an example of
+deriving from an existing engine.
+
+For creating a new back-end from scratch, first set its name as
+a symbol in an alist consisting of elements and export functions.  To
+make the back-end visible to the export dispatcher, set @code{:menu-entry}
+keyword.  For export options specific to this back-end, set the
+@code{:options-alist}.
+
+For creating a new back-end from an existing one, set
+@code{:translate-alist} to an alist of export functions.  This alist
+replaces the parent back-end functions.
+
+For complete documentation, see @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/dev/org-export-reference.html, the Org Export Reference on Worg}.
+
+@node Tables in Arbitrary Syntax
+@appendixsec Tables in Arbitrary Syntax
+
+@cindex tables, in other modes
+@cindex lists, in other modes
+@cindex Orgtbl mode
+
+Due to Org's success in handling tables with Orgtbl, a frequently
+requested feature is the use of Org's table functions in other modes,
+e.g., @LaTeX{}.  This would be hard to do in a general way without
+complicated customization nightmares.  Moreover, that would take Org
+away from its simplicity roots that Orgtbl has proven.  There is,
+however, an alternate approach to accomplishing the same.
+
+This approach involves implementing a custom @emph{translate} function that
+operates on a native Org @emph{source table} to produce a table in another
+format.  This strategy would keep the excellently working Orgtbl
+simple and isolate complications, if any, confined to the translate
+function.  To add more alien table formats, we just add more translate
+functions.  Also the burden of developing custom translate functions
+for new table formats is in the hands of those who know those formats
+best.
+
+@menu
+* Radio tables::                 Sending and receiving radio tables.
+* A @LaTeX{} example::           Step by step, almost a tutorial.
+* Translator functions::         Copy and modify.
+@end menu
+
+@node Radio tables
+@appendixsubsec Radio tables
+
+@cindex radio tables
+
+Radio tables are target locations for translated tables that are not near
+their source.  Org finds the target location and inserts the translated
+table.
+
+The key to finding the target location is the magic words @samp{BEGIN/END
+RECEIVE ORGTBL}.  They have to appear as comments in the current mode.
+If the mode is C, then:
+
+@example
+/* BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL table_name */
+/* END RECEIVE ORGTBL table_name */
+@end example
+
+At the location of source, Org needs a special line to direct Orgtbl
+to translate and to find the target for inserting the translated
+table.  For example:
+
+@cindex @samp{ORGTBL}, keyword
+@example
+#+ORGTBL: SEND table_name translation_function arguments ...
+@end example
+
+
+@noindent
+@samp{table_name} is the table's reference name, which is also used in the
+receiver lines, and the @samp{translation_function} is the Lisp function
+that translates.  This line, in addition, may also contain alternating
+key and value arguments at the end.  The translation function gets
+these values as a property list.  A few standard parameters are
+already recognized and acted upon before the translation function is
+called:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{:skip N}
+Skip the first N lines of the table.  Hlines do count; include them
+if they are to be skipped.
+
+@item @samp{:skipcols (n1 n2 ...)}
+List of columns to be skipped.  First Org automatically discards
+columns with calculation marks and then sends the table to the
+translator function, which then skips columns as specified in
+@samp{skipcols}.
+@end table
+
+To keep the source table intact in the buffer without being disturbed
+when the source file is compiled or otherwise being worked on, use one
+of these strategies:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+Place the table in a block comment.  For example, in C mode you
+could wrap the table between @samp{/*} and @samp{*/} lines.
+
+@item
+Put the table after an ``end'' statement.  For example @code{\bye} in @TeX{}
+and @code{\end@{document@}} in @LaTeX{}.
+
+@item
+Comment and un-comment each line of the table during edits.  The
+@kbd{M-x orgtbl-toggle-comment} command makes toggling easy.
+@end itemize
+
+@node A @LaTeX{} example
+@appendixsubsec A @LaTeX{} example of radio tables
+
+@cindex @LaTeX{}, and Orgtbl mode
+
+To wrap a source table in @LaTeX{}, use the @samp{comment} environment
+provided by @samp{comment.sty}@footnote{@uref{https://www.ctan.org/pkg/comment}}.  To activate it, put
+@code{\usepackage@{comment@}} in the document header.  Orgtbl mode inserts
+a radio table skeleton@footnote{By default this works only for @LaTeX{}, HTML, and Texinfo.
+Configure the variable @code{orgtbl-radio-table-templates} to install
+templates for other modes.} with the command @kbd{M-x orgtbl-insert-radio-table}, which prompts for a table name.  For
+example, if @samp{salesfigures} is the name, the template inserts:
+
+@example
+% BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
+% END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
+\begin@{comment@}
+#+ORGTBL: SEND salesfigures orgtbl-to-latex
+| | |
+\end@{comment@}
+@end example
+
+@vindex LaTeX-verbatim-environments
+@noindent
+The line @samp{#+ORGTBL: SEND} tells Orgtbl mode to use the function
+@code{orgtbl-to-latex} to convert the table to @LaTeX{} format, then insert
+the table at the target (receive) location named @samp{salesfigures}.  Now
+the table is ready for data entry.  It can even use spreadsheet
+features@footnote{If the @samp{TBLFM} keyword contains an odd number of dollar
+characters, this may cause problems with Font Lock in @LaTeX{} mode.  As
+shown in the example you can fix this by adding an extra line inside
+the @samp{comment} environment that is used to balance the dollar
+expressions.  If you are using AUC@TeX{} with the font-latex library,
+a much better solution is to add the @samp{comment} environment to the
+variable @code{LaTeX-verbatim-environments}.}:
+
+@example
+% BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
+% END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
+\begin@{comment@}
+#+ORGTBL: SEND salesfigures orgtbl-to-latex
+| Month | Days | Nr sold | per day |
+|-------+------+---------+---------|
+| Jan   |   23 |      55 |     2.4 |
+| Feb   |   21 |      16 |     0.8 |
+| March |   22 |     278 |    12.6 |
+#+TBLFM: $4=$3/$2;%.1f
+% $ (optional extra dollar to keep Font Lock happy, see footnote)
+\end@{comment@}
+@end example
+
+After editing, @kbd{C-c C-c} inserts the translated table at the
+target location, between the two marker lines.
+
+For hand-made custom tables, note that the translator needs to skip
+the first two lines of the source table.  Also the command has to
+@emph{splice} out the target table without the header and footer.
+
+@example
+\begin@{tabular@}@{lrrr@}
+Month & \multicolumn@{1@}@{c@}@{Days@} & Nr.\ sold & per day\\
+% BEGIN RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
+% END RECEIVE ORGTBL salesfigures
+\end@{tabular@}
+%
+\begin@{comment@}
+#+ORGTBL: SEND salesfigures orgtbl-to-latex :splice t :skip 2
+| Month | Days | Nr sold | per day |
+|-------+------+---------+---------|
+| Jan   |   23 |      55 |     2.4 |
+| Feb   |   21 |      16 |     0.8 |
+| March |   22 |     278 |    12.6 |
+#+TBLFM: $4=$3/$2;%.1f
+\end@{comment@}
+@end example
+
+The @LaTeX{} translator function @code{orgtbl-to-latex} is already part of
+Orgtbl mode and uses a @samp{tabular} environment to typeset the table and
+marks horizontal lines with @code{\hline}.  For additional parameters to
+control output, see @ref{Translator functions}:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{:splice BOOLEAN}
+When @{@{@{var(BOOLEAN@}@}@} is non-@code{nil}, return only table body lines;
+i.e., not wrapped in @samp{tabular} environment.  Default is @code{nil}.
+
+@item @samp{:fmt FMT}
+Format string to warp each field.  It should contain @samp{%s} for the
+original field value.  For example, to wrap each field value in
+dollar symbol, you could use @samp{:fmt "$%s$"}.  Format can also wrap
+a property list with column numbers and formats, for example @samp{:fmt
+  (2 "$%s$" 4 "%s\\%%")}.  In place of a string, a function of one
+argument can be used; the function must return a formatted string.
+
+@item @samp{:efmt EFMT}
+Format numbers as exponentials.  The spec should have @samp{%s} twice for
+inserting mantissa and exponent, for example @samp{"%s\\times10^@{%s@}"}.  This
+may also be a property list with column numbers and formats, for
+example @samp{:efmt (2 "$%s\\times10^@{%s@}$" 4 "$%s\\cdot10^@{%s@}$")}.  After
+@var{EFMT} has been applied to a value, @var{FMT}---see
+above---is also applied.  Functions with two arguments can be
+supplied instead of strings.  By default, no special formatting is
+applied.
+@end table
+
+@node Translator functions
+@appendixsubsec Translator functions
+
+@cindex HTML, and Orgtbl mode
+@cindex translator function
+
+@findex orgtbl-to-csv
+@findex orgtbl-to-tsv
+@findex orgtbl-to-latex
+@findex orgtbl-to-html
+@findex orgtbl-to-texinfo
+@findex orgtbl-to-unicode
+@findex orgtbl-to-orgtbl
+@findex orgtbl-to-generic
+Orgtbl mode has built-in translator functions: @code{orgtbl-to-csv}
+(comma-separated values), @code{orgtbl-to-tsv} (TAB-separated values),
+@code{orgtbl-to-latex}, @code{orgtbl-to-html}, @code{orgtbl-to-texinfo},
+@code{orgtbl-to-unicode} and @code{orgtbl-to-orgtbl}.  They use the generic
+translator, @code{orgtbl-to-generic}, which delegates translations to
+various export back-ends.
+
+Properties passed to the function through the @samp{ORGTBL SEND} line take
+precedence over properties defined inside the function.  For example,
+this overrides the default @LaTeX{} line endings, @code{\\}, with @code{\\[2mm]}:
+
+@example
+#+ORGTBL: SEND test orgtbl-to-latex :lend " \\\\[2mm]"
+@end example
+
+
+For a new language translator, define a converter function.  It can be
+a generic function, such as shown in this example.  It marks
+a beginning and ending of a table with @samp{!BTBL!} and @samp{!ETBL!};
+a beginning and ending of lines with @samp{!BL!} and @samp{!EL!}; and uses a TAB
+for a field separator:
+
+@lisp
+(defun orgtbl-to-language (table params)
+  "Convert the orgtbl-mode TABLE to language."
+  (orgtbl-to-generic
+   table
+   (org-combine-plists
+    '(:tstart "!BTBL!" :tend "!ETBL!" :lstart "!BL!" :lend "!EL!" :sep "\t")
+    params)))
+@end lisp
+
+@noindent
+The documentation for the @code{orgtbl-to-generic} function shows
+a complete list of parameters, each of which can be passed through to
+@code{orgtbl-to-latex}, @code{orgtbl-to-texinfo}, and any other function using
+that generic function.
+
+For complicated translations the generic translator function could be
+replaced by a custom translator function.  Such a custom function must
+take two arguments and return a single string containing the formatted
+table.  The first argument is the table whose lines are a list of
+fields or the symbol @code{hline}.  The second argument is the property
+list consisting of parameters specified in the @samp{#+ORGTBL: SEND} line.
+Please share your translator functions by posting them to the Org
+users mailing list, at @email{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org}.
+
+@node Dynamic Blocks
+@appendixsec Dynamic Blocks
+
+@cindex dynamic blocks
+
+Org supports @emph{dynamic blocks} in Org documents.  They are inserted
+with begin and end markers like any other code block, but the contents
+are updated automatically by a user function.
+
+@kindex C-c C-x x
+@findex org-dynamic-block-insert-dblock
+You can insert a dynamic block with @code{org-dynamic-block-insert-dblock},
+which is bound to @kbd{C-c C-x x} by default.  For example,
+@kbd{C-c C-x x c l o c k t a b l e @key{RET}} inserts a table that
+updates the work time (see @ref{Clocking Work Time}).
+
+Dynamic blocks can have names and function parameters.  The syntax is
+similar to source code block specifications:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN: myblock :parameter1 value1 :parameter2 value2 ...
+  ...
+#+END:
+@end example
+
+These commands update dynamic blocks:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-c C-x C-u} (@code{org-dblock-update})
+@kindex C-c C-x C-u
+@findex org-dblock-update
+Update dynamic block at point.
+
+@item @kbd{C-u C-c C-x C-u}
+@kindex C-u C-c C-x C-u
+Update all dynamic blocks in the current file.
+@end table
+
+Before updating a dynamic block, Org removes content between the
+@samp{BEGIN} and @samp{END} markers.  Org then reads the parameters on the
+@samp{BEGIN} line for passing to the writer function as a plist.  The
+previous content of the dynamic block becomes erased from the buffer
+and appended to the plist under @code{:content}.
+
+The syntax for naming a writer function with a dynamic block labeled
+@samp{myblock} is: @code{org-dblock-write:myblock}.
+
+The following is an example of a dynamic block and a block writer function
+that updates the time when the function was last run:
+
+@example
+#+BEGIN: block-update-time :format "on %m/%d/%Y at %H:%M"
+  ...
+#+END:
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+The dynamic block's writer function:
+
+@lisp
+(defun org-dblock-write:block-update-time (params)
+  (let ((fmt (or (plist-get params :format) "%d. %m. %Y")))
+    (insert "Last block update at: "
+            (format-time-string fmt))))
+@end lisp
+
+To keep dynamic blocks up-to-date in an Org file, use the function,
+@code{org-update-all-dblocks} in hook, such as @code{before-save-hook}.  The
+@code{org-update-all-dblocks} function does not run if the file is not in
+Org mode.
+
+@findex org-narrow-to-block
+Dynamic blocks, like any other block, can be narrowed with
+@code{org-narrow-to-block}.
+
+@node Special Agenda Views
+@appendixsec Special Agenda Views
+
+@cindex agenda views, user-defined
+
+@vindex org-agenda-skip-function
+@vindex org-agenda-skip-function-global
+Org provides a special hook to further limit items in agenda views:
+@code{agenda}, @code{agenda*}@footnote{The @code{agenda*} view is the same as @code{agenda} except that it
+only considers @emph{appointments}, i.e., scheduled and deadline items that
+have a time specification @samp{[h]h:mm} in their time-stamps.}, @code{todo}, @code{alltodo}, @code{tags}, @code{tags-todo},
+@code{tags-tree}.  Specify a custom function that tests inclusion of every
+matched item in the view.  This function can also skip as much as is
+needed.
+
+For a global condition applicable to agenda views, use the
+@code{org-agenda-skip-function-global} variable.  Org uses a global
+condition with @code{org-agenda-skip-function} for custom searching.
+
+This example defines a function for a custom view showing TODO items
+with @samp{waiting} status.  Manually this is a multi-step search process,
+but with a custom view, this can be automated as follows:
+
+The custom function searches the subtree for the @samp{waiting} tag and
+returns @code{nil} on match.  Otherwise it gives the location from where
+the search continues.
+
+@lisp
+(defun my-skip-unless-waiting ()
+  "Skip trees that are not waiting"
+  (let ((subtree-end (save-excursion (org-end-of-subtree t))))
+    (if (re-search-forward ":waiting:" subtree-end t)
+        nil          ; tag found, do not skip
+      subtree-end))) ; tag not found, continue after end of subtree
+@end lisp
+
+To use this custom function in a custom agenda command:
+
+@lisp
+(org-add-agenda-custom-command
+ '("b" todo "PROJECT"
+   ((org-agenda-skip-function 'my-skip-unless-waiting)
+    (org-agenda-overriding-header "Projects waiting for something: "))))
+@end lisp
+
+@vindex org-agenda-overriding-header
+Note that this also binds @code{org-agenda-overriding-header} to a more
+meaningful string suitable for the agenda view.
+
+@vindex org-odd-levels-only
+@vindex org-agenda-skip-function
+Search for entries with a limit set on levels for the custom search.
+This is a general approach to creating custom searches in Org.  To
+include all levels, use @samp{LEVEL>0}@footnote{Note that, for @code{org-odd-levels-only}, a level number
+corresponds to order in the hierarchy, not to the number of stars.}.  Then to selectively pick
+the matched entries, use @code{org-agenda-skip-function}, which also
+accepts Lisp forms, such as @code{org-agenda-skip-entry-if} and
+@code{org-agenda-skip-subtree-if}.  For example:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'scheduled)}
+Skip current entry if it has been scheduled.
+
+@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'notscheduled)}
+Skip current entry if it has not been scheduled.
+
+@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'deadline)}
+Skip current entry if it has a deadline.
+
+@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'scheduled 'deadline)}
+Skip current entry if it has a deadline, or if it is scheduled.
+
+@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'todo '("TODO" "WAITING"))}
+Skip current entry if the TODO keyword is TODO or WAITING@.
+
+@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'todo 'done)}
+Skip current entry if the TODO keyword marks a DONE state.
+
+@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'timestamp)}
+Skip current entry if it has any timestamp, may also be deadline or
+scheduled.
+
+@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'regexp "regular expression")}
+Skip current entry if the regular expression matches in the entry.
+
+@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-entry-if 'notregexp "regular expression")}
+Skip current entry unless the regular expression matches.
+
+@item @samp{(org-agenda-skip-subtree-if 'regexp "regular expression")}
+Same as above, but check and skip the entire subtree.
+@end table
+
+The following is an example of a search for @samp{waiting} without the
+special function:
+
+@lisp
+(org-add-agenda-custom-command
+ '("b" todo "PROJECT"
+   ((org-agenda-skip-function '(org-agenda-skip-subtree-if
+                                'regexp ":waiting:"))
+    (org-agenda-overriding-header "Projects waiting for something: "))))
+@end lisp
+
+@node Speeding Up Your Agendas
+@appendixsec Speeding Up Your Agendas
+
+@cindex agenda views, optimization
+
+Some agenda commands slow down when the Org files grow in size or
+number.  Here are tips to speed up:
+
+@itemize
+@item
+Reduce the number of Org agenda files to avoid slowdowns due to hard drive
+accesses.
+
+@item
+Reduce the number of DONE and archived headlines so agenda
+operations that skip over these can finish faster.
+
+@item
+Do not dim blocked tasks:
+@vindex org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-dim-blocked-tasks nil)
+@end lisp
+
+@item
+Stop preparing agenda buffers on startup:
+@vindex org-startup-folded
+@vindex org-agenda-inhibit-startup
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-inhibit-startup t)
+@end lisp
+
+@item
+Disable tag inheritance for agendas:
+@vindex org-agenda-show-inherited-tags
+@vindex org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance
+
+@lisp
+(setq org-agenda-use-tag-inheritance nil)
+@end lisp
+@end itemize
+
+These options can be applied to selected agenda views.  For more
+details about generation of agenda views, see the docstrings for the
+relevant variables, and this @uref{https://orgmode.org/worg/agenda-optimization.html, dedicated Worg page} for agenda
+optimization.
+
+@node Extracting Agenda Information
+@appendixsec Extracting Agenda Information
+
+@cindex agenda, pipe
+@cindex scripts, for agenda processing
+
+Org provides commands to access agendas through Emacs batch mode.
+Through this command-line interface, agendas are automated for further
+processing or printing.
+
+@vindex org-agenda-custom-commands
+@findex org-batch-agenda
+@code{org-batch-agenda} creates an agenda view in ASCII and outputs to
+standard output.  This command takes one string parameter.  When
+string consists of a single character, Org uses it as a key to
+@code{org-agenda-custom-commands}.  These are the same ones available
+through the agenda dispatcher (see @ref{Agenda Dispatcher}).
+
+This example command line directly prints the TODO list to the printer:
+
+@example
+emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -eval '(org-batch-agenda "t")' | lpr
+@end example
+
+
+When the string parameter length is two or more characters, Org
+matches it with tags/TODO strings.  For example, this example command
+line prints items tagged with @samp{shop}, but excludes items tagged with
+@samp{NewYork}:
+
+@example
+emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs                                      \
+      -eval '(org-batch-agenda "+shop-NewYork")' | lpr
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+An example showing on-the-fly parameter modifications:
+
+@example
+emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs                                      \
+   -eval '(org-batch-agenda "a"                               \
+           org-agenda-span (quote month)                      \
+           org-agenda-include-diary nil                       \
+           org-agenda-files (quote ("~/org/project.org")))'   \
+   | lpr
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+which produces an agenda for the next 30 days from just the
+@samp{~/org/projects.org} file.
+
+@findex org-batch-agenda-csv
+For structured processing of agenda output, use @code{org-batch-agenda-csv}
+with the following fields:
+
+@table @asis
+@item category
+The category of the item
+@item head
+The headline, without TODO keyword, TAGS and PRIORITY
+@item type
+The type of the agenda entry, can be
+
+@multitable {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa} {aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa}
+@item @code{todo}
+@tab selected in TODO match
+@item @code{tagsmatch}
+@tab selected in tags match
+@item @code{diary}
+@tab imported from diary
+@item @code{deadline}
+@tab a deadline
+@item @code{scheduled}
+@tab scheduled
+@item @code{timestamp}
+@tab appointment, selected by timestamp
+@item @code{closed}
+@tab entry was closed on date
+@item @code{upcoming-deadline}
+@tab warning about nearing deadline
+@item @code{past-scheduled}
+@tab forwarded scheduled item
+@item @code{block}
+@tab entry has date block including date
+@end multitable
+
+@item todo
+The TODO keyword, if any
+@item tags
+All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
+@item date
+The relevant date, like @samp{2007-2-14}
+@item time
+The time, like @samp{15:00-16:50}
+@item extra
+String with extra planning info
+@item priority-l
+The priority letter if any was given
+@item priority-n
+The computed numerical priority
+@end table
+
+If the selection of the agenda item was based on a timestamp,
+including those items with @samp{DEADLINE} and @samp{SCHEDULED} keywords, then
+Org includes date and time in the output.
+
+If the selection of the agenda item was based on a timestamp  (or
+deadline/scheduled), then Org includes date and time in the output.
+
+Here is an example of a post-processing script in Perl.  It takes the
+CSV output from Emacs and prints with a checkbox:
+
+@example
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+
+# define the Emacs command to run
+$cmd = "emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -eval '(org-batch-agenda-csv \"t\")'";
+
+# run it and capture the output
+$agenda = qx@{$cmd 2>/dev/null@};
+
+# loop over all lines
+foreach $line (split(/\n/,$agenda)) @{
+    # get the individual values
+    ($category,$head,$type,$todo,$tags,$date,$time,$extra,
+     $priority_l,$priority_n) = split(/,/,$line);
+    # process and print
+    print "[ ] $head\n";
+@}
+@end example
+
+@node Using the Property API
+@appendixsec Using the Property API
+
+@cindex API, for properties
+@cindex properties, API
+
+Here is a description of the functions that can be used to work with
+properties.
+
+@defun org-entry-properties &optional pom which
+Get all properties of the entry at point-or-marker @var{POM}.
+This includes the TODO keyword, the tags, time strings for deadline,
+scheduled, and clocking, and any additional properties defined in the
+entry.  The return value is an alist.  Keys may occur multiple times
+if the property key was used several times.  @var{POM} may also
+be @code{nil}, in which case the current entry is used.  If
+@var{WHICH} is @code{nil} or @code{all}, get all properties.  If
+@var{WHICH} is @code{special} or @code{standard}, only get that subclass.
+@end defun
+
+@vindex org-use-property-inheritance
+@findex org-insert-property-drawer
+@defun org-entry-get pom property &optional inherit
+Get value of @var{PROPERTY} for entry at point-or-marker
+@var{POM}.  By default, this only looks at properties defined
+locally in the entry.  If @var{INHERIT} is non-@code{nil} and the
+entry does not have the property, then also check higher levels of the
+hierarchy.  If @var{INHERIT} is the symbol @code{selective}, use
+inheritance if and only if the setting of
+@code{org-use-property-inheritance} selects @var{PROPERTY} for
+inheritance.
+@end defun
+
+@defun org-entry-delete pom property
+Delete the property @var{PROPERTY} from entry at point-or-marker
+@var{POM}.
+@end defun
+
+@defun org-entry-put pom property value
+Set @var{PROPERTY} to @var{VALUES} for entry at
+point-or-marker POM@.
+@end defun
+
+@defun org-buffer-property-keys &optional include-specials
+Get all property keys in the current buffer.
+@end defun
+
+@defun org-insert-property-drawer
+Insert a property drawer for the current entry.  Also
+@end defun
+
+@defun org-entry-put-multivalued-property pom property &rest values
+Set @var{PROPERTY} at point-or-marker @var{POM} to
+@var{VALUES}.  @var{VALUES} should be a list of strings.
+They are concatenated, with spaces as separators.
+@end defun
+
+@defun org-entry-get-multivalued-property pom property
+Treat the value of the property @var{PROPERTY} as
+a whitespace-separated list of values and return the values as a list
+of strings.
+@end defun
+
+@defun org-entry-add-to-multivalued-property pom property value
+Treat the value of the property @var{PROPERTY} as
+a whitespace-separated list of values and make sure that
+@var{VALUE} is in this list.
+@end defun
+
+@defun org-entry-remove-from-multivalued-property pom property value
+Treat the value of the property @var{PROPERTY} as
+a whitespace-separated list of values and make sure that
+@var{VALUE} is @emph{not} in this list.
+@end defun
+
+@defun org-entry-member-in-multivalued-property pom property value
+Treat the value of the property @var{PROPERTY} as
+a whitespace-separated list of values and check if @var{VALUE} is
+in this list.
+@end defun
+
+@defopt org-property-allowed-value-functions
+Hook for functions supplying allowed values for a specific property.
+The functions must take a single argument, the name of the property,
+and return a flat list of allowed values.  If @samp{:ETC} is one of the
+values, use the values as completion help, but allow also other values
+to be entered.  The functions must return @code{nil} if they are not
+responsible for this property.
+@end defopt
+
+@node Using the Mapping API
+@appendixsec Using the Mapping API
+
+@cindex API, for mapping
+@cindex mapping entries, API
+
+Org has sophisticated mapping capabilities to find all entries
+satisfying certain criteria.  Internally, this functionality is used
+to produce agenda views, but there is also an API that can be used to
+execute arbitrary functions for each or selected entries.  The main
+entry point for this API is:
+
+@defun org-map-entries func &optional match scope &rest skip
+Call @var{FUNC} at each headline selected by @var{MATCH} in
+@var{SCOPE}.
+
+@var{FUNC} is a function or a Lisp form.  With point positioned
+at the beginning of the headline, call the function without arguments.
+Org returns an alist of return values of calls to the function.
+
+To avoid preserving point, Org wraps the call to @var{FUNC} in
+@code{save-excursion} form.  After evaluation, Org moves point to the end
+of the line that was just processed.  Search continues from that point
+forward.  This may not always work as expected under some conditions,
+such as if the current sub-tree was removed by a previous archiving
+operation.  In such rare circumstances, Org skips the next entry
+entirely when it should not.  To stop Org from such skips, make
+@var{FUNC} set the variable @code{org-map-continue-from} to a specific
+buffer position.
+
+@var{MATCH} is a tags/property/TODO match.  Org iterates only
+matched headlines.  Org iterates over all headlines when
+@var{MATCH} is @code{nil} or @code{t}.
+
+@var{SCOPE} determines the scope of this command.  It can be any
+of:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{nil}
+The current buffer, respecting the restriction, if any.
+
+@item @code{tree}
+The subtree started with the entry at point.
+
+@item @code{region}
+The entries within the active region, if any.
+
+@item @code{file}
+The current buffer, without restriction.
+
+@item @code{file-with-archives}
+The current buffer, and any archives associated with it.
+
+@item @code{agenda}
+All agenda files.
+
+@item @code{agenda-with-archives}
+All agenda files with any archive files associated with them.
+
+@item list of filenames
+If this is a list, all files in the list are scanned.
+@end table
+
+@noindent
+The remaining arguments are treated as settings for the scanner's
+skipping facilities.  Valid arguments are:
+
+@table @asis
+@item @code{archive}
+Skip trees with the @samp{ARCHIVE} tag.
+
+@item @code{comment}
+Skip trees with the COMMENT keyword.
+
+@item function or Lisp form
+@vindex org-agenda-skip-function
+Used as value for @code{org-agenda-skip-function}, so whenever the
+function returns @code{t}, @var{FUNC} is called for that entry and
+search continues from the point where the function leaves it.
+@end table
+@end defun
+
+The mapping routine can call any arbitrary function, even functions
+that change meta data or query the property API (see @ref{Using the Property API}).  Here are some handy functions:
+
+@defun org-todo &optional arg
+Change the TODO state of the entry.  See the docstring of the
+functions for the many possible values for the argument
+@var{ARG}.
+@end defun
+
+@defun org-priority &optional action
+Change the priority of the entry.  See the docstring of this function
+for the possible values for @var{ACTION}.
+@end defun
+
+@defun org-toggle-tag tag &optional onoff
+Toggle the tag @var{TAG} in the current entry.  Setting
+@var{ONOFF} to either @code{on} or @code{off} does not toggle tag, but
+ensure that it is either on or off.
+@end defun
+
+@defun org-promote
+Promote the current entry.
+@end defun
+
+@defun org-demote
+Demote the current entry.
+@end defun
+
+This example turns all entries tagged with @samp{TOMORROW} into TODO
+entries with keyword @samp{UPCOMING}.  Org ignores entries in comment trees
+and archive trees.
+
+@lisp
+(org-map-entries '(org-todo "UPCOMING")
+                 "+TOMORROW" 'file 'archive 'comment)
+@end lisp
+
+The following example counts the number of entries with TODO keyword
+@samp{WAITING}, in all agenda files.
+
+@lisp
+(length (org-map-entries t "/+WAITING" 'agenda))
+@end lisp
+
+@node History and Acknowledgments
+@appendix History and Acknowledgments
+
+
+
+@anchor{From Carsten}
+@appendixsec From Carsten
+
+Org was born in 2003, out of frustration over the user interface of
+the Emacs Outline mode.  I was trying to organize my notes and
+projects, and using Emacs seemed to be the natural way to go.
+However, having to remember eleven different commands with two or
+three keys per command, only to hide and show parts of the outline
+tree, that seemed entirely unacceptable to me.  Also, when using
+outlines to take notes, I constantly wanted to restructure the tree,
+organizing it parallel to my thoughts and plans.  @emph{Visibility cycling}
+and @emph{structure editing} were originally implemented in the package
+@samp{outline-magic.el}, but quickly moved to the more general @samp{org.el}.
+As this environment became comfortable for project planning, the next
+step was adding @emph{TODO entries}, basic @emph{timestamps}, and @emph{table
+support}.  These areas highlighted the two main goals that Org still
+has today: to be a new, outline-based, plain text mode with innovative
+and intuitive editing features, and to incorporate project planning
+functionality directly into a notes file.
+
+Since the first release, literally thousands of emails to me or to the
+@email{emacs-orgmode@@gnu.org, mailing list} have provided a constant stream of bug reports, feedback,
+new ideas, and sometimes patches and add-on code.  Many thanks to
+everyone who has helped to improve this package.  I am trying to keep
+here a list of the people who had significant influence in shaping one
+or more aspects of Org.  The list may not be complete, if I have
+forgotten someone, please accept my apologies and let me know.
+
+Before I get to this list, a few special mentions are in order:
+
+@table @asis
+@item Bastien Guerry
+Bastien has written a large number of extensions to Org (most of
+them integrated into the core by now), including the @LaTeX{} exporter
+and the plain list parser.  His support during the early days was
+central to the success of this project.  Bastien also invented Worg,
+helped establishing the Web presence of Org, and sponsored hosting
+costs for the orgmode.org website.  Bastien stepped in as maintainer
+of Org between 2011 and 2013, at a time when I desperately needed
+a break.
+
+@item Eric Schulte and Dan Davison
+Eric and Dan are jointly responsible for the Org Babel system, which
+turns Org into a multi-language environment for evaluating code and
+doing literate programming and reproducible research.  This has
+become one of Org's killer features that define what Org is today.
+
+@item John Wiegley
+John has contributed a number of great ideas and patches directly to
+Org, including the attachment system (@samp{org-attach.el}), integration
+with Apple Mail (@samp{org-mac-message.el}), hierarchical dependencies of
+TODO items, habit tracking (@samp{org-habits.el}), and encryption
+(@samp{org-crypt.el}).  Also, the capture system is really an extended
+copy of his great @samp{remember.el}.
+
+@item Sebastian Rose
+Without Sebastian, the HTML/XHTML publishing of Org would be the
+pitiful work of an ignorant amateur.  Sebastian has pushed this part
+of Org onto a much higher level.  He also wrote @samp{org-info.js},
+a JavaScript program for displaying webpages derived from Org using
+an Info-like or a folding interface with single-key navigation.
+@end table
+
+See below for the full list of contributions!  Again, please let me
+know what I am missing here!
+
+@anchor{From Bastien}
+@appendixsec From Bastien
+
+I (Bastien) have been maintaining Org between 2011 and 2013.  This
+appendix would not be complete without adding a few more
+acknowledgments and thanks.
+
+I am first grateful to Carsten for his trust while handing me over the
+maintainership of Org.  His unremitting support is what really helped
+me getting more confident over time, with both the community and the
+code.
+
+When I took over maintainership, I knew I would have to make Org more
+collaborative than ever, as I would have to rely on people that are
+more knowledgeable than I am on many parts of the code.  Here is
+a list of the persons I could rely on, they should really be
+considered co-maintainers, either of the code or the community:
+
+@table @asis
+@item Eric Schulte
+Eric is maintaining the Babel parts of Org.  His reactivity here
+kept me away from worrying about possible bugs here and let me focus
+on other parts.
+
+@item Nicolas Goaziou
+Nicolas is maintaining the consistency of the deepest parts of Org.
+His work on @samp{org-element.el} and @samp{ox.el} has been outstanding, and
+it opened the doors for many new ideas and features.  He rewrote
+many of the old exporters to use the new export engine, and helped
+with documenting this major change.  More importantly (if that's
+possible), he has been more than reliable during all the work done
+for Org 8.0, and always very reactive on the mailing list.
+
+@item Achim Gratz
+Achim rewrote the building process of Org, turning some @emph{ad hoc}
+tools into a flexible and conceptually clean process.  He patiently
+coped with the many hiccups that such a change can create for users.
+
+@item Nick Dokos
+The Org mode mailing list would not be such a nice place without
+Nick, who patiently helped users so many times.  It is impossible to
+overestimate such a great help, and the list would not be so active
+without him.
+@end table
+
+I received support from so many users that it is clearly impossible to
+be fair when shortlisting a few of them, but Org's history would not
+be complete if the ones above were not mentioned in this manual.
+
+@anchor{List of Contributions}
+@appendixsec List of Contributions
+
+@itemize
+@item
+Russell Adams came up with the idea for drawers.
+
+@item
+Thomas Baumann wrote @samp{ol-bbdb.el} and @samp{ol-mhe.el}.
+
+@item
+Christophe Bataillon created the great unicorn logo that we use on
+the Org mode website.
+
+@item
+Alex Bochannek provided a patch for rounding timestamps.
+
+@item
+Jan Böcker wrote @samp{ol-docview.el}.
+
+@item
+Brad Bozarth showed how to pull RSS feed data into Org files.
+
+@item
+Tom Breton wrote @samp{org-choose.el}.
+
+@item
+Charles Cave's suggestion sparked the implementation of templates
+for Remember, which are now templates for capture.
+
+@item
+Timothy E Chapman worked on a complete overhaul of the orgmode.org
+website in 2020 and helped fixing various bugs.
+
+@item
+Pavel Chalmoviansky influenced the agenda treatment of items with
+specified time.
+
+@item
+Gregory Chernov patched support for Lisp forms into table
+calculations and improved XEmacs compatibility, in particular by
+porting @samp{nouline.el} to XEmacs.
+
+@item
+Sacha Chua suggested copying some linking code from Planner.
+
+@item
+Baoqiu Cui contributed the DocBook exporter.
+
+@item
+Eddward DeVilla proposed and tested checkbox statistics.  He also
+came up with the idea of properties, and that there should be an API
+for them.
+
+@item
+Nick Dokos tracked down several nasty bugs.
+
+@item
+Kees Dullemond used to edit projects lists directly in HTML and so
+inspired some of the early development, including HTML export.  He
+also asked for a way to narrow wide table columns.
+
+@item
+Thomas@tie{}S@.@tie{}Dye contributed documentation on Worg and helped
+integrating the Org Babel documentation into the manual.
+
+@item
+Christian Egli converted the documentation into Texinfo format,
+inspired the agenda, patched CSS formatting into the HTML exporter,
+and wrote @samp{org-taskjuggler.el}.
+
+@item
+David Emery provided a patch for custom CSS support in exported HTML
+agendas.
+
+@item
+Nic Ferrier contributed mailcap and XOXO support.
+
+@item
+Miguel@tie{}A@.@tie{}Figueroa-Villanueva implemented hierarchical checkboxes.
+
+@item
+John Foerch figured out how to make incremental search show context
+around a match in a hidden outline tree.
+
+@item
+Raimar Finken wrote @samp{org-git-line.el}.
+
+@item
+Mikael Fornius works as a mailing list moderator.
+
+@item
+Austin Frank works as a mailing list moderator.
+
+@item
+Eric Fraga drove the development of Beamer export with ideas and
+testing.
+
+@item
+Barry Gidden did proofreading the manual in preparation for the book
+publication through Network Theory Ltd.
+
+@item
+Niels Giesen had the idea to automatically archive DONE trees.
+
+@item
+Nicolas Goaziou rewrote much of the plain list code.
+
+@item
+Kai Grossjohann pointed out key-binding conflicts with other
+packages.
+
+@item
+Brian Gough of Network Theory Ltd publishes the Org mode manual as
+a book.
+
+@item
+Bernt Hansen has driven much of the support for auto-repeating
+tasks, task state change logging, and the clocktable.  His clear
+explanations have been critical when we started to adopt the Git
+version control system.
+
+@item
+Manuel Hermenegildo has contributed various ideas, small fixes and
+patches.
+
+@item
+Phil Jackson wrote @samp{ol-irc.el}.
+
+@item
+Scott Jaderholm proposed footnotes, control over whitespace between
+folded entries, and column view for properties.
+
+@item
+Matt Jones wrote MobileOrg Android.
+
+@item
+Tokuya Kameshima wrote @samp{org-wl.el} and @samp{org-mew.el}.
+
+@item
+Shidai Liu (``Leo'') asked for embedded @LaTeX{} and tested it.  He also
+provided frequent feedback and some patches.
+
+@item
+Matt Lundin has proposed last-row references for table formulas and
+named invisible anchors.  He has also worked a lot on the FAQ@.
+
+@item
+David Maus wrote @samp{org-atom.el}, maintains the issues file for Org,
+and is a prolific contributor on the mailing list with competent
+replies, small fixes and patches.
+
+@item
+Jason@tie{}F@.@tie{}McBrayer suggested agenda export to CSV format.
+
+@item
+Kyle Meyer helped setting up the @uref{https://public-inbox.org/, public-inbox} archive of the @uref{https://orgmode.org/list/, Org
+mailing list} and has been fixing many bugs.
+
+@item
+Max Mikhanosha came up with the idea of refiling.
+
+@item
+Dmitri Minaev sent a patch to set priority limits on a per-file
+basis.
+
+@item
+Stefan Monnier provided a patch to keep the Emacs Lisp compiler
+happy.
+
+@item
+Richard Moreland wrote MobileOrg for the iPhone.
+
+@item
+Rick Moynihan proposed allowing multiple TODO sequences in a file
+and being able to quickly restrict the agenda to a subtree.
+
+@item
+Todd Neal provided patches for links to Info files and Elisp forms.
+
+@item
+Greg Newman refreshed the unicorn logo into its current form.
+
+@item
+Tim O'Callaghan suggested in-file links, search options for general
+file links, and tags.
+
+@item
+Osamu Okano wrote @samp{orgcard2ref.pl}, a Perl program to create a text
+version of the reference card.
+
+@item
+Takeshi Okano translated the manual and David O'Toole's tutorial
+into Japanese.
+
+@item
+Oliver Oppitz suggested multi-state TODO items.
+
+@item
+Scott Otterson sparked the introduction of descriptive text for
+links, among other things.
+
+@item
+Pete Phillips helped during the development of the TAGS feature,
+and provided frequent feedback.
+
+@item
+Martin Pohlack provided the code snippet to bundle character
+insertion into bundles of 20 for undo.
+
+@item
+Ihor Radchenko helped with fixing bugs and improving the user
+experience regarding Org's speed.
+
+@item
+T@.@tie{}V@.@tie{}Raman reported bugs and suggested improvements.
+
+@item
+Matthias Rempe (Oelde) provided ideas, Windows support, and quality
+control.
+
+@item
+Paul Rivier provided the basic implementation of named footnotes.
+He also acted as mailing list moderator for some time.
+
+@item
+Kevin Rogers contributed code to access VM files on remote hosts.
+
+@item
+Frank Ruell solved the mystery of the @samp{keymapp nil} bug, a conflict
+with @samp{allout.el}.
+
+@item
+Jason Riedy generalized the send-receive mechanism for Orgtbl
+tables with extensive patches.
+
+@item
+Philip Rooke created the Org reference card, provided lots of
+feedback, developed and applied standards to the Org documentation.
+
+@item
+Christian Schlauer proposed angular brackets around links, among
+other things.
+
+@item
+Paul Sexton wrote @samp{org-ctags.el}.
+
+@item
+Tom Shannon's @samp{organizer-mode.el} inspired linking to VM/BBDB/Gnus.
+
+@item
+Ilya Shlyakhter proposed the Archive Sibling, line numbering in
+literal examples, and remote highlighting for referenced code lines.
+
+@item
+Stathis Sideris wrote the @samp{ditaa.jar} ASCII to PNG converter that is
+now packaged into the @uref{https://git.sr.ht/~bzg/org-contrib, org-contrib} repository.
+
+@item
+Daniel Sinder came up with the idea of internal archiving by locking
+subtrees.
+
+@item
+Dale Smith proposed link abbreviations.
+
+@item
+James TD Smith has contributed a large number of patches for
+useful tweaks and features.
+
+@item
+Adam Spiers asked for global linking commands, inspired the link
+extension system, added support for Mairix, and proposed the mapping
+API@.
+
+@item
+Ulf Stegemann created the table to translate special symbols to
+HTML, @LaTeX{}, UTF-8, Latin-1 and ASCII@.
+
+@item
+Andy Stewart contributed code to @samp{ol-w3m.el}, to copy
+HTML content with links transformation to Org syntax.
+
+@item
+David O'Toole wrote @samp{org-publish.el} and drafted the
+manual chapter about publishing.
+
+@item
+Jambunathan@tie{}K@.@tie{}contributed the ODT exporter.
+
+@item
+Sebastien Vauban reported many issues with @LaTeX{} and Beamer export
+and enabled source code highlighting in Gnus.
+
+@item
+Stefan Vollmar organized a video-recorded talk at the
+Max-Planck-Institute for Neurology.  He also inspired the creation
+of a concept index for HTML export.
+
+@item
+Jürgen Vollmer contributed code generating the table of contents in
+HTML output.
+
+@item
+Samuel Wales has provided important feedback and bug reports.
+
+@item
+Chris Wallace provided a patch implementing the @samp{QUOTE} block.
+
+@item
+David Wainberg suggested archiving, and improvements to the
+linking system.
+
+@item
+Carsten Wimmer suggested some changes and helped fix a bug in
+linking to Gnus.
+
+@item
+Roland Winkler requested additional key bindings to make Org work on
+a TTY@.
+
+@item
+Piotr Zielinski wrote @samp{org-mouse.el}, proposed agenda
+blocks and contributed various ideas and code snippets.
+
+@item
+Marco Wahl wrote @samp{ol-eww.el}.
+@end itemize
+
+@node GNU Free Documentation License
+@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
+
+@center Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
+
+@display
+Copyright @copyright{} 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@uref{https://fsf.org/}
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+@end display
+
+@enumerate 0
+@item
+PREAMBLE
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document @dfn{free}
+in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom
+to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either
+commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License
+preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for
+their work, while not being considered responsible for
+modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
+It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
+free software, because free software needs free documentation:
+a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
+that the software does.  But this License is not limited to
+software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
+of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book.  We
+recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
+instruction or reference.
+
+@item
+APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
+that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can
+be distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice
+grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration,
+to use that work under the conditions stated herein.  The
+``Document'', below, refers to any such manual or work.  Any member
+of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as ``you''.  You accept
+the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way
+requiring permission under copyright law.
+
+A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section
+of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
+subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could
+fall directly within that overall subject.  (Thus, if the Document
+is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not
+explain any mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of
+historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or
+of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
+regarding them.
+
+The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose
+titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
+notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
+If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it
+is not allowed to be designated as Invariant.  The Document may
+contain zero Invariant Sections.  If the Document does not identify
+any Invariant Sections then there are none.
+
+The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are
+listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License.
+A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text
+may be at most 25 words.
+
+A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed
+of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely
+available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text
+formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats
+suitable for input to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise
+Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has
+been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by
+readers is not Transparent.  An image format is not Transparent if
+used for any substantial amount of text.  A copy that is not
+``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, @LaTeX{} input format,
+SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming
+simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
+Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG@.
+Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and
+edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which
+the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and
+the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
+processors for output purposes only.
+
+The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
+material this License requires to appear in the title page.  For
+works in formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title
+Page'' means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
+work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+The ``publisher'' means any person or entity that distributes copies
+of the Document to the public.
+
+A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document
+whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses
+following text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ
+stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
+``Acknowledgements'', ``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.)
+To ``Preserve the Title'' of such a section when you modify the
+Document means that it remains a section ``Entitled XYZ'' according
+to this definition.
+
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
+which states that this License applies to the Document.  These
+Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
+this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and
+has no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+@item
+VERBATIM COPYING
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
+applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
+add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You
+may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
+or further copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However,
+you may accept compensation in exchange for copies.  If you
+distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the
+conditions in section 3.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
+and you may publicly display copies.
+
+@item
+COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly
+have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and
+the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must
+enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
+these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
+Back-Cover Texts on the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly
+and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies.  The
+front cover must present the full title with all words of the title
+equally prominent and visible.  You may add other material on the
+covers in addition.  Copying with changes limited to the covers, as
+long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these
+conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
+adjacent pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
+numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable
+Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
+each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general
+network-using public has access to download using public-standard
+network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
+of added material.  If you use the latter option, you must take
+reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
+copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
+remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
+year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or
+through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
+the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies,
+to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the
+Document.
+
+@item
+MODIFICATIONS
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
+under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
+release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing
+distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever
+possesses a copy of it.  In addition, you must do these things in
+the Modified Version:
+
+@enumerate A
+@item
+Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
+distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous
+versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the
+History section of the Document). You may use the same title as
+a previous version if the original publisher of that version
+gives permission.
+
+@item
+List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
+entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the
+Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal
+authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has
+fewer than five), unless they release you from this requirement.
+
+@item
+State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+
+@item
+Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+
+@item
+Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
+notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version
+under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
+Addendum below.
+
+@item
+Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
+Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
+license notice.
+
+@item
+Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+
+@item
+Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and
+add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors,
+and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title
+Page. If there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document,
+create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of
+the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
+describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous
+sentence.
+
+@item
+Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
+for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
+likewise the network locations given in the Document for
+previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the
+``History'' section. You may omit a network location for a work
+that was published at least four years before the Document
+itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers
+to gives permission.
+
+@item
+For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'',
+Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section
+all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
+acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
+
+@item
+Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered
+in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
+equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+
+@item
+Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section may
+not be included in the Modified Version.
+
+@item
+Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
+``Endorsements'' or to conflict in title with any Invariant
+Section.
+
+@item
+Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+@end enumerate
+
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+@item
+COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under
+this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
+modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all
+of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
+unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
+combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all
+their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
+but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
+by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
+original author or publisher of that section if known, or else
+a unique number.  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
+the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
+combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled
+``History'' in the various original documents, forming one section
+Entitled ``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled
+``Acknowledgements'', and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''.  You
+must delete all sections Entitled ``Endorsements.''
+
+@item
+COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
+documents released under this License, and replace the individual
+copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
+that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
+rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents
+in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
+distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
+a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this
+License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that
+document.
+
+@item
+AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
+separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the
+copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the
+legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual
+works permit.  When the Document is included in an aggregate, this
+License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which
+are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
+of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed
+on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic
+form.  Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket
+the whole aggregate.
+
+@item
+TRANSLATION
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of
+section 4.  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires
+special permission from their copyright holders, but you may
+include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition
+to the original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may
+include a translation of this License, and all the license notices
+in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you
+also include the original English version of this License and the
+original versions of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of
+a disagreement between the translation and the original version of
+this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
+prevail.
+
+If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to
+Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
+actual title.
+
+@item
+TERMINATION
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void,
+and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+
+However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the
+copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some
+reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from
+that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days
+after your receipt of the notice.
+
+Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate
+the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you
+under this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not
+permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the
+same material does not give you any rights to use it.
+
+@item
+FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
+the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+@uref{https://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
+number.  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
+version of this License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you
+have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
+that specified version or of any later version that has been
+published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.  If
+the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
+you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation.  If the Document specifies that a proxy
+can decide which future versions of this License can be used, that
+proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently
+authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.
+
+@item
+RELICENSING
+
+``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site'' (or ``MMC Site'') means any
+World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
+provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works.
+A public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such
+a server.  A ``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration'' (or ``MMC'')
+contained in the site means any set of copyrightable works thus
+published on the MMC site.
+
+``CC-BY-SA'' means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
+license published by Creative Commons Corporation,
+a not-for-profit corporation with a principal place of business in
+San Francisco, California, as well as future copyleft versions of
+that license published by that same organization.
+
+``Incorporate'' means to publish or republish a Document, in whole
+or in part, as part of another Document.
+
+An MMC is ``eligible for relicensing'' if it is licensed under this
+License, and if all works that were first published under this
+License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently
+incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover
+texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior
+to November 1, 2008.
+
+The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the
+site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1,
+2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
+@end enumerate
+
+@page
+
+@anchor{ADDENDUM How to use this License for your documents}
+@appendixsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+@example
+Copyright (C)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
+Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+Free Documentation License''.
+@end example
+
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the ``with@dots{}Texts.''@tie{}line with this:
+
+@example
+with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with
+the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+being LIST.
+@end example
+
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to
+permit their use in free software.
+
+@node Main Index
+@chapter Main Index
+
+@printindex cp
+
+@node Key Index
+@chapter Key Index
+
+@printindex ky
+
+@node Command and Function Index
+@chapter Command and Function Index
+
+@printindex fn
+
+@node Variable Index
+@chapter Variable Index
+
+This is not a complete index of variables and faces, only the ones
+that are mentioned in the manual.  For a more complete list, use
+@kbd{M-x org-customize} and then click yourself through the tree.
+
+@printindex vr
+
+@bye
\ No newline at end of file